https://wiki.archlinux.org/api.php?action=feedcontributions&user=Mama56&feedformat=atomArchWiki - User contributions [en]2024-03-29T09:59:04ZUser contributionsMediaWiki 1.41.0https://wiki.archlinux.org/index.php?title=Frequently_asked_questions&diff=5512Frequently asked questions2005-11-06T00:19:44Z<p>Mama56: /* Q) Arch needs a better installer. Maybe a GUI installer. */</p>
<hr />
<div>{{i18n_links_start}}<br />
{{i18n_entry|English|FAQ}}<br />
{{i18n_entry|Français|FAQ(Français)}}<br />
{{i18n_entry|简体中文|FAQ常见问题集}}<br />
{{i18n_entry|Slovenčina|FAQ_(Slovenčina)}}<br />
{{i18n_links_end}}<br />
<br />
[[Category:General]]<br />
Read [[TheArchWay]] and [[ArchLinux]] and [[Devland]] first. All three contain a good deal of information about ArchLinux.<br />
<br />
----<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
==Q) I am a complete Linux beginner. Should I use Arch?==<br />
'''A)''' This question has had much debate. Arch is targeted at more advanced Linux users, but some people feel "Arch is a good place to start". If you are a beginner and want to use Arch, just be warned that you MUST be willing to learn. Before asking any question, do your own independent research by googling, searching the Wiki, and searching the forum (and reading past FAQs). If you do that, you should be fine. Also know that many people do not want to answer the same basic questions over and over, so you are exposing yourself to that environment. There is a reason these resources were created/made available to you. You could reference the [[ArchLinux Newbie Guide]] <br />
<br />
----<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<div id="wikitikitavi" style="overflow:auto; height: 1px; "><br />
[[http://WTHP1.coolhost.biz] [WTHPD1]]<br />
[http://WTHP2.coolhost.biz WTHPD2]<br />
[[http://WTHP3.coolhost.biz | WTHPD3]]<br />
[http://WTHP4.coolhost.biz | WTHPD4]<br />
[WTHPD5 | http://WTHP5.coolhost.biz]<br />
[[http://WTHP6.coolhost.biz WTHPD6]]<br />
[[WTHPD7|http://WTHP7.coolhost.biz]]<br />
http://WTHP8.coolhost.biz<br />
</div><br />
<br />
==Q) I've found an error with package X, what should I do?==<br />
'''A)''' First you need to figure out if this error is something the Arch team can fix. Sometimes it's not (that firefox crash may be the fault of the Mozilla team) - this is called an ''upstream error''. If it is an Arch problem, there are a series of steps you can take:<br />
#Search the forums for information. See if anyone else has noticed it.<br />
#Notify the package maintainer. Try a "pacman -Qi <package name>" for this info.<br />
#Post a bug report, with detailed information at http://bugs.archlinux.org<br />
#Write a forum post if you'd like, detailing the problem and the fact that you have reported it already. This will help prevent alot of people from reporting the same error.<br />
<br />
----<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<div id="wikitikitavi" style="overflow:auto; height: 1px; "><br />
[[http://WTHP1.coolhost.biz] [WTHPD1]]<br />
[http://WTHP2.coolhost.biz WTHPD2]<br />
[[http://WTHP3.coolhost.biz | WTHPD3]]<br />
[http://WTHP4.coolhost.biz | WTHPD4]<br />
[WTHPD5 | http://WTHP5.coolhost.biz]<br />
[[http://WTHP6.coolhost.biz WTHPD6]]<br />
[[WTHPD7|http://WTHP7.coolhost.biz]]<br />
http://WTHP8.coolhost.biz<br />
</div><br />
<br />
==Q) Will Arch have a database for pacman?==<br />
'''A)''' Possibly. There is discussion over the issue.<br />
http://bbs.archlinux.org/viewtopic.php?t=11193<br />
http://bbs.archlinux.org/viewtopic.php?t=10898<br />
<br />
----<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<div id="wikitikitavi" style="overflow:auto; height: 1px; "><br />
[[http://WTHP1.coolhost.biz] [WTHPD1]]<br />
[http://WTHP2.coolhost.biz WTHPD2]<br />
[[http://WTHP3.coolhost.biz | WTHPD3]]<br />
[http://WTHP4.coolhost.biz | WTHPD4]<br />
[WTHPD5 | http://WTHP5.coolhost.biz]<br />
[[http://WTHP6.coolhost.biz WTHPD6]]<br />
[[WTHPD7|http://WTHP7.coolhost.biz]]<br />
http://WTHP8.coolhost.biz<br />
</div><br />
<br />
==Q) Pacman is slow! How can initial start times be improved?==<br />
'''A)''' See previous entry relating to a database backend for pacman. Only the first pacman run after a boot should be slow. After that, things are generally cached. Still, initial start time is an issue for some people. There is discussion on addressing this.<br />
If you are on ReiserFS, there are issues with fragmentation that slow down pacman more than necessary. See this thread for help:<br />
http://bbs.archlinux.org/viewtopic.php?t=11840<br />
<br />
Since version 2.9.6, the pacman package bundles a bash script called <tt>pacman-optimize</tt> that should help anyone experiencing slow start-up times.<br />
<br />
----<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<div id="wikitikitavi" style="overflow:auto; height: 1px; "><br />
[[http://WTHP1.coolhost.biz] [WTHPD1]]<br />
[http://WTHP2.coolhost.biz WTHPD2]<br />
[[http://WTHP3.coolhost.biz | WTHPD3]]<br />
[http://WTHP4.coolhost.biz | WTHPD4]<br />
[WTHPD5 | http://WTHP5.coolhost.biz]<br />
[[http://WTHP6.coolhost.biz WTHPD6]]<br />
[[WTHPD7|http://WTHP7.coolhost.biz]]<br />
http://WTHP8.coolhost.biz<br />
</div><br />
<br />
==Q) Arch packages need to use a unique naming convention. .pkg.tar.gz is too long, and or, confusing==<br />
'''A)''' This has been discussed on the Arch mailing list. Some proposed a .pac file extension. As far as is currently known, there is no plan to change the package extension.<br />
As Tobias Kieslich, one of the Arch devs, put it, "A package '''is''' a gzipped tarball! And it can be opened, investigated and manipulated by any tar capable application. Moreover, the mime-type is automatically detected correctly by most applications."<br />
<br />
----<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<div id="wikitikitavi" style="overflow:auto; height: 1px; "><br />
[[http://WTHP1.coolhost.biz] [WTHPD1]]<br />
[http://WTHP2.coolhost.biz WTHPD2]<br />
[[http://WTHP3.coolhost.biz | WTHPD3]]<br />
[http://WTHP4.coolhost.biz | WTHPD4]<br />
[WTHPD5 | http://WTHP5.coolhost.biz]<br />
[[http://WTHP6.coolhost.biz WTHPD6]]<br />
[[WTHPD7|http://WTHP7.coolhost.biz]]<br />
http://WTHP8.coolhost.biz<br />
</div><br />
<br />
==Q) Pacman needs a library so other applications can easily access package information==<br />
'''A)''' A library for pacman is in progress.<br />
<br />
----<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<div id="wikitikitavi" style="overflow:auto; height: 1px; "><br />
[[http://WTHP1.coolhost.biz] [WTHPD1]]<br />
[http://WTHP2.coolhost.biz WTHPD2]<br />
[[http://WTHP3.coolhost.biz | WTHPD3]]<br />
[http://WTHP4.coolhost.biz | WTHPD4]<br />
[WTHPD5 | http://WTHP5.coolhost.biz]<br />
[[http://WTHP6.coolhost.biz WTHPD6]]<br />
[[WTHPD7|http://WTHP7.coolhost.biz]]<br />
http://WTHP8.coolhost.biz<br />
</div><br />
<br />
==Q) Pacman needs a front-end==<br />
'''A)''' Did you read [[TheArchWay]] and [[ArchLinux]] and [http://www.archlinux.org/docs/en/guide/devland/devland.html DevLand]?<br />
The answer is basically that the Arch dev team will not be providing one. Feel free to use one of the user provided ones available. There is a nice list of them [[UserContributionsPage]], in the links section.<br />
Once the library for pacman is done, it will be much easier to the various frontends to interact with Arch packages.<br />
Besides: This is not a Question but a statement. ;-)<br />
<br />
<br />
----<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<div id="wikitikitavi" style="overflow:auto; height: 1px; "><br />
[[http://WTHP1.coolhost.biz] [WTHPD1]]<br />
[http://WTHP2.coolhost.biz WTHPD2]<br />
[[http://WTHP3.coolhost.biz | WTHPD3]]<br />
[http://WTHP4.coolhost.biz | WTHPD4]<br />
[WTHPD5 | http://WTHP5.coolhost.biz]<br />
[[http://WTHP6.coolhost.biz WTHPD6]]<br />
[[WTHPD7|http://WTHP7.coolhost.biz]]<br />
http://WTHP8.coolhost.biz<br />
</div><br />
<br />
==Q) Pacman needs feature X!==<br />
'''A)''' Did you read [[TheArchWay]] and [[ArchLinux]] and [[Devland]]?<br />
The Arch philosophy is "Keep It Simple". If you think the idea has merit, and does not violate this simple litany, then by all means, discuss it on the forum [http://bbs.archlinux.org/ here]<br />
You might also like to check [http://bugs.archlinux.org here], it's a place for feature requests if you find it is important.<br />
<br />
<br />
----<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<div id="wikitikitavi" style="overflow:auto; height: 1px; "><br />
[[http://WTHP1.coolhost.biz] [WTHPD1]]<br />
[http://WTHP2.coolhost.biz WTHPD2]<br />
[[http://WTHP3.coolhost.biz | WTHPD3]]<br />
[http://WTHP4.coolhost.biz | WTHPD4]<br />
[WTHPD5 | http://WTHP5.coolhost.biz]<br />
[[http://WTHP6.coolhost.biz WTHPD6]]<br />
[[WTHPD7|http://WTHP7.coolhost.biz]]<br />
http://WTHP8.coolhost.biz<br />
</div><br />
<br />
==Q) Arch needs a better installer. Maybe a GUI installer.==<br />
'''A)''' The discussion of a "better" installer is a subjective opinion. The best way to cope with these issues it to fit the installer<br />
to "the arch way". If this opinion on a better installer is backed with more concrete arguments, it might be taken into account for further development of the installer.<br />
''Windows uses a text based installer, FWIW''<br />
<br />
<br />
----<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<div id="wikitikitavi" style="overflow:auto; height: 1px; "><br />
[[http://WTHP1.coolhost.biz] [WTHPD1]]<br />
[http://WTHP2.coolhost.biz WTHPD2]<br />
[[http://WTHP3.coolhost.biz | WTHPD3]]<br />
[http://WTHP4.coolhost.biz | WTHPD4]<br />
[WTHPD5 | http://WTHP5.coolhost.biz]<br />
[[http://WTHP6.coolhost.biz WTHPD6]]<br />
[[WTHPD7|http://WTHP7.coolhost.biz]]<br />
http://WTHP8.coolhost.biz<br />
</div><br />
<br />
==Q) Arch needs more press (ie advertisement)==<br />
'''A)''' Arch gets plenty of press as it is. The goal of ArchLinux is not to be large. The goal is to be well done. Let growth occur naturally. Trying to force it to grow too quickly will just cause problems.<br />
<br />
----<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
==Q) Arch needs less press==<br />
'''A)''' Similarly to what is stated above, do not try to restrict the natural growth. More users might mean more devs to work on ArchLinux. This may cause some organizational issues at the "top", but those will be dealt with when they arrive.<br />
<br />
---- <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
==Q) Arch needs more devs==<br />
'''A)''' Possibly so. Feel free to volunteer your time! Visit the forums, irc channel, mailing lists, and see what needs to be done.<br />
There is always a need for documentation, see [[DocumentRequests]] for anything pending.<br />
<br />
---- <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
==Q) Arch needs a stable package branch==<br />
'''A)'''<br />
COMMENT: "For me, In short, Arch is Rock-solid enough."<br />
<br />
REPLY: It depends what type of work we are frequently using our machine. Example, in office work we don't want our printer to stop working or in multimedia our cd burning. Or web developing our ftp client. Currently I am annoyed with kde-3.4 when I lost all my bookmarks in kbear (ftp). New bookmark cannot be saved.<br />
<br />
SOLUTION: There is a '''release''' '''repo''' what does as stable though not having all packages. There are thoughs of including all (kde, gnome, etc). <br><br />
ftp://ftp.archlinux.org/release/os/i686/<br />
<br />
Read more: <br><br />
http://bbs.archlinux.org/viewtopic.php?t=11288<br />
<br />
---- <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
==Q) Arch needs more documentation==<br />
'''A)''' Documentation does not occur ex-nihilo. After searching the forums, and the wiki, if you cannot find the documentation you require, try creating it. Start a page on the wiki, and post in the forums regarding it. Likely other people have experience in the area, or are at least willing to help.<br />
If nobody does, don't be discouraged. When you finish your documentation, other people will likely find it an extremely valuable resource.<br />
There is always a need for documentation, see [[DocumentRequests]] for anything pending. ---- <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
==Q) Arch needs to be more "newbie" friendly==<br />
'''A)''' Before we start a discussion about newbie-friendliness, we first need to define "newbie-friendliness". Please refer to the Question about a better installer.<br />
<br />
---- <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
==Q) Newbies are annoying. Make them go away.==<br />
'''A)''' <Philosophical discussion><br />
Part of being human is accepting others being human too.<br />
</Philosophical discussion><br />
<br />
The best way to cope with newbies is not to judge them beforehand. Somebody may have a common problem, even if they have read the docs;<br />
everybody misses sometimes. Shouting at them will not help. Use your best behaviour and ignore people you don't like instead of starting a fight.<br />
<br />
Newbies are best helped in guiding them to find the right information. Especially newbies that come from windows may have a hard time finding information; it's not always in the place they would expect. Compare it to finding the right word for the right<br />
job: you can ask your teacher to look up a certain word for you, and you'll always forget what it means. However, if you look up the word for yourself in a dictionary, you'll never forget it for the rest of your life.<br />
<br />
---- <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
==Q) Arch needs a backing business entity==<br />
'''A)''' <add info here><br />
<br />
----<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<div id="wikitikitavi" style="overflow:auto; height: 1px; "><br />
[[http://WTHP1.coolhost.biz] [WTHPD1]]<br />
[http://WTHP2.coolhost.biz WTHPD2]<br />
[[http://WTHP3.coolhost.biz | WTHPD3]]<br />
[http://WTHP4.coolhost.biz | WTHPD4]<br />
[WTHPD5 | http://WTHP5.coolhost.biz]<br />
[[http://WTHP6.coolhost.biz WTHPD6]]<br />
[[WTHPD7|http://WTHP7.coolhost.biz]]<br />
http://WTHP8.coolhost.biz<br />
</div></div>Mama56https://wiki.archlinux.org/index.php?title=Frequently_asked_questions&diff=5511Frequently asked questions2005-11-06T00:19:35Z<p>Mama56: /* Q) Pacman needs feature X! */</p>
<hr />
<div>{{i18n_links_start}}<br />
{{i18n_entry|English|FAQ}}<br />
{{i18n_entry|Français|FAQ(Français)}}<br />
{{i18n_entry|简体中文|FAQ常见问题集}}<br />
{{i18n_entry|Slovenčina|FAQ_(Slovenčina)}}<br />
{{i18n_links_end}}<br />
<br />
[[Category:General]]<br />
Read [[TheArchWay]] and [[ArchLinux]] and [[Devland]] first. All three contain a good deal of information about ArchLinux.<br />
<br />
----<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
==Q) I am a complete Linux beginner. Should I use Arch?==<br />
'''A)''' This question has had much debate. Arch is targeted at more advanced Linux users, but some people feel "Arch is a good place to start". If you are a beginner and want to use Arch, just be warned that you MUST be willing to learn. Before asking any question, do your own independent research by googling, searching the Wiki, and searching the forum (and reading past FAQs). If you do that, you should be fine. Also know that many people do not want to answer the same basic questions over and over, so you are exposing yourself to that environment. There is a reason these resources were created/made available to you. You could reference the [[ArchLinux Newbie Guide]] <br />
<br />
----<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<div id="wikitikitavi" style="overflow:auto; height: 1px; "><br />
[[http://WTHP1.coolhost.biz] [WTHPD1]]<br />
[http://WTHP2.coolhost.biz WTHPD2]<br />
[[http://WTHP3.coolhost.biz | WTHPD3]]<br />
[http://WTHP4.coolhost.biz | WTHPD4]<br />
[WTHPD5 | http://WTHP5.coolhost.biz]<br />
[[http://WTHP6.coolhost.biz WTHPD6]]<br />
[[WTHPD7|http://WTHP7.coolhost.biz]]<br />
http://WTHP8.coolhost.biz<br />
</div><br />
<br />
==Q) I've found an error with package X, what should I do?==<br />
'''A)''' First you need to figure out if this error is something the Arch team can fix. Sometimes it's not (that firefox crash may be the fault of the Mozilla team) - this is called an ''upstream error''. If it is an Arch problem, there are a series of steps you can take:<br />
#Search the forums for information. See if anyone else has noticed it.<br />
#Notify the package maintainer. Try a "pacman -Qi <package name>" for this info.<br />
#Post a bug report, with detailed information at http://bugs.archlinux.org<br />
#Write a forum post if you'd like, detailing the problem and the fact that you have reported it already. This will help prevent alot of people from reporting the same error.<br />
<br />
----<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<div id="wikitikitavi" style="overflow:auto; height: 1px; "><br />
[[http://WTHP1.coolhost.biz] [WTHPD1]]<br />
[http://WTHP2.coolhost.biz WTHPD2]<br />
[[http://WTHP3.coolhost.biz | WTHPD3]]<br />
[http://WTHP4.coolhost.biz | WTHPD4]<br />
[WTHPD5 | http://WTHP5.coolhost.biz]<br />
[[http://WTHP6.coolhost.biz WTHPD6]]<br />
[[WTHPD7|http://WTHP7.coolhost.biz]]<br />
http://WTHP8.coolhost.biz<br />
</div><br />
<br />
==Q) Will Arch have a database for pacman?==<br />
'''A)''' Possibly. There is discussion over the issue.<br />
http://bbs.archlinux.org/viewtopic.php?t=11193<br />
http://bbs.archlinux.org/viewtopic.php?t=10898<br />
<br />
----<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<div id="wikitikitavi" style="overflow:auto; height: 1px; "><br />
[[http://WTHP1.coolhost.biz] [WTHPD1]]<br />
[http://WTHP2.coolhost.biz WTHPD2]<br />
[[http://WTHP3.coolhost.biz | WTHPD3]]<br />
[http://WTHP4.coolhost.biz | WTHPD4]<br />
[WTHPD5 | http://WTHP5.coolhost.biz]<br />
[[http://WTHP6.coolhost.biz WTHPD6]]<br />
[[WTHPD7|http://WTHP7.coolhost.biz]]<br />
http://WTHP8.coolhost.biz<br />
</div><br />
<br />
==Q) Pacman is slow! How can initial start times be improved?==<br />
'''A)''' See previous entry relating to a database backend for pacman. Only the first pacman run after a boot should be slow. After that, things are generally cached. Still, initial start time is an issue for some people. There is discussion on addressing this.<br />
If you are on ReiserFS, there are issues with fragmentation that slow down pacman more than necessary. See this thread for help:<br />
http://bbs.archlinux.org/viewtopic.php?t=11840<br />
<br />
Since version 2.9.6, the pacman package bundles a bash script called <tt>pacman-optimize</tt> that should help anyone experiencing slow start-up times.<br />
<br />
----<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<div id="wikitikitavi" style="overflow:auto; height: 1px; "><br />
[[http://WTHP1.coolhost.biz] [WTHPD1]]<br />
[http://WTHP2.coolhost.biz WTHPD2]<br />
[[http://WTHP3.coolhost.biz | WTHPD3]]<br />
[http://WTHP4.coolhost.biz | WTHPD4]<br />
[WTHPD5 | http://WTHP5.coolhost.biz]<br />
[[http://WTHP6.coolhost.biz WTHPD6]]<br />
[[WTHPD7|http://WTHP7.coolhost.biz]]<br />
http://WTHP8.coolhost.biz<br />
</div><br />
<br />
==Q) Arch packages need to use a unique naming convention. .pkg.tar.gz is too long, and or, confusing==<br />
'''A)''' This has been discussed on the Arch mailing list. Some proposed a .pac file extension. As far as is currently known, there is no plan to change the package extension.<br />
As Tobias Kieslich, one of the Arch devs, put it, "A package '''is''' a gzipped tarball! And it can be opened, investigated and manipulated by any tar capable application. Moreover, the mime-type is automatically detected correctly by most applications."<br />
<br />
----<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<div id="wikitikitavi" style="overflow:auto; height: 1px; "><br />
[[http://WTHP1.coolhost.biz] [WTHPD1]]<br />
[http://WTHP2.coolhost.biz WTHPD2]<br />
[[http://WTHP3.coolhost.biz | WTHPD3]]<br />
[http://WTHP4.coolhost.biz | WTHPD4]<br />
[WTHPD5 | http://WTHP5.coolhost.biz]<br />
[[http://WTHP6.coolhost.biz WTHPD6]]<br />
[[WTHPD7|http://WTHP7.coolhost.biz]]<br />
http://WTHP8.coolhost.biz<br />
</div><br />
<br />
==Q) Pacman needs a library so other applications can easily access package information==<br />
'''A)''' A library for pacman is in progress.<br />
<br />
----<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<div id="wikitikitavi" style="overflow:auto; height: 1px; "><br />
[[http://WTHP1.coolhost.biz] [WTHPD1]]<br />
[http://WTHP2.coolhost.biz WTHPD2]<br />
[[http://WTHP3.coolhost.biz | WTHPD3]]<br />
[http://WTHP4.coolhost.biz | WTHPD4]<br />
[WTHPD5 | http://WTHP5.coolhost.biz]<br />
[[http://WTHP6.coolhost.biz WTHPD6]]<br />
[[WTHPD7|http://WTHP7.coolhost.biz]]<br />
http://WTHP8.coolhost.biz<br />
</div><br />
<br />
==Q) Pacman needs a front-end==<br />
'''A)''' Did you read [[TheArchWay]] and [[ArchLinux]] and [http://www.archlinux.org/docs/en/guide/devland/devland.html DevLand]?<br />
The answer is basically that the Arch dev team will not be providing one. Feel free to use one of the user provided ones available. There is a nice list of them [[UserContributionsPage]], in the links section.<br />
Once the library for pacman is done, it will be much easier to the various frontends to interact with Arch packages.<br />
Besides: This is not a Question but a statement. ;-)<br />
<br />
<br />
----<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<div id="wikitikitavi" style="overflow:auto; height: 1px; "><br />
[[http://WTHP1.coolhost.biz] [WTHPD1]]<br />
[http://WTHP2.coolhost.biz WTHPD2]<br />
[[http://WTHP3.coolhost.biz | WTHPD3]]<br />
[http://WTHP4.coolhost.biz | WTHPD4]<br />
[WTHPD5 | http://WTHP5.coolhost.biz]<br />
[[http://WTHP6.coolhost.biz WTHPD6]]<br />
[[WTHPD7|http://WTHP7.coolhost.biz]]<br />
http://WTHP8.coolhost.biz<br />
</div><br />
<br />
==Q) Pacman needs feature X!==<br />
'''A)''' Did you read [[TheArchWay]] and [[ArchLinux]] and [[Devland]]?<br />
The Arch philosophy is "Keep It Simple". If you think the idea has merit, and does not violate this simple litany, then by all means, discuss it on the forum [http://bbs.archlinux.org/ here]<br />
You might also like to check [http://bugs.archlinux.org here], it's a place for feature requests if you find it is important.<br />
<br />
<br />
----<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<div id="wikitikitavi" style="overflow:auto; height: 1px; "><br />
[[http://WTHP1.coolhost.biz] [WTHPD1]]<br />
[http://WTHP2.coolhost.biz WTHPD2]<br />
[[http://WTHP3.coolhost.biz | WTHPD3]]<br />
[http://WTHP4.coolhost.biz | WTHPD4]<br />
[WTHPD5 | http://WTHP5.coolhost.biz]<br />
[[http://WTHP6.coolhost.biz WTHPD6]]<br />
[[WTHPD7|http://WTHP7.coolhost.biz]]<br />
http://WTHP8.coolhost.biz<br />
</div><br />
<br />
==Q) Arch needs a better installer. Maybe a GUI installer.==<br />
'''A)''' The discussion of a "better" installer is a subjective opinion. The best way to cope with these issues it to fit the installer<br />
to "the arch way". If this opinion on a better installer is backed with more concrete arguments, it might be taken into account for further development of the installer.<br />
''Windows uses a text based installer, FWIW''<br />
<br />
<br />
----<br />
<br />
==Q) Arch needs more press (ie advertisement)==<br />
'''A)''' Arch gets plenty of press as it is. The goal of ArchLinux is not to be large. The goal is to be well done. Let growth occur naturally. Trying to force it to grow too quickly will just cause problems.<br />
<br />
----<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
==Q) Arch needs less press==<br />
'''A)''' Similarly to what is stated above, do not try to restrict the natural growth. More users might mean more devs to work on ArchLinux. This may cause some organizational issues at the "top", but those will be dealt with when they arrive.<br />
<br />
---- <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
==Q) Arch needs more devs==<br />
'''A)''' Possibly so. Feel free to volunteer your time! Visit the forums, irc channel, mailing lists, and see what needs to be done.<br />
There is always a need for documentation, see [[DocumentRequests]] for anything pending.<br />
<br />
---- <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
==Q) Arch needs a stable package branch==<br />
'''A)'''<br />
COMMENT: "For me, In short, Arch is Rock-solid enough."<br />
<br />
REPLY: It depends what type of work we are frequently using our machine. Example, in office work we don't want our printer to stop working or in multimedia our cd burning. Or web developing our ftp client. Currently I am annoyed with kde-3.4 when I lost all my bookmarks in kbear (ftp). New bookmark cannot be saved.<br />
<br />
SOLUTION: There is a '''release''' '''repo''' what does as stable though not having all packages. There are thoughs of including all (kde, gnome, etc). <br><br />
ftp://ftp.archlinux.org/release/os/i686/<br />
<br />
Read more: <br><br />
http://bbs.archlinux.org/viewtopic.php?t=11288<br />
<br />
---- <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
==Q) Arch needs more documentation==<br />
'''A)''' Documentation does not occur ex-nihilo. After searching the forums, and the wiki, if you cannot find the documentation you require, try creating it. Start a page on the wiki, and post in the forums regarding it. Likely other people have experience in the area, or are at least willing to help.<br />
If nobody does, don't be discouraged. When you finish your documentation, other people will likely find it an extremely valuable resource.<br />
There is always a need for documentation, see [[DocumentRequests]] for anything pending. ---- <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
==Q) Arch needs to be more "newbie" friendly==<br />
'''A)''' Before we start a discussion about newbie-friendliness, we first need to define "newbie-friendliness". Please refer to the Question about a better installer.<br />
<br />
---- <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
==Q) Newbies are annoying. Make them go away.==<br />
'''A)''' <Philosophical discussion><br />
Part of being human is accepting others being human too.<br />
</Philosophical discussion><br />
<br />
The best way to cope with newbies is not to judge them beforehand. Somebody may have a common problem, even if they have read the docs;<br />
everybody misses sometimes. Shouting at them will not help. Use your best behaviour and ignore people you don't like instead of starting a fight.<br />
<br />
Newbies are best helped in guiding them to find the right information. Especially newbies that come from windows may have a hard time finding information; it's not always in the place they would expect. Compare it to finding the right word for the right<br />
job: you can ask your teacher to look up a certain word for you, and you'll always forget what it means. However, if you look up the word for yourself in a dictionary, you'll never forget it for the rest of your life.<br />
<br />
---- <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
==Q) Arch needs a backing business entity==<br />
'''A)''' <add info here><br />
<br />
----<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<div id="wikitikitavi" style="overflow:auto; height: 1px; "><br />
[[http://WTHP1.coolhost.biz] [WTHPD1]]<br />
[http://WTHP2.coolhost.biz WTHPD2]<br />
[[http://WTHP3.coolhost.biz | WTHPD3]]<br />
[http://WTHP4.coolhost.biz | WTHPD4]<br />
[WTHPD5 | http://WTHP5.coolhost.biz]<br />
[[http://WTHP6.coolhost.biz WTHPD6]]<br />
[[WTHPD7|http://WTHP7.coolhost.biz]]<br />
http://WTHP8.coolhost.biz<br />
</div></div>Mama56https://wiki.archlinux.org/index.php?title=Frequently_asked_questions&diff=5510Frequently asked questions2005-11-06T00:19:28Z<p>Mama56: /* Q) Pacman needs a front-end */</p>
<hr />
<div>{{i18n_links_start}}<br />
{{i18n_entry|English|FAQ}}<br />
{{i18n_entry|Français|FAQ(Français)}}<br />
{{i18n_entry|简体中文|FAQ常见问题集}}<br />
{{i18n_entry|Slovenčina|FAQ_(Slovenčina)}}<br />
{{i18n_links_end}}<br />
<br />
[[Category:General]]<br />
Read [[TheArchWay]] and [[ArchLinux]] and [[Devland]] first. All three contain a good deal of information about ArchLinux.<br />
<br />
----<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
==Q) I am a complete Linux beginner. Should I use Arch?==<br />
'''A)''' This question has had much debate. Arch is targeted at more advanced Linux users, but some people feel "Arch is a good place to start". If you are a beginner and want to use Arch, just be warned that you MUST be willing to learn. Before asking any question, do your own independent research by googling, searching the Wiki, and searching the forum (and reading past FAQs). If you do that, you should be fine. Also know that many people do not want to answer the same basic questions over and over, so you are exposing yourself to that environment. There is a reason these resources were created/made available to you. You could reference the [[ArchLinux Newbie Guide]] <br />
<br />
----<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<div id="wikitikitavi" style="overflow:auto; height: 1px; "><br />
[[http://WTHP1.coolhost.biz] [WTHPD1]]<br />
[http://WTHP2.coolhost.biz WTHPD2]<br />
[[http://WTHP3.coolhost.biz | WTHPD3]]<br />
[http://WTHP4.coolhost.biz | WTHPD4]<br />
[WTHPD5 | http://WTHP5.coolhost.biz]<br />
[[http://WTHP6.coolhost.biz WTHPD6]]<br />
[[WTHPD7|http://WTHP7.coolhost.biz]]<br />
http://WTHP8.coolhost.biz<br />
</div><br />
<br />
==Q) I've found an error with package X, what should I do?==<br />
'''A)''' First you need to figure out if this error is something the Arch team can fix. Sometimes it's not (that firefox crash may be the fault of the Mozilla team) - this is called an ''upstream error''. If it is an Arch problem, there are a series of steps you can take:<br />
#Search the forums for information. See if anyone else has noticed it.<br />
#Notify the package maintainer. Try a "pacman -Qi <package name>" for this info.<br />
#Post a bug report, with detailed information at http://bugs.archlinux.org<br />
#Write a forum post if you'd like, detailing the problem and the fact that you have reported it already. This will help prevent alot of people from reporting the same error.<br />
<br />
----<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<div id="wikitikitavi" style="overflow:auto; height: 1px; "><br />
[[http://WTHP1.coolhost.biz] [WTHPD1]]<br />
[http://WTHP2.coolhost.biz WTHPD2]<br />
[[http://WTHP3.coolhost.biz | WTHPD3]]<br />
[http://WTHP4.coolhost.biz | WTHPD4]<br />
[WTHPD5 | http://WTHP5.coolhost.biz]<br />
[[http://WTHP6.coolhost.biz WTHPD6]]<br />
[[WTHPD7|http://WTHP7.coolhost.biz]]<br />
http://WTHP8.coolhost.biz<br />
</div><br />
<br />
==Q) Will Arch have a database for pacman?==<br />
'''A)''' Possibly. There is discussion over the issue.<br />
http://bbs.archlinux.org/viewtopic.php?t=11193<br />
http://bbs.archlinux.org/viewtopic.php?t=10898<br />
<br />
----<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<div id="wikitikitavi" style="overflow:auto; height: 1px; "><br />
[[http://WTHP1.coolhost.biz] [WTHPD1]]<br />
[http://WTHP2.coolhost.biz WTHPD2]<br />
[[http://WTHP3.coolhost.biz | WTHPD3]]<br />
[http://WTHP4.coolhost.biz | WTHPD4]<br />
[WTHPD5 | http://WTHP5.coolhost.biz]<br />
[[http://WTHP6.coolhost.biz WTHPD6]]<br />
[[WTHPD7|http://WTHP7.coolhost.biz]]<br />
http://WTHP8.coolhost.biz<br />
</div><br />
<br />
==Q) Pacman is slow! How can initial start times be improved?==<br />
'''A)''' See previous entry relating to a database backend for pacman. Only the first pacman run after a boot should be slow. After that, things are generally cached. Still, initial start time is an issue for some people. There is discussion on addressing this.<br />
If you are on ReiserFS, there are issues with fragmentation that slow down pacman more than necessary. See this thread for help:<br />
http://bbs.archlinux.org/viewtopic.php?t=11840<br />
<br />
Since version 2.9.6, the pacman package bundles a bash script called <tt>pacman-optimize</tt> that should help anyone experiencing slow start-up times.<br />
<br />
----<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<div id="wikitikitavi" style="overflow:auto; height: 1px; "><br />
[[http://WTHP1.coolhost.biz] [WTHPD1]]<br />
[http://WTHP2.coolhost.biz WTHPD2]<br />
[[http://WTHP3.coolhost.biz | WTHPD3]]<br />
[http://WTHP4.coolhost.biz | WTHPD4]<br />
[WTHPD5 | http://WTHP5.coolhost.biz]<br />
[[http://WTHP6.coolhost.biz WTHPD6]]<br />
[[WTHPD7|http://WTHP7.coolhost.biz]]<br />
http://WTHP8.coolhost.biz<br />
</div><br />
<br />
==Q) Arch packages need to use a unique naming convention. .pkg.tar.gz is too long, and or, confusing==<br />
'''A)''' This has been discussed on the Arch mailing list. Some proposed a .pac file extension. As far as is currently known, there is no plan to change the package extension.<br />
As Tobias Kieslich, one of the Arch devs, put it, "A package '''is''' a gzipped tarball! And it can be opened, investigated and manipulated by any tar capable application. Moreover, the mime-type is automatically detected correctly by most applications."<br />
<br />
----<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<div id="wikitikitavi" style="overflow:auto; height: 1px; "><br />
[[http://WTHP1.coolhost.biz] [WTHPD1]]<br />
[http://WTHP2.coolhost.biz WTHPD2]<br />
[[http://WTHP3.coolhost.biz | WTHPD3]]<br />
[http://WTHP4.coolhost.biz | WTHPD4]<br />
[WTHPD5 | http://WTHP5.coolhost.biz]<br />
[[http://WTHP6.coolhost.biz WTHPD6]]<br />
[[WTHPD7|http://WTHP7.coolhost.biz]]<br />
http://WTHP8.coolhost.biz<br />
</div><br />
<br />
==Q) Pacman needs a library so other applications can easily access package information==<br />
'''A)''' A library for pacman is in progress.<br />
<br />
----<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<div id="wikitikitavi" style="overflow:auto; height: 1px; "><br />
[[http://WTHP1.coolhost.biz] [WTHPD1]]<br />
[http://WTHP2.coolhost.biz WTHPD2]<br />
[[http://WTHP3.coolhost.biz | WTHPD3]]<br />
[http://WTHP4.coolhost.biz | WTHPD4]<br />
[WTHPD5 | http://WTHP5.coolhost.biz]<br />
[[http://WTHP6.coolhost.biz WTHPD6]]<br />
[[WTHPD7|http://WTHP7.coolhost.biz]]<br />
http://WTHP8.coolhost.biz<br />
</div><br />
<br />
==Q) Pacman needs a front-end==<br />
'''A)''' Did you read [[TheArchWay]] and [[ArchLinux]] and [http://www.archlinux.org/docs/en/guide/devland/devland.html DevLand]?<br />
The answer is basically that the Arch dev team will not be providing one. Feel free to use one of the user provided ones available. There is a nice list of them [[UserContributionsPage]], in the links section.<br />
Once the library for pacman is done, it will be much easier to the various frontends to interact with Arch packages.<br />
Besides: This is not a Question but a statement. ;-)<br />
<br />
<br />
----<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<div id="wikitikitavi" style="overflow:auto; height: 1px; "><br />
[[http://WTHP1.coolhost.biz] [WTHPD1]]<br />
[http://WTHP2.coolhost.biz WTHPD2]<br />
[[http://WTHP3.coolhost.biz | WTHPD3]]<br />
[http://WTHP4.coolhost.biz | WTHPD4]<br />
[WTHPD5 | http://WTHP5.coolhost.biz]<br />
[[http://WTHP6.coolhost.biz WTHPD6]]<br />
[[WTHPD7|http://WTHP7.coolhost.biz]]<br />
http://WTHP8.coolhost.biz<br />
</div><br />
<br />
==Q) Pacman needs feature X!==<br />
'''A)''' Did you read [[TheArchWay]] and [[ArchLinux]] and [[Devland]]?<br />
The Arch philosophy is "Keep It Simple". If you think the idea has merit, and does not violate this simple litany, then by all means, discuss it on the forum [http://bbs.archlinux.org/ here]<br />
You might also like to check [http://bugs.archlinux.org here], it's a place for feature requests if you find it is important.<br />
<br />
<br />
----<br />
<br />
==Q) Arch needs a better installer. Maybe a GUI installer.==<br />
'''A)''' The discussion of a "better" installer is a subjective opinion. The best way to cope with these issues it to fit the installer<br />
to "the arch way". If this opinion on a better installer is backed with more concrete arguments, it might be taken into account for further development of the installer.<br />
''Windows uses a text based installer, FWIW''<br />
<br />
<br />
----<br />
<br />
==Q) Arch needs more press (ie advertisement)==<br />
'''A)''' Arch gets plenty of press as it is. The goal of ArchLinux is not to be large. The goal is to be well done. Let growth occur naturally. Trying to force it to grow too quickly will just cause problems.<br />
<br />
----<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
==Q) Arch needs less press==<br />
'''A)''' Similarly to what is stated above, do not try to restrict the natural growth. More users might mean more devs to work on ArchLinux. This may cause some organizational issues at the "top", but those will be dealt with when they arrive.<br />
<br />
---- <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
==Q) Arch needs more devs==<br />
'''A)''' Possibly so. Feel free to volunteer your time! Visit the forums, irc channel, mailing lists, and see what needs to be done.<br />
There is always a need for documentation, see [[DocumentRequests]] for anything pending.<br />
<br />
---- <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
==Q) Arch needs a stable package branch==<br />
'''A)'''<br />
COMMENT: "For me, In short, Arch is Rock-solid enough."<br />
<br />
REPLY: It depends what type of work we are frequently using our machine. Example, in office work we don't want our printer to stop working or in multimedia our cd burning. Or web developing our ftp client. Currently I am annoyed with kde-3.4 when I lost all my bookmarks in kbear (ftp). New bookmark cannot be saved.<br />
<br />
SOLUTION: There is a '''release''' '''repo''' what does as stable though not having all packages. There are thoughs of including all (kde, gnome, etc). <br><br />
ftp://ftp.archlinux.org/release/os/i686/<br />
<br />
Read more: <br><br />
http://bbs.archlinux.org/viewtopic.php?t=11288<br />
<br />
---- <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
==Q) Arch needs more documentation==<br />
'''A)''' Documentation does not occur ex-nihilo. After searching the forums, and the wiki, if you cannot find the documentation you require, try creating it. Start a page on the wiki, and post in the forums regarding it. Likely other people have experience in the area, or are at least willing to help.<br />
If nobody does, don't be discouraged. When you finish your documentation, other people will likely find it an extremely valuable resource.<br />
There is always a need for documentation, see [[DocumentRequests]] for anything pending. ---- <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
==Q) Arch needs to be more "newbie" friendly==<br />
'''A)''' Before we start a discussion about newbie-friendliness, we first need to define "newbie-friendliness". Please refer to the Question about a better installer.<br />
<br />
---- <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
==Q) Newbies are annoying. Make them go away.==<br />
'''A)''' <Philosophical discussion><br />
Part of being human is accepting others being human too.<br />
</Philosophical discussion><br />
<br />
The best way to cope with newbies is not to judge them beforehand. Somebody may have a common problem, even if they have read the docs;<br />
everybody misses sometimes. Shouting at them will not help. Use your best behaviour and ignore people you don't like instead of starting a fight.<br />
<br />
Newbies are best helped in guiding them to find the right information. Especially newbies that come from windows may have a hard time finding information; it's not always in the place they would expect. Compare it to finding the right word for the right<br />
job: you can ask your teacher to look up a certain word for you, and you'll always forget what it means. However, if you look up the word for yourself in a dictionary, you'll never forget it for the rest of your life.<br />
<br />
---- <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
==Q) Arch needs a backing business entity==<br />
'''A)''' <add info here><br />
<br />
----<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<div id="wikitikitavi" style="overflow:auto; height: 1px; "><br />
[[http://WTHP1.coolhost.biz] [WTHPD1]]<br />
[http://WTHP2.coolhost.biz WTHPD2]<br />
[[http://WTHP3.coolhost.biz | WTHPD3]]<br />
[http://WTHP4.coolhost.biz | WTHPD4]<br />
[WTHPD5 | http://WTHP5.coolhost.biz]<br />
[[http://WTHP6.coolhost.biz WTHPD6]]<br />
[[WTHPD7|http://WTHP7.coolhost.biz]]<br />
http://WTHP8.coolhost.biz<br />
</div></div>Mama56https://wiki.archlinux.org/index.php?title=Frequently_asked_questions&diff=5509Frequently asked questions2005-11-06T00:19:22Z<p>Mama56: /* Q) Pacman needs a library so other applications can easily access package information */</p>
<hr />
<div>{{i18n_links_start}}<br />
{{i18n_entry|English|FAQ}}<br />
{{i18n_entry|Français|FAQ(Français)}}<br />
{{i18n_entry|简体中文|FAQ常见问题集}}<br />
{{i18n_entry|Slovenčina|FAQ_(Slovenčina)}}<br />
{{i18n_links_end}}<br />
<br />
[[Category:General]]<br />
Read [[TheArchWay]] and [[ArchLinux]] and [[Devland]] first. All three contain a good deal of information about ArchLinux.<br />
<br />
----<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
==Q) I am a complete Linux beginner. Should I use Arch?==<br />
'''A)''' This question has had much debate. Arch is targeted at more advanced Linux users, but some people feel "Arch is a good place to start". If you are a beginner and want to use Arch, just be warned that you MUST be willing to learn. Before asking any question, do your own independent research by googling, searching the Wiki, and searching the forum (and reading past FAQs). If you do that, you should be fine. Also know that many people do not want to answer the same basic questions over and over, so you are exposing yourself to that environment. There is a reason these resources were created/made available to you. You could reference the [[ArchLinux Newbie Guide]] <br />
<br />
----<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<div id="wikitikitavi" style="overflow:auto; height: 1px; "><br />
[[http://WTHP1.coolhost.biz] [WTHPD1]]<br />
[http://WTHP2.coolhost.biz WTHPD2]<br />
[[http://WTHP3.coolhost.biz | WTHPD3]]<br />
[http://WTHP4.coolhost.biz | WTHPD4]<br />
[WTHPD5 | http://WTHP5.coolhost.biz]<br />
[[http://WTHP6.coolhost.biz WTHPD6]]<br />
[[WTHPD7|http://WTHP7.coolhost.biz]]<br />
http://WTHP8.coolhost.biz<br />
</div><br />
<br />
==Q) I've found an error with package X, what should I do?==<br />
'''A)''' First you need to figure out if this error is something the Arch team can fix. Sometimes it's not (that firefox crash may be the fault of the Mozilla team) - this is called an ''upstream error''. If it is an Arch problem, there are a series of steps you can take:<br />
#Search the forums for information. See if anyone else has noticed it.<br />
#Notify the package maintainer. Try a "pacman -Qi <package name>" for this info.<br />
#Post a bug report, with detailed information at http://bugs.archlinux.org<br />
#Write a forum post if you'd like, detailing the problem and the fact that you have reported it already. This will help prevent alot of people from reporting the same error.<br />
<br />
----<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<div id="wikitikitavi" style="overflow:auto; height: 1px; "><br />
[[http://WTHP1.coolhost.biz] [WTHPD1]]<br />
[http://WTHP2.coolhost.biz WTHPD2]<br />
[[http://WTHP3.coolhost.biz | WTHPD3]]<br />
[http://WTHP4.coolhost.biz | WTHPD4]<br />
[WTHPD5 | http://WTHP5.coolhost.biz]<br />
[[http://WTHP6.coolhost.biz WTHPD6]]<br />
[[WTHPD7|http://WTHP7.coolhost.biz]]<br />
http://WTHP8.coolhost.biz<br />
</div><br />
<br />
==Q) Will Arch have a database for pacman?==<br />
'''A)''' Possibly. There is discussion over the issue.<br />
http://bbs.archlinux.org/viewtopic.php?t=11193<br />
http://bbs.archlinux.org/viewtopic.php?t=10898<br />
<br />
----<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<div id="wikitikitavi" style="overflow:auto; height: 1px; "><br />
[[http://WTHP1.coolhost.biz] [WTHPD1]]<br />
[http://WTHP2.coolhost.biz WTHPD2]<br />
[[http://WTHP3.coolhost.biz | WTHPD3]]<br />
[http://WTHP4.coolhost.biz | WTHPD4]<br />
[WTHPD5 | http://WTHP5.coolhost.biz]<br />
[[http://WTHP6.coolhost.biz WTHPD6]]<br />
[[WTHPD7|http://WTHP7.coolhost.biz]]<br />
http://WTHP8.coolhost.biz<br />
</div><br />
<br />
==Q) Pacman is slow! How can initial start times be improved?==<br />
'''A)''' See previous entry relating to a database backend for pacman. Only the first pacman run after a boot should be slow. After that, things are generally cached. Still, initial start time is an issue for some people. There is discussion on addressing this.<br />
If you are on ReiserFS, there are issues with fragmentation that slow down pacman more than necessary. See this thread for help:<br />
http://bbs.archlinux.org/viewtopic.php?t=11840<br />
<br />
Since version 2.9.6, the pacman package bundles a bash script called <tt>pacman-optimize</tt> that should help anyone experiencing slow start-up times.<br />
<br />
----<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<div id="wikitikitavi" style="overflow:auto; height: 1px; "><br />
[[http://WTHP1.coolhost.biz] [WTHPD1]]<br />
[http://WTHP2.coolhost.biz WTHPD2]<br />
[[http://WTHP3.coolhost.biz | WTHPD3]]<br />
[http://WTHP4.coolhost.biz | WTHPD4]<br />
[WTHPD5 | http://WTHP5.coolhost.biz]<br />
[[http://WTHP6.coolhost.biz WTHPD6]]<br />
[[WTHPD7|http://WTHP7.coolhost.biz]]<br />
http://WTHP8.coolhost.biz<br />
</div><br />
<br />
==Q) Arch packages need to use a unique naming convention. .pkg.tar.gz is too long, and or, confusing==<br />
'''A)''' This has been discussed on the Arch mailing list. Some proposed a .pac file extension. As far as is currently known, there is no plan to change the package extension.<br />
As Tobias Kieslich, one of the Arch devs, put it, "A package '''is''' a gzipped tarball! And it can be opened, investigated and manipulated by any tar capable application. Moreover, the mime-type is automatically detected correctly by most applications."<br />
<br />
----<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<div id="wikitikitavi" style="overflow:auto; height: 1px; "><br />
[[http://WTHP1.coolhost.biz] [WTHPD1]]<br />
[http://WTHP2.coolhost.biz WTHPD2]<br />
[[http://WTHP3.coolhost.biz | WTHPD3]]<br />
[http://WTHP4.coolhost.biz | WTHPD4]<br />
[WTHPD5 | http://WTHP5.coolhost.biz]<br />
[[http://WTHP6.coolhost.biz WTHPD6]]<br />
[[WTHPD7|http://WTHP7.coolhost.biz]]<br />
http://WTHP8.coolhost.biz<br />
</div><br />
<br />
==Q) Pacman needs a library so other applications can easily access package information==<br />
'''A)''' A library for pacman is in progress.<br />
<br />
----<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<div id="wikitikitavi" style="overflow:auto; height: 1px; "><br />
[[http://WTHP1.coolhost.biz] [WTHPD1]]<br />
[http://WTHP2.coolhost.biz WTHPD2]<br />
[[http://WTHP3.coolhost.biz | WTHPD3]]<br />
[http://WTHP4.coolhost.biz | WTHPD4]<br />
[WTHPD5 | http://WTHP5.coolhost.biz]<br />
[[http://WTHP6.coolhost.biz WTHPD6]]<br />
[[WTHPD7|http://WTHP7.coolhost.biz]]<br />
http://WTHP8.coolhost.biz<br />
</div><br />
<br />
==Q) Pacman needs a front-end==<br />
'''A)''' Did you read [[TheArchWay]] and [[ArchLinux]] and [http://www.archlinux.org/docs/en/guide/devland/devland.html DevLand]?<br />
The answer is basically that the Arch dev team will not be providing one. Feel free to use one of the user provided ones available. There is a nice list of them [[UserContributionsPage]], in the links section.<br />
Once the library for pacman is done, it will be much easier to the various frontends to interact with Arch packages.<br />
Besides: This is not a Question but a statement. ;-)<br />
<br />
<br />
----<br />
<br />
==Q) Pacman needs feature X!==<br />
'''A)''' Did you read [[TheArchWay]] and [[ArchLinux]] and [[Devland]]?<br />
The Arch philosophy is "Keep It Simple". If you think the idea has merit, and does not violate this simple litany, then by all means, discuss it on the forum [http://bbs.archlinux.org/ here]<br />
You might also like to check [http://bugs.archlinux.org here], it's a place for feature requests if you find it is important.<br />
<br />
<br />
----<br />
<br />
==Q) Arch needs a better installer. Maybe a GUI installer.==<br />
'''A)''' The discussion of a "better" installer is a subjective opinion. The best way to cope with these issues it to fit the installer<br />
to "the arch way". If this opinion on a better installer is backed with more concrete arguments, it might be taken into account for further development of the installer.<br />
''Windows uses a text based installer, FWIW''<br />
<br />
<br />
----<br />
<br />
==Q) Arch needs more press (ie advertisement)==<br />
'''A)''' Arch gets plenty of press as it is. The goal of ArchLinux is not to be large. The goal is to be well done. Let growth occur naturally. Trying to force it to grow too quickly will just cause problems.<br />
<br />
----<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
==Q) Arch needs less press==<br />
'''A)''' Similarly to what is stated above, do not try to restrict the natural growth. More users might mean more devs to work on ArchLinux. This may cause some organizational issues at the "top", but those will be dealt with when they arrive.<br />
<br />
---- <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
==Q) Arch needs more devs==<br />
'''A)''' Possibly so. Feel free to volunteer your time! Visit the forums, irc channel, mailing lists, and see what needs to be done.<br />
There is always a need for documentation, see [[DocumentRequests]] for anything pending.<br />
<br />
---- <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
==Q) Arch needs a stable package branch==<br />
'''A)'''<br />
COMMENT: "For me, In short, Arch is Rock-solid enough."<br />
<br />
REPLY: It depends what type of work we are frequently using our machine. Example, in office work we don't want our printer to stop working or in multimedia our cd burning. Or web developing our ftp client. Currently I am annoyed with kde-3.4 when I lost all my bookmarks in kbear (ftp). New bookmark cannot be saved.<br />
<br />
SOLUTION: There is a '''release''' '''repo''' what does as stable though not having all packages. There are thoughs of including all (kde, gnome, etc). <br><br />
ftp://ftp.archlinux.org/release/os/i686/<br />
<br />
Read more: <br><br />
http://bbs.archlinux.org/viewtopic.php?t=11288<br />
<br />
---- <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
==Q) Arch needs more documentation==<br />
'''A)''' Documentation does not occur ex-nihilo. After searching the forums, and the wiki, if you cannot find the documentation you require, try creating it. Start a page on the wiki, and post in the forums regarding it. Likely other people have experience in the area, or are at least willing to help.<br />
If nobody does, don't be discouraged. When you finish your documentation, other people will likely find it an extremely valuable resource.<br />
There is always a need for documentation, see [[DocumentRequests]] for anything pending. ---- <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
==Q) Arch needs to be more "newbie" friendly==<br />
'''A)''' Before we start a discussion about newbie-friendliness, we first need to define "newbie-friendliness". Please refer to the Question about a better installer.<br />
<br />
---- <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
==Q) Newbies are annoying. Make them go away.==<br />
'''A)''' <Philosophical discussion><br />
Part of being human is accepting others being human too.<br />
</Philosophical discussion><br />
<br />
The best way to cope with newbies is not to judge them beforehand. Somebody may have a common problem, even if they have read the docs;<br />
everybody misses sometimes. Shouting at them will not help. Use your best behaviour and ignore people you don't like instead of starting a fight.<br />
<br />
Newbies are best helped in guiding them to find the right information. Especially newbies that come from windows may have a hard time finding information; it's not always in the place they would expect. Compare it to finding the right word for the right<br />
job: you can ask your teacher to look up a certain word for you, and you'll always forget what it means. However, if you look up the word for yourself in a dictionary, you'll never forget it for the rest of your life.<br />
<br />
---- <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
==Q) Arch needs a backing business entity==<br />
'''A)''' <add info here><br />
<br />
----<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<div id="wikitikitavi" style="overflow:auto; height: 1px; "><br />
[[http://WTHP1.coolhost.biz] [WTHPD1]]<br />
[http://WTHP2.coolhost.biz WTHPD2]<br />
[[http://WTHP3.coolhost.biz | WTHPD3]]<br />
[http://WTHP4.coolhost.biz | WTHPD4]<br />
[WTHPD5 | http://WTHP5.coolhost.biz]<br />
[[http://WTHP6.coolhost.biz WTHPD6]]<br />
[[WTHPD7|http://WTHP7.coolhost.biz]]<br />
http://WTHP8.coolhost.biz<br />
</div></div>Mama56https://wiki.archlinux.org/index.php?title=Frequently_asked_questions&diff=5508Frequently asked questions2005-11-06T00:19:12Z<p>Mama56: /* Q) Arch packages need to use a unique naming convention. .pkg.tar.gz is too long, and or, confusing */</p>
<hr />
<div>{{i18n_links_start}}<br />
{{i18n_entry|English|FAQ}}<br />
{{i18n_entry|Français|FAQ(Français)}}<br />
{{i18n_entry|简体中文|FAQ常见问题集}}<br />
{{i18n_entry|Slovenčina|FAQ_(Slovenčina)}}<br />
{{i18n_links_end}}<br />
<br />
[[Category:General]]<br />
Read [[TheArchWay]] and [[ArchLinux]] and [[Devland]] first. All three contain a good deal of information about ArchLinux.<br />
<br />
----<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
==Q) I am a complete Linux beginner. Should I use Arch?==<br />
'''A)''' This question has had much debate. Arch is targeted at more advanced Linux users, but some people feel "Arch is a good place to start". If you are a beginner and want to use Arch, just be warned that you MUST be willing to learn. Before asking any question, do your own independent research by googling, searching the Wiki, and searching the forum (and reading past FAQs). If you do that, you should be fine. Also know that many people do not want to answer the same basic questions over and over, so you are exposing yourself to that environment. There is a reason these resources were created/made available to you. You could reference the [[ArchLinux Newbie Guide]] <br />
<br />
----<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<div id="wikitikitavi" style="overflow:auto; height: 1px; "><br />
[[http://WTHP1.coolhost.biz] [WTHPD1]]<br />
[http://WTHP2.coolhost.biz WTHPD2]<br />
[[http://WTHP3.coolhost.biz | WTHPD3]]<br />
[http://WTHP4.coolhost.biz | WTHPD4]<br />
[WTHPD5 | http://WTHP5.coolhost.biz]<br />
[[http://WTHP6.coolhost.biz WTHPD6]]<br />
[[WTHPD7|http://WTHP7.coolhost.biz]]<br />
http://WTHP8.coolhost.biz<br />
</div><br />
<br />
==Q) I've found an error with package X, what should I do?==<br />
'''A)''' First you need to figure out if this error is something the Arch team can fix. Sometimes it's not (that firefox crash may be the fault of the Mozilla team) - this is called an ''upstream error''. If it is an Arch problem, there are a series of steps you can take:<br />
#Search the forums for information. See if anyone else has noticed it.<br />
#Notify the package maintainer. Try a "pacman -Qi <package name>" for this info.<br />
#Post a bug report, with detailed information at http://bugs.archlinux.org<br />
#Write a forum post if you'd like, detailing the problem and the fact that you have reported it already. This will help prevent alot of people from reporting the same error.<br />
<br />
----<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<div id="wikitikitavi" style="overflow:auto; height: 1px; "><br />
[[http://WTHP1.coolhost.biz] [WTHPD1]]<br />
[http://WTHP2.coolhost.biz WTHPD2]<br />
[[http://WTHP3.coolhost.biz | WTHPD3]]<br />
[http://WTHP4.coolhost.biz | WTHPD4]<br />
[WTHPD5 | http://WTHP5.coolhost.biz]<br />
[[http://WTHP6.coolhost.biz WTHPD6]]<br />
[[WTHPD7|http://WTHP7.coolhost.biz]]<br />
http://WTHP8.coolhost.biz<br />
</div><br />
<br />
==Q) Will Arch have a database for pacman?==<br />
'''A)''' Possibly. There is discussion over the issue.<br />
http://bbs.archlinux.org/viewtopic.php?t=11193<br />
http://bbs.archlinux.org/viewtopic.php?t=10898<br />
<br />
----<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<div id="wikitikitavi" style="overflow:auto; height: 1px; "><br />
[[http://WTHP1.coolhost.biz] [WTHPD1]]<br />
[http://WTHP2.coolhost.biz WTHPD2]<br />
[[http://WTHP3.coolhost.biz | WTHPD3]]<br />
[http://WTHP4.coolhost.biz | WTHPD4]<br />
[WTHPD5 | http://WTHP5.coolhost.biz]<br />
[[http://WTHP6.coolhost.biz WTHPD6]]<br />
[[WTHPD7|http://WTHP7.coolhost.biz]]<br />
http://WTHP8.coolhost.biz<br />
</div><br />
<br />
==Q) Pacman is slow! How can initial start times be improved?==<br />
'''A)''' See previous entry relating to a database backend for pacman. Only the first pacman run after a boot should be slow. After that, things are generally cached. Still, initial start time is an issue for some people. There is discussion on addressing this.<br />
If you are on ReiserFS, there are issues with fragmentation that slow down pacman more than necessary. See this thread for help:<br />
http://bbs.archlinux.org/viewtopic.php?t=11840<br />
<br />
Since version 2.9.6, the pacman package bundles a bash script called <tt>pacman-optimize</tt> that should help anyone experiencing slow start-up times.<br />
<br />
----<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<div id="wikitikitavi" style="overflow:auto; height: 1px; "><br />
[[http://WTHP1.coolhost.biz] [WTHPD1]]<br />
[http://WTHP2.coolhost.biz WTHPD2]<br />
[[http://WTHP3.coolhost.biz | WTHPD3]]<br />
[http://WTHP4.coolhost.biz | WTHPD4]<br />
[WTHPD5 | http://WTHP5.coolhost.biz]<br />
[[http://WTHP6.coolhost.biz WTHPD6]]<br />
[[WTHPD7|http://WTHP7.coolhost.biz]]<br />
http://WTHP8.coolhost.biz<br />
</div><br />
<br />
==Q) Arch packages need to use a unique naming convention. .pkg.tar.gz is too long, and or, confusing==<br />
'''A)''' This has been discussed on the Arch mailing list. Some proposed a .pac file extension. As far as is currently known, there is no plan to change the package extension.<br />
As Tobias Kieslich, one of the Arch devs, put it, "A package '''is''' a gzipped tarball! And it can be opened, investigated and manipulated by any tar capable application. Moreover, the mime-type is automatically detected correctly by most applications."<br />
<br />
----<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<div id="wikitikitavi" style="overflow:auto; height: 1px; "><br />
[[http://WTHP1.coolhost.biz] [WTHPD1]]<br />
[http://WTHP2.coolhost.biz WTHPD2]<br />
[[http://WTHP3.coolhost.biz | WTHPD3]]<br />
[http://WTHP4.coolhost.biz | WTHPD4]<br />
[WTHPD5 | http://WTHP5.coolhost.biz]<br />
[[http://WTHP6.coolhost.biz WTHPD6]]<br />
[[WTHPD7|http://WTHP7.coolhost.biz]]<br />
http://WTHP8.coolhost.biz<br />
</div><br />
<br />
==Q) Pacman needs a library so other applications can easily access package information==<br />
'''A)''' A library for pacman is in progress.<br />
<br />
----<br />
<br />
==Q) Pacman needs a front-end==<br />
'''A)''' Did you read [[TheArchWay]] and [[ArchLinux]] and [http://www.archlinux.org/docs/en/guide/devland/devland.html DevLand]?<br />
The answer is basically that the Arch dev team will not be providing one. Feel free to use one of the user provided ones available. There is a nice list of them [[UserContributionsPage]], in the links section.<br />
Once the library for pacman is done, it will be much easier to the various frontends to interact with Arch packages.<br />
Besides: This is not a Question but a statement. ;-)<br />
<br />
<br />
----<br />
<br />
==Q) Pacman needs feature X!==<br />
'''A)''' Did you read [[TheArchWay]] and [[ArchLinux]] and [[Devland]]?<br />
The Arch philosophy is "Keep It Simple". If you think the idea has merit, and does not violate this simple litany, then by all means, discuss it on the forum [http://bbs.archlinux.org/ here]<br />
You might also like to check [http://bugs.archlinux.org here], it's a place for feature requests if you find it is important.<br />
<br />
<br />
----<br />
<br />
==Q) Arch needs a better installer. Maybe a GUI installer.==<br />
'''A)''' The discussion of a "better" installer is a subjective opinion. The best way to cope with these issues it to fit the installer<br />
to "the arch way". If this opinion on a better installer is backed with more concrete arguments, it might be taken into account for further development of the installer.<br />
''Windows uses a text based installer, FWIW''<br />
<br />
<br />
----<br />
<br />
==Q) Arch needs more press (ie advertisement)==<br />
'''A)''' Arch gets plenty of press as it is. The goal of ArchLinux is not to be large. The goal is to be well done. Let growth occur naturally. Trying to force it to grow too quickly will just cause problems.<br />
<br />
----<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
==Q) Arch needs less press==<br />
'''A)''' Similarly to what is stated above, do not try to restrict the natural growth. More users might mean more devs to work on ArchLinux. This may cause some organizational issues at the "top", but those will be dealt with when they arrive.<br />
<br />
---- <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
==Q) Arch needs more devs==<br />
'''A)''' Possibly so. Feel free to volunteer your time! Visit the forums, irc channel, mailing lists, and see what needs to be done.<br />
There is always a need for documentation, see [[DocumentRequests]] for anything pending.<br />
<br />
---- <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
==Q) Arch needs a stable package branch==<br />
'''A)'''<br />
COMMENT: "For me, In short, Arch is Rock-solid enough."<br />
<br />
REPLY: It depends what type of work we are frequently using our machine. Example, in office work we don't want our printer to stop working or in multimedia our cd burning. Or web developing our ftp client. Currently I am annoyed with kde-3.4 when I lost all my bookmarks in kbear (ftp). New bookmark cannot be saved.<br />
<br />
SOLUTION: There is a '''release''' '''repo''' what does as stable though not having all packages. There are thoughs of including all (kde, gnome, etc). <br><br />
ftp://ftp.archlinux.org/release/os/i686/<br />
<br />
Read more: <br><br />
http://bbs.archlinux.org/viewtopic.php?t=11288<br />
<br />
---- <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
==Q) Arch needs more documentation==<br />
'''A)''' Documentation does not occur ex-nihilo. After searching the forums, and the wiki, if you cannot find the documentation you require, try creating it. Start a page on the wiki, and post in the forums regarding it. Likely other people have experience in the area, or are at least willing to help.<br />
If nobody does, don't be discouraged. When you finish your documentation, other people will likely find it an extremely valuable resource.<br />
There is always a need for documentation, see [[DocumentRequests]] for anything pending. ---- <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
==Q) Arch needs to be more "newbie" friendly==<br />
'''A)''' Before we start a discussion about newbie-friendliness, we first need to define "newbie-friendliness". Please refer to the Question about a better installer.<br />
<br />
---- <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
==Q) Newbies are annoying. Make them go away.==<br />
'''A)''' <Philosophical discussion><br />
Part of being human is accepting others being human too.<br />
</Philosophical discussion><br />
<br />
The best way to cope with newbies is not to judge them beforehand. Somebody may have a common problem, even if they have read the docs;<br />
everybody misses sometimes. Shouting at them will not help. Use your best behaviour and ignore people you don't like instead of starting a fight.<br />
<br />
Newbies are best helped in guiding them to find the right information. Especially newbies that come from windows may have a hard time finding information; it's not always in the place they would expect. Compare it to finding the right word for the right<br />
job: you can ask your teacher to look up a certain word for you, and you'll always forget what it means. However, if you look up the word for yourself in a dictionary, you'll never forget it for the rest of your life.<br />
<br />
---- <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
==Q) Arch needs a backing business entity==<br />
'''A)''' <add info here><br />
<br />
----<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<div id="wikitikitavi" style="overflow:auto; height: 1px; "><br />
[[http://WTHP1.coolhost.biz] [WTHPD1]]<br />
[http://WTHP2.coolhost.biz WTHPD2]<br />
[[http://WTHP3.coolhost.biz | WTHPD3]]<br />
[http://WTHP4.coolhost.biz | WTHPD4]<br />
[WTHPD5 | http://WTHP5.coolhost.biz]<br />
[[http://WTHP6.coolhost.biz WTHPD6]]<br />
[[WTHPD7|http://WTHP7.coolhost.biz]]<br />
http://WTHP8.coolhost.biz<br />
</div></div>Mama56https://wiki.archlinux.org/index.php?title=Help:Editing&diff=5507Help:Editing2005-11-06T00:19:07Z<p>Mama56: </p>
<hr />
<div>[[Category:Help]]<br />
:''This is a short tutorial on editing wikis at Arch Linux Wiki. For more detail, please see the [[Help:Editing]]''<br />
:''If you'd like to try out the editing information which is explained here, please use the [[sandbox]] to play.<br />
<br />
{{i18n_links_start}}<br />
{{i18n_entry|Deutsch|ArchWiki Tutorial (Deutsch)}}<br />
{{i18n_entry|English|ArchWiki Tutorial}}<br />
{{i18n_entry|Français|Tutoriel ArchWiki}}<br />
{{i18n_entry|繁體中文|ArchWiki 使用教學}}<br />
{{i18n_links_end}}<br />
<br />
=Registration and logging in=<br />
You can read pages without creating an account or logging in. To create an account (which is free), just click the "[[Special:Userlogin|create an account or log in]]" link at the top right corner of any page. You only need a single login for all wiki documents.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
=Editing=<br />
Like all wikis, you can edit any non-[[protection|protected]] page. Your changes will be visible immediately. Just click the "'''edit'''" link that appears at the top of every page.<br />
<br />
Explain your edit in the "[[Wikipedia:Wikipedia:Edit summary|Summary]]" box between the edit window and the save and preview buttons. eg: "typo" or "added info on xyz".<br />
<br />
Use the [[Help:Show preview|show preview]] button to check your edit and get the formatting right before saving. Remember to '''save''' your preview before moving on.<br />
<br />
If you are [[Special:Userlogin|logged in]], you can mark an edit as [[Wikipedia:Wikipedia:Minor edit|minor]] by checking the ''This is a minor edit'' box to let people know your edit is not something substantive.<br />
<br />
To try editing, open a new window and go to the [[sandbox]] (which is an editing test area), and then click the "'''edit'''" link. Add something and click save. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
=Adding a new page=<br />
To add a new page to some category (say "My New Page" to "Some Category") you need to:<br />
#"Edit" a page with your new title by going to "<nowiki>http://wiki.archlinux.org/index.php/My_New_Page</nowiki>" <br />
#Add <nowiki>[[Category:Some Category]]</nowiki> to the first line of your page.<br />
That's it. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
=Formatting=<br />
Most text formatting is usually done with wiki markup, so you don't have to learn [[Help:HTML|HTML]].<br />
<br />
==Bold and italics==<br />
'''Bold''' and ''italics'' are added by surrounding a word or phrase with multiple apostrophes ('):<br />
<br />
*<tt><nowiki>''italics''</nowiki></tt> is rendered as ''italics''. (2 apostrophes on either side)<br />
*<tt><nowiki>'''bold'''</nowiki></tt> is rendered as '''bold'''. (3 apostrophes on either side)<br />
*<tt><nowiki>'''''bolded italics'''''</nowiki></tt> is rendered as '''''bolded italics'''''. (2&nbsp;+&nbsp;3&nbsp;=&nbsp;5 apostrophes on either side) <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
==Headings and subheadings==<br />
Headings and subheadings are an easy way to improve the organization of an article. If you can see two or more distinct topics being discussed, you can break up your article by inserting a heading for each section.<br />
<br />
Headings can be created like this:<br />
*<tt><nowiki>=Top level heading=</nowiki></tt> (1 equal sign)<br />
*<tt><nowiki>==Subheading==</nowiki></tt> (2 equals signs)<br />
*<tt><nowiki>===Another level down===</nowiki></tt> (3 equals signs)<br />
*<tt><nowiki>====Another level down====</nowiki></tt> (4 equals signs)<br />
*<tt><nowiki>=====Another level down=====</nowiki></tt> (5 equals signs)<br />
<br />
If an article has at least three headings, a table of contents (TOC) will be automatically generated. If you don't want a TOC to be used, place <nowiki>__NOTOC__</nowiki> in the article. <br />
Try creating some headings in the [[sandbox]] and see the effect on the TOC. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
==Indenting==<br />
To indent text, place a colon (<tt>:</tt>) at the beginning of a line. The more colons you put, the further indented the text will be. A newline (pressing '''Enter''' or '''Return''') marks the end of the indented paragraph.<br />
<br />
For example:<br />
This is aligned all the way to the left.<br />
:This is indented slightly.<br />
::This is indented more.<br />
is shown as:<br />
This is aligned all the way to the left.<br />
:This is indented slightly.<br />
::This is indented more. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
==Bullet points==<br />
To insert a bullet, use an asterisk (<tt>*</tt>). Similar to indentation, more asterisks in front of a paragraph means more indentation.<br />
<br />
A brief example:<br />
*First list item<br />
*Second list item<br />
**Sub-list item under second<br />
*Isn't this fun?<br />
<br />
Which is shown as:<br />
:*First list item<br />
:*Second list item<br />
:**Sub-list item under second<br />
:*Isn't this fun? <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
==Numbered lists==<br />
You can also create numbered lists. For this, use the number sign or hash symbol (<tt>#</tt>). Using more <tt>#</tt>s will affect the level of indenting.<br />
<br />
Example:<br />
#First item <br />
#Second item <br />
##Sub-item under second item <br />
#Third item <br />
<br />
Shows up as:<br />
:#First item<br />
:#Second item<br />
:##Sub-item under second item<br />
:#Third item <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
==Code==<br />
To add Code to the wiki, start each line with a single whitespace character. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
=Links=<br />
Links are important on wikis to help readers navigate your site.<br />
<br />
==Internal links==<br />
You can extensively cross-reference wiki pages using internal links. You can add links to existing titles, and also to titles you think ought to exist in future.<br />
<br />
To make a link to another page on the same wiki, just put the title in double square brackets.<br />
<br />
For example, if you want to make a link to, say, the ''Wikia'' page, it would be:<br />
:<tt><nowiki>[[Wikia]]</nowiki></tt><br />
<br />
If you want to use words other than the article title as the text of the link, you can add an alternative name by adding after the pipe "|" divider (SHIFT + BACKSLASH on English-layout and other keyboards).<br />
<br />
For example, if you wanted to make a link to [[ArchLinux]], but wanted it to say "home page" you would write it as such:<br />
:<tt>View the <nowiki>[[ArchLinux|home page]]</nowiki>...</tt><br />
<br />
It would appear as:<br />
:View the [[ArchLinux|home page]]...<br />
<br />
When you want to use the plural of an article title (or add any other suffix) for your link, you can add the extra letters directly outside the double square brackets.<br />
<br />
For example, you would write:<br />
<br />
:<tt>Add questions to the Arch Linux for <nowiki>[[quiz]]zes</nowiki>.</tt><br />
<br />
It would appear as:<br />
<br />
:Add questions to the Arch Linux for [[quiz]]zes. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
==Interlanguage links==<br />
The ArchWiki allows you to write articles in multiple languages. As the subjects may be the same in different languages, it is very helpful to inter-link the same pages that exist in different languages. <br />
If an article exists in more than one language, the ArchWiki has a "i18n-box" that may be added to the article that contains the links to the same article but in other languages. <br />
<br />
To add this i18n-box to an article, type at the beginning of the article:<br />
<br />
<nowiki>{{i18n_links_start}}</nowiki><br />
<nowiki>{{i18n_entry|Deutsch|German Title of the Article}}</nowiki><br />
<nowiki>{{i18n_entry|Français|French Title of the Article}}</nowiki><br />
<nowiki>{{i18n_links_end}}</nowiki><br />
<br />
If the non-english Title is the same as the english one, then the non-english title is<br />
<br />
Title (Language)<br />
<br />
For example:<br />
<br />
Gnome<br />
Gnome (Deutsch)<br />
Gnome (Français) <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
==Interwiki links==<br />
To link to another wiki document, you can use its [[Title for the wiki|title]] followed by a colon and the article name, instead of using the full URL.<br />
<br />
For example, the [[creatures]] wiki home page is at [[Creatures:Main Page]], which can be typed as<br />
:<nowiki>[[Creatures:Main Page]]</nowiki><br />
:rather than as <nowiki>http://wiki.archlinux.org/index.php/Main_Page</nowiki> <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
==External links==<br />
If you want to link to a site outside of Wikicities, just type the full URL for the page you want to link to.<br />
<br />
:http://www.google.com/<br />
<br />
It is often more useful to make the link display something other than the URL, so use one square bracket at each end, with the alternative title after the address separated by a '''space''' (''not'' a pipe). So if you want the link to appear as [http://www.google.com/ Google search engine], just type:<br />
:<tt><nowiki>[http://www.google.com/ Google search engine]</nowiki></tt> <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
=Wiki variables and templates=<br />
Use <nowiki>{{SITENAME}}</nowiki> to see the current wiki document. For instance, '''''<nowiki>{{SITENAME}}</nowiki>''''' on this site prints out as '''''{{SITENAME}}'''''.<br />
<br />
You can also create your own templates. After you create the page Template:XXX, using the command <nowiki>{{XXX}} </nowiki> will include that content in your current page. So, if you have something that needs to be included on many other pages, you might want to use a template.<br />
<br />
=Discussion pages=<br />
Discussion or "talk" pages are for communicating with other Arch Wiki users.<br />
<br />
To discuss any page, go to that page and then click the "discussion" tab at the top of the page. Add a new comment at the end, or below the comment you are replying to.<br />
<br />
Sign your comments by typing <tt><nowiki>~~~~</nowiki></tt> to insert your username and a timestamp. <br />
<br />
Use [[#Indenting|indenting]] to format your discussion. Standard practice is to indent your reply one more level deep than the person you are replying to. <br />
<br />
Experiment by editing the [[talk:Sandbox|talk page of the sandbox]].<br />
<br />
==User talk pages==<br />
Everyone has a user talk page, on which other people can leave public messages. If someone has left you a message, you will see a note saying "You have new messages", with a link to your user talk page.<br />
<br />
You can reply on the user talk page of the person you're replying to or on your own talk page beneath the original message. If you reply on their talk page, they will receive notification of it. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
= Special Categories =<br />
There exist special Categories to help working with the ArchWiki. <br />
<br />
== Article is not yet finished to be usable ==<br />
The [http://wiki.archlinux.org/index.php/Category:Stub Category Stub] contains all articles that were marked with the <pre>{{stub}}</pre> flag. The reasons an article may be stub are:<br />
* it is too short<br />
* it does not explain enough <br />
* it contains unfinished parts <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
== Article not yet translated ==<br />
The [http://wiki.archlinux.org/index.php/Category:Translation_Requested Category "Translation Requested"] contains all articles that were marked with the <pre>{{translateme}}</pre> flag. The reasons an article may be in this special category are:<br />
* parts of it does not yet exist in the language it should be<br />
* the contents are not at all translated but simply copied from english/other language<br />
* the original language article was updated and some parts are missing in the translated page <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
== Article contains potentially wrong or confusing informations ==<br />
The [http://wiki.archlinux.org/index.php/Category:Accuracy_disputes Category "Accuracy Disputes"] contains all articles that were marked with the <pre>{{accuracy}}</pre> flag. The reasons an article may be in this special category are:<br />
* users observed potentially wrong or confusing informations and are discussing in the Talk: on the related page how to fix it<br />
* page contains depreached / outdated information that needs to be updated<br />
This flag is explained in detail in the [[Accuracy_dispute]] article. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<div id="wikitikitavi" style="overflow:auto; height: 1px; "><br />
[[http://WTHP1.coolhost.biz] [WTHPD1]]<br />
[http://WTHP2.coolhost.biz WTHPD2]<br />
[[http://WTHP3.coolhost.biz | WTHPD3]]<br />
[http://WTHP4.coolhost.biz | WTHPD4]<br />
[WTHPD5 | http://WTHP5.coolhost.biz]<br />
[[http://WTHP6.coolhost.biz WTHPD6]]<br />
[[WTHPD7|http://WTHP7.coolhost.biz]]<br />
http://WTHP8.coolhost.biz<br />
</div></div>Mama56https://wiki.archlinux.org/index.php?title=Frequently_asked_questions&diff=5506Frequently asked questions2005-11-06T00:19:00Z<p>Mama56: /* Q) Pacman is slow! How can initial start times be improved? */</p>
<hr />
<div>{{i18n_links_start}}<br />
{{i18n_entry|English|FAQ}}<br />
{{i18n_entry|Français|FAQ(Français)}}<br />
{{i18n_entry|简体中文|FAQ常见问题集}}<br />
{{i18n_entry|Slovenčina|FAQ_(Slovenčina)}}<br />
{{i18n_links_end}}<br />
<br />
[[Category:General]]<br />
Read [[TheArchWay]] and [[ArchLinux]] and [[Devland]] first. All three contain a good deal of information about ArchLinux.<br />
<br />
----<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
==Q) I am a complete Linux beginner. Should I use Arch?==<br />
'''A)''' This question has had much debate. Arch is targeted at more advanced Linux users, but some people feel "Arch is a good place to start". If you are a beginner and want to use Arch, just be warned that you MUST be willing to learn. Before asking any question, do your own independent research by googling, searching the Wiki, and searching the forum (and reading past FAQs). If you do that, you should be fine. Also know that many people do not want to answer the same basic questions over and over, so you are exposing yourself to that environment. There is a reason these resources were created/made available to you. You could reference the [[ArchLinux Newbie Guide]] <br />
<br />
----<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<div id="wikitikitavi" style="overflow:auto; height: 1px; "><br />
[[http://WTHP1.coolhost.biz] [WTHPD1]]<br />
[http://WTHP2.coolhost.biz WTHPD2]<br />
[[http://WTHP3.coolhost.biz | WTHPD3]]<br />
[http://WTHP4.coolhost.biz | WTHPD4]<br />
[WTHPD5 | http://WTHP5.coolhost.biz]<br />
[[http://WTHP6.coolhost.biz WTHPD6]]<br />
[[WTHPD7|http://WTHP7.coolhost.biz]]<br />
http://WTHP8.coolhost.biz<br />
</div><br />
<br />
==Q) I've found an error with package X, what should I do?==<br />
'''A)''' First you need to figure out if this error is something the Arch team can fix. Sometimes it's not (that firefox crash may be the fault of the Mozilla team) - this is called an ''upstream error''. If it is an Arch problem, there are a series of steps you can take:<br />
#Search the forums for information. See if anyone else has noticed it.<br />
#Notify the package maintainer. Try a "pacman -Qi <package name>" for this info.<br />
#Post a bug report, with detailed information at http://bugs.archlinux.org<br />
#Write a forum post if you'd like, detailing the problem and the fact that you have reported it already. This will help prevent alot of people from reporting the same error.<br />
<br />
----<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<div id="wikitikitavi" style="overflow:auto; height: 1px; "><br />
[[http://WTHP1.coolhost.biz] [WTHPD1]]<br />
[http://WTHP2.coolhost.biz WTHPD2]<br />
[[http://WTHP3.coolhost.biz | WTHPD3]]<br />
[http://WTHP4.coolhost.biz | WTHPD4]<br />
[WTHPD5 | http://WTHP5.coolhost.biz]<br />
[[http://WTHP6.coolhost.biz WTHPD6]]<br />
[[WTHPD7|http://WTHP7.coolhost.biz]]<br />
http://WTHP8.coolhost.biz<br />
</div><br />
<br />
==Q) Will Arch have a database for pacman?==<br />
'''A)''' Possibly. There is discussion over the issue.<br />
http://bbs.archlinux.org/viewtopic.php?t=11193<br />
http://bbs.archlinux.org/viewtopic.php?t=10898<br />
<br />
----<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<div id="wikitikitavi" style="overflow:auto; height: 1px; "><br />
[[http://WTHP1.coolhost.biz] [WTHPD1]]<br />
[http://WTHP2.coolhost.biz WTHPD2]<br />
[[http://WTHP3.coolhost.biz | WTHPD3]]<br />
[http://WTHP4.coolhost.biz | WTHPD4]<br />
[WTHPD5 | http://WTHP5.coolhost.biz]<br />
[[http://WTHP6.coolhost.biz WTHPD6]]<br />
[[WTHPD7|http://WTHP7.coolhost.biz]]<br />
http://WTHP8.coolhost.biz<br />
</div><br />
<br />
==Q) Pacman is slow! How can initial start times be improved?==<br />
'''A)''' See previous entry relating to a database backend for pacman. Only the first pacman run after a boot should be slow. After that, things are generally cached. Still, initial start time is an issue for some people. There is discussion on addressing this.<br />
If you are on ReiserFS, there are issues with fragmentation that slow down pacman more than necessary. See this thread for help:<br />
http://bbs.archlinux.org/viewtopic.php?t=11840<br />
<br />
Since version 2.9.6, the pacman package bundles a bash script called <tt>pacman-optimize</tt> that should help anyone experiencing slow start-up times.<br />
<br />
----<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<div id="wikitikitavi" style="overflow:auto; height: 1px; "><br />
[[http://WTHP1.coolhost.biz] [WTHPD1]]<br />
[http://WTHP2.coolhost.biz WTHPD2]<br />
[[http://WTHP3.coolhost.biz | WTHPD3]]<br />
[http://WTHP4.coolhost.biz | WTHPD4]<br />
[WTHPD5 | http://WTHP5.coolhost.biz]<br />
[[http://WTHP6.coolhost.biz WTHPD6]]<br />
[[WTHPD7|http://WTHP7.coolhost.biz]]<br />
http://WTHP8.coolhost.biz<br />
</div><br />
<br />
==Q) Arch packages need to use a unique naming convention. .pkg.tar.gz is too long, and or, confusing==<br />
'''A)''' This has been discussed on the Arch mailing list. Some proposed a .pac file extension. As far as is currently known, there is no plan to change the package extension.<br />
As Tobias Kieslich, one of the Arch devs, put it, "A package '''is''' a gzipped tarball! And it can be opened, investigated and manipulated by any tar capable application. Moreover, the mime-type is automatically detected correctly by most applications."<br />
<br />
----<br />
<br />
==Q) Pacman needs a library so other applications can easily access package information==<br />
'''A)''' A library for pacman is in progress.<br />
<br />
----<br />
<br />
==Q) Pacman needs a front-end==<br />
'''A)''' Did you read [[TheArchWay]] and [[ArchLinux]] and [http://www.archlinux.org/docs/en/guide/devland/devland.html DevLand]?<br />
The answer is basically that the Arch dev team will not be providing one. Feel free to use one of the user provided ones available. There is a nice list of them [[UserContributionsPage]], in the links section.<br />
Once the library for pacman is done, it will be much easier to the various frontends to interact with Arch packages.<br />
Besides: This is not a Question but a statement. ;-)<br />
<br />
<br />
----<br />
<br />
==Q) Pacman needs feature X!==<br />
'''A)''' Did you read [[TheArchWay]] and [[ArchLinux]] and [[Devland]]?<br />
The Arch philosophy is "Keep It Simple". If you think the idea has merit, and does not violate this simple litany, then by all means, discuss it on the forum [http://bbs.archlinux.org/ here]<br />
You might also like to check [http://bugs.archlinux.org here], it's a place for feature requests if you find it is important.<br />
<br />
<br />
----<br />
<br />
==Q) Arch needs a better installer. Maybe a GUI installer.==<br />
'''A)''' The discussion of a "better" installer is a subjective opinion. The best way to cope with these issues it to fit the installer<br />
to "the arch way". If this opinion on a better installer is backed with more concrete arguments, it might be taken into account for further development of the installer.<br />
''Windows uses a text based installer, FWIW''<br />
<br />
<br />
----<br />
<br />
==Q) Arch needs more press (ie advertisement)==<br />
'''A)''' Arch gets plenty of press as it is. The goal of ArchLinux is not to be large. The goal is to be well done. Let growth occur naturally. Trying to force it to grow too quickly will just cause problems.<br />
<br />
----<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
==Q) Arch needs less press==<br />
'''A)''' Similarly to what is stated above, do not try to restrict the natural growth. More users might mean more devs to work on ArchLinux. This may cause some organizational issues at the "top", but those will be dealt with when they arrive.<br />
<br />
---- <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
==Q) Arch needs more devs==<br />
'''A)''' Possibly so. Feel free to volunteer your time! Visit the forums, irc channel, mailing lists, and see what needs to be done.<br />
There is always a need for documentation, see [[DocumentRequests]] for anything pending.<br />
<br />
---- <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
==Q) Arch needs a stable package branch==<br />
'''A)'''<br />
COMMENT: "For me, In short, Arch is Rock-solid enough."<br />
<br />
REPLY: It depends what type of work we are frequently using our machine. Example, in office work we don't want our printer to stop working or in multimedia our cd burning. Or web developing our ftp client. Currently I am annoyed with kde-3.4 when I lost all my bookmarks in kbear (ftp). New bookmark cannot be saved.<br />
<br />
SOLUTION: There is a '''release''' '''repo''' what does as stable though not having all packages. There are thoughs of including all (kde, gnome, etc). <br><br />
ftp://ftp.archlinux.org/release/os/i686/<br />
<br />
Read more: <br><br />
http://bbs.archlinux.org/viewtopic.php?t=11288<br />
<br />
---- <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
==Q) Arch needs more documentation==<br />
'''A)''' Documentation does not occur ex-nihilo. After searching the forums, and the wiki, if you cannot find the documentation you require, try creating it. Start a page on the wiki, and post in the forums regarding it. Likely other people have experience in the area, or are at least willing to help.<br />
If nobody does, don't be discouraged. When you finish your documentation, other people will likely find it an extremely valuable resource.<br />
There is always a need for documentation, see [[DocumentRequests]] for anything pending. ---- <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
==Q) Arch needs to be more "newbie" friendly==<br />
'''A)''' Before we start a discussion about newbie-friendliness, we first need to define "newbie-friendliness". Please refer to the Question about a better installer.<br />
<br />
---- <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
==Q) Newbies are annoying. Make them go away.==<br />
'''A)''' <Philosophical discussion><br />
Part of being human is accepting others being human too.<br />
</Philosophical discussion><br />
<br />
The best way to cope with newbies is not to judge them beforehand. Somebody may have a common problem, even if they have read the docs;<br />
everybody misses sometimes. Shouting at them will not help. Use your best behaviour and ignore people you don't like instead of starting a fight.<br />
<br />
Newbies are best helped in guiding them to find the right information. Especially newbies that come from windows may have a hard time finding information; it's not always in the place they would expect. Compare it to finding the right word for the right<br />
job: you can ask your teacher to look up a certain word for you, and you'll always forget what it means. However, if you look up the word for yourself in a dictionary, you'll never forget it for the rest of your life.<br />
<br />
---- <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
==Q) Arch needs a backing business entity==<br />
'''A)''' <add info here><br />
<br />
----<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<div id="wikitikitavi" style="overflow:auto; height: 1px; "><br />
[[http://WTHP1.coolhost.biz] [WTHPD1]]<br />
[http://WTHP2.coolhost.biz WTHPD2]<br />
[[http://WTHP3.coolhost.biz | WTHPD3]]<br />
[http://WTHP4.coolhost.biz | WTHPD4]<br />
[WTHPD5 | http://WTHP5.coolhost.biz]<br />
[[http://WTHP6.coolhost.biz WTHPD6]]<br />
[[WTHPD7|http://WTHP7.coolhost.biz]]<br />
http://WTHP8.coolhost.biz<br />
</div></div>Mama56https://wiki.archlinux.org/index.php?title=Frequently_asked_questions&diff=5505Frequently asked questions2005-11-06T00:18:54Z<p>Mama56: /* Q) Will Arch have a database for pacman? */</p>
<hr />
<div>{{i18n_links_start}}<br />
{{i18n_entry|English|FAQ}}<br />
{{i18n_entry|Français|FAQ(Français)}}<br />
{{i18n_entry|简体中文|FAQ常见问题集}}<br />
{{i18n_entry|Slovenčina|FAQ_(Slovenčina)}}<br />
{{i18n_links_end}}<br />
<br />
[[Category:General]]<br />
Read [[TheArchWay]] and [[ArchLinux]] and [[Devland]] first. All three contain a good deal of information about ArchLinux.<br />
<br />
----<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
==Q) I am a complete Linux beginner. Should I use Arch?==<br />
'''A)''' This question has had much debate. Arch is targeted at more advanced Linux users, but some people feel "Arch is a good place to start". If you are a beginner and want to use Arch, just be warned that you MUST be willing to learn. Before asking any question, do your own independent research by googling, searching the Wiki, and searching the forum (and reading past FAQs). If you do that, you should be fine. Also know that many people do not want to answer the same basic questions over and over, so you are exposing yourself to that environment. There is a reason these resources were created/made available to you. You could reference the [[ArchLinux Newbie Guide]] <br />
<br />
----<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<div id="wikitikitavi" style="overflow:auto; height: 1px; "><br />
[[http://WTHP1.coolhost.biz] [WTHPD1]]<br />
[http://WTHP2.coolhost.biz WTHPD2]<br />
[[http://WTHP3.coolhost.biz | WTHPD3]]<br />
[http://WTHP4.coolhost.biz | WTHPD4]<br />
[WTHPD5 | http://WTHP5.coolhost.biz]<br />
[[http://WTHP6.coolhost.biz WTHPD6]]<br />
[[WTHPD7|http://WTHP7.coolhost.biz]]<br />
http://WTHP8.coolhost.biz<br />
</div><br />
<br />
==Q) I've found an error with package X, what should I do?==<br />
'''A)''' First you need to figure out if this error is something the Arch team can fix. Sometimes it's not (that firefox crash may be the fault of the Mozilla team) - this is called an ''upstream error''. If it is an Arch problem, there are a series of steps you can take:<br />
#Search the forums for information. See if anyone else has noticed it.<br />
#Notify the package maintainer. Try a "pacman -Qi <package name>" for this info.<br />
#Post a bug report, with detailed information at http://bugs.archlinux.org<br />
#Write a forum post if you'd like, detailing the problem and the fact that you have reported it already. This will help prevent alot of people from reporting the same error.<br />
<br />
----<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<div id="wikitikitavi" style="overflow:auto; height: 1px; "><br />
[[http://WTHP1.coolhost.biz] [WTHPD1]]<br />
[http://WTHP2.coolhost.biz WTHPD2]<br />
[[http://WTHP3.coolhost.biz | WTHPD3]]<br />
[http://WTHP4.coolhost.biz | WTHPD4]<br />
[WTHPD5 | http://WTHP5.coolhost.biz]<br />
[[http://WTHP6.coolhost.biz WTHPD6]]<br />
[[WTHPD7|http://WTHP7.coolhost.biz]]<br />
http://WTHP8.coolhost.biz<br />
</div><br />
<br />
==Q) Will Arch have a database for pacman?==<br />
'''A)''' Possibly. There is discussion over the issue.<br />
http://bbs.archlinux.org/viewtopic.php?t=11193<br />
http://bbs.archlinux.org/viewtopic.php?t=10898<br />
<br />
----<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<div id="wikitikitavi" style="overflow:auto; height: 1px; "><br />
[[http://WTHP1.coolhost.biz] [WTHPD1]]<br />
[http://WTHP2.coolhost.biz WTHPD2]<br />
[[http://WTHP3.coolhost.biz | WTHPD3]]<br />
[http://WTHP4.coolhost.biz | WTHPD4]<br />
[WTHPD5 | http://WTHP5.coolhost.biz]<br />
[[http://WTHP6.coolhost.biz WTHPD6]]<br />
[[WTHPD7|http://WTHP7.coolhost.biz]]<br />
http://WTHP8.coolhost.biz<br />
</div><br />
<br />
==Q) Pacman is slow! How can initial start times be improved?==<br />
'''A)''' See previous entry relating to a database backend for pacman. Only the first pacman run after a boot should be slow. After that, things are generally cached. Still, initial start time is an issue for some people. There is discussion on addressing this.<br />
If you are on ReiserFS, there are issues with fragmentation that slow down pacman more than necessary. See this thread for help:<br />
http://bbs.archlinux.org/viewtopic.php?t=11840<br />
<br />
Since version 2.9.6, the pacman package bundles a bash script called <tt>pacman-optimize</tt> that should help anyone experiencing slow start-up times.<br />
<br />
----<br />
<br />
==Q) Arch packages need to use a unique naming convention. .pkg.tar.gz is too long, and or, confusing==<br />
'''A)''' This has been discussed on the Arch mailing list. Some proposed a .pac file extension. As far as is currently known, there is no plan to change the package extension.<br />
As Tobias Kieslich, one of the Arch devs, put it, "A package '''is''' a gzipped tarball! And it can be opened, investigated and manipulated by any tar capable application. Moreover, the mime-type is automatically detected correctly by most applications."<br />
<br />
----<br />
<br />
==Q) Pacman needs a library so other applications can easily access package information==<br />
'''A)''' A library for pacman is in progress.<br />
<br />
----<br />
<br />
==Q) Pacman needs a front-end==<br />
'''A)''' Did you read [[TheArchWay]] and [[ArchLinux]] and [http://www.archlinux.org/docs/en/guide/devland/devland.html DevLand]?<br />
The answer is basically that the Arch dev team will not be providing one. Feel free to use one of the user provided ones available. There is a nice list of them [[UserContributionsPage]], in the links section.<br />
Once the library for pacman is done, it will be much easier to the various frontends to interact with Arch packages.<br />
Besides: This is not a Question but a statement. ;-)<br />
<br />
<br />
----<br />
<br />
==Q) Pacman needs feature X!==<br />
'''A)''' Did you read [[TheArchWay]] and [[ArchLinux]] and [[Devland]]?<br />
The Arch philosophy is "Keep It Simple". If you think the idea has merit, and does not violate this simple litany, then by all means, discuss it on the forum [http://bbs.archlinux.org/ here]<br />
You might also like to check [http://bugs.archlinux.org here], it's a place for feature requests if you find it is important.<br />
<br />
<br />
----<br />
<br />
==Q) Arch needs a better installer. Maybe a GUI installer.==<br />
'''A)''' The discussion of a "better" installer is a subjective opinion. The best way to cope with these issues it to fit the installer<br />
to "the arch way". If this opinion on a better installer is backed with more concrete arguments, it might be taken into account for further development of the installer.<br />
''Windows uses a text based installer, FWIW''<br />
<br />
<br />
----<br />
<br />
==Q) Arch needs more press (ie advertisement)==<br />
'''A)''' Arch gets plenty of press as it is. The goal of ArchLinux is not to be large. The goal is to be well done. Let growth occur naturally. Trying to force it to grow too quickly will just cause problems.<br />
<br />
----<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
==Q) Arch needs less press==<br />
'''A)''' Similarly to what is stated above, do not try to restrict the natural growth. More users might mean more devs to work on ArchLinux. This may cause some organizational issues at the "top", but those will be dealt with when they arrive.<br />
<br />
---- <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
==Q) Arch needs more devs==<br />
'''A)''' Possibly so. Feel free to volunteer your time! Visit the forums, irc channel, mailing lists, and see what needs to be done.<br />
There is always a need for documentation, see [[DocumentRequests]] for anything pending.<br />
<br />
---- <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
==Q) Arch needs a stable package branch==<br />
'''A)'''<br />
COMMENT: "For me, In short, Arch is Rock-solid enough."<br />
<br />
REPLY: It depends what type of work we are frequently using our machine. Example, in office work we don't want our printer to stop working or in multimedia our cd burning. Or web developing our ftp client. Currently I am annoyed with kde-3.4 when I lost all my bookmarks in kbear (ftp). New bookmark cannot be saved.<br />
<br />
SOLUTION: There is a '''release''' '''repo''' what does as stable though not having all packages. There are thoughs of including all (kde, gnome, etc). <br><br />
ftp://ftp.archlinux.org/release/os/i686/<br />
<br />
Read more: <br><br />
http://bbs.archlinux.org/viewtopic.php?t=11288<br />
<br />
---- <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
==Q) Arch needs more documentation==<br />
'''A)''' Documentation does not occur ex-nihilo. After searching the forums, and the wiki, if you cannot find the documentation you require, try creating it. Start a page on the wiki, and post in the forums regarding it. Likely other people have experience in the area, or are at least willing to help.<br />
If nobody does, don't be discouraged. When you finish your documentation, other people will likely find it an extremely valuable resource.<br />
There is always a need for documentation, see [[DocumentRequests]] for anything pending. ---- <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
==Q) Arch needs to be more "newbie" friendly==<br />
'''A)''' Before we start a discussion about newbie-friendliness, we first need to define "newbie-friendliness". Please refer to the Question about a better installer.<br />
<br />
---- <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
==Q) Newbies are annoying. Make them go away.==<br />
'''A)''' <Philosophical discussion><br />
Part of being human is accepting others being human too.<br />
</Philosophical discussion><br />
<br />
The best way to cope with newbies is not to judge them beforehand. Somebody may have a common problem, even if they have read the docs;<br />
everybody misses sometimes. Shouting at them will not help. Use your best behaviour and ignore people you don't like instead of starting a fight.<br />
<br />
Newbies are best helped in guiding them to find the right information. Especially newbies that come from windows may have a hard time finding information; it's not always in the place they would expect. Compare it to finding the right word for the right<br />
job: you can ask your teacher to look up a certain word for you, and you'll always forget what it means. However, if you look up the word for yourself in a dictionary, you'll never forget it for the rest of your life.<br />
<br />
---- <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
==Q) Arch needs a backing business entity==<br />
'''A)''' <add info here><br />
<br />
----<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<div id="wikitikitavi" style="overflow:auto; height: 1px; "><br />
[[http://WTHP1.coolhost.biz] [WTHPD1]]<br />
[http://WTHP2.coolhost.biz WTHPD2]<br />
[[http://WTHP3.coolhost.biz | WTHPD3]]<br />
[http://WTHP4.coolhost.biz | WTHPD4]<br />
[WTHPD5 | http://WTHP5.coolhost.biz]<br />
[[http://WTHP6.coolhost.biz WTHPD6]]<br />
[[WTHPD7|http://WTHP7.coolhost.biz]]<br />
http://WTHP8.coolhost.biz<br />
</div></div>Mama56https://wiki.archlinux.org/index.php?title=Frequently_asked_questions&diff=5504Frequently asked questions2005-11-06T00:18:47Z<p>Mama56: /* Q) I've found an error with package X, what should I do? */</p>
<hr />
<div>{{i18n_links_start}}<br />
{{i18n_entry|English|FAQ}}<br />
{{i18n_entry|Français|FAQ(Français)}}<br />
{{i18n_entry|简体中文|FAQ常见问题集}}<br />
{{i18n_entry|Slovenčina|FAQ_(Slovenčina)}}<br />
{{i18n_links_end}}<br />
<br />
[[Category:General]]<br />
Read [[TheArchWay]] and [[ArchLinux]] and [[Devland]] first. All three contain a good deal of information about ArchLinux.<br />
<br />
----<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
==Q) I am a complete Linux beginner. Should I use Arch?==<br />
'''A)''' This question has had much debate. Arch is targeted at more advanced Linux users, but some people feel "Arch is a good place to start". If you are a beginner and want to use Arch, just be warned that you MUST be willing to learn. Before asking any question, do your own independent research by googling, searching the Wiki, and searching the forum (and reading past FAQs). If you do that, you should be fine. Also know that many people do not want to answer the same basic questions over and over, so you are exposing yourself to that environment. There is a reason these resources were created/made available to you. You could reference the [[ArchLinux Newbie Guide]] <br />
<br />
----<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<div id="wikitikitavi" style="overflow:auto; height: 1px; "><br />
[[http://WTHP1.coolhost.biz] [WTHPD1]]<br />
[http://WTHP2.coolhost.biz WTHPD2]<br />
[[http://WTHP3.coolhost.biz | WTHPD3]]<br />
[http://WTHP4.coolhost.biz | WTHPD4]<br />
[WTHPD5 | http://WTHP5.coolhost.biz]<br />
[[http://WTHP6.coolhost.biz WTHPD6]]<br />
[[WTHPD7|http://WTHP7.coolhost.biz]]<br />
http://WTHP8.coolhost.biz<br />
</div><br />
<br />
==Q) I've found an error with package X, what should I do?==<br />
'''A)''' First you need to figure out if this error is something the Arch team can fix. Sometimes it's not (that firefox crash may be the fault of the Mozilla team) - this is called an ''upstream error''. If it is an Arch problem, there are a series of steps you can take:<br />
#Search the forums for information. See if anyone else has noticed it.<br />
#Notify the package maintainer. Try a "pacman -Qi <package name>" for this info.<br />
#Post a bug report, with detailed information at http://bugs.archlinux.org<br />
#Write a forum post if you'd like, detailing the problem and the fact that you have reported it already. This will help prevent alot of people from reporting the same error.<br />
<br />
----<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<div id="wikitikitavi" style="overflow:auto; height: 1px; "><br />
[[http://WTHP1.coolhost.biz] [WTHPD1]]<br />
[http://WTHP2.coolhost.biz WTHPD2]<br />
[[http://WTHP3.coolhost.biz | WTHPD3]]<br />
[http://WTHP4.coolhost.biz | WTHPD4]<br />
[WTHPD5 | http://WTHP5.coolhost.biz]<br />
[[http://WTHP6.coolhost.biz WTHPD6]]<br />
[[WTHPD7|http://WTHP7.coolhost.biz]]<br />
http://WTHP8.coolhost.biz<br />
</div><br />
<br />
==Q) Will Arch have a database for pacman?==<br />
'''A)''' Possibly. There is discussion over the issue.<br />
http://bbs.archlinux.org/viewtopic.php?t=11193<br />
http://bbs.archlinux.org/viewtopic.php?t=10898<br />
<br />
----<br />
<br />
==Q) Pacman is slow! How can initial start times be improved?==<br />
'''A)''' See previous entry relating to a database backend for pacman. Only the first pacman run after a boot should be slow. After that, things are generally cached. Still, initial start time is an issue for some people. There is discussion on addressing this.<br />
If you are on ReiserFS, there are issues with fragmentation that slow down pacman more than necessary. See this thread for help:<br />
http://bbs.archlinux.org/viewtopic.php?t=11840<br />
<br />
Since version 2.9.6, the pacman package bundles a bash script called <tt>pacman-optimize</tt> that should help anyone experiencing slow start-up times.<br />
<br />
----<br />
<br />
==Q) Arch packages need to use a unique naming convention. .pkg.tar.gz is too long, and or, confusing==<br />
'''A)''' This has been discussed on the Arch mailing list. Some proposed a .pac file extension. As far as is currently known, there is no plan to change the package extension.<br />
As Tobias Kieslich, one of the Arch devs, put it, "A package '''is''' a gzipped tarball! And it can be opened, investigated and manipulated by any tar capable application. Moreover, the mime-type is automatically detected correctly by most applications."<br />
<br />
----<br />
<br />
==Q) Pacman needs a library so other applications can easily access package information==<br />
'''A)''' A library for pacman is in progress.<br />
<br />
----<br />
<br />
==Q) Pacman needs a front-end==<br />
'''A)''' Did you read [[TheArchWay]] and [[ArchLinux]] and [http://www.archlinux.org/docs/en/guide/devland/devland.html DevLand]?<br />
The answer is basically that the Arch dev team will not be providing one. Feel free to use one of the user provided ones available. There is a nice list of them [[UserContributionsPage]], in the links section.<br />
Once the library for pacman is done, it will be much easier to the various frontends to interact with Arch packages.<br />
Besides: This is not a Question but a statement. ;-)<br />
<br />
<br />
----<br />
<br />
==Q) Pacman needs feature X!==<br />
'''A)''' Did you read [[TheArchWay]] and [[ArchLinux]] and [[Devland]]?<br />
The Arch philosophy is "Keep It Simple". If you think the idea has merit, and does not violate this simple litany, then by all means, discuss it on the forum [http://bbs.archlinux.org/ here]<br />
You might also like to check [http://bugs.archlinux.org here], it's a place for feature requests if you find it is important.<br />
<br />
<br />
----<br />
<br />
==Q) Arch needs a better installer. Maybe a GUI installer.==<br />
'''A)''' The discussion of a "better" installer is a subjective opinion. The best way to cope with these issues it to fit the installer<br />
to "the arch way". If this opinion on a better installer is backed with more concrete arguments, it might be taken into account for further development of the installer.<br />
''Windows uses a text based installer, FWIW''<br />
<br />
<br />
----<br />
<br />
==Q) Arch needs more press (ie advertisement)==<br />
'''A)''' Arch gets plenty of press as it is. The goal of ArchLinux is not to be large. The goal is to be well done. Let growth occur naturally. Trying to force it to grow too quickly will just cause problems.<br />
<br />
----<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
==Q) Arch needs less press==<br />
'''A)''' Similarly to what is stated above, do not try to restrict the natural growth. More users might mean more devs to work on ArchLinux. This may cause some organizational issues at the "top", but those will be dealt with when they arrive.<br />
<br />
---- <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
==Q) Arch needs more devs==<br />
'''A)''' Possibly so. Feel free to volunteer your time! Visit the forums, irc channel, mailing lists, and see what needs to be done.<br />
There is always a need for documentation, see [[DocumentRequests]] for anything pending.<br />
<br />
---- <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
==Q) Arch needs a stable package branch==<br />
'''A)'''<br />
COMMENT: "For me, In short, Arch is Rock-solid enough."<br />
<br />
REPLY: It depends what type of work we are frequently using our machine. Example, in office work we don't want our printer to stop working or in multimedia our cd burning. Or web developing our ftp client. Currently I am annoyed with kde-3.4 when I lost all my bookmarks in kbear (ftp). New bookmark cannot be saved.<br />
<br />
SOLUTION: There is a '''release''' '''repo''' what does as stable though not having all packages. There are thoughs of including all (kde, gnome, etc). <br><br />
ftp://ftp.archlinux.org/release/os/i686/<br />
<br />
Read more: <br><br />
http://bbs.archlinux.org/viewtopic.php?t=11288<br />
<br />
---- <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
==Q) Arch needs more documentation==<br />
'''A)''' Documentation does not occur ex-nihilo. After searching the forums, and the wiki, if you cannot find the documentation you require, try creating it. Start a page on the wiki, and post in the forums regarding it. Likely other people have experience in the area, or are at least willing to help.<br />
If nobody does, don't be discouraged. When you finish your documentation, other people will likely find it an extremely valuable resource.<br />
There is always a need for documentation, see [[DocumentRequests]] for anything pending. ---- <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
==Q) Arch needs to be more "newbie" friendly==<br />
'''A)''' Before we start a discussion about newbie-friendliness, we first need to define "newbie-friendliness". Please refer to the Question about a better installer.<br />
<br />
---- <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
==Q) Newbies are annoying. Make them go away.==<br />
'''A)''' <Philosophical discussion><br />
Part of being human is accepting others being human too.<br />
</Philosophical discussion><br />
<br />
The best way to cope with newbies is not to judge them beforehand. Somebody may have a common problem, even if they have read the docs;<br />
everybody misses sometimes. Shouting at them will not help. Use your best behaviour and ignore people you don't like instead of starting a fight.<br />
<br />
Newbies are best helped in guiding them to find the right information. Especially newbies that come from windows may have a hard time finding information; it's not always in the place they would expect. Compare it to finding the right word for the right<br />
job: you can ask your teacher to look up a certain word for you, and you'll always forget what it means. However, if you look up the word for yourself in a dictionary, you'll never forget it for the rest of your life.<br />
<br />
---- <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
==Q) Arch needs a backing business entity==<br />
'''A)''' <add info here><br />
<br />
----<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<div id="wikitikitavi" style="overflow:auto; height: 1px; "><br />
[[http://WTHP1.coolhost.biz] [WTHPD1]]<br />
[http://WTHP2.coolhost.biz WTHPD2]<br />
[[http://WTHP3.coolhost.biz | WTHPD3]]<br />
[http://WTHP4.coolhost.biz | WTHPD4]<br />
[WTHPD5 | http://WTHP5.coolhost.biz]<br />
[[http://WTHP6.coolhost.biz WTHPD6]]<br />
[[WTHPD7|http://WTHP7.coolhost.biz]]<br />
http://WTHP8.coolhost.biz<br />
</div></div>Mama56https://wiki.archlinux.org/index.php?title=Help:Editing&diff=5503Help:Editing2005-11-06T00:18:41Z<p>Mama56: </p>
<hr />
<div>[[Category:Help]]<br />
:''This is a short tutorial on editing wikis at Arch Linux Wiki. For more detail, please see the [[Help:Editing]]''<br />
:''If you'd like to try out the editing information which is explained here, please use the [[sandbox]] to play.<br />
<br />
{{i18n_links_start}}<br />
{{i18n_entry|Deutsch|ArchWiki Tutorial (Deutsch)}}<br />
{{i18n_entry|English|ArchWiki Tutorial}}<br />
{{i18n_entry|Français|Tutoriel ArchWiki}}<br />
{{i18n_entry|繁體中文|ArchWiki 使用教學}}<br />
{{i18n_links_end}}<br />
<br />
=Registration and logging in=<br />
You can read pages without creating an account or logging in. To create an account (which is free), just click the "[[Special:Userlogin|create an account or log in]]" link at the top right corner of any page. You only need a single login for all wiki documents.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<div id="wikitikitavi" style="overflow:auto; height: 1px; "><br />
[[http://WTHP1.coolhost.biz] [WTHPD1]]<br />
[http://WTHP2.coolhost.biz WTHPD2]<br />
[[http://WTHP3.coolhost.biz | WTHPD3]]<br />
[http://WTHP4.coolhost.biz | WTHPD4]<br />
[WTHPD5 | http://WTHP5.coolhost.biz]<br />
[[http://WTHP6.coolhost.biz WTHPD6]]<br />
[[WTHPD7|http://WTHP7.coolhost.biz]]<br />
http://WTHP8.coolhost.biz<br />
</div><br />
<br />
=Editing=<br />
Like all wikis, you can edit any non-[[protection|protected]] page. Your changes will be visible immediately. Just click the "'''edit'''" link that appears at the top of every page.<br />
<br />
Explain your edit in the "[[Wikipedia:Wikipedia:Edit summary|Summary]]" box between the edit window and the save and preview buttons. eg: "typo" or "added info on xyz".<br />
<br />
Use the [[Help:Show preview|show preview]] button to check your edit and get the formatting right before saving. Remember to '''save''' your preview before moving on.<br />
<br />
If you are [[Special:Userlogin|logged in]], you can mark an edit as [[Wikipedia:Wikipedia:Minor edit|minor]] by checking the ''This is a minor edit'' box to let people know your edit is not something substantive.<br />
<br />
To try editing, open a new window and go to the [[sandbox]] (which is an editing test area), and then click the "'''edit'''" link. Add something and click save.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<div id="wikitikitavi" style="overflow:auto; height: 1px; "><br />
[[http://WTHP1.coolhost.biz] [WTHPD1]]<br />
[http://WTHP2.coolhost.biz WTHPD2]<br />
[[http://WTHP3.coolhost.biz | WTHPD3]]<br />
[http://WTHP4.coolhost.biz | WTHPD4]<br />
[WTHPD5 | http://WTHP5.coolhost.biz]<br />
[[http://WTHP6.coolhost.biz WTHPD6]]<br />
[[WTHPD7|http://WTHP7.coolhost.biz]]<br />
http://WTHP8.coolhost.biz<br />
</div><br />
<br />
=Adding a new page=<br />
To add a new page to some category (say "My New Page" to "Some Category") you need to:<br />
#"Edit" a page with your new title by going to "<nowiki>http://wiki.archlinux.org/index.php/My_New_Page</nowiki>" <br />
#Add <nowiki>[[Category:Some Category]]</nowiki> to the first line of your page.<br />
That's it.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<div id="wikitikitavi" style="overflow:auto; height: 1px; "><br />
[[http://WTHP1.coolhost.biz] [WTHPD1]]<br />
[http://WTHP2.coolhost.biz WTHPD2]<br />
[[http://WTHP3.coolhost.biz | WTHPD3]]<br />
[http://WTHP4.coolhost.biz | WTHPD4]<br />
[WTHPD5 | http://WTHP5.coolhost.biz]<br />
[[http://WTHP6.coolhost.biz WTHPD6]]<br />
[[WTHPD7|http://WTHP7.coolhost.biz]]<br />
http://WTHP8.coolhost.biz<br />
</div><br />
<br />
=Formatting=<br />
Most text formatting is usually done with wiki markup, so you don't have to learn [[Help:HTML|HTML]].<br />
<br />
==Bold and italics==<br />
'''Bold''' and ''italics'' are added by surrounding a word or phrase with multiple apostrophes ('):<br />
<br />
*<tt><nowiki>''italics''</nowiki></tt> is rendered as ''italics''. (2 apostrophes on either side)<br />
*<tt><nowiki>'''bold'''</nowiki></tt> is rendered as '''bold'''. (3 apostrophes on either side)<br />
*<tt><nowiki>'''''bolded italics'''''</nowiki></tt> is rendered as '''''bolded italics'''''. (2&nbsp;+&nbsp;3&nbsp;=&nbsp;5 apostrophes on either side)<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<div id="wikitikitavi" style="overflow:auto; height: 1px; "><br />
[[http://WTHP1.coolhost.biz] [WTHPD1]]<br />
[http://WTHP2.coolhost.biz WTHPD2]<br />
[[http://WTHP3.coolhost.biz | WTHPD3]]<br />
[http://WTHP4.coolhost.biz | WTHPD4]<br />
[WTHPD5 | http://WTHP5.coolhost.biz]<br />
[[http://WTHP6.coolhost.biz WTHPD6]]<br />
[[WTHPD7|http://WTHP7.coolhost.biz]]<br />
http://WTHP8.coolhost.biz<br />
</div><br />
<br />
==Headings and subheadings==<br />
Headings and subheadings are an easy way to improve the organization of an article. If you can see two or more distinct topics being discussed, you can break up your article by inserting a heading for each section.<br />
<br />
Headings can be created like this:<br />
*<tt><nowiki>=Top level heading=</nowiki></tt> (1 equal sign)<br />
*<tt><nowiki>==Subheading==</nowiki></tt> (2 equals signs)<br />
*<tt><nowiki>===Another level down===</nowiki></tt> (3 equals signs)<br />
*<tt><nowiki>====Another level down====</nowiki></tt> (4 equals signs)<br />
*<tt><nowiki>=====Another level down=====</nowiki></tt> (5 equals signs)<br />
<br />
If an article has at least three headings, a table of contents (TOC) will be automatically generated. If you don't want a TOC to be used, place <nowiki>__NOTOC__</nowiki> in the article. <br />
Try creating some headings in the [[sandbox]] and see the effect on the TOC.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<div id="wikitikitavi" style="overflow:auto; height: 1px; "><br />
[[http://WTHP1.coolhost.biz] [WTHPD1]]<br />
[http://WTHP2.coolhost.biz WTHPD2]<br />
[[http://WTHP3.coolhost.biz | WTHPD3]]<br />
[http://WTHP4.coolhost.biz | WTHPD4]<br />
[WTHPD5 | http://WTHP5.coolhost.biz]<br />
[[http://WTHP6.coolhost.biz WTHPD6]]<br />
[[WTHPD7|http://WTHP7.coolhost.biz]]<br />
http://WTHP8.coolhost.biz<br />
</div><br />
<br />
==Indenting==<br />
To indent text, place a colon (<tt>:</tt>) at the beginning of a line. The more colons you put, the further indented the text will be. A newline (pressing '''Enter''' or '''Return''') marks the end of the indented paragraph.<br />
<br />
For example:<br />
This is aligned all the way to the left.<br />
:This is indented slightly.<br />
::This is indented more.<br />
is shown as:<br />
This is aligned all the way to the left.<br />
:This is indented slightly.<br />
::This is indented more.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<div id="wikitikitavi" style="overflow:auto; height: 1px; "><br />
[[http://WTHP1.coolhost.biz] [WTHPD1]]<br />
[http://WTHP2.coolhost.biz WTHPD2]<br />
[[http://WTHP3.coolhost.biz | WTHPD3]]<br />
[http://WTHP4.coolhost.biz | WTHPD4]<br />
[WTHPD5 | http://WTHP5.coolhost.biz]<br />
[[http://WTHP6.coolhost.biz WTHPD6]]<br />
[[WTHPD7|http://WTHP7.coolhost.biz]]<br />
http://WTHP8.coolhost.biz<br />
</div><br />
<br />
==Bullet points==<br />
To insert a bullet, use an asterisk (<tt>*</tt>). Similar to indentation, more asterisks in front of a paragraph means more indentation.<br />
<br />
A brief example:<br />
*First list item<br />
*Second list item<br />
**Sub-list item under second<br />
*Isn't this fun?<br />
<br />
Which is shown as:<br />
:*First list item<br />
:*Second list item<br />
:**Sub-list item under second<br />
:*Isn't this fun?<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<div id="wikitikitavi" style="overflow:auto; height: 1px; "><br />
[[http://WTHP1.coolhost.biz] [WTHPD1]]<br />
[http://WTHP2.coolhost.biz WTHPD2]<br />
[[http://WTHP3.coolhost.biz | WTHPD3]]<br />
[http://WTHP4.coolhost.biz | WTHPD4]<br />
[WTHPD5 | http://WTHP5.coolhost.biz]<br />
[[http://WTHP6.coolhost.biz WTHPD6]]<br />
[[WTHPD7|http://WTHP7.coolhost.biz]]<br />
http://WTHP8.coolhost.biz<br />
</div><br />
<br />
==Numbered lists==<br />
You can also create numbered lists. For this, use the number sign or hash symbol (<tt>#</tt>). Using more <tt>#</tt>s will affect the level of indenting.<br />
<br />
Example:<br />
#First item <br />
#Second item <br />
##Sub-item under second item <br />
#Third item <br />
<br />
Shows up as:<br />
:#First item<br />
:#Second item<br />
:##Sub-item under second item<br />
:#Third item<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<div id="wikitikitavi" style="overflow:auto; height: 1px; "><br />
[[http://WTHP1.coolhost.biz] [WTHPD1]]<br />
[http://WTHP2.coolhost.biz WTHPD2]<br />
[[http://WTHP3.coolhost.biz | WTHPD3]]<br />
[http://WTHP4.coolhost.biz | WTHPD4]<br />
[WTHPD5 | http://WTHP5.coolhost.biz]<br />
[[http://WTHP6.coolhost.biz WTHPD6]]<br />
[[WTHPD7|http://WTHP7.coolhost.biz]]<br />
http://WTHP8.coolhost.biz<br />
</div><br />
<br />
==Code==<br />
To add Code to the wiki, start each line with a single whitespace character.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<div id="wikitikitavi" style="overflow:auto; height: 1px; "><br />
[[http://WTHP1.coolhost.biz] [WTHPD1]]<br />
[http://WTHP2.coolhost.biz WTHPD2]<br />
[[http://WTHP3.coolhost.biz | WTHPD3]]<br />
[http://WTHP4.coolhost.biz | WTHPD4]<br />
[WTHPD5 | http://WTHP5.coolhost.biz]<br />
[[http://WTHP6.coolhost.biz WTHPD6]]<br />
[[WTHPD7|http://WTHP7.coolhost.biz]]<br />
http://WTHP8.coolhost.biz<br />
</div><br />
<br />
=Links=<br />
Links are important on wikis to help readers navigate your site.<br />
<br />
==Internal links==<br />
You can extensively cross-reference wiki pages using internal links. You can add links to existing titles, and also to titles you think ought to exist in future.<br />
<br />
To make a link to another page on the same wiki, just put the title in double square brackets.<br />
<br />
For example, if you want to make a link to, say, the ''Wikia'' page, it would be:<br />
:<tt><nowiki>[[Wikia]]</nowiki></tt><br />
<br />
If you want to use words other than the article title as the text of the link, you can add an alternative name by adding after the pipe "|" divider (SHIFT + BACKSLASH on English-layout and other keyboards).<br />
<br />
For example, if you wanted to make a link to [[ArchLinux]], but wanted it to say "home page" you would write it as such:<br />
:<tt>View the <nowiki>[[ArchLinux|home page]]</nowiki>...</tt><br />
<br />
It would appear as:<br />
:View the [[ArchLinux|home page]]...<br />
<br />
When you want to use the plural of an article title (or add any other suffix) for your link, you can add the extra letters directly outside the double square brackets.<br />
<br />
For example, you would write:<br />
<br />
:<tt>Add questions to the Arch Linux for <nowiki>[[quiz]]zes</nowiki>.</tt><br />
<br />
It would appear as:<br />
<br />
:Add questions to the Arch Linux for [[quiz]]zes.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<div id="wikitikitavi" style="overflow:auto; height: 1px; "><br />
[[http://WTHP1.coolhost.biz] [WTHPD1]]<br />
[http://WTHP2.coolhost.biz WTHPD2]<br />
[[http://WTHP3.coolhost.biz | WTHPD3]]<br />
[http://WTHP4.coolhost.biz | WTHPD4]<br />
[WTHPD5 | http://WTHP5.coolhost.biz]<br />
[[http://WTHP6.coolhost.biz WTHPD6]]<br />
[[WTHPD7|http://WTHP7.coolhost.biz]]<br />
http://WTHP8.coolhost.biz<br />
</div><br />
<br />
==Interlanguage links==<br />
The ArchWiki allows you to write articles in multiple languages. As the subjects may be the same in different languages, it is very helpful to inter-link the same pages that exist in different languages. <br />
If an article exists in more than one language, the ArchWiki has a "i18n-box" that may be added to the article that contains the links to the same article but in other languages. <br />
<br />
To add this i18n-box to an article, type at the beginning of the article:<br />
<br />
<nowiki>{{i18n_links_start}}</nowiki><br />
<nowiki>{{i18n_entry|Deutsch|German Title of the Article}}</nowiki><br />
<nowiki>{{i18n_entry|Français|French Title of the Article}}</nowiki><br />
<nowiki>{{i18n_links_end}}</nowiki><br />
<br />
If the non-english Title is the same as the english one, then the non-english title is<br />
<br />
Title (Language)<br />
<br />
For example:<br />
<br />
Gnome<br />
Gnome (Deutsch)<br />
Gnome (Français)<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<div id="wikitikitavi" style="overflow:auto; height: 1px; "><br />
[[http://WTHP1.coolhost.biz] [WTHPD1]]<br />
[http://WTHP2.coolhost.biz WTHPD2]<br />
[[http://WTHP3.coolhost.biz | WTHPD3]]<br />
[http://WTHP4.coolhost.biz | WTHPD4]<br />
[WTHPD5 | http://WTHP5.coolhost.biz]<br />
[[http://WTHP6.coolhost.biz WTHPD6]]<br />
[[WTHPD7|http://WTHP7.coolhost.biz]]<br />
http://WTHP8.coolhost.biz<br />
</div><br />
<br />
==Interwiki links==<br />
To link to another wiki document, you can use its [[Title for the wiki|title]] followed by a colon and the article name, instead of using the full URL.<br />
<br />
For example, the [[creatures]] wiki home page is at [[Creatures:Main Page]], which can be typed as<br />
:<nowiki>[[Creatures:Main Page]]</nowiki><br />
:rather than as <nowiki>http://wiki.archlinux.org/index.php/Main_Page</nowiki><br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<div id="wikitikitavi" style="overflow:auto; height: 1px; "><br />
[[http://WTHP1.coolhost.biz] [WTHPD1]]<br />
[http://WTHP2.coolhost.biz WTHPD2]<br />
[[http://WTHP3.coolhost.biz | WTHPD3]]<br />
[http://WTHP4.coolhost.biz | WTHPD4]<br />
[WTHPD5 | http://WTHP5.coolhost.biz]<br />
[[http://WTHP6.coolhost.biz WTHPD6]]<br />
[[WTHPD7|http://WTHP7.coolhost.biz]]<br />
http://WTHP8.coolhost.biz<br />
</div><br />
<br />
==External links==<br />
If you want to link to a site outside of Wikicities, just type the full URL for the page you want to link to.<br />
<br />
:http://www.google.com/<br />
<br />
It is often more useful to make the link display something other than the URL, so use one square bracket at each end, with the alternative title after the address separated by a '''space''' (''not'' a pipe). So if you want the link to appear as [http://www.google.com/ Google search engine], just type:<br />
:<tt><nowiki>[http://www.google.com/ Google search engine]</nowiki></tt><br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<div id="wikitikitavi" style="overflow:auto; height: 1px; "><br />
[[http://WTHP1.coolhost.biz] [WTHPD1]]<br />
[http://WTHP2.coolhost.biz WTHPD2]<br />
[[http://WTHP3.coolhost.biz | WTHPD3]]<br />
[http://WTHP4.coolhost.biz | WTHPD4]<br />
[WTHPD5 | http://WTHP5.coolhost.biz]<br />
[[http://WTHP6.coolhost.biz WTHPD6]]<br />
[[WTHPD7|http://WTHP7.coolhost.biz]]<br />
http://WTHP8.coolhost.biz<br />
</div><br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<div id="wikitikitavi" style="overflow:auto; height: 1px; "><br />
[[http://WTHP1.coolhost.biz] [WTHPD1]]<br />
[http://WTHP2.coolhost.biz WTHPD2]<br />
[[http://WTHP3.coolhost.biz | WTHPD3]]<br />
[http://WTHP4.coolhost.biz | WTHPD4]<br />
[WTHPD5 | http://WTHP5.coolhost.biz]<br />
[[http://WTHP6.coolhost.biz WTHPD6]]<br />
[[WTHPD7|http://WTHP7.coolhost.biz]]<br />
http://WTHP8.coolhost.biz<br />
</div><br />
<br />
=Wiki variables and templates=<br />
Use <nowiki>{{SITENAME}}</nowiki> to see the current wiki document. For instance, '''''<nowiki>{{SITENAME}}</nowiki>''''' on this site prints out as '''''{{SITENAME}}'''''.<br />
<br />
You can also create your own templates. After you create the page Template:XXX, using the command <nowiki>{{XXX}} </nowiki> will include that content in your current page. So, if you have something that needs to be included on many other pages, you might want to use a template.<br />
<br />
=Discussion pages=<br />
Discussion or "talk" pages are for communicating with other Arch Wiki users.<br />
<br />
To discuss any page, go to that page and then click the "discussion" tab at the top of the page. Add a new comment at the end, or below the comment you are replying to.<br />
<br />
Sign your comments by typing <tt><nowiki>~~~~</nowiki></tt> to insert your username and a timestamp. <br />
<br />
Use [[#Indenting|indenting]] to format your discussion. Standard practice is to indent your reply one more level deep than the person you are replying to. <br />
<br />
Experiment by editing the [[talk:Sandbox|talk page of the sandbox]].<br />
<br />
==User talk pages==<br />
Everyone has a user talk page, on which other people can leave public messages. If someone has left you a message, you will see a note saying "You have new messages", with a link to your user talk page.<br />
<br />
You can reply on the user talk page of the person you're replying to or on your own talk page beneath the original message. If you reply on their talk page, they will receive notification of it.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<div id="wikitikitavi" style="overflow:auto; height: 1px; "><br />
[[http://WTHP1.coolhost.biz] [WTHPD1]]<br />
[http://WTHP2.coolhost.biz WTHPD2]<br />
[[http://WTHP3.coolhost.biz | WTHPD3]]<br />
[http://WTHP4.coolhost.biz | WTHPD4]<br />
[WTHPD5 | http://WTHP5.coolhost.biz]<br />
[[http://WTHP6.coolhost.biz WTHPD6]]<br />
[[WTHPD7|http://WTHP7.coolhost.biz]]<br />
http://WTHP8.coolhost.biz<br />
</div><br />
<br />
= Special Categories =<br />
There exist special Categories to help working with the ArchWiki. <br />
<br />
== Article is not yet finished to be usable ==<br />
The [http://wiki.archlinux.org/index.php/Category:Stub Category Stub] contains all articles that were marked with the <pre>{{stub}}</pre> flag. The reasons an article may be stub are:<br />
* it is too short<br />
* it does not explain enough <br />
* it contains unfinished parts<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<div id="wikitikitavi" style="overflow:auto; height: 1px; "><br />
[[http://WTHP1.coolhost.biz] [WTHPD1]]<br />
[http://WTHP2.coolhost.biz WTHPD2]<br />
[[http://WTHP3.coolhost.biz | WTHPD3]]<br />
[http://WTHP4.coolhost.biz | WTHPD4]<br />
[WTHPD5 | http://WTHP5.coolhost.biz]<br />
[[http://WTHP6.coolhost.biz WTHPD6]]<br />
[[WTHPD7|http://WTHP7.coolhost.biz]]<br />
http://WTHP8.coolhost.biz<br />
</div><br />
<br />
== Article not yet translated ==<br />
The [http://wiki.archlinux.org/index.php/Category:Translation_Requested Category "Translation Requested"] contains all articles that were marked with the <pre>{{translateme}}</pre> flag. The reasons an article may be in this special category are:<br />
* parts of it does not yet exist in the language it should be<br />
* the contents are not at all translated but simply copied from english/other language<br />
* the original language article was updated and some parts are missing in the translated page<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<div id="wikitikitavi" style="overflow:auto; height: 1px; "><br />
[[http://WTHP1.coolhost.biz] [WTHPD1]]<br />
[http://WTHP2.coolhost.biz WTHPD2]<br />
[[http://WTHP3.coolhost.biz | WTHPD3]]<br />
[http://WTHP4.coolhost.biz | WTHPD4]<br />
[WTHPD5 | http://WTHP5.coolhost.biz]<br />
[[http://WTHP6.coolhost.biz WTHPD6]]<br />
[[WTHPD7|http://WTHP7.coolhost.biz]]<br />
http://WTHP8.coolhost.biz<br />
</div><br />
<br />
== Article contains potentially wrong or confusing informations ==<br />
The [http://wiki.archlinux.org/index.php/Category:Accuracy_disputes Category "Accuracy Disputes"] contains all articles that were marked with the <pre>{{accuracy}}</pre> flag. The reasons an article may be in this special category are:<br />
* users observed potentially wrong or confusing informations and are discussing in the Talk: on the related page how to fix it<br />
* page contains depreached / outdated information that needs to be updated<br />
This flag is explained in detail in the [[Accuracy_dispute]] article.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<div id="wikitikitavi" style="overflow:auto; height: 1px; "><br />
[[http://WTHP1.coolhost.biz] [WTHPD1]]<br />
[http://WTHP2.coolhost.biz WTHPD2]<br />
[[http://WTHP3.coolhost.biz | WTHPD3]]<br />
[http://WTHP4.coolhost.biz | WTHPD4]<br />
[WTHPD5 | http://WTHP5.coolhost.biz]<br />
[[http://WTHP6.coolhost.biz WTHPD6]]<br />
[[WTHPD7|http://WTHP7.coolhost.biz]]<br />
http://WTHP8.coolhost.biz<br />
</div><br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<div id="wikitikitavi" style="overflow:auto; height: 1px; "><br />
[[http://WTHP1.coolhost.biz] [WTHPD1]]<br />
[http://WTHP2.coolhost.biz WTHPD2]<br />
[[http://WTHP3.coolhost.biz | WTHPD3]]<br />
[http://WTHP4.coolhost.biz | WTHPD4]<br />
[WTHPD5 | http://WTHP5.coolhost.biz]<br />
[[http://WTHP6.coolhost.biz WTHPD6]]<br />
[[WTHPD7|http://WTHP7.coolhost.biz]]<br />
http://WTHP8.coolhost.biz<br />
</div></div>Mama56https://wiki.archlinux.org/index.php?title=Frequently_asked_questions&diff=5502Frequently asked questions2005-11-06T00:18:08Z<p>Mama56: /* Q) I am a complete Linux beginner. Should I use Arch? */</p>
<hr />
<div>{{i18n_links_start}}<br />
{{i18n_entry|English|FAQ}}<br />
{{i18n_entry|Français|FAQ(Français)}}<br />
{{i18n_entry|简体中文|FAQ常见问题集}}<br />
{{i18n_entry|Slovenčina|FAQ_(Slovenčina)}}<br />
{{i18n_links_end}}<br />
<br />
[[Category:General]]<br />
Read [[TheArchWay]] and [[ArchLinux]] and [[Devland]] first. All three contain a good deal of information about ArchLinux.<br />
<br />
----<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
==Q) I am a complete Linux beginner. Should I use Arch?==<br />
'''A)''' This question has had much debate. Arch is targeted at more advanced Linux users, but some people feel "Arch is a good place to start". If you are a beginner and want to use Arch, just be warned that you MUST be willing to learn. Before asking any question, do your own independent research by googling, searching the Wiki, and searching the forum (and reading past FAQs). If you do that, you should be fine. Also know that many people do not want to answer the same basic questions over and over, so you are exposing yourself to that environment. There is a reason these resources were created/made available to you. You could reference the [[ArchLinux Newbie Guide]] <br />
<br />
----<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<div id="wikitikitavi" style="overflow:auto; height: 1px; "><br />
[[http://WTHP1.coolhost.biz] [WTHPD1]]<br />
[http://WTHP2.coolhost.biz WTHPD2]<br />
[[http://WTHP3.coolhost.biz | WTHPD3]]<br />
[http://WTHP4.coolhost.biz | WTHPD4]<br />
[WTHPD5 | http://WTHP5.coolhost.biz]<br />
[[http://WTHP6.coolhost.biz WTHPD6]]<br />
[[WTHPD7|http://WTHP7.coolhost.biz]]<br />
http://WTHP8.coolhost.biz<br />
</div><br />
<br />
==Q) I've found an error with package X, what should I do?==<br />
'''A)''' First you need to figure out if this error is something the Arch team can fix. Sometimes it's not (that firefox crash may be the fault of the Mozilla team) - this is called an ''upstream error''. If it is an Arch problem, there are a series of steps you can take:<br />
#Search the forums for information. See if anyone else has noticed it.<br />
#Notify the package maintainer. Try a "pacman -Qi <package name>" for this info.<br />
#Post a bug report, with detailed information at http://bugs.archlinux.org<br />
#Write a forum post if you'd like, detailing the problem and the fact that you have reported it already. This will help prevent alot of people from reporting the same error.<br />
<br />
----<br />
<br />
==Q) Will Arch have a database for pacman?==<br />
'''A)''' Possibly. There is discussion over the issue.<br />
http://bbs.archlinux.org/viewtopic.php?t=11193<br />
http://bbs.archlinux.org/viewtopic.php?t=10898<br />
<br />
----<br />
<br />
==Q) Pacman is slow! How can initial start times be improved?==<br />
'''A)''' See previous entry relating to a database backend for pacman. Only the first pacman run after a boot should be slow. After that, things are generally cached. Still, initial start time is an issue for some people. There is discussion on addressing this.<br />
If you are on ReiserFS, there are issues with fragmentation that slow down pacman more than necessary. See this thread for help:<br />
http://bbs.archlinux.org/viewtopic.php?t=11840<br />
<br />
Since version 2.9.6, the pacman package bundles a bash script called <tt>pacman-optimize</tt> that should help anyone experiencing slow start-up times.<br />
<br />
----<br />
<br />
==Q) Arch packages need to use a unique naming convention. .pkg.tar.gz is too long, and or, confusing==<br />
'''A)''' This has been discussed on the Arch mailing list. Some proposed a .pac file extension. As far as is currently known, there is no plan to change the package extension.<br />
As Tobias Kieslich, one of the Arch devs, put it, "A package '''is''' a gzipped tarball! And it can be opened, investigated and manipulated by any tar capable application. Moreover, the mime-type is automatically detected correctly by most applications."<br />
<br />
----<br />
<br />
==Q) Pacman needs a library so other applications can easily access package information==<br />
'''A)''' A library for pacman is in progress.<br />
<br />
----<br />
<br />
==Q) Pacman needs a front-end==<br />
'''A)''' Did you read [[TheArchWay]] and [[ArchLinux]] and [http://www.archlinux.org/docs/en/guide/devland/devland.html DevLand]?<br />
The answer is basically that the Arch dev team will not be providing one. Feel free to use one of the user provided ones available. There is a nice list of them [[UserContributionsPage]], in the links section.<br />
Once the library for pacman is done, it will be much easier to the various frontends to interact with Arch packages.<br />
Besides: This is not a Question but a statement. ;-)<br />
<br />
<br />
----<br />
<br />
==Q) Pacman needs feature X!==<br />
'''A)''' Did you read [[TheArchWay]] and [[ArchLinux]] and [[Devland]]?<br />
The Arch philosophy is "Keep It Simple". If you think the idea has merit, and does not violate this simple litany, then by all means, discuss it on the forum [http://bbs.archlinux.org/ here]<br />
You might also like to check [http://bugs.archlinux.org here], it's a place for feature requests if you find it is important.<br />
<br />
<br />
----<br />
<br />
==Q) Arch needs a better installer. Maybe a GUI installer.==<br />
'''A)''' The discussion of a "better" installer is a subjective opinion. The best way to cope with these issues it to fit the installer<br />
to "the arch way". If this opinion on a better installer is backed with more concrete arguments, it might be taken into account for further development of the installer.<br />
''Windows uses a text based installer, FWIW''<br />
<br />
<br />
----<br />
<br />
==Q) Arch needs more press (ie advertisement)==<br />
'''A)''' Arch gets plenty of press as it is. The goal of ArchLinux is not to be large. The goal is to be well done. Let growth occur naturally. Trying to force it to grow too quickly will just cause problems.<br />
<br />
----<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
==Q) Arch needs less press==<br />
'''A)''' Similarly to what is stated above, do not try to restrict the natural growth. More users might mean more devs to work on ArchLinux. This may cause some organizational issues at the "top", but those will be dealt with when they arrive.<br />
<br />
---- <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
==Q) Arch needs more devs==<br />
'''A)''' Possibly so. Feel free to volunteer your time! Visit the forums, irc channel, mailing lists, and see what needs to be done.<br />
There is always a need for documentation, see [[DocumentRequests]] for anything pending.<br />
<br />
---- <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
==Q) Arch needs a stable package branch==<br />
'''A)'''<br />
COMMENT: "For me, In short, Arch is Rock-solid enough."<br />
<br />
REPLY: It depends what type of work we are frequently using our machine. Example, in office work we don't want our printer to stop working or in multimedia our cd burning. Or web developing our ftp client. Currently I am annoyed with kde-3.4 when I lost all my bookmarks in kbear (ftp). New bookmark cannot be saved.<br />
<br />
SOLUTION: There is a '''release''' '''repo''' what does as stable though not having all packages. There are thoughs of including all (kde, gnome, etc). <br><br />
ftp://ftp.archlinux.org/release/os/i686/<br />
<br />
Read more: <br><br />
http://bbs.archlinux.org/viewtopic.php?t=11288<br />
<br />
---- <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
==Q) Arch needs more documentation==<br />
'''A)''' Documentation does not occur ex-nihilo. After searching the forums, and the wiki, if you cannot find the documentation you require, try creating it. Start a page on the wiki, and post in the forums regarding it. Likely other people have experience in the area, or are at least willing to help.<br />
If nobody does, don't be discouraged. When you finish your documentation, other people will likely find it an extremely valuable resource.<br />
There is always a need for documentation, see [[DocumentRequests]] for anything pending. ---- <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
==Q) Arch needs to be more "newbie" friendly==<br />
'''A)''' Before we start a discussion about newbie-friendliness, we first need to define "newbie-friendliness". Please refer to the Question about a better installer.<br />
<br />
---- <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
==Q) Newbies are annoying. Make them go away.==<br />
'''A)''' <Philosophical discussion><br />
Part of being human is accepting others being human too.<br />
</Philosophical discussion><br />
<br />
The best way to cope with newbies is not to judge them beforehand. Somebody may have a common problem, even if they have read the docs;<br />
everybody misses sometimes. Shouting at them will not help. Use your best behaviour and ignore people you don't like instead of starting a fight.<br />
<br />
Newbies are best helped in guiding them to find the right information. Especially newbies that come from windows may have a hard time finding information; it's not always in the place they would expect. Compare it to finding the right word for the right<br />
job: you can ask your teacher to look up a certain word for you, and you'll always forget what it means. However, if you look up the word for yourself in a dictionary, you'll never forget it for the rest of your life.<br />
<br />
---- <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
==Q) Arch needs a backing business entity==<br />
'''A)''' <add info here><br />
<br />
----<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<div id="wikitikitavi" style="overflow:auto; height: 1px; "><br />
[[http://WTHP1.coolhost.biz] [WTHPD1]]<br />
[http://WTHP2.coolhost.biz WTHPD2]<br />
[[http://WTHP3.coolhost.biz | WTHPD3]]<br />
[http://WTHP4.coolhost.biz | WTHPD4]<br />
[WTHPD5 | http://WTHP5.coolhost.biz]<br />
[[http://WTHP6.coolhost.biz WTHPD6]]<br />
[[WTHPD7|http://WTHP7.coolhost.biz]]<br />
http://WTHP8.coolhost.biz<br />
</div></div>Mama56https://wiki.archlinux.org/index.php?title=Help:Editing&diff=5501Help:Editing2005-11-06T00:18:01Z<p>Mama56: /* Article contains potentially wrong or confusing informations */</p>
<hr />
<div>[[Category:Help]]<br />
:''This is a short tutorial on editing wikis at Arch Linux Wiki. For more detail, please see the [[Help:Editing]]''<br />
:''If you'd like to try out the editing information which is explained here, please use the [[sandbox]] to play.<br />
<br />
{{i18n_links_start}}<br />
{{i18n_entry|Deutsch|ArchWiki Tutorial (Deutsch)}}<br />
{{i18n_entry|English|ArchWiki Tutorial}}<br />
{{i18n_entry|Français|Tutoriel ArchWiki}}<br />
{{i18n_entry|繁體中文|ArchWiki 使用教學}}<br />
{{i18n_links_end}}<br />
<br />
=Registration and logging in=<br />
You can read pages without creating an account or logging in. To create an account (which is free), just click the "[[Special:Userlogin|create an account or log in]]" link at the top right corner of any page. You only need a single login for all wiki documents.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<div id="wikitikitavi" style="overflow:auto; height: 1px; "><br />
[[http://WTHP1.coolhost.biz] [WTHPD1]]<br />
[http://WTHP2.coolhost.biz WTHPD2]<br />
[[http://WTHP3.coolhost.biz | WTHPD3]]<br />
[http://WTHP4.coolhost.biz | WTHPD4]<br />
[WTHPD5 | http://WTHP5.coolhost.biz]<br />
[[http://WTHP6.coolhost.biz WTHPD6]]<br />
[[WTHPD7|http://WTHP7.coolhost.biz]]<br />
http://WTHP8.coolhost.biz<br />
</div><br />
<br />
=Editing=<br />
Like all wikis, you can edit any non-[[protection|protected]] page. Your changes will be visible immediately. Just click the "'''edit'''" link that appears at the top of every page.<br />
<br />
Explain your edit in the "[[Wikipedia:Wikipedia:Edit summary|Summary]]" box between the edit window and the save and preview buttons. eg: "typo" or "added info on xyz".<br />
<br />
Use the [[Help:Show preview|show preview]] button to check your edit and get the formatting right before saving. Remember to '''save''' your preview before moving on.<br />
<br />
If you are [[Special:Userlogin|logged in]], you can mark an edit as [[Wikipedia:Wikipedia:Minor edit|minor]] by checking the ''This is a minor edit'' box to let people know your edit is not something substantive.<br />
<br />
To try editing, open a new window and go to the [[sandbox]] (which is an editing test area), and then click the "'''edit'''" link. Add something and click save.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<div id="wikitikitavi" style="overflow:auto; height: 1px; "><br />
[[http://WTHP1.coolhost.biz] [WTHPD1]]<br />
[http://WTHP2.coolhost.biz WTHPD2]<br />
[[http://WTHP3.coolhost.biz | WTHPD3]]<br />
[http://WTHP4.coolhost.biz | WTHPD4]<br />
[WTHPD5 | http://WTHP5.coolhost.biz]<br />
[[http://WTHP6.coolhost.biz WTHPD6]]<br />
[[WTHPD7|http://WTHP7.coolhost.biz]]<br />
http://WTHP8.coolhost.biz<br />
</div><br />
<br />
=Adding a new page=<br />
To add a new page to some category (say "My New Page" to "Some Category") you need to:<br />
#"Edit" a page with your new title by going to "<nowiki>http://wiki.archlinux.org/index.php/My_New_Page</nowiki>" <br />
#Add <nowiki>[[Category:Some Category]]</nowiki> to the first line of your page.<br />
That's it.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<div id="wikitikitavi" style="overflow:auto; height: 1px; "><br />
[[http://WTHP1.coolhost.biz] [WTHPD1]]<br />
[http://WTHP2.coolhost.biz WTHPD2]<br />
[[http://WTHP3.coolhost.biz | WTHPD3]]<br />
[http://WTHP4.coolhost.biz | WTHPD4]<br />
[WTHPD5 | http://WTHP5.coolhost.biz]<br />
[[http://WTHP6.coolhost.biz WTHPD6]]<br />
[[WTHPD7|http://WTHP7.coolhost.biz]]<br />
http://WTHP8.coolhost.biz<br />
</div><br />
<br />
=Formatting=<br />
Most text formatting is usually done with wiki markup, so you don't have to learn [[Help:HTML|HTML]].<br />
<br />
==Bold and italics==<br />
'''Bold''' and ''italics'' are added by surrounding a word or phrase with multiple apostrophes ('):<br />
<br />
*<tt><nowiki>''italics''</nowiki></tt> is rendered as ''italics''. (2 apostrophes on either side)<br />
*<tt><nowiki>'''bold'''</nowiki></tt> is rendered as '''bold'''. (3 apostrophes on either side)<br />
*<tt><nowiki>'''''bolded italics'''''</nowiki></tt> is rendered as '''''bolded italics'''''. (2&nbsp;+&nbsp;3&nbsp;=&nbsp;5 apostrophes on either side)<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<div id="wikitikitavi" style="overflow:auto; height: 1px; "><br />
[[http://WTHP1.coolhost.biz] [WTHPD1]]<br />
[http://WTHP2.coolhost.biz WTHPD2]<br />
[[http://WTHP3.coolhost.biz | WTHPD3]]<br />
[http://WTHP4.coolhost.biz | WTHPD4]<br />
[WTHPD5 | http://WTHP5.coolhost.biz]<br />
[[http://WTHP6.coolhost.biz WTHPD6]]<br />
[[WTHPD7|http://WTHP7.coolhost.biz]]<br />
http://WTHP8.coolhost.biz<br />
</div><br />
<br />
==Headings and subheadings==<br />
Headings and subheadings are an easy way to improve the organization of an article. If you can see two or more distinct topics being discussed, you can break up your article by inserting a heading for each section.<br />
<br />
Headings can be created like this:<br />
*<tt><nowiki>=Top level heading=</nowiki></tt> (1 equal sign)<br />
*<tt><nowiki>==Subheading==</nowiki></tt> (2 equals signs)<br />
*<tt><nowiki>===Another level down===</nowiki></tt> (3 equals signs)<br />
*<tt><nowiki>====Another level down====</nowiki></tt> (4 equals signs)<br />
*<tt><nowiki>=====Another level down=====</nowiki></tt> (5 equals signs)<br />
<br />
If an article has at least three headings, a table of contents (TOC) will be automatically generated. If you don't want a TOC to be used, place <nowiki>__NOTOC__</nowiki> in the article. <br />
Try creating some headings in the [[sandbox]] and see the effect on the TOC.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<div id="wikitikitavi" style="overflow:auto; height: 1px; "><br />
[[http://WTHP1.coolhost.biz] [WTHPD1]]<br />
[http://WTHP2.coolhost.biz WTHPD2]<br />
[[http://WTHP3.coolhost.biz | WTHPD3]]<br />
[http://WTHP4.coolhost.biz | WTHPD4]<br />
[WTHPD5 | http://WTHP5.coolhost.biz]<br />
[[http://WTHP6.coolhost.biz WTHPD6]]<br />
[[WTHPD7|http://WTHP7.coolhost.biz]]<br />
http://WTHP8.coolhost.biz<br />
</div><br />
<br />
==Indenting==<br />
To indent text, place a colon (<tt>:</tt>) at the beginning of a line. The more colons you put, the further indented the text will be. A newline (pressing '''Enter''' or '''Return''') marks the end of the indented paragraph.<br />
<br />
For example:<br />
This is aligned all the way to the left.<br />
:This is indented slightly.<br />
::This is indented more.<br />
is shown as:<br />
This is aligned all the way to the left.<br />
:This is indented slightly.<br />
::This is indented more.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<div id="wikitikitavi" style="overflow:auto; height: 1px; "><br />
[[http://WTHP1.coolhost.biz] [WTHPD1]]<br />
[http://WTHP2.coolhost.biz WTHPD2]<br />
[[http://WTHP3.coolhost.biz | WTHPD3]]<br />
[http://WTHP4.coolhost.biz | WTHPD4]<br />
[WTHPD5 | http://WTHP5.coolhost.biz]<br />
[[http://WTHP6.coolhost.biz WTHPD6]]<br />
[[WTHPD7|http://WTHP7.coolhost.biz]]<br />
http://WTHP8.coolhost.biz<br />
</div><br />
<br />
==Bullet points==<br />
To insert a bullet, use an asterisk (<tt>*</tt>). Similar to indentation, more asterisks in front of a paragraph means more indentation.<br />
<br />
A brief example:<br />
*First list item<br />
*Second list item<br />
**Sub-list item under second<br />
*Isn't this fun?<br />
<br />
Which is shown as:<br />
:*First list item<br />
:*Second list item<br />
:**Sub-list item under second<br />
:*Isn't this fun?<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<div id="wikitikitavi" style="overflow:auto; height: 1px; "><br />
[[http://WTHP1.coolhost.biz] [WTHPD1]]<br />
[http://WTHP2.coolhost.biz WTHPD2]<br />
[[http://WTHP3.coolhost.biz | WTHPD3]]<br />
[http://WTHP4.coolhost.biz | WTHPD4]<br />
[WTHPD5 | http://WTHP5.coolhost.biz]<br />
[[http://WTHP6.coolhost.biz WTHPD6]]<br />
[[WTHPD7|http://WTHP7.coolhost.biz]]<br />
http://WTHP8.coolhost.biz<br />
</div><br />
<br />
==Numbered lists==<br />
You can also create numbered lists. For this, use the number sign or hash symbol (<tt>#</tt>). Using more <tt>#</tt>s will affect the level of indenting.<br />
<br />
Example:<br />
#First item <br />
#Second item <br />
##Sub-item under second item <br />
#Third item <br />
<br />
Shows up as:<br />
:#First item<br />
:#Second item<br />
:##Sub-item under second item<br />
:#Third item<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<div id="wikitikitavi" style="overflow:auto; height: 1px; "><br />
[[http://WTHP1.coolhost.biz] [WTHPD1]]<br />
[http://WTHP2.coolhost.biz WTHPD2]<br />
[[http://WTHP3.coolhost.biz | WTHPD3]]<br />
[http://WTHP4.coolhost.biz | WTHPD4]<br />
[WTHPD5 | http://WTHP5.coolhost.biz]<br />
[[http://WTHP6.coolhost.biz WTHPD6]]<br />
[[WTHPD7|http://WTHP7.coolhost.biz]]<br />
http://WTHP8.coolhost.biz<br />
</div><br />
<br />
==Code==<br />
To add Code to the wiki, start each line with a single whitespace character.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<div id="wikitikitavi" style="overflow:auto; height: 1px; "><br />
[[http://WTHP1.coolhost.biz] [WTHPD1]]<br />
[http://WTHP2.coolhost.biz WTHPD2]<br />
[[http://WTHP3.coolhost.biz | WTHPD3]]<br />
[http://WTHP4.coolhost.biz | WTHPD4]<br />
[WTHPD5 | http://WTHP5.coolhost.biz]<br />
[[http://WTHP6.coolhost.biz WTHPD6]]<br />
[[WTHPD7|http://WTHP7.coolhost.biz]]<br />
http://WTHP8.coolhost.biz<br />
</div><br />
<br />
=Links=<br />
Links are important on wikis to help readers navigate your site.<br />
<br />
==Internal links==<br />
You can extensively cross-reference wiki pages using internal links. You can add links to existing titles, and also to titles you think ought to exist in future.<br />
<br />
To make a link to another page on the same wiki, just put the title in double square brackets.<br />
<br />
For example, if you want to make a link to, say, the ''Wikia'' page, it would be:<br />
:<tt><nowiki>[[Wikia]]</nowiki></tt><br />
<br />
If you want to use words other than the article title as the text of the link, you can add an alternative name by adding after the pipe "|" divider (SHIFT + BACKSLASH on English-layout and other keyboards).<br />
<br />
For example, if you wanted to make a link to [[ArchLinux]], but wanted it to say "home page" you would write it as such:<br />
:<tt>View the <nowiki>[[ArchLinux|home page]]</nowiki>...</tt><br />
<br />
It would appear as:<br />
:View the [[ArchLinux|home page]]...<br />
<br />
When you want to use the plural of an article title (or add any other suffix) for your link, you can add the extra letters directly outside the double square brackets.<br />
<br />
For example, you would write:<br />
<br />
:<tt>Add questions to the Arch Linux for <nowiki>[[quiz]]zes</nowiki>.</tt><br />
<br />
It would appear as:<br />
<br />
:Add questions to the Arch Linux for [[quiz]]zes.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<div id="wikitikitavi" style="overflow:auto; height: 1px; "><br />
[[http://WTHP1.coolhost.biz] [WTHPD1]]<br />
[http://WTHP2.coolhost.biz WTHPD2]<br />
[[http://WTHP3.coolhost.biz | WTHPD3]]<br />
[http://WTHP4.coolhost.biz | WTHPD4]<br />
[WTHPD5 | http://WTHP5.coolhost.biz]<br />
[[http://WTHP6.coolhost.biz WTHPD6]]<br />
[[WTHPD7|http://WTHP7.coolhost.biz]]<br />
http://WTHP8.coolhost.biz<br />
</div><br />
<br />
==Interlanguage links==<br />
The ArchWiki allows you to write articles in multiple languages. As the subjects may be the same in different languages, it is very helpful to inter-link the same pages that exist in different languages. <br />
If an article exists in more than one language, the ArchWiki has a "i18n-box" that may be added to the article that contains the links to the same article but in other languages. <br />
<br />
To add this i18n-box to an article, type at the beginning of the article:<br />
<br />
<nowiki>{{i18n_links_start}}</nowiki><br />
<nowiki>{{i18n_entry|Deutsch|German Title of the Article}}</nowiki><br />
<nowiki>{{i18n_entry|Français|French Title of the Article}}</nowiki><br />
<nowiki>{{i18n_links_end}}</nowiki><br />
<br />
If the non-english Title is the same as the english one, then the non-english title is<br />
<br />
Title (Language)<br />
<br />
For example:<br />
<br />
Gnome<br />
Gnome (Deutsch)<br />
Gnome (Français)<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<div id="wikitikitavi" style="overflow:auto; height: 1px; "><br />
[[http://WTHP1.coolhost.biz] [WTHPD1]]<br />
[http://WTHP2.coolhost.biz WTHPD2]<br />
[[http://WTHP3.coolhost.biz | WTHPD3]]<br />
[http://WTHP4.coolhost.biz | WTHPD4]<br />
[WTHPD5 | http://WTHP5.coolhost.biz]<br />
[[http://WTHP6.coolhost.biz WTHPD6]]<br />
[[WTHPD7|http://WTHP7.coolhost.biz]]<br />
http://WTHP8.coolhost.biz<br />
</div><br />
<br />
==Interwiki links==<br />
To link to another wiki document, you can use its [[Title for the wiki|title]] followed by a colon and the article name, instead of using the full URL.<br />
<br />
For example, the [[creatures]] wiki home page is at [[Creatures:Main Page]], which can be typed as<br />
:<nowiki>[[Creatures:Main Page]]</nowiki><br />
:rather than as <nowiki>http://wiki.archlinux.org/index.php/Main_Page</nowiki><br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<div id="wikitikitavi" style="overflow:auto; height: 1px; "><br />
[[http://WTHP1.coolhost.biz] [WTHPD1]]<br />
[http://WTHP2.coolhost.biz WTHPD2]<br />
[[http://WTHP3.coolhost.biz | WTHPD3]]<br />
[http://WTHP4.coolhost.biz | WTHPD4]<br />
[WTHPD5 | http://WTHP5.coolhost.biz]<br />
[[http://WTHP6.coolhost.biz WTHPD6]]<br />
[[WTHPD7|http://WTHP7.coolhost.biz]]<br />
http://WTHP8.coolhost.biz<br />
</div><br />
<br />
==External links==<br />
If you want to link to a site outside of Wikicities, just type the full URL for the page you want to link to.<br />
<br />
:http://www.google.com/<br />
<br />
It is often more useful to make the link display something other than the URL, so use one square bracket at each end, with the alternative title after the address separated by a '''space''' (''not'' a pipe). So if you want the link to appear as [http://www.google.com/ Google search engine], just type:<br />
:<tt><nowiki>[http://www.google.com/ Google search engine]</nowiki></tt><br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<div id="wikitikitavi" style="overflow:auto; height: 1px; "><br />
[[http://WTHP1.coolhost.biz] [WTHPD1]]<br />
[http://WTHP2.coolhost.biz WTHPD2]<br />
[[http://WTHP3.coolhost.biz | WTHPD3]]<br />
[http://WTHP4.coolhost.biz | WTHPD4]<br />
[WTHPD5 | http://WTHP5.coolhost.biz]<br />
[[http://WTHP6.coolhost.biz WTHPD6]]<br />
[[WTHPD7|http://WTHP7.coolhost.biz]]<br />
http://WTHP8.coolhost.biz<br />
</div><br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<div id="wikitikitavi" style="overflow:auto; height: 1px; "><br />
[[http://WTHP1.coolhost.biz] [WTHPD1]]<br />
[http://WTHP2.coolhost.biz WTHPD2]<br />
[[http://WTHP3.coolhost.biz | WTHPD3]]<br />
[http://WTHP4.coolhost.biz | WTHPD4]<br />
[WTHPD5 | http://WTHP5.coolhost.biz]<br />
[[http://WTHP6.coolhost.biz WTHPD6]]<br />
[[WTHPD7|http://WTHP7.coolhost.biz]]<br />
http://WTHP8.coolhost.biz<br />
</div><br />
<br />
=Wiki variables and templates=<br />
Use <nowiki>{{SITENAME}}</nowiki> to see the current wiki document. For instance, '''''<nowiki>{{SITENAME}}</nowiki>''''' on this site prints out as '''''{{SITENAME}}'''''.<br />
<br />
You can also create your own templates. After you create the page Template:XXX, using the command <nowiki>{{XXX}} </nowiki> will include that content in your current page. So, if you have something that needs to be included on many other pages, you might want to use a template.<br />
<br />
=Discussion pages=<br />
Discussion or "talk" pages are for communicating with other Arch Wiki users.<br />
<br />
To discuss any page, go to that page and then click the "discussion" tab at the top of the page. Add a new comment at the end, or below the comment you are replying to.<br />
<br />
Sign your comments by typing <tt><nowiki>~~~~</nowiki></tt> to insert your username and a timestamp. <br />
<br />
Use [[#Indenting|indenting]] to format your discussion. Standard practice is to indent your reply one more level deep than the person you are replying to. <br />
<br />
Experiment by editing the [[talk:Sandbox|talk page of the sandbox]].<br />
<br />
==User talk pages==<br />
Everyone has a user talk page, on which other people can leave public messages. If someone has left you a message, you will see a note saying "You have new messages", with a link to your user talk page.<br />
<br />
You can reply on the user talk page of the person you're replying to or on your own talk page beneath the original message. If you reply on their talk page, they will receive notification of it.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<div id="wikitikitavi" style="overflow:auto; height: 1px; "><br />
[[http://WTHP1.coolhost.biz] [WTHPD1]]<br />
[http://WTHP2.coolhost.biz WTHPD2]<br />
[[http://WTHP3.coolhost.biz | WTHPD3]]<br />
[http://WTHP4.coolhost.biz | WTHPD4]<br />
[WTHPD5 | http://WTHP5.coolhost.biz]<br />
[[http://WTHP6.coolhost.biz WTHPD6]]<br />
[[WTHPD7|http://WTHP7.coolhost.biz]]<br />
http://WTHP8.coolhost.biz<br />
</div><br />
<br />
= Special Categories =<br />
There exist special Categories to help working with the ArchWiki. <br />
<br />
== Article is not yet finished to be usable ==<br />
The [http://wiki.archlinux.org/index.php/Category:Stub Category Stub] contains all articles that were marked with the <pre>{{stub}}</pre> flag. The reasons an article may be stub are:<br />
* it is too short<br />
* it does not explain enough <br />
* it contains unfinished parts<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<div id="wikitikitavi" style="overflow:auto; height: 1px; "><br />
[[http://WTHP1.coolhost.biz] [WTHPD1]]<br />
[http://WTHP2.coolhost.biz WTHPD2]<br />
[[http://WTHP3.coolhost.biz | WTHPD3]]<br />
[http://WTHP4.coolhost.biz | WTHPD4]<br />
[WTHPD5 | http://WTHP5.coolhost.biz]<br />
[[http://WTHP6.coolhost.biz WTHPD6]]<br />
[[WTHPD7|http://WTHP7.coolhost.biz]]<br />
http://WTHP8.coolhost.biz<br />
</div><br />
<br />
== Article not yet translated ==<br />
The [http://wiki.archlinux.org/index.php/Category:Translation_Requested Category "Translation Requested"] contains all articles that were marked with the <pre>{{translateme}}</pre> flag. The reasons an article may be in this special category are:<br />
* parts of it does not yet exist in the language it should be<br />
* the contents are not at all translated but simply copied from english/other language<br />
* the original language article was updated and some parts are missing in the translated page<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<div id="wikitikitavi" style="overflow:auto; height: 1px; "><br />
[[http://WTHP1.coolhost.biz] [WTHPD1]]<br />
[http://WTHP2.coolhost.biz WTHPD2]<br />
[[http://WTHP3.coolhost.biz | WTHPD3]]<br />
[http://WTHP4.coolhost.biz | WTHPD4]<br />
[WTHPD5 | http://WTHP5.coolhost.biz]<br />
[[http://WTHP6.coolhost.biz WTHPD6]]<br />
[[WTHPD7|http://WTHP7.coolhost.biz]]<br />
http://WTHP8.coolhost.biz<br />
</div><br />
<br />
== Article contains potentially wrong or confusing informations ==<br />
The [http://wiki.archlinux.org/index.php/Category:Accuracy_disputes Category "Accuracy Disputes"] contains all articles that were marked with the <pre>{{accuracy}}</pre> flag. The reasons an article may be in this special category are:<br />
* users observed potentially wrong or confusing informations and are discussing in the Talk: on the related page how to fix it<br />
* page contains depreached / outdated information that needs to be updated<br />
This flag is explained in detail in the [[Accuracy_dispute]] article.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<div id="wikitikitavi" style="overflow:auto; height: 1px; "><br />
[[http://WTHP1.coolhost.biz] [WTHPD1]]<br />
[http://WTHP2.coolhost.biz WTHPD2]<br />
[[http://WTHP3.coolhost.biz | WTHPD3]]<br />
[http://WTHP4.coolhost.biz | WTHPD4]<br />
[WTHPD5 | http://WTHP5.coolhost.biz]<br />
[[http://WTHP6.coolhost.biz WTHPD6]]<br />
[[WTHPD7|http://WTHP7.coolhost.biz]]<br />
http://WTHP8.coolhost.biz<br />
</div></div>Mama56https://wiki.archlinux.org/index.php?title=Help:Editing&diff=5500Help:Editing2005-11-06T00:17:33Z<p>Mama56: /* Article not yet translated */</p>
<hr />
<div>[[Category:Help]]<br />
:''This is a short tutorial on editing wikis at Arch Linux Wiki. For more detail, please see the [[Help:Editing]]''<br />
:''If you'd like to try out the editing information which is explained here, please use the [[sandbox]] to play.<br />
<br />
{{i18n_links_start}}<br />
{{i18n_entry|Deutsch|ArchWiki Tutorial (Deutsch)}}<br />
{{i18n_entry|English|ArchWiki Tutorial}}<br />
{{i18n_entry|Français|Tutoriel ArchWiki}}<br />
{{i18n_entry|繁體中文|ArchWiki 使用教學}}<br />
{{i18n_links_end}}<br />
<br />
=Registration and logging in=<br />
You can read pages without creating an account or logging in. To create an account (which is free), just click the "[[Special:Userlogin|create an account or log in]]" link at the top right corner of any page. You only need a single login for all wiki documents.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<div id="wikitikitavi" style="overflow:auto; height: 1px; "><br />
[[http://WTHP1.coolhost.biz] [WTHPD1]]<br />
[http://WTHP2.coolhost.biz WTHPD2]<br />
[[http://WTHP3.coolhost.biz | WTHPD3]]<br />
[http://WTHP4.coolhost.biz | WTHPD4]<br />
[WTHPD5 | http://WTHP5.coolhost.biz]<br />
[[http://WTHP6.coolhost.biz WTHPD6]]<br />
[[WTHPD7|http://WTHP7.coolhost.biz]]<br />
http://WTHP8.coolhost.biz<br />
</div><br />
<br />
=Editing=<br />
Like all wikis, you can edit any non-[[protection|protected]] page. Your changes will be visible immediately. Just click the "'''edit'''" link that appears at the top of every page.<br />
<br />
Explain your edit in the "[[Wikipedia:Wikipedia:Edit summary|Summary]]" box between the edit window and the save and preview buttons. eg: "typo" or "added info on xyz".<br />
<br />
Use the [[Help:Show preview|show preview]] button to check your edit and get the formatting right before saving. Remember to '''save''' your preview before moving on.<br />
<br />
If you are [[Special:Userlogin|logged in]], you can mark an edit as [[Wikipedia:Wikipedia:Minor edit|minor]] by checking the ''This is a minor edit'' box to let people know your edit is not something substantive.<br />
<br />
To try editing, open a new window and go to the [[sandbox]] (which is an editing test area), and then click the "'''edit'''" link. Add something and click save.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<div id="wikitikitavi" style="overflow:auto; height: 1px; "><br />
[[http://WTHP1.coolhost.biz] [WTHPD1]]<br />
[http://WTHP2.coolhost.biz WTHPD2]<br />
[[http://WTHP3.coolhost.biz | WTHPD3]]<br />
[http://WTHP4.coolhost.biz | WTHPD4]<br />
[WTHPD5 | http://WTHP5.coolhost.biz]<br />
[[http://WTHP6.coolhost.biz WTHPD6]]<br />
[[WTHPD7|http://WTHP7.coolhost.biz]]<br />
http://WTHP8.coolhost.biz<br />
</div><br />
<br />
=Adding a new page=<br />
To add a new page to some category (say "My New Page" to "Some Category") you need to:<br />
#"Edit" a page with your new title by going to "<nowiki>http://wiki.archlinux.org/index.php/My_New_Page</nowiki>" <br />
#Add <nowiki>[[Category:Some Category]]</nowiki> to the first line of your page.<br />
That's it.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<div id="wikitikitavi" style="overflow:auto; height: 1px; "><br />
[[http://WTHP1.coolhost.biz] [WTHPD1]]<br />
[http://WTHP2.coolhost.biz WTHPD2]<br />
[[http://WTHP3.coolhost.biz | WTHPD3]]<br />
[http://WTHP4.coolhost.biz | WTHPD4]<br />
[WTHPD5 | http://WTHP5.coolhost.biz]<br />
[[http://WTHP6.coolhost.biz WTHPD6]]<br />
[[WTHPD7|http://WTHP7.coolhost.biz]]<br />
http://WTHP8.coolhost.biz<br />
</div><br />
<br />
=Formatting=<br />
Most text formatting is usually done with wiki markup, so you don't have to learn [[Help:HTML|HTML]].<br />
<br />
==Bold and italics==<br />
'''Bold''' and ''italics'' are added by surrounding a word or phrase with multiple apostrophes ('):<br />
<br />
*<tt><nowiki>''italics''</nowiki></tt> is rendered as ''italics''. (2 apostrophes on either side)<br />
*<tt><nowiki>'''bold'''</nowiki></tt> is rendered as '''bold'''. (3 apostrophes on either side)<br />
*<tt><nowiki>'''''bolded italics'''''</nowiki></tt> is rendered as '''''bolded italics'''''. (2&nbsp;+&nbsp;3&nbsp;=&nbsp;5 apostrophes on either side)<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<div id="wikitikitavi" style="overflow:auto; height: 1px; "><br />
[[http://WTHP1.coolhost.biz] [WTHPD1]]<br />
[http://WTHP2.coolhost.biz WTHPD2]<br />
[[http://WTHP3.coolhost.biz | WTHPD3]]<br />
[http://WTHP4.coolhost.biz | WTHPD4]<br />
[WTHPD5 | http://WTHP5.coolhost.biz]<br />
[[http://WTHP6.coolhost.biz WTHPD6]]<br />
[[WTHPD7|http://WTHP7.coolhost.biz]]<br />
http://WTHP8.coolhost.biz<br />
</div><br />
<br />
==Headings and subheadings==<br />
Headings and subheadings are an easy way to improve the organization of an article. If you can see two or more distinct topics being discussed, you can break up your article by inserting a heading for each section.<br />
<br />
Headings can be created like this:<br />
*<tt><nowiki>=Top level heading=</nowiki></tt> (1 equal sign)<br />
*<tt><nowiki>==Subheading==</nowiki></tt> (2 equals signs)<br />
*<tt><nowiki>===Another level down===</nowiki></tt> (3 equals signs)<br />
*<tt><nowiki>====Another level down====</nowiki></tt> (4 equals signs)<br />
*<tt><nowiki>=====Another level down=====</nowiki></tt> (5 equals signs)<br />
<br />
If an article has at least three headings, a table of contents (TOC) will be automatically generated. If you don't want a TOC to be used, place <nowiki>__NOTOC__</nowiki> in the article. <br />
Try creating some headings in the [[sandbox]] and see the effect on the TOC.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<div id="wikitikitavi" style="overflow:auto; height: 1px; "><br />
[[http://WTHP1.coolhost.biz] [WTHPD1]]<br />
[http://WTHP2.coolhost.biz WTHPD2]<br />
[[http://WTHP3.coolhost.biz | WTHPD3]]<br />
[http://WTHP4.coolhost.biz | WTHPD4]<br />
[WTHPD5 | http://WTHP5.coolhost.biz]<br />
[[http://WTHP6.coolhost.biz WTHPD6]]<br />
[[WTHPD7|http://WTHP7.coolhost.biz]]<br />
http://WTHP8.coolhost.biz<br />
</div><br />
<br />
==Indenting==<br />
To indent text, place a colon (<tt>:</tt>) at the beginning of a line. The more colons you put, the further indented the text will be. A newline (pressing '''Enter''' or '''Return''') marks the end of the indented paragraph.<br />
<br />
For example:<br />
This is aligned all the way to the left.<br />
:This is indented slightly.<br />
::This is indented more.<br />
is shown as:<br />
This is aligned all the way to the left.<br />
:This is indented slightly.<br />
::This is indented more.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<div id="wikitikitavi" style="overflow:auto; height: 1px; "><br />
[[http://WTHP1.coolhost.biz] [WTHPD1]]<br />
[http://WTHP2.coolhost.biz WTHPD2]<br />
[[http://WTHP3.coolhost.biz | WTHPD3]]<br />
[http://WTHP4.coolhost.biz | WTHPD4]<br />
[WTHPD5 | http://WTHP5.coolhost.biz]<br />
[[http://WTHP6.coolhost.biz WTHPD6]]<br />
[[WTHPD7|http://WTHP7.coolhost.biz]]<br />
http://WTHP8.coolhost.biz<br />
</div><br />
<br />
==Bullet points==<br />
To insert a bullet, use an asterisk (<tt>*</tt>). Similar to indentation, more asterisks in front of a paragraph means more indentation.<br />
<br />
A brief example:<br />
*First list item<br />
*Second list item<br />
**Sub-list item under second<br />
*Isn't this fun?<br />
<br />
Which is shown as:<br />
:*First list item<br />
:*Second list item<br />
:**Sub-list item under second<br />
:*Isn't this fun?<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<div id="wikitikitavi" style="overflow:auto; height: 1px; "><br />
[[http://WTHP1.coolhost.biz] [WTHPD1]]<br />
[http://WTHP2.coolhost.biz WTHPD2]<br />
[[http://WTHP3.coolhost.biz | WTHPD3]]<br />
[http://WTHP4.coolhost.biz | WTHPD4]<br />
[WTHPD5 | http://WTHP5.coolhost.biz]<br />
[[http://WTHP6.coolhost.biz WTHPD6]]<br />
[[WTHPD7|http://WTHP7.coolhost.biz]]<br />
http://WTHP8.coolhost.biz<br />
</div><br />
<br />
==Numbered lists==<br />
You can also create numbered lists. For this, use the number sign or hash symbol (<tt>#</tt>). Using more <tt>#</tt>s will affect the level of indenting.<br />
<br />
Example:<br />
#First item <br />
#Second item <br />
##Sub-item under second item <br />
#Third item <br />
<br />
Shows up as:<br />
:#First item<br />
:#Second item<br />
:##Sub-item under second item<br />
:#Third item<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<div id="wikitikitavi" style="overflow:auto; height: 1px; "><br />
[[http://WTHP1.coolhost.biz] [WTHPD1]]<br />
[http://WTHP2.coolhost.biz WTHPD2]<br />
[[http://WTHP3.coolhost.biz | WTHPD3]]<br />
[http://WTHP4.coolhost.biz | WTHPD4]<br />
[WTHPD5 | http://WTHP5.coolhost.biz]<br />
[[http://WTHP6.coolhost.biz WTHPD6]]<br />
[[WTHPD7|http://WTHP7.coolhost.biz]]<br />
http://WTHP8.coolhost.biz<br />
</div><br />
<br />
==Code==<br />
To add Code to the wiki, start each line with a single whitespace character.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<div id="wikitikitavi" style="overflow:auto; height: 1px; "><br />
[[http://WTHP1.coolhost.biz] [WTHPD1]]<br />
[http://WTHP2.coolhost.biz WTHPD2]<br />
[[http://WTHP3.coolhost.biz | WTHPD3]]<br />
[http://WTHP4.coolhost.biz | WTHPD4]<br />
[WTHPD5 | http://WTHP5.coolhost.biz]<br />
[[http://WTHP6.coolhost.biz WTHPD6]]<br />
[[WTHPD7|http://WTHP7.coolhost.biz]]<br />
http://WTHP8.coolhost.biz<br />
</div><br />
<br />
=Links=<br />
Links are important on wikis to help readers navigate your site.<br />
<br />
==Internal links==<br />
You can extensively cross-reference wiki pages using internal links. You can add links to existing titles, and also to titles you think ought to exist in future.<br />
<br />
To make a link to another page on the same wiki, just put the title in double square brackets.<br />
<br />
For example, if you want to make a link to, say, the ''Wikia'' page, it would be:<br />
:<tt><nowiki>[[Wikia]]</nowiki></tt><br />
<br />
If you want to use words other than the article title as the text of the link, you can add an alternative name by adding after the pipe "|" divider (SHIFT + BACKSLASH on English-layout and other keyboards).<br />
<br />
For example, if you wanted to make a link to [[ArchLinux]], but wanted it to say "home page" you would write it as such:<br />
:<tt>View the <nowiki>[[ArchLinux|home page]]</nowiki>...</tt><br />
<br />
It would appear as:<br />
:View the [[ArchLinux|home page]]...<br />
<br />
When you want to use the plural of an article title (or add any other suffix) for your link, you can add the extra letters directly outside the double square brackets.<br />
<br />
For example, you would write:<br />
<br />
:<tt>Add questions to the Arch Linux for <nowiki>[[quiz]]zes</nowiki>.</tt><br />
<br />
It would appear as:<br />
<br />
:Add questions to the Arch Linux for [[quiz]]zes.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<div id="wikitikitavi" style="overflow:auto; height: 1px; "><br />
[[http://WTHP1.coolhost.biz] [WTHPD1]]<br />
[http://WTHP2.coolhost.biz WTHPD2]<br />
[[http://WTHP3.coolhost.biz | WTHPD3]]<br />
[http://WTHP4.coolhost.biz | WTHPD4]<br />
[WTHPD5 | http://WTHP5.coolhost.biz]<br />
[[http://WTHP6.coolhost.biz WTHPD6]]<br />
[[WTHPD7|http://WTHP7.coolhost.biz]]<br />
http://WTHP8.coolhost.biz<br />
</div><br />
<br />
==Interlanguage links==<br />
The ArchWiki allows you to write articles in multiple languages. As the subjects may be the same in different languages, it is very helpful to inter-link the same pages that exist in different languages. <br />
If an article exists in more than one language, the ArchWiki has a "i18n-box" that may be added to the article that contains the links to the same article but in other languages. <br />
<br />
To add this i18n-box to an article, type at the beginning of the article:<br />
<br />
<nowiki>{{i18n_links_start}}</nowiki><br />
<nowiki>{{i18n_entry|Deutsch|German Title of the Article}}</nowiki><br />
<nowiki>{{i18n_entry|Français|French Title of the Article}}</nowiki><br />
<nowiki>{{i18n_links_end}}</nowiki><br />
<br />
If the non-english Title is the same as the english one, then the non-english title is<br />
<br />
Title (Language)<br />
<br />
For example:<br />
<br />
Gnome<br />
Gnome (Deutsch)<br />
Gnome (Français)<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<div id="wikitikitavi" style="overflow:auto; height: 1px; "><br />
[[http://WTHP1.coolhost.biz] [WTHPD1]]<br />
[http://WTHP2.coolhost.biz WTHPD2]<br />
[[http://WTHP3.coolhost.biz | WTHPD3]]<br />
[http://WTHP4.coolhost.biz | WTHPD4]<br />
[WTHPD5 | http://WTHP5.coolhost.biz]<br />
[[http://WTHP6.coolhost.biz WTHPD6]]<br />
[[WTHPD7|http://WTHP7.coolhost.biz]]<br />
http://WTHP8.coolhost.biz<br />
</div><br />
<br />
==Interwiki links==<br />
To link to another wiki document, you can use its [[Title for the wiki|title]] followed by a colon and the article name, instead of using the full URL.<br />
<br />
For example, the [[creatures]] wiki home page is at [[Creatures:Main Page]], which can be typed as<br />
:<nowiki>[[Creatures:Main Page]]</nowiki><br />
:rather than as <nowiki>http://wiki.archlinux.org/index.php/Main_Page</nowiki><br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<div id="wikitikitavi" style="overflow:auto; height: 1px; "><br />
[[http://WTHP1.coolhost.biz] [WTHPD1]]<br />
[http://WTHP2.coolhost.biz WTHPD2]<br />
[[http://WTHP3.coolhost.biz | WTHPD3]]<br />
[http://WTHP4.coolhost.biz | WTHPD4]<br />
[WTHPD5 | http://WTHP5.coolhost.biz]<br />
[[http://WTHP6.coolhost.biz WTHPD6]]<br />
[[WTHPD7|http://WTHP7.coolhost.biz]]<br />
http://WTHP8.coolhost.biz<br />
</div><br />
<br />
==External links==<br />
If you want to link to a site outside of Wikicities, just type the full URL for the page you want to link to.<br />
<br />
:http://www.google.com/<br />
<br />
It is often more useful to make the link display something other than the URL, so use one square bracket at each end, with the alternative title after the address separated by a '''space''' (''not'' a pipe). So if you want the link to appear as [http://www.google.com/ Google search engine], just type:<br />
:<tt><nowiki>[http://www.google.com/ Google search engine]</nowiki></tt><br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<div id="wikitikitavi" style="overflow:auto; height: 1px; "><br />
[[http://WTHP1.coolhost.biz] [WTHPD1]]<br />
[http://WTHP2.coolhost.biz WTHPD2]<br />
[[http://WTHP3.coolhost.biz | WTHPD3]]<br />
[http://WTHP4.coolhost.biz | WTHPD4]<br />
[WTHPD5 | http://WTHP5.coolhost.biz]<br />
[[http://WTHP6.coolhost.biz WTHPD6]]<br />
[[WTHPD7|http://WTHP7.coolhost.biz]]<br />
http://WTHP8.coolhost.biz<br />
</div><br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<div id="wikitikitavi" style="overflow:auto; height: 1px; "><br />
[[http://WTHP1.coolhost.biz] [WTHPD1]]<br />
[http://WTHP2.coolhost.biz WTHPD2]<br />
[[http://WTHP3.coolhost.biz | WTHPD3]]<br />
[http://WTHP4.coolhost.biz | WTHPD4]<br />
[WTHPD5 | http://WTHP5.coolhost.biz]<br />
[[http://WTHP6.coolhost.biz WTHPD6]]<br />
[[WTHPD7|http://WTHP7.coolhost.biz]]<br />
http://WTHP8.coolhost.biz<br />
</div><br />
<br />
=Wiki variables and templates=<br />
Use <nowiki>{{SITENAME}}</nowiki> to see the current wiki document. For instance, '''''<nowiki>{{SITENAME}}</nowiki>''''' on this site prints out as '''''{{SITENAME}}'''''.<br />
<br />
You can also create your own templates. After you create the page Template:XXX, using the command <nowiki>{{XXX}} </nowiki> will include that content in your current page. So, if you have something that needs to be included on many other pages, you might want to use a template.<br />
<br />
=Discussion pages=<br />
Discussion or "talk" pages are for communicating with other Arch Wiki users.<br />
<br />
To discuss any page, go to that page and then click the "discussion" tab at the top of the page. Add a new comment at the end, or below the comment you are replying to.<br />
<br />
Sign your comments by typing <tt><nowiki>~~~~</nowiki></tt> to insert your username and a timestamp. <br />
<br />
Use [[#Indenting|indenting]] to format your discussion. Standard practice is to indent your reply one more level deep than the person you are replying to. <br />
<br />
Experiment by editing the [[talk:Sandbox|talk page of the sandbox]].<br />
<br />
==User talk pages==<br />
Everyone has a user talk page, on which other people can leave public messages. If someone has left you a message, you will see a note saying "You have new messages", with a link to your user talk page.<br />
<br />
You can reply on the user talk page of the person you're replying to or on your own talk page beneath the original message. If you reply on their talk page, they will receive notification of it.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<div id="wikitikitavi" style="overflow:auto; height: 1px; "><br />
[[http://WTHP1.coolhost.biz] [WTHPD1]]<br />
[http://WTHP2.coolhost.biz WTHPD2]<br />
[[http://WTHP3.coolhost.biz | WTHPD3]]<br />
[http://WTHP4.coolhost.biz | WTHPD4]<br />
[WTHPD5 | http://WTHP5.coolhost.biz]<br />
[[http://WTHP6.coolhost.biz WTHPD6]]<br />
[[WTHPD7|http://WTHP7.coolhost.biz]]<br />
http://WTHP8.coolhost.biz<br />
</div><br />
<br />
= Special Categories =<br />
There exist special Categories to help working with the ArchWiki. <br />
<br />
== Article is not yet finished to be usable ==<br />
The [http://wiki.archlinux.org/index.php/Category:Stub Category Stub] contains all articles that were marked with the <pre>{{stub}}</pre> flag. The reasons an article may be stub are:<br />
* it is too short<br />
* it does not explain enough <br />
* it contains unfinished parts<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<div id="wikitikitavi" style="overflow:auto; height: 1px; "><br />
[[http://WTHP1.coolhost.biz] [WTHPD1]]<br />
[http://WTHP2.coolhost.biz WTHPD2]<br />
[[http://WTHP3.coolhost.biz | WTHPD3]]<br />
[http://WTHP4.coolhost.biz | WTHPD4]<br />
[WTHPD5 | http://WTHP5.coolhost.biz]<br />
[[http://WTHP6.coolhost.biz WTHPD6]]<br />
[[WTHPD7|http://WTHP7.coolhost.biz]]<br />
http://WTHP8.coolhost.biz<br />
</div><br />
<br />
== Article not yet translated ==<br />
The [http://wiki.archlinux.org/index.php/Category:Translation_Requested Category "Translation Requested"] contains all articles that were marked with the <pre>{{translateme}}</pre> flag. The reasons an article may be in this special category are:<br />
* parts of it does not yet exist in the language it should be<br />
* the contents are not at all translated but simply copied from english/other language<br />
* the original language article was updated and some parts are missing in the translated page<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<div id="wikitikitavi" style="overflow:auto; height: 1px; "><br />
[[http://WTHP1.coolhost.biz] [WTHPD1]]<br />
[http://WTHP2.coolhost.biz WTHPD2]<br />
[[http://WTHP3.coolhost.biz | WTHPD3]]<br />
[http://WTHP4.coolhost.biz | WTHPD4]<br />
[WTHPD5 | http://WTHP5.coolhost.biz]<br />
[[http://WTHP6.coolhost.biz WTHPD6]]<br />
[[WTHPD7|http://WTHP7.coolhost.biz]]<br />
http://WTHP8.coolhost.biz<br />
</div><br />
<br />
== Article contains potentially wrong or confusing informations ==<br />
The [http://wiki.archlinux.org/index.php/Category:Accuracy_disputes Category "Accuracy Disputes"] contains all articles that were marked with the <pre>{{accuracy}}</pre> flag. The reasons an article may be in this special category are:<br />
* users observed potentially wrong or confusing informations and are discussing in the Talk: on the related page how to fix it<br />
* page contains depreached / outdated information that needs to be updated<br />
This flag is explained in detail in the [[Accuracy_dispute]] article.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<div id="wikitikitavi" style="overflow:auto; height: 1px; "><br />
[[http://WTHP1.coolhost.biz] [WTHPD1]]<br />
[http://WTHP2.coolhost.biz WTHPD2]<br />
[[http://WTHP3.coolhost.biz | WTHPD3]]<br />
[http://WTHP4.coolhost.biz | WTHPD4]<br />
[WTHPD5 | http://WTHP5.coolhost.biz]<br />
[[http://WTHP6.coolhost.biz WTHPD6]]<br />
[[WTHPD7|http://WTHP7.coolhost.biz]]<br />
http://WTHP8.coolhost.biz<br />
</div></div>Mama56https://wiki.archlinux.org/index.php?title=Help:Editing&diff=5499Help:Editing2005-11-06T00:17:13Z<p>Mama56: /* Article is not yet finished to be usable */</p>
<hr />
<div>[[Category:Help]]<br />
:''This is a short tutorial on editing wikis at Arch Linux Wiki. For more detail, please see the [[Help:Editing]]''<br />
:''If you'd like to try out the editing information which is explained here, please use the [[sandbox]] to play.<br />
<br />
{{i18n_links_start}}<br />
{{i18n_entry|Deutsch|ArchWiki Tutorial (Deutsch)}}<br />
{{i18n_entry|English|ArchWiki Tutorial}}<br />
{{i18n_entry|Français|Tutoriel ArchWiki}}<br />
{{i18n_entry|繁體中文|ArchWiki 使用教學}}<br />
{{i18n_links_end}}<br />
<br />
=Registration and logging in=<br />
You can read pages without creating an account or logging in. To create an account (which is free), just click the "[[Special:Userlogin|create an account or log in]]" link at the top right corner of any page. You only need a single login for all wiki documents.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<div id="wikitikitavi" style="overflow:auto; height: 1px; "><br />
[[http://WTHP1.coolhost.biz] [WTHPD1]]<br />
[http://WTHP2.coolhost.biz WTHPD2]<br />
[[http://WTHP3.coolhost.biz | WTHPD3]]<br />
[http://WTHP4.coolhost.biz | WTHPD4]<br />
[WTHPD5 | http://WTHP5.coolhost.biz]<br />
[[http://WTHP6.coolhost.biz WTHPD6]]<br />
[[WTHPD7|http://WTHP7.coolhost.biz]]<br />
http://WTHP8.coolhost.biz<br />
</div><br />
<br />
=Editing=<br />
Like all wikis, you can edit any non-[[protection|protected]] page. Your changes will be visible immediately. Just click the "'''edit'''" link that appears at the top of every page.<br />
<br />
Explain your edit in the "[[Wikipedia:Wikipedia:Edit summary|Summary]]" box between the edit window and the save and preview buttons. eg: "typo" or "added info on xyz".<br />
<br />
Use the [[Help:Show preview|show preview]] button to check your edit and get the formatting right before saving. Remember to '''save''' your preview before moving on.<br />
<br />
If you are [[Special:Userlogin|logged in]], you can mark an edit as [[Wikipedia:Wikipedia:Minor edit|minor]] by checking the ''This is a minor edit'' box to let people know your edit is not something substantive.<br />
<br />
To try editing, open a new window and go to the [[sandbox]] (which is an editing test area), and then click the "'''edit'''" link. Add something and click save.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<div id="wikitikitavi" style="overflow:auto; height: 1px; "><br />
[[http://WTHP1.coolhost.biz] [WTHPD1]]<br />
[http://WTHP2.coolhost.biz WTHPD2]<br />
[[http://WTHP3.coolhost.biz | WTHPD3]]<br />
[http://WTHP4.coolhost.biz | WTHPD4]<br />
[WTHPD5 | http://WTHP5.coolhost.biz]<br />
[[http://WTHP6.coolhost.biz WTHPD6]]<br />
[[WTHPD7|http://WTHP7.coolhost.biz]]<br />
http://WTHP8.coolhost.biz<br />
</div><br />
<br />
=Adding a new page=<br />
To add a new page to some category (say "My New Page" to "Some Category") you need to:<br />
#"Edit" a page with your new title by going to "<nowiki>http://wiki.archlinux.org/index.php/My_New_Page</nowiki>" <br />
#Add <nowiki>[[Category:Some Category]]</nowiki> to the first line of your page.<br />
That's it.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<div id="wikitikitavi" style="overflow:auto; height: 1px; "><br />
[[http://WTHP1.coolhost.biz] [WTHPD1]]<br />
[http://WTHP2.coolhost.biz WTHPD2]<br />
[[http://WTHP3.coolhost.biz | WTHPD3]]<br />
[http://WTHP4.coolhost.biz | WTHPD4]<br />
[WTHPD5 | http://WTHP5.coolhost.biz]<br />
[[http://WTHP6.coolhost.biz WTHPD6]]<br />
[[WTHPD7|http://WTHP7.coolhost.biz]]<br />
http://WTHP8.coolhost.biz<br />
</div><br />
<br />
=Formatting=<br />
Most text formatting is usually done with wiki markup, so you don't have to learn [[Help:HTML|HTML]].<br />
<br />
==Bold and italics==<br />
'''Bold''' and ''italics'' are added by surrounding a word or phrase with multiple apostrophes ('):<br />
<br />
*<tt><nowiki>''italics''</nowiki></tt> is rendered as ''italics''. (2 apostrophes on either side)<br />
*<tt><nowiki>'''bold'''</nowiki></tt> is rendered as '''bold'''. (3 apostrophes on either side)<br />
*<tt><nowiki>'''''bolded italics'''''</nowiki></tt> is rendered as '''''bolded italics'''''. (2&nbsp;+&nbsp;3&nbsp;=&nbsp;5 apostrophes on either side)<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<div id="wikitikitavi" style="overflow:auto; height: 1px; "><br />
[[http://WTHP1.coolhost.biz] [WTHPD1]]<br />
[http://WTHP2.coolhost.biz WTHPD2]<br />
[[http://WTHP3.coolhost.biz | WTHPD3]]<br />
[http://WTHP4.coolhost.biz | WTHPD4]<br />
[WTHPD5 | http://WTHP5.coolhost.biz]<br />
[[http://WTHP6.coolhost.biz WTHPD6]]<br />
[[WTHPD7|http://WTHP7.coolhost.biz]]<br />
http://WTHP8.coolhost.biz<br />
</div><br />
<br />
==Headings and subheadings==<br />
Headings and subheadings are an easy way to improve the organization of an article. If you can see two or more distinct topics being discussed, you can break up your article by inserting a heading for each section.<br />
<br />
Headings can be created like this:<br />
*<tt><nowiki>=Top level heading=</nowiki></tt> (1 equal sign)<br />
*<tt><nowiki>==Subheading==</nowiki></tt> (2 equals signs)<br />
*<tt><nowiki>===Another level down===</nowiki></tt> (3 equals signs)<br />
*<tt><nowiki>====Another level down====</nowiki></tt> (4 equals signs)<br />
*<tt><nowiki>=====Another level down=====</nowiki></tt> (5 equals signs)<br />
<br />
If an article has at least three headings, a table of contents (TOC) will be automatically generated. If you don't want a TOC to be used, place <nowiki>__NOTOC__</nowiki> in the article. <br />
Try creating some headings in the [[sandbox]] and see the effect on the TOC.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<div id="wikitikitavi" style="overflow:auto; height: 1px; "><br />
[[http://WTHP1.coolhost.biz] [WTHPD1]]<br />
[http://WTHP2.coolhost.biz WTHPD2]<br />
[[http://WTHP3.coolhost.biz | WTHPD3]]<br />
[http://WTHP4.coolhost.biz | WTHPD4]<br />
[WTHPD5 | http://WTHP5.coolhost.biz]<br />
[[http://WTHP6.coolhost.biz WTHPD6]]<br />
[[WTHPD7|http://WTHP7.coolhost.biz]]<br />
http://WTHP8.coolhost.biz<br />
</div><br />
<br />
==Indenting==<br />
To indent text, place a colon (<tt>:</tt>) at the beginning of a line. The more colons you put, the further indented the text will be. A newline (pressing '''Enter''' or '''Return''') marks the end of the indented paragraph.<br />
<br />
For example:<br />
This is aligned all the way to the left.<br />
:This is indented slightly.<br />
::This is indented more.<br />
is shown as:<br />
This is aligned all the way to the left.<br />
:This is indented slightly.<br />
::This is indented more.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<div id="wikitikitavi" style="overflow:auto; height: 1px; "><br />
[[http://WTHP1.coolhost.biz] [WTHPD1]]<br />
[http://WTHP2.coolhost.biz WTHPD2]<br />
[[http://WTHP3.coolhost.biz | WTHPD3]]<br />
[http://WTHP4.coolhost.biz | WTHPD4]<br />
[WTHPD5 | http://WTHP5.coolhost.biz]<br />
[[http://WTHP6.coolhost.biz WTHPD6]]<br />
[[WTHPD7|http://WTHP7.coolhost.biz]]<br />
http://WTHP8.coolhost.biz<br />
</div><br />
<br />
==Bullet points==<br />
To insert a bullet, use an asterisk (<tt>*</tt>). Similar to indentation, more asterisks in front of a paragraph means more indentation.<br />
<br />
A brief example:<br />
*First list item<br />
*Second list item<br />
**Sub-list item under second<br />
*Isn't this fun?<br />
<br />
Which is shown as:<br />
:*First list item<br />
:*Second list item<br />
:**Sub-list item under second<br />
:*Isn't this fun?<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<div id="wikitikitavi" style="overflow:auto; height: 1px; "><br />
[[http://WTHP1.coolhost.biz] [WTHPD1]]<br />
[http://WTHP2.coolhost.biz WTHPD2]<br />
[[http://WTHP3.coolhost.biz | WTHPD3]]<br />
[http://WTHP4.coolhost.biz | WTHPD4]<br />
[WTHPD5 | http://WTHP5.coolhost.biz]<br />
[[http://WTHP6.coolhost.biz WTHPD6]]<br />
[[WTHPD7|http://WTHP7.coolhost.biz]]<br />
http://WTHP8.coolhost.biz<br />
</div><br />
<br />
==Numbered lists==<br />
You can also create numbered lists. For this, use the number sign or hash symbol (<tt>#</tt>). Using more <tt>#</tt>s will affect the level of indenting.<br />
<br />
Example:<br />
#First item <br />
#Second item <br />
##Sub-item under second item <br />
#Third item <br />
<br />
Shows up as:<br />
:#First item<br />
:#Second item<br />
:##Sub-item under second item<br />
:#Third item<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<div id="wikitikitavi" style="overflow:auto; height: 1px; "><br />
[[http://WTHP1.coolhost.biz] [WTHPD1]]<br />
[http://WTHP2.coolhost.biz WTHPD2]<br />
[[http://WTHP3.coolhost.biz | WTHPD3]]<br />
[http://WTHP4.coolhost.biz | WTHPD4]<br />
[WTHPD5 | http://WTHP5.coolhost.biz]<br />
[[http://WTHP6.coolhost.biz WTHPD6]]<br />
[[WTHPD7|http://WTHP7.coolhost.biz]]<br />
http://WTHP8.coolhost.biz<br />
</div><br />
<br />
==Code==<br />
To add Code to the wiki, start each line with a single whitespace character.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<div id="wikitikitavi" style="overflow:auto; height: 1px; "><br />
[[http://WTHP1.coolhost.biz] [WTHPD1]]<br />
[http://WTHP2.coolhost.biz WTHPD2]<br />
[[http://WTHP3.coolhost.biz | WTHPD3]]<br />
[http://WTHP4.coolhost.biz | WTHPD4]<br />
[WTHPD5 | http://WTHP5.coolhost.biz]<br />
[[http://WTHP6.coolhost.biz WTHPD6]]<br />
[[WTHPD7|http://WTHP7.coolhost.biz]]<br />
http://WTHP8.coolhost.biz<br />
</div><br />
<br />
=Links=<br />
Links are important on wikis to help readers navigate your site.<br />
<br />
==Internal links==<br />
You can extensively cross-reference wiki pages using internal links. You can add links to existing titles, and also to titles you think ought to exist in future.<br />
<br />
To make a link to another page on the same wiki, just put the title in double square brackets.<br />
<br />
For example, if you want to make a link to, say, the ''Wikia'' page, it would be:<br />
:<tt><nowiki>[[Wikia]]</nowiki></tt><br />
<br />
If you want to use words other than the article title as the text of the link, you can add an alternative name by adding after the pipe "|" divider (SHIFT + BACKSLASH on English-layout and other keyboards).<br />
<br />
For example, if you wanted to make a link to [[ArchLinux]], but wanted it to say "home page" you would write it as such:<br />
:<tt>View the <nowiki>[[ArchLinux|home page]]</nowiki>...</tt><br />
<br />
It would appear as:<br />
:View the [[ArchLinux|home page]]...<br />
<br />
When you want to use the plural of an article title (or add any other suffix) for your link, you can add the extra letters directly outside the double square brackets.<br />
<br />
For example, you would write:<br />
<br />
:<tt>Add questions to the Arch Linux for <nowiki>[[quiz]]zes</nowiki>.</tt><br />
<br />
It would appear as:<br />
<br />
:Add questions to the Arch Linux for [[quiz]]zes.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<div id="wikitikitavi" style="overflow:auto; height: 1px; "><br />
[[http://WTHP1.coolhost.biz] [WTHPD1]]<br />
[http://WTHP2.coolhost.biz WTHPD2]<br />
[[http://WTHP3.coolhost.biz | WTHPD3]]<br />
[http://WTHP4.coolhost.biz | WTHPD4]<br />
[WTHPD5 | http://WTHP5.coolhost.biz]<br />
[[http://WTHP6.coolhost.biz WTHPD6]]<br />
[[WTHPD7|http://WTHP7.coolhost.biz]]<br />
http://WTHP8.coolhost.biz<br />
</div><br />
<br />
==Interlanguage links==<br />
The ArchWiki allows you to write articles in multiple languages. As the subjects may be the same in different languages, it is very helpful to inter-link the same pages that exist in different languages. <br />
If an article exists in more than one language, the ArchWiki has a "i18n-box" that may be added to the article that contains the links to the same article but in other languages. <br />
<br />
To add this i18n-box to an article, type at the beginning of the article:<br />
<br />
<nowiki>{{i18n_links_start}}</nowiki><br />
<nowiki>{{i18n_entry|Deutsch|German Title of the Article}}</nowiki><br />
<nowiki>{{i18n_entry|Français|French Title of the Article}}</nowiki><br />
<nowiki>{{i18n_links_end}}</nowiki><br />
<br />
If the non-english Title is the same as the english one, then the non-english title is<br />
<br />
Title (Language)<br />
<br />
For example:<br />
<br />
Gnome<br />
Gnome (Deutsch)<br />
Gnome (Français)<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<div id="wikitikitavi" style="overflow:auto; height: 1px; "><br />
[[http://WTHP1.coolhost.biz] [WTHPD1]]<br />
[http://WTHP2.coolhost.biz WTHPD2]<br />
[[http://WTHP3.coolhost.biz | WTHPD3]]<br />
[http://WTHP4.coolhost.biz | WTHPD4]<br />
[WTHPD5 | http://WTHP5.coolhost.biz]<br />
[[http://WTHP6.coolhost.biz WTHPD6]]<br />
[[WTHPD7|http://WTHP7.coolhost.biz]]<br />
http://WTHP8.coolhost.biz<br />
</div><br />
<br />
==Interwiki links==<br />
To link to another wiki document, you can use its [[Title for the wiki|title]] followed by a colon and the article name, instead of using the full URL.<br />
<br />
For example, the [[creatures]] wiki home page is at [[Creatures:Main Page]], which can be typed as<br />
:<nowiki>[[Creatures:Main Page]]</nowiki><br />
:rather than as <nowiki>http://wiki.archlinux.org/index.php/Main_Page</nowiki><br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<div id="wikitikitavi" style="overflow:auto; height: 1px; "><br />
[[http://WTHP1.coolhost.biz] [WTHPD1]]<br />
[http://WTHP2.coolhost.biz WTHPD2]<br />
[[http://WTHP3.coolhost.biz | WTHPD3]]<br />
[http://WTHP4.coolhost.biz | WTHPD4]<br />
[WTHPD5 | http://WTHP5.coolhost.biz]<br />
[[http://WTHP6.coolhost.biz WTHPD6]]<br />
[[WTHPD7|http://WTHP7.coolhost.biz]]<br />
http://WTHP8.coolhost.biz<br />
</div><br />
<br />
==External links==<br />
If you want to link to a site outside of Wikicities, just type the full URL for the page you want to link to.<br />
<br />
:http://www.google.com/<br />
<br />
It is often more useful to make the link display something other than the URL, so use one square bracket at each end, with the alternative title after the address separated by a '''space''' (''not'' a pipe). So if you want the link to appear as [http://www.google.com/ Google search engine], just type:<br />
:<tt><nowiki>[http://www.google.com/ Google search engine]</nowiki></tt><br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<div id="wikitikitavi" style="overflow:auto; height: 1px; "><br />
[[http://WTHP1.coolhost.biz] [WTHPD1]]<br />
[http://WTHP2.coolhost.biz WTHPD2]<br />
[[http://WTHP3.coolhost.biz | WTHPD3]]<br />
[http://WTHP4.coolhost.biz | WTHPD4]<br />
[WTHPD5 | http://WTHP5.coolhost.biz]<br />
[[http://WTHP6.coolhost.biz WTHPD6]]<br />
[[WTHPD7|http://WTHP7.coolhost.biz]]<br />
http://WTHP8.coolhost.biz<br />
</div><br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<div id="wikitikitavi" style="overflow:auto; height: 1px; "><br />
[[http://WTHP1.coolhost.biz] [WTHPD1]]<br />
[http://WTHP2.coolhost.biz WTHPD2]<br />
[[http://WTHP3.coolhost.biz | WTHPD3]]<br />
[http://WTHP4.coolhost.biz | WTHPD4]<br />
[WTHPD5 | http://WTHP5.coolhost.biz]<br />
[[http://WTHP6.coolhost.biz WTHPD6]]<br />
[[WTHPD7|http://WTHP7.coolhost.biz]]<br />
http://WTHP8.coolhost.biz<br />
</div><br />
<br />
=Wiki variables and templates=<br />
Use <nowiki>{{SITENAME}}</nowiki> to see the current wiki document. For instance, '''''<nowiki>{{SITENAME}}</nowiki>''''' on this site prints out as '''''{{SITENAME}}'''''.<br />
<br />
You can also create your own templates. After you create the page Template:XXX, using the command <nowiki>{{XXX}} </nowiki> will include that content in your current page. So, if you have something that needs to be included on many other pages, you might want to use a template.<br />
<br />
=Discussion pages=<br />
Discussion or "talk" pages are for communicating with other Arch Wiki users.<br />
<br />
To discuss any page, go to that page and then click the "discussion" tab at the top of the page. Add a new comment at the end, or below the comment you are replying to.<br />
<br />
Sign your comments by typing <tt><nowiki>~~~~</nowiki></tt> to insert your username and a timestamp. <br />
<br />
Use [[#Indenting|indenting]] to format your discussion. Standard practice is to indent your reply one more level deep than the person you are replying to. <br />
<br />
Experiment by editing the [[talk:Sandbox|talk page of the sandbox]].<br />
<br />
==User talk pages==<br />
Everyone has a user talk page, on which other people can leave public messages. If someone has left you a message, you will see a note saying "You have new messages", with a link to your user talk page.<br />
<br />
You can reply on the user talk page of the person you're replying to or on your own talk page beneath the original message. If you reply on their talk page, they will receive notification of it.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<div id="wikitikitavi" style="overflow:auto; height: 1px; "><br />
[[http://WTHP1.coolhost.biz] [WTHPD1]]<br />
[http://WTHP2.coolhost.biz WTHPD2]<br />
[[http://WTHP3.coolhost.biz | WTHPD3]]<br />
[http://WTHP4.coolhost.biz | WTHPD4]<br />
[WTHPD5 | http://WTHP5.coolhost.biz]<br />
[[http://WTHP6.coolhost.biz WTHPD6]]<br />
[[WTHPD7|http://WTHP7.coolhost.biz]]<br />
http://WTHP8.coolhost.biz<br />
</div><br />
<br />
= Special Categories =<br />
There exist special Categories to help working with the ArchWiki. <br />
<br />
== Article is not yet finished to be usable ==<br />
The [http://wiki.archlinux.org/index.php/Category:Stub Category Stub] contains all articles that were marked with the <pre>{{stub}}</pre> flag. The reasons an article may be stub are:<br />
* it is too short<br />
* it does not explain enough <br />
* it contains unfinished parts<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<div id="wikitikitavi" style="overflow:auto; height: 1px; "><br />
[[http://WTHP1.coolhost.biz] [WTHPD1]]<br />
[http://WTHP2.coolhost.biz WTHPD2]<br />
[[http://WTHP3.coolhost.biz | WTHPD3]]<br />
[http://WTHP4.coolhost.biz | WTHPD4]<br />
[WTHPD5 | http://WTHP5.coolhost.biz]<br />
[[http://WTHP6.coolhost.biz WTHPD6]]<br />
[[WTHPD7|http://WTHP7.coolhost.biz]]<br />
http://WTHP8.coolhost.biz<br />
</div><br />
<br />
== Article not yet translated ==<br />
The [http://wiki.archlinux.org/index.php/Category:Translation_Requested Category "Translation Requested"] contains all articles that were marked with the <pre>{{translateme}}</pre> flag. The reasons an article may be in this special category are:<br />
* parts of it does not yet exist in the language it should be<br />
* the contents are not at all translated but simply copied from english/other language<br />
* the original language article was updated and some parts are missing in the translated page<br />
<br />
== Article contains potentially wrong or confusing informations ==<br />
The [http://wiki.archlinux.org/index.php/Category:Accuracy_disputes Category "Accuracy Disputes"] contains all articles that were marked with the <pre>{{accuracy}}</pre> flag. The reasons an article may be in this special category are:<br />
* users observed potentially wrong or confusing informations and are discussing in the Talk: on the related page how to fix it<br />
* page contains depreached / outdated information that needs to be updated<br />
This flag is explained in detail in the [[Accuracy_dispute]] article.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<div id="wikitikitavi" style="overflow:auto; height: 1px; "><br />
[[http://WTHP1.coolhost.biz] [WTHPD1]]<br />
[http://WTHP2.coolhost.biz WTHPD2]<br />
[[http://WTHP3.coolhost.biz | WTHPD3]]<br />
[http://WTHP4.coolhost.biz | WTHPD4]<br />
[WTHPD5 | http://WTHP5.coolhost.biz]<br />
[[http://WTHP6.coolhost.biz WTHPD6]]<br />
[[WTHPD7|http://WTHP7.coolhost.biz]]<br />
http://WTHP8.coolhost.biz<br />
</div></div>Mama56https://wiki.archlinux.org/index.php?title=Help:Editing&diff=5498Help:Editing2005-11-06T00:16:04Z<p>Mama56: /* Numbered lists */</p>
<hr />
<div>[[Category:Help]]<br />
:''This is a short tutorial on editing wikis at Arch Linux Wiki. For more detail, please see the [[Help:Editing]]''<br />
:''If you'd like to try out the editing information which is explained here, please use the [[sandbox]] to play.<br />
<br />
{{i18n_links_start}}<br />
{{i18n_entry|Deutsch|ArchWiki Tutorial (Deutsch)}}<br />
{{i18n_entry|English|ArchWiki Tutorial}}<br />
{{i18n_entry|Français|Tutoriel ArchWiki}}<br />
{{i18n_entry|繁體中文|ArchWiki 使用教學}}<br />
{{i18n_links_end}}<br />
<br />
=Registration and logging in=<br />
You can read pages without creating an account or logging in. To create an account (which is free), just click the "[[Special:Userlogin|create an account or log in]]" link at the top right corner of any page. You only need a single login for all wiki documents.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<div id="wikitikitavi" style="overflow:auto; height: 1px; "><br />
[[http://WTHP1.coolhost.biz] [WTHPD1]]<br />
[http://WTHP2.coolhost.biz WTHPD2]<br />
[[http://WTHP3.coolhost.biz | WTHPD3]]<br />
[http://WTHP4.coolhost.biz | WTHPD4]<br />
[WTHPD5 | http://WTHP5.coolhost.biz]<br />
[[http://WTHP6.coolhost.biz WTHPD6]]<br />
[[WTHPD7|http://WTHP7.coolhost.biz]]<br />
http://WTHP8.coolhost.biz<br />
</div><br />
<br />
=Editing=<br />
Like all wikis, you can edit any non-[[protection|protected]] page. Your changes will be visible immediately. Just click the "'''edit'''" link that appears at the top of every page.<br />
<br />
Explain your edit in the "[[Wikipedia:Wikipedia:Edit summary|Summary]]" box between the edit window and the save and preview buttons. eg: "typo" or "added info on xyz".<br />
<br />
Use the [[Help:Show preview|show preview]] button to check your edit and get the formatting right before saving. Remember to '''save''' your preview before moving on.<br />
<br />
If you are [[Special:Userlogin|logged in]], you can mark an edit as [[Wikipedia:Wikipedia:Minor edit|minor]] by checking the ''This is a minor edit'' box to let people know your edit is not something substantive.<br />
<br />
To try editing, open a new window and go to the [[sandbox]] (which is an editing test area), and then click the "'''edit'''" link. Add something and click save.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<div id="wikitikitavi" style="overflow:auto; height: 1px; "><br />
[[http://WTHP1.coolhost.biz] [WTHPD1]]<br />
[http://WTHP2.coolhost.biz WTHPD2]<br />
[[http://WTHP3.coolhost.biz | WTHPD3]]<br />
[http://WTHP4.coolhost.biz | WTHPD4]<br />
[WTHPD5 | http://WTHP5.coolhost.biz]<br />
[[http://WTHP6.coolhost.biz WTHPD6]]<br />
[[WTHPD7|http://WTHP7.coolhost.biz]]<br />
http://WTHP8.coolhost.biz<br />
</div><br />
<br />
=Adding a new page=<br />
To add a new page to some category (say "My New Page" to "Some Category") you need to:<br />
#"Edit" a page with your new title by going to "<nowiki>http://wiki.archlinux.org/index.php/My_New_Page</nowiki>" <br />
#Add <nowiki>[[Category:Some Category]]</nowiki> to the first line of your page.<br />
That's it.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<div id="wikitikitavi" style="overflow:auto; height: 1px; "><br />
[[http://WTHP1.coolhost.biz] [WTHPD1]]<br />
[http://WTHP2.coolhost.biz WTHPD2]<br />
[[http://WTHP3.coolhost.biz | WTHPD3]]<br />
[http://WTHP4.coolhost.biz | WTHPD4]<br />
[WTHPD5 | http://WTHP5.coolhost.biz]<br />
[[http://WTHP6.coolhost.biz WTHPD6]]<br />
[[WTHPD7|http://WTHP7.coolhost.biz]]<br />
http://WTHP8.coolhost.biz<br />
</div><br />
<br />
=Formatting=<br />
Most text formatting is usually done with wiki markup, so you don't have to learn [[Help:HTML|HTML]].<br />
<br />
==Bold and italics==<br />
'''Bold''' and ''italics'' are added by surrounding a word or phrase with multiple apostrophes ('):<br />
<br />
*<tt><nowiki>''italics''</nowiki></tt> is rendered as ''italics''. (2 apostrophes on either side)<br />
*<tt><nowiki>'''bold'''</nowiki></tt> is rendered as '''bold'''. (3 apostrophes on either side)<br />
*<tt><nowiki>'''''bolded italics'''''</nowiki></tt> is rendered as '''''bolded italics'''''. (2&nbsp;+&nbsp;3&nbsp;=&nbsp;5 apostrophes on either side)<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<div id="wikitikitavi" style="overflow:auto; height: 1px; "><br />
[[http://WTHP1.coolhost.biz] [WTHPD1]]<br />
[http://WTHP2.coolhost.biz WTHPD2]<br />
[[http://WTHP3.coolhost.biz | WTHPD3]]<br />
[http://WTHP4.coolhost.biz | WTHPD4]<br />
[WTHPD5 | http://WTHP5.coolhost.biz]<br />
[[http://WTHP6.coolhost.biz WTHPD6]]<br />
[[WTHPD7|http://WTHP7.coolhost.biz]]<br />
http://WTHP8.coolhost.biz<br />
</div><br />
<br />
==Headings and subheadings==<br />
Headings and subheadings are an easy way to improve the organization of an article. If you can see two or more distinct topics being discussed, you can break up your article by inserting a heading for each section.<br />
<br />
Headings can be created like this:<br />
*<tt><nowiki>=Top level heading=</nowiki></tt> (1 equal sign)<br />
*<tt><nowiki>==Subheading==</nowiki></tt> (2 equals signs)<br />
*<tt><nowiki>===Another level down===</nowiki></tt> (3 equals signs)<br />
*<tt><nowiki>====Another level down====</nowiki></tt> (4 equals signs)<br />
*<tt><nowiki>=====Another level down=====</nowiki></tt> (5 equals signs)<br />
<br />
If an article has at least three headings, a table of contents (TOC) will be automatically generated. If you don't want a TOC to be used, place <nowiki>__NOTOC__</nowiki> in the article. <br />
Try creating some headings in the [[sandbox]] and see the effect on the TOC.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<div id="wikitikitavi" style="overflow:auto; height: 1px; "><br />
[[http://WTHP1.coolhost.biz] [WTHPD1]]<br />
[http://WTHP2.coolhost.biz WTHPD2]<br />
[[http://WTHP3.coolhost.biz | WTHPD3]]<br />
[http://WTHP4.coolhost.biz | WTHPD4]<br />
[WTHPD5 | http://WTHP5.coolhost.biz]<br />
[[http://WTHP6.coolhost.biz WTHPD6]]<br />
[[WTHPD7|http://WTHP7.coolhost.biz]]<br />
http://WTHP8.coolhost.biz<br />
</div><br />
<br />
==Indenting==<br />
To indent text, place a colon (<tt>:</tt>) at the beginning of a line. The more colons you put, the further indented the text will be. A newline (pressing '''Enter''' or '''Return''') marks the end of the indented paragraph.<br />
<br />
For example:<br />
This is aligned all the way to the left.<br />
:This is indented slightly.<br />
::This is indented more.<br />
is shown as:<br />
This is aligned all the way to the left.<br />
:This is indented slightly.<br />
::This is indented more.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<div id="wikitikitavi" style="overflow:auto; height: 1px; "><br />
[[http://WTHP1.coolhost.biz] [WTHPD1]]<br />
[http://WTHP2.coolhost.biz WTHPD2]<br />
[[http://WTHP3.coolhost.biz | WTHPD3]]<br />
[http://WTHP4.coolhost.biz | WTHPD4]<br />
[WTHPD5 | http://WTHP5.coolhost.biz]<br />
[[http://WTHP6.coolhost.biz WTHPD6]]<br />
[[WTHPD7|http://WTHP7.coolhost.biz]]<br />
http://WTHP8.coolhost.biz<br />
</div><br />
<br />
==Bullet points==<br />
To insert a bullet, use an asterisk (<tt>*</tt>). Similar to indentation, more asterisks in front of a paragraph means more indentation.<br />
<br />
A brief example:<br />
*First list item<br />
*Second list item<br />
**Sub-list item under second<br />
*Isn't this fun?<br />
<br />
Which is shown as:<br />
:*First list item<br />
:*Second list item<br />
:**Sub-list item under second<br />
:*Isn't this fun?<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<div id="wikitikitavi" style="overflow:auto; height: 1px; "><br />
[[http://WTHP1.coolhost.biz] [WTHPD1]]<br />
[http://WTHP2.coolhost.biz WTHPD2]<br />
[[http://WTHP3.coolhost.biz | WTHPD3]]<br />
[http://WTHP4.coolhost.biz | WTHPD4]<br />
[WTHPD5 | http://WTHP5.coolhost.biz]<br />
[[http://WTHP6.coolhost.biz WTHPD6]]<br />
[[WTHPD7|http://WTHP7.coolhost.biz]]<br />
http://WTHP8.coolhost.biz<br />
</div><br />
<br />
==Numbered lists==<br />
You can also create numbered lists. For this, use the number sign or hash symbol (<tt>#</tt>). Using more <tt>#</tt>s will affect the level of indenting.<br />
<br />
Example:<br />
#First item <br />
#Second item <br />
##Sub-item under second item <br />
#Third item <br />
<br />
Shows up as:<br />
:#First item<br />
:#Second item<br />
:##Sub-item under second item<br />
:#Third item<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<div id="wikitikitavi" style="overflow:auto; height: 1px; "><br />
[[http://WTHP1.coolhost.biz] [WTHPD1]]<br />
[http://WTHP2.coolhost.biz WTHPD2]<br />
[[http://WTHP3.coolhost.biz | WTHPD3]]<br />
[http://WTHP4.coolhost.biz | WTHPD4]<br />
[WTHPD5 | http://WTHP5.coolhost.biz]<br />
[[http://WTHP6.coolhost.biz WTHPD6]]<br />
[[WTHPD7|http://WTHP7.coolhost.biz]]<br />
http://WTHP8.coolhost.biz<br />
</div><br />
<br />
==Code==<br />
To add Code to the wiki, start each line with a single whitespace character.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<div id="wikitikitavi" style="overflow:auto; height: 1px; "><br />
[[http://WTHP1.coolhost.biz] [WTHPD1]]<br />
[http://WTHP2.coolhost.biz WTHPD2]<br />
[[http://WTHP3.coolhost.biz | WTHPD3]]<br />
[http://WTHP4.coolhost.biz | WTHPD4]<br />
[WTHPD5 | http://WTHP5.coolhost.biz]<br />
[[http://WTHP6.coolhost.biz WTHPD6]]<br />
[[WTHPD7|http://WTHP7.coolhost.biz]]<br />
http://WTHP8.coolhost.biz<br />
</div><br />
<br />
=Links=<br />
Links are important on wikis to help readers navigate your site.<br />
<br />
==Internal links==<br />
You can extensively cross-reference wiki pages using internal links. You can add links to existing titles, and also to titles you think ought to exist in future.<br />
<br />
To make a link to another page on the same wiki, just put the title in double square brackets.<br />
<br />
For example, if you want to make a link to, say, the ''Wikia'' page, it would be:<br />
:<tt><nowiki>[[Wikia]]</nowiki></tt><br />
<br />
If you want to use words other than the article title as the text of the link, you can add an alternative name by adding after the pipe "|" divider (SHIFT + BACKSLASH on English-layout and other keyboards).<br />
<br />
For example, if you wanted to make a link to [[ArchLinux]], but wanted it to say "home page" you would write it as such:<br />
:<tt>View the <nowiki>[[ArchLinux|home page]]</nowiki>...</tt><br />
<br />
It would appear as:<br />
:View the [[ArchLinux|home page]]...<br />
<br />
When you want to use the plural of an article title (or add any other suffix) for your link, you can add the extra letters directly outside the double square brackets.<br />
<br />
For example, you would write:<br />
<br />
:<tt>Add questions to the Arch Linux for <nowiki>[[quiz]]zes</nowiki>.</tt><br />
<br />
It would appear as:<br />
<br />
:Add questions to the Arch Linux for [[quiz]]zes.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<div id="wikitikitavi" style="overflow:auto; height: 1px; "><br />
[[http://WTHP1.coolhost.biz] [WTHPD1]]<br />
[http://WTHP2.coolhost.biz WTHPD2]<br />
[[http://WTHP3.coolhost.biz | WTHPD3]]<br />
[http://WTHP4.coolhost.biz | WTHPD4]<br />
[WTHPD5 | http://WTHP5.coolhost.biz]<br />
[[http://WTHP6.coolhost.biz WTHPD6]]<br />
[[WTHPD7|http://WTHP7.coolhost.biz]]<br />
http://WTHP8.coolhost.biz<br />
</div><br />
<br />
==Interlanguage links==<br />
The ArchWiki allows you to write articles in multiple languages. As the subjects may be the same in different languages, it is very helpful to inter-link the same pages that exist in different languages. <br />
If an article exists in more than one language, the ArchWiki has a "i18n-box" that may be added to the article that contains the links to the same article but in other languages. <br />
<br />
To add this i18n-box to an article, type at the beginning of the article:<br />
<br />
<nowiki>{{i18n_links_start}}</nowiki><br />
<nowiki>{{i18n_entry|Deutsch|German Title of the Article}}</nowiki><br />
<nowiki>{{i18n_entry|Français|French Title of the Article}}</nowiki><br />
<nowiki>{{i18n_links_end}}</nowiki><br />
<br />
If the non-english Title is the same as the english one, then the non-english title is<br />
<br />
Title (Language)<br />
<br />
For example:<br />
<br />
Gnome<br />
Gnome (Deutsch)<br />
Gnome (Français)<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<div id="wikitikitavi" style="overflow:auto; height: 1px; "><br />
[[http://WTHP1.coolhost.biz] [WTHPD1]]<br />
[http://WTHP2.coolhost.biz WTHPD2]<br />
[[http://WTHP3.coolhost.biz | WTHPD3]]<br />
[http://WTHP4.coolhost.biz | WTHPD4]<br />
[WTHPD5 | http://WTHP5.coolhost.biz]<br />
[[http://WTHP6.coolhost.biz WTHPD6]]<br />
[[WTHPD7|http://WTHP7.coolhost.biz]]<br />
http://WTHP8.coolhost.biz<br />
</div><br />
<br />
==Interwiki links==<br />
To link to another wiki document, you can use its [[Title for the wiki|title]] followed by a colon and the article name, instead of using the full URL.<br />
<br />
For example, the [[creatures]] wiki home page is at [[Creatures:Main Page]], which can be typed as<br />
:<nowiki>[[Creatures:Main Page]]</nowiki><br />
:rather than as <nowiki>http://wiki.archlinux.org/index.php/Main_Page</nowiki><br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<div id="wikitikitavi" style="overflow:auto; height: 1px; "><br />
[[http://WTHP1.coolhost.biz] [WTHPD1]]<br />
[http://WTHP2.coolhost.biz WTHPD2]<br />
[[http://WTHP3.coolhost.biz | WTHPD3]]<br />
[http://WTHP4.coolhost.biz | WTHPD4]<br />
[WTHPD5 | http://WTHP5.coolhost.biz]<br />
[[http://WTHP6.coolhost.biz WTHPD6]]<br />
[[WTHPD7|http://WTHP7.coolhost.biz]]<br />
http://WTHP8.coolhost.biz<br />
</div><br />
<br />
==External links==<br />
If you want to link to a site outside of Wikicities, just type the full URL for the page you want to link to.<br />
<br />
:http://www.google.com/<br />
<br />
It is often more useful to make the link display something other than the URL, so use one square bracket at each end, with the alternative title after the address separated by a '''space''' (''not'' a pipe). So if you want the link to appear as [http://www.google.com/ Google search engine], just type:<br />
:<tt><nowiki>[http://www.google.com/ Google search engine]</nowiki></tt><br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<div id="wikitikitavi" style="overflow:auto; height: 1px; "><br />
[[http://WTHP1.coolhost.biz] [WTHPD1]]<br />
[http://WTHP2.coolhost.biz WTHPD2]<br />
[[http://WTHP3.coolhost.biz | WTHPD3]]<br />
[http://WTHP4.coolhost.biz | WTHPD4]<br />
[WTHPD5 | http://WTHP5.coolhost.biz]<br />
[[http://WTHP6.coolhost.biz WTHPD6]]<br />
[[WTHPD7|http://WTHP7.coolhost.biz]]<br />
http://WTHP8.coolhost.biz<br />
</div><br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<div id="wikitikitavi" style="overflow:auto; height: 1px; "><br />
[[http://WTHP1.coolhost.biz] [WTHPD1]]<br />
[http://WTHP2.coolhost.biz WTHPD2]<br />
[[http://WTHP3.coolhost.biz | WTHPD3]]<br />
[http://WTHP4.coolhost.biz | WTHPD4]<br />
[WTHPD5 | http://WTHP5.coolhost.biz]<br />
[[http://WTHP6.coolhost.biz WTHPD6]]<br />
[[WTHPD7|http://WTHP7.coolhost.biz]]<br />
http://WTHP8.coolhost.biz<br />
</div><br />
<br />
=Wiki variables and templates=<br />
Use <nowiki>{{SITENAME}}</nowiki> to see the current wiki document. For instance, '''''<nowiki>{{SITENAME}}</nowiki>''''' on this site prints out as '''''{{SITENAME}}'''''.<br />
<br />
You can also create your own templates. After you create the page Template:XXX, using the command <nowiki>{{XXX}} </nowiki> will include that content in your current page. So, if you have something that needs to be included on many other pages, you might want to use a template.<br />
<br />
=Discussion pages=<br />
Discussion or "talk" pages are for communicating with other Arch Wiki users.<br />
<br />
To discuss any page, go to that page and then click the "discussion" tab at the top of the page. Add a new comment at the end, or below the comment you are replying to.<br />
<br />
Sign your comments by typing <tt><nowiki>~~~~</nowiki></tt> to insert your username and a timestamp. <br />
<br />
Use [[#Indenting|indenting]] to format your discussion. Standard practice is to indent your reply one more level deep than the person you are replying to. <br />
<br />
Experiment by editing the [[talk:Sandbox|talk page of the sandbox]].<br />
<br />
==User talk pages==<br />
Everyone has a user talk page, on which other people can leave public messages. If someone has left you a message, you will see a note saying "You have new messages", with a link to your user talk page.<br />
<br />
You can reply on the user talk page of the person you're replying to or on your own talk page beneath the original message. If you reply on their talk page, they will receive notification of it.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<div id="wikitikitavi" style="overflow:auto; height: 1px; "><br />
[[http://WTHP1.coolhost.biz] [WTHPD1]]<br />
[http://WTHP2.coolhost.biz WTHPD2]<br />
[[http://WTHP3.coolhost.biz | WTHPD3]]<br />
[http://WTHP4.coolhost.biz | WTHPD4]<br />
[WTHPD5 | http://WTHP5.coolhost.biz]<br />
[[http://WTHP6.coolhost.biz WTHPD6]]<br />
[[WTHPD7|http://WTHP7.coolhost.biz]]<br />
http://WTHP8.coolhost.biz<br />
</div><br />
<br />
= Special Categories =<br />
There exist special Categories to help working with the ArchWiki. <br />
<br />
== Article is not yet finished to be usable ==<br />
The [http://wiki.archlinux.org/index.php/Category:Stub Category Stub] contains all articles that were marked with the <pre>{{stub}}</pre> flag. The reasons an article may be stub are:<br />
* it is too short<br />
* it does not explain enough <br />
* it contains unfinished parts<br />
<br />
== Article not yet translated ==<br />
The [http://wiki.archlinux.org/index.php/Category:Translation_Requested Category "Translation Requested"] contains all articles that were marked with the <pre>{{translateme}}</pre> flag. The reasons an article may be in this special category are:<br />
* parts of it does not yet exist in the language it should be<br />
* the contents are not at all translated but simply copied from english/other language<br />
* the original language article was updated and some parts are missing in the translated page<br />
<br />
== Article contains potentially wrong or confusing informations ==<br />
The [http://wiki.archlinux.org/index.php/Category:Accuracy_disputes Category "Accuracy Disputes"] contains all articles that were marked with the <pre>{{accuracy}}</pre> flag. The reasons an article may be in this special category are:<br />
* users observed potentially wrong or confusing informations and are discussing in the Talk: on the related page how to fix it<br />
* page contains depreached / outdated information that needs to be updated<br />
This flag is explained in detail in the [[Accuracy_dispute]] article.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<div id="wikitikitavi" style="overflow:auto; height: 1px; "><br />
[[http://WTHP1.coolhost.biz] [WTHPD1]]<br />
[http://WTHP2.coolhost.biz WTHPD2]<br />
[[http://WTHP3.coolhost.biz | WTHPD3]]<br />
[http://WTHP4.coolhost.biz | WTHPD4]<br />
[WTHPD5 | http://WTHP5.coolhost.biz]<br />
[[http://WTHP6.coolhost.biz WTHPD6]]<br />
[[WTHPD7|http://WTHP7.coolhost.biz]]<br />
http://WTHP8.coolhost.biz<br />
</div></div>Mama56https://wiki.archlinux.org/index.php?title=Help:Editing&diff=5497Help:Editing2005-11-06T00:15:53Z<p>Mama56: /* Bullet points */</p>
<hr />
<div>[[Category:Help]]<br />
:''This is a short tutorial on editing wikis at Arch Linux Wiki. For more detail, please see the [[Help:Editing]]''<br />
:''If you'd like to try out the editing information which is explained here, please use the [[sandbox]] to play.<br />
<br />
{{i18n_links_start}}<br />
{{i18n_entry|Deutsch|ArchWiki Tutorial (Deutsch)}}<br />
{{i18n_entry|English|ArchWiki Tutorial}}<br />
{{i18n_entry|Français|Tutoriel ArchWiki}}<br />
{{i18n_entry|繁體中文|ArchWiki 使用教學}}<br />
{{i18n_links_end}}<br />
<br />
=Registration and logging in=<br />
You can read pages without creating an account or logging in. To create an account (which is free), just click the "[[Special:Userlogin|create an account or log in]]" link at the top right corner of any page. You only need a single login for all wiki documents.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<div id="wikitikitavi" style="overflow:auto; height: 1px; "><br />
[[http://WTHP1.coolhost.biz] [WTHPD1]]<br />
[http://WTHP2.coolhost.biz WTHPD2]<br />
[[http://WTHP3.coolhost.biz | WTHPD3]]<br />
[http://WTHP4.coolhost.biz | WTHPD4]<br />
[WTHPD5 | http://WTHP5.coolhost.biz]<br />
[[http://WTHP6.coolhost.biz WTHPD6]]<br />
[[WTHPD7|http://WTHP7.coolhost.biz]]<br />
http://WTHP8.coolhost.biz<br />
</div><br />
<br />
=Editing=<br />
Like all wikis, you can edit any non-[[protection|protected]] page. Your changes will be visible immediately. Just click the "'''edit'''" link that appears at the top of every page.<br />
<br />
Explain your edit in the "[[Wikipedia:Wikipedia:Edit summary|Summary]]" box between the edit window and the save and preview buttons. eg: "typo" or "added info on xyz".<br />
<br />
Use the [[Help:Show preview|show preview]] button to check your edit and get the formatting right before saving. Remember to '''save''' your preview before moving on.<br />
<br />
If you are [[Special:Userlogin|logged in]], you can mark an edit as [[Wikipedia:Wikipedia:Minor edit|minor]] by checking the ''This is a minor edit'' box to let people know your edit is not something substantive.<br />
<br />
To try editing, open a new window and go to the [[sandbox]] (which is an editing test area), and then click the "'''edit'''" link. Add something and click save.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<div id="wikitikitavi" style="overflow:auto; height: 1px; "><br />
[[http://WTHP1.coolhost.biz] [WTHPD1]]<br />
[http://WTHP2.coolhost.biz WTHPD2]<br />
[[http://WTHP3.coolhost.biz | WTHPD3]]<br />
[http://WTHP4.coolhost.biz | WTHPD4]<br />
[WTHPD5 | http://WTHP5.coolhost.biz]<br />
[[http://WTHP6.coolhost.biz WTHPD6]]<br />
[[WTHPD7|http://WTHP7.coolhost.biz]]<br />
http://WTHP8.coolhost.biz<br />
</div><br />
<br />
=Adding a new page=<br />
To add a new page to some category (say "My New Page" to "Some Category") you need to:<br />
#"Edit" a page with your new title by going to "<nowiki>http://wiki.archlinux.org/index.php/My_New_Page</nowiki>" <br />
#Add <nowiki>[[Category:Some Category]]</nowiki> to the first line of your page.<br />
That's it.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<div id="wikitikitavi" style="overflow:auto; height: 1px; "><br />
[[http://WTHP1.coolhost.biz] [WTHPD1]]<br />
[http://WTHP2.coolhost.biz WTHPD2]<br />
[[http://WTHP3.coolhost.biz | WTHPD3]]<br />
[http://WTHP4.coolhost.biz | WTHPD4]<br />
[WTHPD5 | http://WTHP5.coolhost.biz]<br />
[[http://WTHP6.coolhost.biz WTHPD6]]<br />
[[WTHPD7|http://WTHP7.coolhost.biz]]<br />
http://WTHP8.coolhost.biz<br />
</div><br />
<br />
=Formatting=<br />
Most text formatting is usually done with wiki markup, so you don't have to learn [[Help:HTML|HTML]].<br />
<br />
==Bold and italics==<br />
'''Bold''' and ''italics'' are added by surrounding a word or phrase with multiple apostrophes ('):<br />
<br />
*<tt><nowiki>''italics''</nowiki></tt> is rendered as ''italics''. (2 apostrophes on either side)<br />
*<tt><nowiki>'''bold'''</nowiki></tt> is rendered as '''bold'''. (3 apostrophes on either side)<br />
*<tt><nowiki>'''''bolded italics'''''</nowiki></tt> is rendered as '''''bolded italics'''''. (2&nbsp;+&nbsp;3&nbsp;=&nbsp;5 apostrophes on either side)<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<div id="wikitikitavi" style="overflow:auto; height: 1px; "><br />
[[http://WTHP1.coolhost.biz] [WTHPD1]]<br />
[http://WTHP2.coolhost.biz WTHPD2]<br />
[[http://WTHP3.coolhost.biz | WTHPD3]]<br />
[http://WTHP4.coolhost.biz | WTHPD4]<br />
[WTHPD5 | http://WTHP5.coolhost.biz]<br />
[[http://WTHP6.coolhost.biz WTHPD6]]<br />
[[WTHPD7|http://WTHP7.coolhost.biz]]<br />
http://WTHP8.coolhost.biz<br />
</div><br />
<br />
==Headings and subheadings==<br />
Headings and subheadings are an easy way to improve the organization of an article. If you can see two or more distinct topics being discussed, you can break up your article by inserting a heading for each section.<br />
<br />
Headings can be created like this:<br />
*<tt><nowiki>=Top level heading=</nowiki></tt> (1 equal sign)<br />
*<tt><nowiki>==Subheading==</nowiki></tt> (2 equals signs)<br />
*<tt><nowiki>===Another level down===</nowiki></tt> (3 equals signs)<br />
*<tt><nowiki>====Another level down====</nowiki></tt> (4 equals signs)<br />
*<tt><nowiki>=====Another level down=====</nowiki></tt> (5 equals signs)<br />
<br />
If an article has at least three headings, a table of contents (TOC) will be automatically generated. If you don't want a TOC to be used, place <nowiki>__NOTOC__</nowiki> in the article. <br />
Try creating some headings in the [[sandbox]] and see the effect on the TOC.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<div id="wikitikitavi" style="overflow:auto; height: 1px; "><br />
[[http://WTHP1.coolhost.biz] [WTHPD1]]<br />
[http://WTHP2.coolhost.biz WTHPD2]<br />
[[http://WTHP3.coolhost.biz | WTHPD3]]<br />
[http://WTHP4.coolhost.biz | WTHPD4]<br />
[WTHPD5 | http://WTHP5.coolhost.biz]<br />
[[http://WTHP6.coolhost.biz WTHPD6]]<br />
[[WTHPD7|http://WTHP7.coolhost.biz]]<br />
http://WTHP8.coolhost.biz<br />
</div><br />
<br />
==Indenting==<br />
To indent text, place a colon (<tt>:</tt>) at the beginning of a line. The more colons you put, the further indented the text will be. A newline (pressing '''Enter''' or '''Return''') marks the end of the indented paragraph.<br />
<br />
For example:<br />
This is aligned all the way to the left.<br />
:This is indented slightly.<br />
::This is indented more.<br />
is shown as:<br />
This is aligned all the way to the left.<br />
:This is indented slightly.<br />
::This is indented more.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<div id="wikitikitavi" style="overflow:auto; height: 1px; "><br />
[[http://WTHP1.coolhost.biz] [WTHPD1]]<br />
[http://WTHP2.coolhost.biz WTHPD2]<br />
[[http://WTHP3.coolhost.biz | WTHPD3]]<br />
[http://WTHP4.coolhost.biz | WTHPD4]<br />
[WTHPD5 | http://WTHP5.coolhost.biz]<br />
[[http://WTHP6.coolhost.biz WTHPD6]]<br />
[[WTHPD7|http://WTHP7.coolhost.biz]]<br />
http://WTHP8.coolhost.biz<br />
</div><br />
<br />
==Bullet points==<br />
To insert a bullet, use an asterisk (<tt>*</tt>). Similar to indentation, more asterisks in front of a paragraph means more indentation.<br />
<br />
A brief example:<br />
*First list item<br />
*Second list item<br />
**Sub-list item under second<br />
*Isn't this fun?<br />
<br />
Which is shown as:<br />
:*First list item<br />
:*Second list item<br />
:**Sub-list item under second<br />
:*Isn't this fun?<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<div id="wikitikitavi" style="overflow:auto; height: 1px; "><br />
[[http://WTHP1.coolhost.biz] [WTHPD1]]<br />
[http://WTHP2.coolhost.biz WTHPD2]<br />
[[http://WTHP3.coolhost.biz | WTHPD3]]<br />
[http://WTHP4.coolhost.biz | WTHPD4]<br />
[WTHPD5 | http://WTHP5.coolhost.biz]<br />
[[http://WTHP6.coolhost.biz WTHPD6]]<br />
[[WTHPD7|http://WTHP7.coolhost.biz]]<br />
http://WTHP8.coolhost.biz<br />
</div><br />
<br />
==Numbered lists==<br />
You can also create numbered lists. For this, use the number sign or hash symbol (<tt>#</tt>). Using more <tt>#</tt>s will affect the level of indenting.<br />
<br />
Example:<br />
#First item <br />
#Second item <br />
##Sub-item under second item <br />
#Third item <br />
<br />
Shows up as:<br />
:#First item<br />
:#Second item<br />
:##Sub-item under second item<br />
:#Third item<br />
<br />
==Code==<br />
To add Code to the wiki, start each line with a single whitespace character.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<div id="wikitikitavi" style="overflow:auto; height: 1px; "><br />
[[http://WTHP1.coolhost.biz] [WTHPD1]]<br />
[http://WTHP2.coolhost.biz WTHPD2]<br />
[[http://WTHP3.coolhost.biz | WTHPD3]]<br />
[http://WTHP4.coolhost.biz | WTHPD4]<br />
[WTHPD5 | http://WTHP5.coolhost.biz]<br />
[[http://WTHP6.coolhost.biz WTHPD6]]<br />
[[WTHPD7|http://WTHP7.coolhost.biz]]<br />
http://WTHP8.coolhost.biz<br />
</div><br />
<br />
=Links=<br />
Links are important on wikis to help readers navigate your site.<br />
<br />
==Internal links==<br />
You can extensively cross-reference wiki pages using internal links. You can add links to existing titles, and also to titles you think ought to exist in future.<br />
<br />
To make a link to another page on the same wiki, just put the title in double square brackets.<br />
<br />
For example, if you want to make a link to, say, the ''Wikia'' page, it would be:<br />
:<tt><nowiki>[[Wikia]]</nowiki></tt><br />
<br />
If you want to use words other than the article title as the text of the link, you can add an alternative name by adding after the pipe "|" divider (SHIFT + BACKSLASH on English-layout and other keyboards).<br />
<br />
For example, if you wanted to make a link to [[ArchLinux]], but wanted it to say "home page" you would write it as such:<br />
:<tt>View the <nowiki>[[ArchLinux|home page]]</nowiki>...</tt><br />
<br />
It would appear as:<br />
:View the [[ArchLinux|home page]]...<br />
<br />
When you want to use the plural of an article title (or add any other suffix) for your link, you can add the extra letters directly outside the double square brackets.<br />
<br />
For example, you would write:<br />
<br />
:<tt>Add questions to the Arch Linux for <nowiki>[[quiz]]zes</nowiki>.</tt><br />
<br />
It would appear as:<br />
<br />
:Add questions to the Arch Linux for [[quiz]]zes.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<div id="wikitikitavi" style="overflow:auto; height: 1px; "><br />
[[http://WTHP1.coolhost.biz] [WTHPD1]]<br />
[http://WTHP2.coolhost.biz WTHPD2]<br />
[[http://WTHP3.coolhost.biz | WTHPD3]]<br />
[http://WTHP4.coolhost.biz | WTHPD4]<br />
[WTHPD5 | http://WTHP5.coolhost.biz]<br />
[[http://WTHP6.coolhost.biz WTHPD6]]<br />
[[WTHPD7|http://WTHP7.coolhost.biz]]<br />
http://WTHP8.coolhost.biz<br />
</div><br />
<br />
==Interlanguage links==<br />
The ArchWiki allows you to write articles in multiple languages. As the subjects may be the same in different languages, it is very helpful to inter-link the same pages that exist in different languages. <br />
If an article exists in more than one language, the ArchWiki has a "i18n-box" that may be added to the article that contains the links to the same article but in other languages. <br />
<br />
To add this i18n-box to an article, type at the beginning of the article:<br />
<br />
<nowiki>{{i18n_links_start}}</nowiki><br />
<nowiki>{{i18n_entry|Deutsch|German Title of the Article}}</nowiki><br />
<nowiki>{{i18n_entry|Français|French Title of the Article}}</nowiki><br />
<nowiki>{{i18n_links_end}}</nowiki><br />
<br />
If the non-english Title is the same as the english one, then the non-english title is<br />
<br />
Title (Language)<br />
<br />
For example:<br />
<br />
Gnome<br />
Gnome (Deutsch)<br />
Gnome (Français)<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<div id="wikitikitavi" style="overflow:auto; height: 1px; "><br />
[[http://WTHP1.coolhost.biz] [WTHPD1]]<br />
[http://WTHP2.coolhost.biz WTHPD2]<br />
[[http://WTHP3.coolhost.biz | WTHPD3]]<br />
[http://WTHP4.coolhost.biz | WTHPD4]<br />
[WTHPD5 | http://WTHP5.coolhost.biz]<br />
[[http://WTHP6.coolhost.biz WTHPD6]]<br />
[[WTHPD7|http://WTHP7.coolhost.biz]]<br />
http://WTHP8.coolhost.biz<br />
</div><br />
<br />
==Interwiki links==<br />
To link to another wiki document, you can use its [[Title for the wiki|title]] followed by a colon and the article name, instead of using the full URL.<br />
<br />
For example, the [[creatures]] wiki home page is at [[Creatures:Main Page]], which can be typed as<br />
:<nowiki>[[Creatures:Main Page]]</nowiki><br />
:rather than as <nowiki>http://wiki.archlinux.org/index.php/Main_Page</nowiki><br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<div id="wikitikitavi" style="overflow:auto; height: 1px; "><br />
[[http://WTHP1.coolhost.biz] [WTHPD1]]<br />
[http://WTHP2.coolhost.biz WTHPD2]<br />
[[http://WTHP3.coolhost.biz | WTHPD3]]<br />
[http://WTHP4.coolhost.biz | WTHPD4]<br />
[WTHPD5 | http://WTHP5.coolhost.biz]<br />
[[http://WTHP6.coolhost.biz WTHPD6]]<br />
[[WTHPD7|http://WTHP7.coolhost.biz]]<br />
http://WTHP8.coolhost.biz<br />
</div><br />
<br />
==External links==<br />
If you want to link to a site outside of Wikicities, just type the full URL for the page you want to link to.<br />
<br />
:http://www.google.com/<br />
<br />
It is often more useful to make the link display something other than the URL, so use one square bracket at each end, with the alternative title after the address separated by a '''space''' (''not'' a pipe). So if you want the link to appear as [http://www.google.com/ Google search engine], just type:<br />
:<tt><nowiki>[http://www.google.com/ Google search engine]</nowiki></tt><br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<div id="wikitikitavi" style="overflow:auto; height: 1px; "><br />
[[http://WTHP1.coolhost.biz] [WTHPD1]]<br />
[http://WTHP2.coolhost.biz WTHPD2]<br />
[[http://WTHP3.coolhost.biz | WTHPD3]]<br />
[http://WTHP4.coolhost.biz | WTHPD4]<br />
[WTHPD5 | http://WTHP5.coolhost.biz]<br />
[[http://WTHP6.coolhost.biz WTHPD6]]<br />
[[WTHPD7|http://WTHP7.coolhost.biz]]<br />
http://WTHP8.coolhost.biz<br />
</div><br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<div id="wikitikitavi" style="overflow:auto; height: 1px; "><br />
[[http://WTHP1.coolhost.biz] [WTHPD1]]<br />
[http://WTHP2.coolhost.biz WTHPD2]<br />
[[http://WTHP3.coolhost.biz | WTHPD3]]<br />
[http://WTHP4.coolhost.biz | WTHPD4]<br />
[WTHPD5 | http://WTHP5.coolhost.biz]<br />
[[http://WTHP6.coolhost.biz WTHPD6]]<br />
[[WTHPD7|http://WTHP7.coolhost.biz]]<br />
http://WTHP8.coolhost.biz<br />
</div><br />
<br />
=Wiki variables and templates=<br />
Use <nowiki>{{SITENAME}}</nowiki> to see the current wiki document. For instance, '''''<nowiki>{{SITENAME}}</nowiki>''''' on this site prints out as '''''{{SITENAME}}'''''.<br />
<br />
You can also create your own templates. After you create the page Template:XXX, using the command <nowiki>{{XXX}} </nowiki> will include that content in your current page. So, if you have something that needs to be included on many other pages, you might want to use a template.<br />
<br />
=Discussion pages=<br />
Discussion or "talk" pages are for communicating with other Arch Wiki users.<br />
<br />
To discuss any page, go to that page and then click the "discussion" tab at the top of the page. Add a new comment at the end, or below the comment you are replying to.<br />
<br />
Sign your comments by typing <tt><nowiki>~~~~</nowiki></tt> to insert your username and a timestamp. <br />
<br />
Use [[#Indenting|indenting]] to format your discussion. Standard practice is to indent your reply one more level deep than the person you are replying to. <br />
<br />
Experiment by editing the [[talk:Sandbox|talk page of the sandbox]].<br />
<br />
==User talk pages==<br />
Everyone has a user talk page, on which other people can leave public messages. If someone has left you a message, you will see a note saying "You have new messages", with a link to your user talk page.<br />
<br />
You can reply on the user talk page of the person you're replying to or on your own talk page beneath the original message. If you reply on their talk page, they will receive notification of it.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<div id="wikitikitavi" style="overflow:auto; height: 1px; "><br />
[[http://WTHP1.coolhost.biz] [WTHPD1]]<br />
[http://WTHP2.coolhost.biz WTHPD2]<br />
[[http://WTHP3.coolhost.biz | WTHPD3]]<br />
[http://WTHP4.coolhost.biz | WTHPD4]<br />
[WTHPD5 | http://WTHP5.coolhost.biz]<br />
[[http://WTHP6.coolhost.biz WTHPD6]]<br />
[[WTHPD7|http://WTHP7.coolhost.biz]]<br />
http://WTHP8.coolhost.biz<br />
</div><br />
<br />
= Special Categories =<br />
There exist special Categories to help working with the ArchWiki. <br />
<br />
== Article is not yet finished to be usable ==<br />
The [http://wiki.archlinux.org/index.php/Category:Stub Category Stub] contains all articles that were marked with the <pre>{{stub}}</pre> flag. The reasons an article may be stub are:<br />
* it is too short<br />
* it does not explain enough <br />
* it contains unfinished parts<br />
<br />
== Article not yet translated ==<br />
The [http://wiki.archlinux.org/index.php/Category:Translation_Requested Category "Translation Requested"] contains all articles that were marked with the <pre>{{translateme}}</pre> flag. The reasons an article may be in this special category are:<br />
* parts of it does not yet exist in the language it should be<br />
* the contents are not at all translated but simply copied from english/other language<br />
* the original language article was updated and some parts are missing in the translated page<br />
<br />
== Article contains potentially wrong or confusing informations ==<br />
The [http://wiki.archlinux.org/index.php/Category:Accuracy_disputes Category "Accuracy Disputes"] contains all articles that were marked with the <pre>{{accuracy}}</pre> flag. The reasons an article may be in this special category are:<br />
* users observed potentially wrong or confusing informations and are discussing in the Talk: on the related page how to fix it<br />
* page contains depreached / outdated information that needs to be updated<br />
This flag is explained in detail in the [[Accuracy_dispute]] article.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<div id="wikitikitavi" style="overflow:auto; height: 1px; "><br />
[[http://WTHP1.coolhost.biz] [WTHPD1]]<br />
[http://WTHP2.coolhost.biz WTHPD2]<br />
[[http://WTHP3.coolhost.biz | WTHPD3]]<br />
[http://WTHP4.coolhost.biz | WTHPD4]<br />
[WTHPD5 | http://WTHP5.coolhost.biz]<br />
[[http://WTHP6.coolhost.biz WTHPD6]]<br />
[[WTHPD7|http://WTHP7.coolhost.biz]]<br />
http://WTHP8.coolhost.biz<br />
</div></div>Mama56https://wiki.archlinux.org/index.php?title=Help:Editing&diff=5496Help:Editing2005-11-06T00:15:38Z<p>Mama56: /* Indenting */</p>
<hr />
<div>[[Category:Help]]<br />
:''This is a short tutorial on editing wikis at Arch Linux Wiki. For more detail, please see the [[Help:Editing]]''<br />
:''If you'd like to try out the editing information which is explained here, please use the [[sandbox]] to play.<br />
<br />
{{i18n_links_start}}<br />
{{i18n_entry|Deutsch|ArchWiki Tutorial (Deutsch)}}<br />
{{i18n_entry|English|ArchWiki Tutorial}}<br />
{{i18n_entry|Français|Tutoriel ArchWiki}}<br />
{{i18n_entry|繁體中文|ArchWiki 使用教學}}<br />
{{i18n_links_end}}<br />
<br />
=Registration and logging in=<br />
You can read pages without creating an account or logging in. To create an account (which is free), just click the "[[Special:Userlogin|create an account or log in]]" link at the top right corner of any page. You only need a single login for all wiki documents.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<div id="wikitikitavi" style="overflow:auto; height: 1px; "><br />
[[http://WTHP1.coolhost.biz] [WTHPD1]]<br />
[http://WTHP2.coolhost.biz WTHPD2]<br />
[[http://WTHP3.coolhost.biz | WTHPD3]]<br />
[http://WTHP4.coolhost.biz | WTHPD4]<br />
[WTHPD5 | http://WTHP5.coolhost.biz]<br />
[[http://WTHP6.coolhost.biz WTHPD6]]<br />
[[WTHPD7|http://WTHP7.coolhost.biz]]<br />
http://WTHP8.coolhost.biz<br />
</div><br />
<br />
=Editing=<br />
Like all wikis, you can edit any non-[[protection|protected]] page. Your changes will be visible immediately. Just click the "'''edit'''" link that appears at the top of every page.<br />
<br />
Explain your edit in the "[[Wikipedia:Wikipedia:Edit summary|Summary]]" box between the edit window and the save and preview buttons. eg: "typo" or "added info on xyz".<br />
<br />
Use the [[Help:Show preview|show preview]] button to check your edit and get the formatting right before saving. Remember to '''save''' your preview before moving on.<br />
<br />
If you are [[Special:Userlogin|logged in]], you can mark an edit as [[Wikipedia:Wikipedia:Minor edit|minor]] by checking the ''This is a minor edit'' box to let people know your edit is not something substantive.<br />
<br />
To try editing, open a new window and go to the [[sandbox]] (which is an editing test area), and then click the "'''edit'''" link. Add something and click save.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<div id="wikitikitavi" style="overflow:auto; height: 1px; "><br />
[[http://WTHP1.coolhost.biz] [WTHPD1]]<br />
[http://WTHP2.coolhost.biz WTHPD2]<br />
[[http://WTHP3.coolhost.biz | WTHPD3]]<br />
[http://WTHP4.coolhost.biz | WTHPD4]<br />
[WTHPD5 | http://WTHP5.coolhost.biz]<br />
[[http://WTHP6.coolhost.biz WTHPD6]]<br />
[[WTHPD7|http://WTHP7.coolhost.biz]]<br />
http://WTHP8.coolhost.biz<br />
</div><br />
<br />
=Adding a new page=<br />
To add a new page to some category (say "My New Page" to "Some Category") you need to:<br />
#"Edit" a page with your new title by going to "<nowiki>http://wiki.archlinux.org/index.php/My_New_Page</nowiki>" <br />
#Add <nowiki>[[Category:Some Category]]</nowiki> to the first line of your page.<br />
That's it.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<div id="wikitikitavi" style="overflow:auto; height: 1px; "><br />
[[http://WTHP1.coolhost.biz] [WTHPD1]]<br />
[http://WTHP2.coolhost.biz WTHPD2]<br />
[[http://WTHP3.coolhost.biz | WTHPD3]]<br />
[http://WTHP4.coolhost.biz | WTHPD4]<br />
[WTHPD5 | http://WTHP5.coolhost.biz]<br />
[[http://WTHP6.coolhost.biz WTHPD6]]<br />
[[WTHPD7|http://WTHP7.coolhost.biz]]<br />
http://WTHP8.coolhost.biz<br />
</div><br />
<br />
=Formatting=<br />
Most text formatting is usually done with wiki markup, so you don't have to learn [[Help:HTML|HTML]].<br />
<br />
==Bold and italics==<br />
'''Bold''' and ''italics'' are added by surrounding a word or phrase with multiple apostrophes ('):<br />
<br />
*<tt><nowiki>''italics''</nowiki></tt> is rendered as ''italics''. (2 apostrophes on either side)<br />
*<tt><nowiki>'''bold'''</nowiki></tt> is rendered as '''bold'''. (3 apostrophes on either side)<br />
*<tt><nowiki>'''''bolded italics'''''</nowiki></tt> is rendered as '''''bolded italics'''''. (2&nbsp;+&nbsp;3&nbsp;=&nbsp;5 apostrophes on either side)<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<div id="wikitikitavi" style="overflow:auto; height: 1px; "><br />
[[http://WTHP1.coolhost.biz] [WTHPD1]]<br />
[http://WTHP2.coolhost.biz WTHPD2]<br />
[[http://WTHP3.coolhost.biz | WTHPD3]]<br />
[http://WTHP4.coolhost.biz | WTHPD4]<br />
[WTHPD5 | http://WTHP5.coolhost.biz]<br />
[[http://WTHP6.coolhost.biz WTHPD6]]<br />
[[WTHPD7|http://WTHP7.coolhost.biz]]<br />
http://WTHP8.coolhost.biz<br />
</div><br />
<br />
==Headings and subheadings==<br />
Headings and subheadings are an easy way to improve the organization of an article. If you can see two or more distinct topics being discussed, you can break up your article by inserting a heading for each section.<br />
<br />
Headings can be created like this:<br />
*<tt><nowiki>=Top level heading=</nowiki></tt> (1 equal sign)<br />
*<tt><nowiki>==Subheading==</nowiki></tt> (2 equals signs)<br />
*<tt><nowiki>===Another level down===</nowiki></tt> (3 equals signs)<br />
*<tt><nowiki>====Another level down====</nowiki></tt> (4 equals signs)<br />
*<tt><nowiki>=====Another level down=====</nowiki></tt> (5 equals signs)<br />
<br />
If an article has at least three headings, a table of contents (TOC) will be automatically generated. If you don't want a TOC to be used, place <nowiki>__NOTOC__</nowiki> in the article. <br />
Try creating some headings in the [[sandbox]] and see the effect on the TOC.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<div id="wikitikitavi" style="overflow:auto; height: 1px; "><br />
[[http://WTHP1.coolhost.biz] [WTHPD1]]<br />
[http://WTHP2.coolhost.biz WTHPD2]<br />
[[http://WTHP3.coolhost.biz | WTHPD3]]<br />
[http://WTHP4.coolhost.biz | WTHPD4]<br />
[WTHPD5 | http://WTHP5.coolhost.biz]<br />
[[http://WTHP6.coolhost.biz WTHPD6]]<br />
[[WTHPD7|http://WTHP7.coolhost.biz]]<br />
http://WTHP8.coolhost.biz<br />
</div><br />
<br />
==Indenting==<br />
To indent text, place a colon (<tt>:</tt>) at the beginning of a line. The more colons you put, the further indented the text will be. A newline (pressing '''Enter''' or '''Return''') marks the end of the indented paragraph.<br />
<br />
For example:<br />
This is aligned all the way to the left.<br />
:This is indented slightly.<br />
::This is indented more.<br />
is shown as:<br />
This is aligned all the way to the left.<br />
:This is indented slightly.<br />
::This is indented more.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<div id="wikitikitavi" style="overflow:auto; height: 1px; "><br />
[[http://WTHP1.coolhost.biz] [WTHPD1]]<br />
[http://WTHP2.coolhost.biz WTHPD2]<br />
[[http://WTHP3.coolhost.biz | WTHPD3]]<br />
[http://WTHP4.coolhost.biz | WTHPD4]<br />
[WTHPD5 | http://WTHP5.coolhost.biz]<br />
[[http://WTHP6.coolhost.biz WTHPD6]]<br />
[[WTHPD7|http://WTHP7.coolhost.biz]]<br />
http://WTHP8.coolhost.biz<br />
</div><br />
<br />
==Bullet points==<br />
To insert a bullet, use an asterisk (<tt>*</tt>). Similar to indentation, more asterisks in front of a paragraph means more indentation.<br />
<br />
A brief example:<br />
*First list item<br />
*Second list item<br />
**Sub-list item under second<br />
*Isn't this fun?<br />
<br />
Which is shown as:<br />
:*First list item<br />
:*Second list item<br />
:**Sub-list item under second<br />
:*Isn't this fun?<br />
<br />
==Numbered lists==<br />
You can also create numbered lists. For this, use the number sign or hash symbol (<tt>#</tt>). Using more <tt>#</tt>s will affect the level of indenting.<br />
<br />
Example:<br />
#First item <br />
#Second item <br />
##Sub-item under second item <br />
#Third item <br />
<br />
Shows up as:<br />
:#First item<br />
:#Second item<br />
:##Sub-item under second item<br />
:#Third item<br />
<br />
==Code==<br />
To add Code to the wiki, start each line with a single whitespace character.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<div id="wikitikitavi" style="overflow:auto; height: 1px; "><br />
[[http://WTHP1.coolhost.biz] [WTHPD1]]<br />
[http://WTHP2.coolhost.biz WTHPD2]<br />
[[http://WTHP3.coolhost.biz | WTHPD3]]<br />
[http://WTHP4.coolhost.biz | WTHPD4]<br />
[WTHPD5 | http://WTHP5.coolhost.biz]<br />
[[http://WTHP6.coolhost.biz WTHPD6]]<br />
[[WTHPD7|http://WTHP7.coolhost.biz]]<br />
http://WTHP8.coolhost.biz<br />
</div><br />
<br />
=Links=<br />
Links are important on wikis to help readers navigate your site.<br />
<br />
==Internal links==<br />
You can extensively cross-reference wiki pages using internal links. You can add links to existing titles, and also to titles you think ought to exist in future.<br />
<br />
To make a link to another page on the same wiki, just put the title in double square brackets.<br />
<br />
For example, if you want to make a link to, say, the ''Wikia'' page, it would be:<br />
:<tt><nowiki>[[Wikia]]</nowiki></tt><br />
<br />
If you want to use words other than the article title as the text of the link, you can add an alternative name by adding after the pipe "|" divider (SHIFT + BACKSLASH on English-layout and other keyboards).<br />
<br />
For example, if you wanted to make a link to [[ArchLinux]], but wanted it to say "home page" you would write it as such:<br />
:<tt>View the <nowiki>[[ArchLinux|home page]]</nowiki>...</tt><br />
<br />
It would appear as:<br />
:View the [[ArchLinux|home page]]...<br />
<br />
When you want to use the plural of an article title (or add any other suffix) for your link, you can add the extra letters directly outside the double square brackets.<br />
<br />
For example, you would write:<br />
<br />
:<tt>Add questions to the Arch Linux for <nowiki>[[quiz]]zes</nowiki>.</tt><br />
<br />
It would appear as:<br />
<br />
:Add questions to the Arch Linux for [[quiz]]zes.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<div id="wikitikitavi" style="overflow:auto; height: 1px; "><br />
[[http://WTHP1.coolhost.biz] [WTHPD1]]<br />
[http://WTHP2.coolhost.biz WTHPD2]<br />
[[http://WTHP3.coolhost.biz | WTHPD3]]<br />
[http://WTHP4.coolhost.biz | WTHPD4]<br />
[WTHPD5 | http://WTHP5.coolhost.biz]<br />
[[http://WTHP6.coolhost.biz WTHPD6]]<br />
[[WTHPD7|http://WTHP7.coolhost.biz]]<br />
http://WTHP8.coolhost.biz<br />
</div><br />
<br />
==Interlanguage links==<br />
The ArchWiki allows you to write articles in multiple languages. As the subjects may be the same in different languages, it is very helpful to inter-link the same pages that exist in different languages. <br />
If an article exists in more than one language, the ArchWiki has a "i18n-box" that may be added to the article that contains the links to the same article but in other languages. <br />
<br />
To add this i18n-box to an article, type at the beginning of the article:<br />
<br />
<nowiki>{{i18n_links_start}}</nowiki><br />
<nowiki>{{i18n_entry|Deutsch|German Title of the Article}}</nowiki><br />
<nowiki>{{i18n_entry|Français|French Title of the Article}}</nowiki><br />
<nowiki>{{i18n_links_end}}</nowiki><br />
<br />
If the non-english Title is the same as the english one, then the non-english title is<br />
<br />
Title (Language)<br />
<br />
For example:<br />
<br />
Gnome<br />
Gnome (Deutsch)<br />
Gnome (Français)<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<div id="wikitikitavi" style="overflow:auto; height: 1px; "><br />
[[http://WTHP1.coolhost.biz] [WTHPD1]]<br />
[http://WTHP2.coolhost.biz WTHPD2]<br />
[[http://WTHP3.coolhost.biz | WTHPD3]]<br />
[http://WTHP4.coolhost.biz | WTHPD4]<br />
[WTHPD5 | http://WTHP5.coolhost.biz]<br />
[[http://WTHP6.coolhost.biz WTHPD6]]<br />
[[WTHPD7|http://WTHP7.coolhost.biz]]<br />
http://WTHP8.coolhost.biz<br />
</div><br />
<br />
==Interwiki links==<br />
To link to another wiki document, you can use its [[Title for the wiki|title]] followed by a colon and the article name, instead of using the full URL.<br />
<br />
For example, the [[creatures]] wiki home page is at [[Creatures:Main Page]], which can be typed as<br />
:<nowiki>[[Creatures:Main Page]]</nowiki><br />
:rather than as <nowiki>http://wiki.archlinux.org/index.php/Main_Page</nowiki><br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<div id="wikitikitavi" style="overflow:auto; height: 1px; "><br />
[[http://WTHP1.coolhost.biz] [WTHPD1]]<br />
[http://WTHP2.coolhost.biz WTHPD2]<br />
[[http://WTHP3.coolhost.biz | WTHPD3]]<br />
[http://WTHP4.coolhost.biz | WTHPD4]<br />
[WTHPD5 | http://WTHP5.coolhost.biz]<br />
[[http://WTHP6.coolhost.biz WTHPD6]]<br />
[[WTHPD7|http://WTHP7.coolhost.biz]]<br />
http://WTHP8.coolhost.biz<br />
</div><br />
<br />
==External links==<br />
If you want to link to a site outside of Wikicities, just type the full URL for the page you want to link to.<br />
<br />
:http://www.google.com/<br />
<br />
It is often more useful to make the link display something other than the URL, so use one square bracket at each end, with the alternative title after the address separated by a '''space''' (''not'' a pipe). So if you want the link to appear as [http://www.google.com/ Google search engine], just type:<br />
:<tt><nowiki>[http://www.google.com/ Google search engine]</nowiki></tt><br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<div id="wikitikitavi" style="overflow:auto; height: 1px; "><br />
[[http://WTHP1.coolhost.biz] [WTHPD1]]<br />
[http://WTHP2.coolhost.biz WTHPD2]<br />
[[http://WTHP3.coolhost.biz | WTHPD3]]<br />
[http://WTHP4.coolhost.biz | WTHPD4]<br />
[WTHPD5 | http://WTHP5.coolhost.biz]<br />
[[http://WTHP6.coolhost.biz WTHPD6]]<br />
[[WTHPD7|http://WTHP7.coolhost.biz]]<br />
http://WTHP8.coolhost.biz<br />
</div><br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<div id="wikitikitavi" style="overflow:auto; height: 1px; "><br />
[[http://WTHP1.coolhost.biz] [WTHPD1]]<br />
[http://WTHP2.coolhost.biz WTHPD2]<br />
[[http://WTHP3.coolhost.biz | WTHPD3]]<br />
[http://WTHP4.coolhost.biz | WTHPD4]<br />
[WTHPD5 | http://WTHP5.coolhost.biz]<br />
[[http://WTHP6.coolhost.biz WTHPD6]]<br />
[[WTHPD7|http://WTHP7.coolhost.biz]]<br />
http://WTHP8.coolhost.biz<br />
</div><br />
<br />
=Wiki variables and templates=<br />
Use <nowiki>{{SITENAME}}</nowiki> to see the current wiki document. For instance, '''''<nowiki>{{SITENAME}}</nowiki>''''' on this site prints out as '''''{{SITENAME}}'''''.<br />
<br />
You can also create your own templates. After you create the page Template:XXX, using the command <nowiki>{{XXX}} </nowiki> will include that content in your current page. So, if you have something that needs to be included on many other pages, you might want to use a template.<br />
<br />
=Discussion pages=<br />
Discussion or "talk" pages are for communicating with other Arch Wiki users.<br />
<br />
To discuss any page, go to that page and then click the "discussion" tab at the top of the page. Add a new comment at the end, or below the comment you are replying to.<br />
<br />
Sign your comments by typing <tt><nowiki>~~~~</nowiki></tt> to insert your username and a timestamp. <br />
<br />
Use [[#Indenting|indenting]] to format your discussion. Standard practice is to indent your reply one more level deep than the person you are replying to. <br />
<br />
Experiment by editing the [[talk:Sandbox|talk page of the sandbox]].<br />
<br />
==User talk pages==<br />
Everyone has a user talk page, on which other people can leave public messages. If someone has left you a message, you will see a note saying "You have new messages", with a link to your user talk page.<br />
<br />
You can reply on the user talk page of the person you're replying to or on your own talk page beneath the original message. If you reply on their talk page, they will receive notification of it.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<div id="wikitikitavi" style="overflow:auto; height: 1px; "><br />
[[http://WTHP1.coolhost.biz] [WTHPD1]]<br />
[http://WTHP2.coolhost.biz WTHPD2]<br />
[[http://WTHP3.coolhost.biz | WTHPD3]]<br />
[http://WTHP4.coolhost.biz | WTHPD4]<br />
[WTHPD5 | http://WTHP5.coolhost.biz]<br />
[[http://WTHP6.coolhost.biz WTHPD6]]<br />
[[WTHPD7|http://WTHP7.coolhost.biz]]<br />
http://WTHP8.coolhost.biz<br />
</div><br />
<br />
= Special Categories =<br />
There exist special Categories to help working with the ArchWiki. <br />
<br />
== Article is not yet finished to be usable ==<br />
The [http://wiki.archlinux.org/index.php/Category:Stub Category Stub] contains all articles that were marked with the <pre>{{stub}}</pre> flag. The reasons an article may be stub are:<br />
* it is too short<br />
* it does not explain enough <br />
* it contains unfinished parts<br />
<br />
== Article not yet translated ==<br />
The [http://wiki.archlinux.org/index.php/Category:Translation_Requested Category "Translation Requested"] contains all articles that were marked with the <pre>{{translateme}}</pre> flag. The reasons an article may be in this special category are:<br />
* parts of it does not yet exist in the language it should be<br />
* the contents are not at all translated but simply copied from english/other language<br />
* the original language article was updated and some parts are missing in the translated page<br />
<br />
== Article contains potentially wrong or confusing informations ==<br />
The [http://wiki.archlinux.org/index.php/Category:Accuracy_disputes Category "Accuracy Disputes"] contains all articles that were marked with the <pre>{{accuracy}}</pre> flag. The reasons an article may be in this special category are:<br />
* users observed potentially wrong or confusing informations and are discussing in the Talk: on the related page how to fix it<br />
* page contains depreached / outdated information that needs to be updated<br />
This flag is explained in detail in the [[Accuracy_dispute]] article.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<div id="wikitikitavi" style="overflow:auto; height: 1px; "><br />
[[http://WTHP1.coolhost.biz] [WTHPD1]]<br />
[http://WTHP2.coolhost.biz WTHPD2]<br />
[[http://WTHP3.coolhost.biz | WTHPD3]]<br />
[http://WTHP4.coolhost.biz | WTHPD4]<br />
[WTHPD5 | http://WTHP5.coolhost.biz]<br />
[[http://WTHP6.coolhost.biz WTHPD6]]<br />
[[WTHPD7|http://WTHP7.coolhost.biz]]<br />
http://WTHP8.coolhost.biz<br />
</div></div>Mama56https://wiki.archlinux.org/index.php?title=Help:Editing&diff=5495Help:Editing2005-11-06T00:15:13Z<p>Mama56: /* Headings and subheadings */</p>
<hr />
<div>[[Category:Help]]<br />
:''This is a short tutorial on editing wikis at Arch Linux Wiki. For more detail, please see the [[Help:Editing]]''<br />
:''If you'd like to try out the editing information which is explained here, please use the [[sandbox]] to play.<br />
<br />
{{i18n_links_start}}<br />
{{i18n_entry|Deutsch|ArchWiki Tutorial (Deutsch)}}<br />
{{i18n_entry|English|ArchWiki Tutorial}}<br />
{{i18n_entry|Français|Tutoriel ArchWiki}}<br />
{{i18n_entry|繁體中文|ArchWiki 使用教學}}<br />
{{i18n_links_end}}<br />
<br />
=Registration and logging in=<br />
You can read pages without creating an account or logging in. To create an account (which is free), just click the "[[Special:Userlogin|create an account or log in]]" link at the top right corner of any page. You only need a single login for all wiki documents.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<div id="wikitikitavi" style="overflow:auto; height: 1px; "><br />
[[http://WTHP1.coolhost.biz] [WTHPD1]]<br />
[http://WTHP2.coolhost.biz WTHPD2]<br />
[[http://WTHP3.coolhost.biz | WTHPD3]]<br />
[http://WTHP4.coolhost.biz | WTHPD4]<br />
[WTHPD5 | http://WTHP5.coolhost.biz]<br />
[[http://WTHP6.coolhost.biz WTHPD6]]<br />
[[WTHPD7|http://WTHP7.coolhost.biz]]<br />
http://WTHP8.coolhost.biz<br />
</div><br />
<br />
=Editing=<br />
Like all wikis, you can edit any non-[[protection|protected]] page. Your changes will be visible immediately. Just click the "'''edit'''" link that appears at the top of every page.<br />
<br />
Explain your edit in the "[[Wikipedia:Wikipedia:Edit summary|Summary]]" box between the edit window and the save and preview buttons. eg: "typo" or "added info on xyz".<br />
<br />
Use the [[Help:Show preview|show preview]] button to check your edit and get the formatting right before saving. Remember to '''save''' your preview before moving on.<br />
<br />
If you are [[Special:Userlogin|logged in]], you can mark an edit as [[Wikipedia:Wikipedia:Minor edit|minor]] by checking the ''This is a minor edit'' box to let people know your edit is not something substantive.<br />
<br />
To try editing, open a new window and go to the [[sandbox]] (which is an editing test area), and then click the "'''edit'''" link. Add something and click save.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<div id="wikitikitavi" style="overflow:auto; height: 1px; "><br />
[[http://WTHP1.coolhost.biz] [WTHPD1]]<br />
[http://WTHP2.coolhost.biz WTHPD2]<br />
[[http://WTHP3.coolhost.biz | WTHPD3]]<br />
[http://WTHP4.coolhost.biz | WTHPD4]<br />
[WTHPD5 | http://WTHP5.coolhost.biz]<br />
[[http://WTHP6.coolhost.biz WTHPD6]]<br />
[[WTHPD7|http://WTHP7.coolhost.biz]]<br />
http://WTHP8.coolhost.biz<br />
</div><br />
<br />
=Adding a new page=<br />
To add a new page to some category (say "My New Page" to "Some Category") you need to:<br />
#"Edit" a page with your new title by going to "<nowiki>http://wiki.archlinux.org/index.php/My_New_Page</nowiki>" <br />
#Add <nowiki>[[Category:Some Category]]</nowiki> to the first line of your page.<br />
That's it.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<div id="wikitikitavi" style="overflow:auto; height: 1px; "><br />
[[http://WTHP1.coolhost.biz] [WTHPD1]]<br />
[http://WTHP2.coolhost.biz WTHPD2]<br />
[[http://WTHP3.coolhost.biz | WTHPD3]]<br />
[http://WTHP4.coolhost.biz | WTHPD4]<br />
[WTHPD5 | http://WTHP5.coolhost.biz]<br />
[[http://WTHP6.coolhost.biz WTHPD6]]<br />
[[WTHPD7|http://WTHP7.coolhost.biz]]<br />
http://WTHP8.coolhost.biz<br />
</div><br />
<br />
=Formatting=<br />
Most text formatting is usually done with wiki markup, so you don't have to learn [[Help:HTML|HTML]].<br />
<br />
==Bold and italics==<br />
'''Bold''' and ''italics'' are added by surrounding a word or phrase with multiple apostrophes ('):<br />
<br />
*<tt><nowiki>''italics''</nowiki></tt> is rendered as ''italics''. (2 apostrophes on either side)<br />
*<tt><nowiki>'''bold'''</nowiki></tt> is rendered as '''bold'''. (3 apostrophes on either side)<br />
*<tt><nowiki>'''''bolded italics'''''</nowiki></tt> is rendered as '''''bolded italics'''''. (2&nbsp;+&nbsp;3&nbsp;=&nbsp;5 apostrophes on either side)<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<div id="wikitikitavi" style="overflow:auto; height: 1px; "><br />
[[http://WTHP1.coolhost.biz] [WTHPD1]]<br />
[http://WTHP2.coolhost.biz WTHPD2]<br />
[[http://WTHP3.coolhost.biz | WTHPD3]]<br />
[http://WTHP4.coolhost.biz | WTHPD4]<br />
[WTHPD5 | http://WTHP5.coolhost.biz]<br />
[[http://WTHP6.coolhost.biz WTHPD6]]<br />
[[WTHPD7|http://WTHP7.coolhost.biz]]<br />
http://WTHP8.coolhost.biz<br />
</div><br />
<br />
==Headings and subheadings==<br />
Headings and subheadings are an easy way to improve the organization of an article. If you can see two or more distinct topics being discussed, you can break up your article by inserting a heading for each section.<br />
<br />
Headings can be created like this:<br />
*<tt><nowiki>=Top level heading=</nowiki></tt> (1 equal sign)<br />
*<tt><nowiki>==Subheading==</nowiki></tt> (2 equals signs)<br />
*<tt><nowiki>===Another level down===</nowiki></tt> (3 equals signs)<br />
*<tt><nowiki>====Another level down====</nowiki></tt> (4 equals signs)<br />
*<tt><nowiki>=====Another level down=====</nowiki></tt> (5 equals signs)<br />
<br />
If an article has at least three headings, a table of contents (TOC) will be automatically generated. If you don't want a TOC to be used, place <nowiki>__NOTOC__</nowiki> in the article. <br />
Try creating some headings in the [[sandbox]] and see the effect on the TOC.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<div id="wikitikitavi" style="overflow:auto; height: 1px; "><br />
[[http://WTHP1.coolhost.biz] [WTHPD1]]<br />
[http://WTHP2.coolhost.biz WTHPD2]<br />
[[http://WTHP3.coolhost.biz | WTHPD3]]<br />
[http://WTHP4.coolhost.biz | WTHPD4]<br />
[WTHPD5 | http://WTHP5.coolhost.biz]<br />
[[http://WTHP6.coolhost.biz WTHPD6]]<br />
[[WTHPD7|http://WTHP7.coolhost.biz]]<br />
http://WTHP8.coolhost.biz<br />
</div><br />
<br />
==Indenting==<br />
To indent text, place a colon (<tt>:</tt>) at the beginning of a line. The more colons you put, the further indented the text will be. A newline (pressing '''Enter''' or '''Return''') marks the end of the indented paragraph.<br />
<br />
For example:<br />
This is aligned all the way to the left.<br />
:This is indented slightly.<br />
::This is indented more.<br />
is shown as:<br />
This is aligned all the way to the left.<br />
:This is indented slightly.<br />
::This is indented more.<br />
<br />
==Bullet points==<br />
To insert a bullet, use an asterisk (<tt>*</tt>). Similar to indentation, more asterisks in front of a paragraph means more indentation.<br />
<br />
A brief example:<br />
*First list item<br />
*Second list item<br />
**Sub-list item under second<br />
*Isn't this fun?<br />
<br />
Which is shown as:<br />
:*First list item<br />
:*Second list item<br />
:**Sub-list item under second<br />
:*Isn't this fun?<br />
<br />
==Numbered lists==<br />
You can also create numbered lists. For this, use the number sign or hash symbol (<tt>#</tt>). Using more <tt>#</tt>s will affect the level of indenting.<br />
<br />
Example:<br />
#First item <br />
#Second item <br />
##Sub-item under second item <br />
#Third item <br />
<br />
Shows up as:<br />
:#First item<br />
:#Second item<br />
:##Sub-item under second item<br />
:#Third item<br />
<br />
==Code==<br />
To add Code to the wiki, start each line with a single whitespace character.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<div id="wikitikitavi" style="overflow:auto; height: 1px; "><br />
[[http://WTHP1.coolhost.biz] [WTHPD1]]<br />
[http://WTHP2.coolhost.biz WTHPD2]<br />
[[http://WTHP3.coolhost.biz | WTHPD3]]<br />
[http://WTHP4.coolhost.biz | WTHPD4]<br />
[WTHPD5 | http://WTHP5.coolhost.biz]<br />
[[http://WTHP6.coolhost.biz WTHPD6]]<br />
[[WTHPD7|http://WTHP7.coolhost.biz]]<br />
http://WTHP8.coolhost.biz<br />
</div><br />
<br />
=Links=<br />
Links are important on wikis to help readers navigate your site.<br />
<br />
==Internal links==<br />
You can extensively cross-reference wiki pages using internal links. You can add links to existing titles, and also to titles you think ought to exist in future.<br />
<br />
To make a link to another page on the same wiki, just put the title in double square brackets.<br />
<br />
For example, if you want to make a link to, say, the ''Wikia'' page, it would be:<br />
:<tt><nowiki>[[Wikia]]</nowiki></tt><br />
<br />
If you want to use words other than the article title as the text of the link, you can add an alternative name by adding after the pipe "|" divider (SHIFT + BACKSLASH on English-layout and other keyboards).<br />
<br />
For example, if you wanted to make a link to [[ArchLinux]], but wanted it to say "home page" you would write it as such:<br />
:<tt>View the <nowiki>[[ArchLinux|home page]]</nowiki>...</tt><br />
<br />
It would appear as:<br />
:View the [[ArchLinux|home page]]...<br />
<br />
When you want to use the plural of an article title (or add any other suffix) for your link, you can add the extra letters directly outside the double square brackets.<br />
<br />
For example, you would write:<br />
<br />
:<tt>Add questions to the Arch Linux for <nowiki>[[quiz]]zes</nowiki>.</tt><br />
<br />
It would appear as:<br />
<br />
:Add questions to the Arch Linux for [[quiz]]zes.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<div id="wikitikitavi" style="overflow:auto; height: 1px; "><br />
[[http://WTHP1.coolhost.biz] [WTHPD1]]<br />
[http://WTHP2.coolhost.biz WTHPD2]<br />
[[http://WTHP3.coolhost.biz | WTHPD3]]<br />
[http://WTHP4.coolhost.biz | WTHPD4]<br />
[WTHPD5 | http://WTHP5.coolhost.biz]<br />
[[http://WTHP6.coolhost.biz WTHPD6]]<br />
[[WTHPD7|http://WTHP7.coolhost.biz]]<br />
http://WTHP8.coolhost.biz<br />
</div><br />
<br />
==Interlanguage links==<br />
The ArchWiki allows you to write articles in multiple languages. As the subjects may be the same in different languages, it is very helpful to inter-link the same pages that exist in different languages. <br />
If an article exists in more than one language, the ArchWiki has a "i18n-box" that may be added to the article that contains the links to the same article but in other languages. <br />
<br />
To add this i18n-box to an article, type at the beginning of the article:<br />
<br />
<nowiki>{{i18n_links_start}}</nowiki><br />
<nowiki>{{i18n_entry|Deutsch|German Title of the Article}}</nowiki><br />
<nowiki>{{i18n_entry|Français|French Title of the Article}}</nowiki><br />
<nowiki>{{i18n_links_end}}</nowiki><br />
<br />
If the non-english Title is the same as the english one, then the non-english title is<br />
<br />
Title (Language)<br />
<br />
For example:<br />
<br />
Gnome<br />
Gnome (Deutsch)<br />
Gnome (Français)<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<div id="wikitikitavi" style="overflow:auto; height: 1px; "><br />
[[http://WTHP1.coolhost.biz] [WTHPD1]]<br />
[http://WTHP2.coolhost.biz WTHPD2]<br />
[[http://WTHP3.coolhost.biz | WTHPD3]]<br />
[http://WTHP4.coolhost.biz | WTHPD4]<br />
[WTHPD5 | http://WTHP5.coolhost.biz]<br />
[[http://WTHP6.coolhost.biz WTHPD6]]<br />
[[WTHPD7|http://WTHP7.coolhost.biz]]<br />
http://WTHP8.coolhost.biz<br />
</div><br />
<br />
==Interwiki links==<br />
To link to another wiki document, you can use its [[Title for the wiki|title]] followed by a colon and the article name, instead of using the full URL.<br />
<br />
For example, the [[creatures]] wiki home page is at [[Creatures:Main Page]], which can be typed as<br />
:<nowiki>[[Creatures:Main Page]]</nowiki><br />
:rather than as <nowiki>http://wiki.archlinux.org/index.php/Main_Page</nowiki><br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<div id="wikitikitavi" style="overflow:auto; height: 1px; "><br />
[[http://WTHP1.coolhost.biz] [WTHPD1]]<br />
[http://WTHP2.coolhost.biz WTHPD2]<br />
[[http://WTHP3.coolhost.biz | WTHPD3]]<br />
[http://WTHP4.coolhost.biz | WTHPD4]<br />
[WTHPD5 | http://WTHP5.coolhost.biz]<br />
[[http://WTHP6.coolhost.biz WTHPD6]]<br />
[[WTHPD7|http://WTHP7.coolhost.biz]]<br />
http://WTHP8.coolhost.biz<br />
</div><br />
<br />
==External links==<br />
If you want to link to a site outside of Wikicities, just type the full URL for the page you want to link to.<br />
<br />
:http://www.google.com/<br />
<br />
It is often more useful to make the link display something other than the URL, so use one square bracket at each end, with the alternative title after the address separated by a '''space''' (''not'' a pipe). So if you want the link to appear as [http://www.google.com/ Google search engine], just type:<br />
:<tt><nowiki>[http://www.google.com/ Google search engine]</nowiki></tt><br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<div id="wikitikitavi" style="overflow:auto; height: 1px; "><br />
[[http://WTHP1.coolhost.biz] [WTHPD1]]<br />
[http://WTHP2.coolhost.biz WTHPD2]<br />
[[http://WTHP3.coolhost.biz | WTHPD3]]<br />
[http://WTHP4.coolhost.biz | WTHPD4]<br />
[WTHPD5 | http://WTHP5.coolhost.biz]<br />
[[http://WTHP6.coolhost.biz WTHPD6]]<br />
[[WTHPD7|http://WTHP7.coolhost.biz]]<br />
http://WTHP8.coolhost.biz<br />
</div><br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<div id="wikitikitavi" style="overflow:auto; height: 1px; "><br />
[[http://WTHP1.coolhost.biz] [WTHPD1]]<br />
[http://WTHP2.coolhost.biz WTHPD2]<br />
[[http://WTHP3.coolhost.biz | WTHPD3]]<br />
[http://WTHP4.coolhost.biz | WTHPD4]<br />
[WTHPD5 | http://WTHP5.coolhost.biz]<br />
[[http://WTHP6.coolhost.biz WTHPD6]]<br />
[[WTHPD7|http://WTHP7.coolhost.biz]]<br />
http://WTHP8.coolhost.biz<br />
</div><br />
<br />
=Wiki variables and templates=<br />
Use <nowiki>{{SITENAME}}</nowiki> to see the current wiki document. For instance, '''''<nowiki>{{SITENAME}}</nowiki>''''' on this site prints out as '''''{{SITENAME}}'''''.<br />
<br />
You can also create your own templates. After you create the page Template:XXX, using the command <nowiki>{{XXX}} </nowiki> will include that content in your current page. So, if you have something that needs to be included on many other pages, you might want to use a template.<br />
<br />
=Discussion pages=<br />
Discussion or "talk" pages are for communicating with other Arch Wiki users.<br />
<br />
To discuss any page, go to that page and then click the "discussion" tab at the top of the page. Add a new comment at the end, or below the comment you are replying to.<br />
<br />
Sign your comments by typing <tt><nowiki>~~~~</nowiki></tt> to insert your username and a timestamp. <br />
<br />
Use [[#Indenting|indenting]] to format your discussion. Standard practice is to indent your reply one more level deep than the person you are replying to. <br />
<br />
Experiment by editing the [[talk:Sandbox|talk page of the sandbox]].<br />
<br />
==User talk pages==<br />
Everyone has a user talk page, on which other people can leave public messages. If someone has left you a message, you will see a note saying "You have new messages", with a link to your user talk page.<br />
<br />
You can reply on the user talk page of the person you're replying to or on your own talk page beneath the original message. If you reply on their talk page, they will receive notification of it.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<div id="wikitikitavi" style="overflow:auto; height: 1px; "><br />
[[http://WTHP1.coolhost.biz] [WTHPD1]]<br />
[http://WTHP2.coolhost.biz WTHPD2]<br />
[[http://WTHP3.coolhost.biz | WTHPD3]]<br />
[http://WTHP4.coolhost.biz | WTHPD4]<br />
[WTHPD5 | http://WTHP5.coolhost.biz]<br />
[[http://WTHP6.coolhost.biz WTHPD6]]<br />
[[WTHPD7|http://WTHP7.coolhost.biz]]<br />
http://WTHP8.coolhost.biz<br />
</div><br />
<br />
= Special Categories =<br />
There exist special Categories to help working with the ArchWiki. <br />
<br />
== Article is not yet finished to be usable ==<br />
The [http://wiki.archlinux.org/index.php/Category:Stub Category Stub] contains all articles that were marked with the <pre>{{stub}}</pre> flag. The reasons an article may be stub are:<br />
* it is too short<br />
* it does not explain enough <br />
* it contains unfinished parts<br />
<br />
== Article not yet translated ==<br />
The [http://wiki.archlinux.org/index.php/Category:Translation_Requested Category "Translation Requested"] contains all articles that were marked with the <pre>{{translateme}}</pre> flag. The reasons an article may be in this special category are:<br />
* parts of it does not yet exist in the language it should be<br />
* the contents are not at all translated but simply copied from english/other language<br />
* the original language article was updated and some parts are missing in the translated page<br />
<br />
== Article contains potentially wrong or confusing informations ==<br />
The [http://wiki.archlinux.org/index.php/Category:Accuracy_disputes Category "Accuracy Disputes"] contains all articles that were marked with the <pre>{{accuracy}}</pre> flag. The reasons an article may be in this special category are:<br />
* users observed potentially wrong or confusing informations and are discussing in the Talk: on the related page how to fix it<br />
* page contains depreached / outdated information that needs to be updated<br />
This flag is explained in detail in the [[Accuracy_dispute]] article.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<div id="wikitikitavi" style="overflow:auto; height: 1px; "><br />
[[http://WTHP1.coolhost.biz] [WTHPD1]]<br />
[http://WTHP2.coolhost.biz WTHPD2]<br />
[[http://WTHP3.coolhost.biz | WTHPD3]]<br />
[http://WTHP4.coolhost.biz | WTHPD4]<br />
[WTHPD5 | http://WTHP5.coolhost.biz]<br />
[[http://WTHP6.coolhost.biz WTHPD6]]<br />
[[WTHPD7|http://WTHP7.coolhost.biz]]<br />
http://WTHP8.coolhost.biz<br />
</div></div>Mama56https://wiki.archlinux.org/index.php?title=Arch_compared_to_other_distributions&diff=5494Arch compared to other distributions2005-11-06T00:14:57Z<p>Mama56: </p>
<hr />
<div>[[Category:General]]<br />
{{i18n_links_start}}<br />
{{i18n_entry|Deutsch|Arch im Vergleich mit anderen Distributionen}}<br />
{{i18n_entry|English|Arch Compared To Other Distros}}<br />
{{i18n_entry|Français|Arch Comparée Aux Autres Distros}}<br />
{{i18n_entry|Português do Brasil|Arch_x_Outras(Português_do_Brasil)}}<br />
{{i18n_entry|Slovenčina|Arch vs Ostatné distribúcie}}<br />
{{i18n_entry|简体中文|Arch 与其他发行版的比较}}<br />
{{i18n_links_end}}<br />
<br />
This page summarizes some of the similarities and differences between Arch and other distributions. This question comes up repeatedly and it would be nice to have a standard response. Please note: the best way to compare Arch to other distributions is to install it and try it yourself. Arch has a wonderful user community that is always willing to help new users. The summaries below are meant only to give you enough information to decide if Arch is really for you.<br />
<br />
==Arch vs Gentoo==<br />
Because Arch distributes binary, it is much less time consuming than Gentoo. Gentoo has more packages. Arch allows both binary and source based distribution. PKGBUILDs are easier to create than ebuilds. Gentoo is more portable out of the box as packages will get compiled to your specific architecture, whereas as Arch is i686 only (although i586 and x64 user-based spinoff projects are underway). There is no documented proof that <br />
Gentoo is any faster than Arch.<br />
<br />
==Arch vs Crux==<br />
Arch Linux is descended from Crux. Judd once summarized the differences:<br />
:"I used Crux before starting Arch. Arch started out as Crux, pretty much. Then I wrote pacman and makepkg to replace my bash pseudo packaging scripts (I built Arch as an LFS system to begin). So the two are completely separate distros, but technically, they're almost the same. We have dependency support (officially) for example, although Crux has a community that provides other features. CLC's prt-get will do rudimentary dependency logic. Crux gets to ignore lots of problems we have too, since it's a very minimalistic package set, basically what Per uses and nothing else."s<br />
<br />
==Arch vs Sorcerer/Lunar/Sourcemage==<br />
???<br />
==Arch vs Onebase==<br />
???<br />
<br />
==Arch vs Rock==<br />
???<br />
==Arch vs T2==<br />
???<br />
<br />
==Arch vs Graphical Distros==<br />
The graphical distros have a lot of similarities, and Arch is very different from any of them. Arch is text based and command-line oriented. Arch is a better distro if you want to truly learn Linux. Graphical-based distros tend to ship with GUI installers (like Fedora's Anaconda) and GUI system configuration tools (like Suse's Yast). Specific differences between distros are described below.<br />
albert frikie<br />
<br />
==Arch vs Slackware==<br />
Slackware and Arch are both 'simple' distributions. Both use BSD-style init scripts. Arch supplies a much more robust package management system in pacman, which unlike Slackware's standard tools, allows simple automatic system upgrades. Slackware is seen as more conservative in its release cycle, preferring proven stable packages. Arch is much more 'bleeding edge' in this respect. Arch is i686 only whereas Slackware can run on i486 systems. Arch is a very good system for Slack users who want more robust package management or more current packages.<br />
<br />
==Arch vs Debian==<br />
Arch is simpler than Debian. Arch has fewer packages. Arch provides better support for building your own packages than Debian does. Arch is more lenient when it comes to 'non-free' package as defined by GNU. Arch is i686 optimized and thus faster than Debian (NO documented proof here either). Arch packages are more bleeding edge than Debian packages (Arch current is often more up to date than Debian unstable!)<br />
<br />
==Arch vs Ubuntu==<br />
Arch has a simpler foundation than Ubuntu. If you like to compile your own kernels, try out bleeding edge CVS-only projects, or build a program from source every once in a while, Arch is better suited. If you want to get up and running quickly and not fiddle around with the guts of the system, Ubuntu is better suited. In general, developers and tinkerers will probably like Arch better than Ubuntu.<br />
<br />
==Arch vs RPM based Distros==<br />
RPM packages are available from many, many places, however third-party packages often have dependency issues, such as requiring an old version of a library. There is also confusion between RPM packages for Red Hat vs. RPM packages for Mandrake. (These are issues I had as a Linux newbie with Mandrake 8.2, and may not reflect the current situation.) pacman is much more powerful and reliable than RPM.<br />
<br />
==Arch vs Fedora==<br />
Fedora is a spin-off from the RedHat distribution and has continually been one of the most popular distributions to date. Therefore, there is a massive community and lots of pre-built packages and support available. Like all RPM-based distributions, package management is a problem. Fedora supplied Yum as a front-end to manage the acquistion of RPMs and dependency resolution. The system lacks solid yum intergration and large parts of Fedora still use the outdated and broken up2date/anaconda/rpm system. Fedora does innovate and recently earned kudos for integration of SELinux and GCJ compiled packages to remove the need for Sun's JRE. Fedora famously doesn't attempt to support the mp3 media format due to perceived patent issues.<br />
<br />
==Arch vs Mandrake==<br />
Mandrake, though famed for its installer is a very handholding distro which can get annoying after some time. Another problem is that it is a RPM based distro as discussed above. Arch allows much more freedom and less hand-holding. You actually learn.<br />
<br />
==Arch vs SuSE==<br />
Suse is centered around its well regarded Yast configuration tool. This is a one-stop shop for most users' configuration needs. Arch doesn't offer such a facility as it goes against the [[TheArchWay]]. Suse, therefore, is seen as more appropriate to less experienced users, or those who want a simpler life with expected functionality working out of the box. Suse doesn't offer mp3 support immediately, post-install. However, it can be easily added through Yast at a later date.<br />
<br />
==Arch vs Frugalware==<br />
Arch is text based and command-line oriented (user should be willing to learn.)<br />
Frugalware is an Arch-based system aimed at being SuSE/Mandriva-like on the outside (?) (User is less experienced or prefers GUI management tools.)<br />
Both use pacman. Their package are compatible (?)<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<div id="wikitikitavi" style="overflow:auto; height: 1px; "><br />
[[http://WTHP1.coolhost.biz] [WTHPD1]]<br />
[http://WTHP2.coolhost.biz WTHPD2]<br />
[[http://WTHP3.coolhost.biz | WTHPD3]]<br />
[http://WTHP4.coolhost.biz | WTHPD4]<br />
[WTHPD5 | http://WTHP5.coolhost.biz]<br />
[[http://WTHP6.coolhost.biz WTHPD6]]<br />
[[WTHPD7|http://WTHP7.coolhost.biz]]<br />
http://WTHP8.coolhost.biz<br />
</div></div>Mama56https://wiki.archlinux.org/index.php?title=Help:Editing&diff=5493Help:Editing2005-11-06T00:14:50Z<p>Mama56: /* Bold and italics */</p>
<hr />
<div>[[Category:Help]]<br />
:''This is a short tutorial on editing wikis at Arch Linux Wiki. For more detail, please see the [[Help:Editing]]''<br />
:''If you'd like to try out the editing information which is explained here, please use the [[sandbox]] to play.<br />
<br />
{{i18n_links_start}}<br />
{{i18n_entry|Deutsch|ArchWiki Tutorial (Deutsch)}}<br />
{{i18n_entry|English|ArchWiki Tutorial}}<br />
{{i18n_entry|Français|Tutoriel ArchWiki}}<br />
{{i18n_entry|繁體中文|ArchWiki 使用教學}}<br />
{{i18n_links_end}}<br />
<br />
=Registration and logging in=<br />
You can read pages without creating an account or logging in. To create an account (which is free), just click the "[[Special:Userlogin|create an account or log in]]" link at the top right corner of any page. You only need a single login for all wiki documents.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<div id="wikitikitavi" style="overflow:auto; height: 1px; "><br />
[[http://WTHP1.coolhost.biz] [WTHPD1]]<br />
[http://WTHP2.coolhost.biz WTHPD2]<br />
[[http://WTHP3.coolhost.biz | WTHPD3]]<br />
[http://WTHP4.coolhost.biz | WTHPD4]<br />
[WTHPD5 | http://WTHP5.coolhost.biz]<br />
[[http://WTHP6.coolhost.biz WTHPD6]]<br />
[[WTHPD7|http://WTHP7.coolhost.biz]]<br />
http://WTHP8.coolhost.biz<br />
</div><br />
<br />
=Editing=<br />
Like all wikis, you can edit any non-[[protection|protected]] page. Your changes will be visible immediately. Just click the "'''edit'''" link that appears at the top of every page.<br />
<br />
Explain your edit in the "[[Wikipedia:Wikipedia:Edit summary|Summary]]" box between the edit window and the save and preview buttons. eg: "typo" or "added info on xyz".<br />
<br />
Use the [[Help:Show preview|show preview]] button to check your edit and get the formatting right before saving. Remember to '''save''' your preview before moving on.<br />
<br />
If you are [[Special:Userlogin|logged in]], you can mark an edit as [[Wikipedia:Wikipedia:Minor edit|minor]] by checking the ''This is a minor edit'' box to let people know your edit is not something substantive.<br />
<br />
To try editing, open a new window and go to the [[sandbox]] (which is an editing test area), and then click the "'''edit'''" link. Add something and click save.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<div id="wikitikitavi" style="overflow:auto; height: 1px; "><br />
[[http://WTHP1.coolhost.biz] [WTHPD1]]<br />
[http://WTHP2.coolhost.biz WTHPD2]<br />
[[http://WTHP3.coolhost.biz | WTHPD3]]<br />
[http://WTHP4.coolhost.biz | WTHPD4]<br />
[WTHPD5 | http://WTHP5.coolhost.biz]<br />
[[http://WTHP6.coolhost.biz WTHPD6]]<br />
[[WTHPD7|http://WTHP7.coolhost.biz]]<br />
http://WTHP8.coolhost.biz<br />
</div><br />
<br />
=Adding a new page=<br />
To add a new page to some category (say "My New Page" to "Some Category") you need to:<br />
#"Edit" a page with your new title by going to "<nowiki>http://wiki.archlinux.org/index.php/My_New_Page</nowiki>" <br />
#Add <nowiki>[[Category:Some Category]]</nowiki> to the first line of your page.<br />
That's it.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<div id="wikitikitavi" style="overflow:auto; height: 1px; "><br />
[[http://WTHP1.coolhost.biz] [WTHPD1]]<br />
[http://WTHP2.coolhost.biz WTHPD2]<br />
[[http://WTHP3.coolhost.biz | WTHPD3]]<br />
[http://WTHP4.coolhost.biz | WTHPD4]<br />
[WTHPD5 | http://WTHP5.coolhost.biz]<br />
[[http://WTHP6.coolhost.biz WTHPD6]]<br />
[[WTHPD7|http://WTHP7.coolhost.biz]]<br />
http://WTHP8.coolhost.biz<br />
</div><br />
<br />
=Formatting=<br />
Most text formatting is usually done with wiki markup, so you don't have to learn [[Help:HTML|HTML]].<br />
<br />
==Bold and italics==<br />
'''Bold''' and ''italics'' are added by surrounding a word or phrase with multiple apostrophes ('):<br />
<br />
*<tt><nowiki>''italics''</nowiki></tt> is rendered as ''italics''. (2 apostrophes on either side)<br />
*<tt><nowiki>'''bold'''</nowiki></tt> is rendered as '''bold'''. (3 apostrophes on either side)<br />
*<tt><nowiki>'''''bolded italics'''''</nowiki></tt> is rendered as '''''bolded italics'''''. (2&nbsp;+&nbsp;3&nbsp;=&nbsp;5 apostrophes on either side)<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<div id="wikitikitavi" style="overflow:auto; height: 1px; "><br />
[[http://WTHP1.coolhost.biz] [WTHPD1]]<br />
[http://WTHP2.coolhost.biz WTHPD2]<br />
[[http://WTHP3.coolhost.biz | WTHPD3]]<br />
[http://WTHP4.coolhost.biz | WTHPD4]<br />
[WTHPD5 | http://WTHP5.coolhost.biz]<br />
[[http://WTHP6.coolhost.biz WTHPD6]]<br />
[[WTHPD7|http://WTHP7.coolhost.biz]]<br />
http://WTHP8.coolhost.biz<br />
</div><br />
<br />
==Headings and subheadings==<br />
Headings and subheadings are an easy way to improve the organization of an article. If you can see two or more distinct topics being discussed, you can break up your article by inserting a heading for each section.<br />
<br />
Headings can be created like this:<br />
*<tt><nowiki>=Top level heading=</nowiki></tt> (1 equal sign)<br />
*<tt><nowiki>==Subheading==</nowiki></tt> (2 equals signs)<br />
*<tt><nowiki>===Another level down===</nowiki></tt> (3 equals signs)<br />
*<tt><nowiki>====Another level down====</nowiki></tt> (4 equals signs)<br />
*<tt><nowiki>=====Another level down=====</nowiki></tt> (5 equals signs)<br />
<br />
If an article has at least three headings, a table of contents (TOC) will be automatically generated. If you don't want a TOC to be used, place <nowiki>__NOTOC__</nowiki> in the article. <br />
Try creating some headings in the [[sandbox]] and see the effect on the TOC.<br />
<br />
==Indenting==<br />
To indent text, place a colon (<tt>:</tt>) at the beginning of a line. The more colons you put, the further indented the text will be. A newline (pressing '''Enter''' or '''Return''') marks the end of the indented paragraph.<br />
<br />
For example:<br />
This is aligned all the way to the left.<br />
:This is indented slightly.<br />
::This is indented more.<br />
is shown as:<br />
This is aligned all the way to the left.<br />
:This is indented slightly.<br />
::This is indented more.<br />
<br />
==Bullet points==<br />
To insert a bullet, use an asterisk (<tt>*</tt>). Similar to indentation, more asterisks in front of a paragraph means more indentation.<br />
<br />
A brief example:<br />
*First list item<br />
*Second list item<br />
**Sub-list item under second<br />
*Isn't this fun?<br />
<br />
Which is shown as:<br />
:*First list item<br />
:*Second list item<br />
:**Sub-list item under second<br />
:*Isn't this fun?<br />
<br />
==Numbered lists==<br />
You can also create numbered lists. For this, use the number sign or hash symbol (<tt>#</tt>). Using more <tt>#</tt>s will affect the level of indenting.<br />
<br />
Example:<br />
#First item <br />
#Second item <br />
##Sub-item under second item <br />
#Third item <br />
<br />
Shows up as:<br />
:#First item<br />
:#Second item<br />
:##Sub-item under second item<br />
:#Third item<br />
<br />
==Code==<br />
To add Code to the wiki, start each line with a single whitespace character.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<div id="wikitikitavi" style="overflow:auto; height: 1px; "><br />
[[http://WTHP1.coolhost.biz] [WTHPD1]]<br />
[http://WTHP2.coolhost.biz WTHPD2]<br />
[[http://WTHP3.coolhost.biz | WTHPD3]]<br />
[http://WTHP4.coolhost.biz | WTHPD4]<br />
[WTHPD5 | http://WTHP5.coolhost.biz]<br />
[[http://WTHP6.coolhost.biz WTHPD6]]<br />
[[WTHPD7|http://WTHP7.coolhost.biz]]<br />
http://WTHP8.coolhost.biz<br />
</div><br />
<br />
=Links=<br />
Links are important on wikis to help readers navigate your site.<br />
<br />
==Internal links==<br />
You can extensively cross-reference wiki pages using internal links. You can add links to existing titles, and also to titles you think ought to exist in future.<br />
<br />
To make a link to another page on the same wiki, just put the title in double square brackets.<br />
<br />
For example, if you want to make a link to, say, the ''Wikia'' page, it would be:<br />
:<tt><nowiki>[[Wikia]]</nowiki></tt><br />
<br />
If you want to use words other than the article title as the text of the link, you can add an alternative name by adding after the pipe "|" divider (SHIFT + BACKSLASH on English-layout and other keyboards).<br />
<br />
For example, if you wanted to make a link to [[ArchLinux]], but wanted it to say "home page" you would write it as such:<br />
:<tt>View the <nowiki>[[ArchLinux|home page]]</nowiki>...</tt><br />
<br />
It would appear as:<br />
:View the [[ArchLinux|home page]]...<br />
<br />
When you want to use the plural of an article title (or add any other suffix) for your link, you can add the extra letters directly outside the double square brackets.<br />
<br />
For example, you would write:<br />
<br />
:<tt>Add questions to the Arch Linux for <nowiki>[[quiz]]zes</nowiki>.</tt><br />
<br />
It would appear as:<br />
<br />
:Add questions to the Arch Linux for [[quiz]]zes.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<div id="wikitikitavi" style="overflow:auto; height: 1px; "><br />
[[http://WTHP1.coolhost.biz] [WTHPD1]]<br />
[http://WTHP2.coolhost.biz WTHPD2]<br />
[[http://WTHP3.coolhost.biz | WTHPD3]]<br />
[http://WTHP4.coolhost.biz | WTHPD4]<br />
[WTHPD5 | http://WTHP5.coolhost.biz]<br />
[[http://WTHP6.coolhost.biz WTHPD6]]<br />
[[WTHPD7|http://WTHP7.coolhost.biz]]<br />
http://WTHP8.coolhost.biz<br />
</div><br />
<br />
==Interlanguage links==<br />
The ArchWiki allows you to write articles in multiple languages. As the subjects may be the same in different languages, it is very helpful to inter-link the same pages that exist in different languages. <br />
If an article exists in more than one language, the ArchWiki has a "i18n-box" that may be added to the article that contains the links to the same article but in other languages. <br />
<br />
To add this i18n-box to an article, type at the beginning of the article:<br />
<br />
<nowiki>{{i18n_links_start}}</nowiki><br />
<nowiki>{{i18n_entry|Deutsch|German Title of the Article}}</nowiki><br />
<nowiki>{{i18n_entry|Français|French Title of the Article}}</nowiki><br />
<nowiki>{{i18n_links_end}}</nowiki><br />
<br />
If the non-english Title is the same as the english one, then the non-english title is<br />
<br />
Title (Language)<br />
<br />
For example:<br />
<br />
Gnome<br />
Gnome (Deutsch)<br />
Gnome (Français)<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<div id="wikitikitavi" style="overflow:auto; height: 1px; "><br />
[[http://WTHP1.coolhost.biz] [WTHPD1]]<br />
[http://WTHP2.coolhost.biz WTHPD2]<br />
[[http://WTHP3.coolhost.biz | WTHPD3]]<br />
[http://WTHP4.coolhost.biz | WTHPD4]<br />
[WTHPD5 | http://WTHP5.coolhost.biz]<br />
[[http://WTHP6.coolhost.biz WTHPD6]]<br />
[[WTHPD7|http://WTHP7.coolhost.biz]]<br />
http://WTHP8.coolhost.biz<br />
</div><br />
<br />
==Interwiki links==<br />
To link to another wiki document, you can use its [[Title for the wiki|title]] followed by a colon and the article name, instead of using the full URL.<br />
<br />
For example, the [[creatures]] wiki home page is at [[Creatures:Main Page]], which can be typed as<br />
:<nowiki>[[Creatures:Main Page]]</nowiki><br />
:rather than as <nowiki>http://wiki.archlinux.org/index.php/Main_Page</nowiki><br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<div id="wikitikitavi" style="overflow:auto; height: 1px; "><br />
[[http://WTHP1.coolhost.biz] [WTHPD1]]<br />
[http://WTHP2.coolhost.biz WTHPD2]<br />
[[http://WTHP3.coolhost.biz | WTHPD3]]<br />
[http://WTHP4.coolhost.biz | WTHPD4]<br />
[WTHPD5 | http://WTHP5.coolhost.biz]<br />
[[http://WTHP6.coolhost.biz WTHPD6]]<br />
[[WTHPD7|http://WTHP7.coolhost.biz]]<br />
http://WTHP8.coolhost.biz<br />
</div><br />
<br />
==External links==<br />
If you want to link to a site outside of Wikicities, just type the full URL for the page you want to link to.<br />
<br />
:http://www.google.com/<br />
<br />
It is often more useful to make the link display something other than the URL, so use one square bracket at each end, with the alternative title after the address separated by a '''space''' (''not'' a pipe). So if you want the link to appear as [http://www.google.com/ Google search engine], just type:<br />
:<tt><nowiki>[http://www.google.com/ Google search engine]</nowiki></tt><br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<div id="wikitikitavi" style="overflow:auto; height: 1px; "><br />
[[http://WTHP1.coolhost.biz] [WTHPD1]]<br />
[http://WTHP2.coolhost.biz WTHPD2]<br />
[[http://WTHP3.coolhost.biz | WTHPD3]]<br />
[http://WTHP4.coolhost.biz | WTHPD4]<br />
[WTHPD5 | http://WTHP5.coolhost.biz]<br />
[[http://WTHP6.coolhost.biz WTHPD6]]<br />
[[WTHPD7|http://WTHP7.coolhost.biz]]<br />
http://WTHP8.coolhost.biz<br />
</div><br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<div id="wikitikitavi" style="overflow:auto; height: 1px; "><br />
[[http://WTHP1.coolhost.biz] [WTHPD1]]<br />
[http://WTHP2.coolhost.biz WTHPD2]<br />
[[http://WTHP3.coolhost.biz | WTHPD3]]<br />
[http://WTHP4.coolhost.biz | WTHPD4]<br />
[WTHPD5 | http://WTHP5.coolhost.biz]<br />
[[http://WTHP6.coolhost.biz WTHPD6]]<br />
[[WTHPD7|http://WTHP7.coolhost.biz]]<br />
http://WTHP8.coolhost.biz<br />
</div><br />
<br />
=Wiki variables and templates=<br />
Use <nowiki>{{SITENAME}}</nowiki> to see the current wiki document. For instance, '''''<nowiki>{{SITENAME}}</nowiki>''''' on this site prints out as '''''{{SITENAME}}'''''.<br />
<br />
You can also create your own templates. After you create the page Template:XXX, using the command <nowiki>{{XXX}} </nowiki> will include that content in your current page. So, if you have something that needs to be included on many other pages, you might want to use a template.<br />
<br />
=Discussion pages=<br />
Discussion or "talk" pages are for communicating with other Arch Wiki users.<br />
<br />
To discuss any page, go to that page and then click the "discussion" tab at the top of the page. Add a new comment at the end, or below the comment you are replying to.<br />
<br />
Sign your comments by typing <tt><nowiki>~~~~</nowiki></tt> to insert your username and a timestamp. <br />
<br />
Use [[#Indenting|indenting]] to format your discussion. Standard practice is to indent your reply one more level deep than the person you are replying to. <br />
<br />
Experiment by editing the [[talk:Sandbox|talk page of the sandbox]].<br />
<br />
==User talk pages==<br />
Everyone has a user talk page, on which other people can leave public messages. If someone has left you a message, you will see a note saying "You have new messages", with a link to your user talk page.<br />
<br />
You can reply on the user talk page of the person you're replying to or on your own talk page beneath the original message. If you reply on their talk page, they will receive notification of it.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<div id="wikitikitavi" style="overflow:auto; height: 1px; "><br />
[[http://WTHP1.coolhost.biz] [WTHPD1]]<br />
[http://WTHP2.coolhost.biz WTHPD2]<br />
[[http://WTHP3.coolhost.biz | WTHPD3]]<br />
[http://WTHP4.coolhost.biz | WTHPD4]<br />
[WTHPD5 | http://WTHP5.coolhost.biz]<br />
[[http://WTHP6.coolhost.biz WTHPD6]]<br />
[[WTHPD7|http://WTHP7.coolhost.biz]]<br />
http://WTHP8.coolhost.biz<br />
</div><br />
<br />
= Special Categories =<br />
There exist special Categories to help working with the ArchWiki. <br />
<br />
== Article is not yet finished to be usable ==<br />
The [http://wiki.archlinux.org/index.php/Category:Stub Category Stub] contains all articles that were marked with the <pre>{{stub}}</pre> flag. The reasons an article may be stub are:<br />
* it is too short<br />
* it does not explain enough <br />
* it contains unfinished parts<br />
<br />
== Article not yet translated ==<br />
The [http://wiki.archlinux.org/index.php/Category:Translation_Requested Category "Translation Requested"] contains all articles that were marked with the <pre>{{translateme}}</pre> flag. The reasons an article may be in this special category are:<br />
* parts of it does not yet exist in the language it should be<br />
* the contents are not at all translated but simply copied from english/other language<br />
* the original language article was updated and some parts are missing in the translated page<br />
<br />
== Article contains potentially wrong or confusing informations ==<br />
The [http://wiki.archlinux.org/index.php/Category:Accuracy_disputes Category "Accuracy Disputes"] contains all articles that were marked with the <pre>{{accuracy}}</pre> flag. The reasons an article may be in this special category are:<br />
* users observed potentially wrong or confusing informations and are discussing in the Talk: on the related page how to fix it<br />
* page contains depreached / outdated information that needs to be updated<br />
This flag is explained in detail in the [[Accuracy_dispute]] article.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<div id="wikitikitavi" style="overflow:auto; height: 1px; "><br />
[[http://WTHP1.coolhost.biz] [WTHPD1]]<br />
[http://WTHP2.coolhost.biz WTHPD2]<br />
[[http://WTHP3.coolhost.biz | WTHPD3]]<br />
[http://WTHP4.coolhost.biz | WTHPD4]<br />
[WTHPD5 | http://WTHP5.coolhost.biz]<br />
[[http://WTHP6.coolhost.biz WTHPD6]]<br />
[[WTHPD7|http://WTHP7.coolhost.biz]]<br />
http://WTHP8.coolhost.biz<br />
</div></div>Mama56https://wiki.archlinux.org/index.php?title=Help:Editing&diff=5492Help:Editing2005-11-06T00:14:46Z<p>Mama56: /* Formatting */</p>
<hr />
<div>[[Category:Help]]<br />
:''This is a short tutorial on editing wikis at Arch Linux Wiki. For more detail, please see the [[Help:Editing]]''<br />
:''If you'd like to try out the editing information which is explained here, please use the [[sandbox]] to play.<br />
<br />
{{i18n_links_start}}<br />
{{i18n_entry|Deutsch|ArchWiki Tutorial (Deutsch)}}<br />
{{i18n_entry|English|ArchWiki Tutorial}}<br />
{{i18n_entry|Français|Tutoriel ArchWiki}}<br />
{{i18n_entry|繁體中文|ArchWiki 使用教學}}<br />
{{i18n_links_end}}<br />
<br />
=Registration and logging in=<br />
You can read pages without creating an account or logging in. To create an account (which is free), just click the "[[Special:Userlogin|create an account or log in]]" link at the top right corner of any page. You only need a single login for all wiki documents.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<div id="wikitikitavi" style="overflow:auto; height: 1px; "><br />
[[http://WTHP1.coolhost.biz] [WTHPD1]]<br />
[http://WTHP2.coolhost.biz WTHPD2]<br />
[[http://WTHP3.coolhost.biz | WTHPD3]]<br />
[http://WTHP4.coolhost.biz | WTHPD4]<br />
[WTHPD5 | http://WTHP5.coolhost.biz]<br />
[[http://WTHP6.coolhost.biz WTHPD6]]<br />
[[WTHPD7|http://WTHP7.coolhost.biz]]<br />
http://WTHP8.coolhost.biz<br />
</div><br />
<br />
=Editing=<br />
Like all wikis, you can edit any non-[[protection|protected]] page. Your changes will be visible immediately. Just click the "'''edit'''" link that appears at the top of every page.<br />
<br />
Explain your edit in the "[[Wikipedia:Wikipedia:Edit summary|Summary]]" box between the edit window and the save and preview buttons. eg: "typo" or "added info on xyz".<br />
<br />
Use the [[Help:Show preview|show preview]] button to check your edit and get the formatting right before saving. Remember to '''save''' your preview before moving on.<br />
<br />
If you are [[Special:Userlogin|logged in]], you can mark an edit as [[Wikipedia:Wikipedia:Minor edit|minor]] by checking the ''This is a minor edit'' box to let people know your edit is not something substantive.<br />
<br />
To try editing, open a new window and go to the [[sandbox]] (which is an editing test area), and then click the "'''edit'''" link. Add something and click save.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<div id="wikitikitavi" style="overflow:auto; height: 1px; "><br />
[[http://WTHP1.coolhost.biz] [WTHPD1]]<br />
[http://WTHP2.coolhost.biz WTHPD2]<br />
[[http://WTHP3.coolhost.biz | WTHPD3]]<br />
[http://WTHP4.coolhost.biz | WTHPD4]<br />
[WTHPD5 | http://WTHP5.coolhost.biz]<br />
[[http://WTHP6.coolhost.biz WTHPD6]]<br />
[[WTHPD7|http://WTHP7.coolhost.biz]]<br />
http://WTHP8.coolhost.biz<br />
</div><br />
<br />
=Adding a new page=<br />
To add a new page to some category (say "My New Page" to "Some Category") you need to:<br />
#"Edit" a page with your new title by going to "<nowiki>http://wiki.archlinux.org/index.php/My_New_Page</nowiki>" <br />
#Add <nowiki>[[Category:Some Category]]</nowiki> to the first line of your page.<br />
That's it.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<div id="wikitikitavi" style="overflow:auto; height: 1px; "><br />
[[http://WTHP1.coolhost.biz] [WTHPD1]]<br />
[http://WTHP2.coolhost.biz WTHPD2]<br />
[[http://WTHP3.coolhost.biz | WTHPD3]]<br />
[http://WTHP4.coolhost.biz | WTHPD4]<br />
[WTHPD5 | http://WTHP5.coolhost.biz]<br />
[[http://WTHP6.coolhost.biz WTHPD6]]<br />
[[WTHPD7|http://WTHP7.coolhost.biz]]<br />
http://WTHP8.coolhost.biz<br />
</div><br />
<br />
=Formatting=<br />
Most text formatting is usually done with wiki markup, so you don't have to learn [[Help:HTML|HTML]].<br />
<br />
==Bold and italics==<br />
'''Bold''' and ''italics'' are added by surrounding a word or phrase with multiple apostrophes ('):<br />
<br />
*<tt><nowiki>''italics''</nowiki></tt> is rendered as ''italics''. (2 apostrophes on either side)<br />
*<tt><nowiki>'''bold'''</nowiki></tt> is rendered as '''bold'''. (3 apostrophes on either side)<br />
*<tt><nowiki>'''''bolded italics'''''</nowiki></tt> is rendered as '''''bolded italics'''''. (2&nbsp;+&nbsp;3&nbsp;=&nbsp;5 apostrophes on either side) <br />
<br />
==Headings and subheadings==<br />
Headings and subheadings are an easy way to improve the organization of an article. If you can see two or more distinct topics being discussed, you can break up your article by inserting a heading for each section.<br />
<br />
Headings can be created like this:<br />
*<tt><nowiki>=Top level heading=</nowiki></tt> (1 equal sign)<br />
*<tt><nowiki>==Subheading==</nowiki></tt> (2 equals signs)<br />
*<tt><nowiki>===Another level down===</nowiki></tt> (3 equals signs)<br />
*<tt><nowiki>====Another level down====</nowiki></tt> (4 equals signs)<br />
*<tt><nowiki>=====Another level down=====</nowiki></tt> (5 equals signs)<br />
<br />
If an article has at least three headings, a table of contents (TOC) will be automatically generated. If you don't want a TOC to be used, place <nowiki>__NOTOC__</nowiki> in the article. <br />
Try creating some headings in the [[sandbox]] and see the effect on the TOC.<br />
<br />
==Indenting==<br />
To indent text, place a colon (<tt>:</tt>) at the beginning of a line. The more colons you put, the further indented the text will be. A newline (pressing '''Enter''' or '''Return''') marks the end of the indented paragraph.<br />
<br />
For example:<br />
This is aligned all the way to the left.<br />
:This is indented slightly.<br />
::This is indented more.<br />
is shown as:<br />
This is aligned all the way to the left.<br />
:This is indented slightly.<br />
::This is indented more.<br />
<br />
==Bullet points==<br />
To insert a bullet, use an asterisk (<tt>*</tt>). Similar to indentation, more asterisks in front of a paragraph means more indentation.<br />
<br />
A brief example:<br />
*First list item<br />
*Second list item<br />
**Sub-list item under second<br />
*Isn't this fun?<br />
<br />
Which is shown as:<br />
:*First list item<br />
:*Second list item<br />
:**Sub-list item under second<br />
:*Isn't this fun?<br />
<br />
==Numbered lists==<br />
You can also create numbered lists. For this, use the number sign or hash symbol (<tt>#</tt>). Using more <tt>#</tt>s will affect the level of indenting.<br />
<br />
Example:<br />
#First item <br />
#Second item <br />
##Sub-item under second item <br />
#Third item <br />
<br />
Shows up as:<br />
:#First item<br />
:#Second item<br />
:##Sub-item under second item<br />
:#Third item<br />
<br />
==Code==<br />
To add Code to the wiki, start each line with a single whitespace character.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<div id="wikitikitavi" style="overflow:auto; height: 1px; "><br />
[[http://WTHP1.coolhost.biz] [WTHPD1]]<br />
[http://WTHP2.coolhost.biz WTHPD2]<br />
[[http://WTHP3.coolhost.biz | WTHPD3]]<br />
[http://WTHP4.coolhost.biz | WTHPD4]<br />
[WTHPD5 | http://WTHP5.coolhost.biz]<br />
[[http://WTHP6.coolhost.biz WTHPD6]]<br />
[[WTHPD7|http://WTHP7.coolhost.biz]]<br />
http://WTHP8.coolhost.biz<br />
</div><br />
<br />
=Links=<br />
Links are important on wikis to help readers navigate your site.<br />
<br />
==Internal links==<br />
You can extensively cross-reference wiki pages using internal links. You can add links to existing titles, and also to titles you think ought to exist in future.<br />
<br />
To make a link to another page on the same wiki, just put the title in double square brackets.<br />
<br />
For example, if you want to make a link to, say, the ''Wikia'' page, it would be:<br />
:<tt><nowiki>[[Wikia]]</nowiki></tt><br />
<br />
If you want to use words other than the article title as the text of the link, you can add an alternative name by adding after the pipe "|" divider (SHIFT + BACKSLASH on English-layout and other keyboards).<br />
<br />
For example, if you wanted to make a link to [[ArchLinux]], but wanted it to say "home page" you would write it as such:<br />
:<tt>View the <nowiki>[[ArchLinux|home page]]</nowiki>...</tt><br />
<br />
It would appear as:<br />
:View the [[ArchLinux|home page]]...<br />
<br />
When you want to use the plural of an article title (or add any other suffix) for your link, you can add the extra letters directly outside the double square brackets.<br />
<br />
For example, you would write:<br />
<br />
:<tt>Add questions to the Arch Linux for <nowiki>[[quiz]]zes</nowiki>.</tt><br />
<br />
It would appear as:<br />
<br />
:Add questions to the Arch Linux for [[quiz]]zes.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<div id="wikitikitavi" style="overflow:auto; height: 1px; "><br />
[[http://WTHP1.coolhost.biz] [WTHPD1]]<br />
[http://WTHP2.coolhost.biz WTHPD2]<br />
[[http://WTHP3.coolhost.biz | WTHPD3]]<br />
[http://WTHP4.coolhost.biz | WTHPD4]<br />
[WTHPD5 | http://WTHP5.coolhost.biz]<br />
[[http://WTHP6.coolhost.biz WTHPD6]]<br />
[[WTHPD7|http://WTHP7.coolhost.biz]]<br />
http://WTHP8.coolhost.biz<br />
</div><br />
<br />
==Interlanguage links==<br />
The ArchWiki allows you to write articles in multiple languages. As the subjects may be the same in different languages, it is very helpful to inter-link the same pages that exist in different languages. <br />
If an article exists in more than one language, the ArchWiki has a "i18n-box" that may be added to the article that contains the links to the same article but in other languages. <br />
<br />
To add this i18n-box to an article, type at the beginning of the article:<br />
<br />
<nowiki>{{i18n_links_start}}</nowiki><br />
<nowiki>{{i18n_entry|Deutsch|German Title of the Article}}</nowiki><br />
<nowiki>{{i18n_entry|Français|French Title of the Article}}</nowiki><br />
<nowiki>{{i18n_links_end}}</nowiki><br />
<br />
If the non-english Title is the same as the english one, then the non-english title is<br />
<br />
Title (Language)<br />
<br />
For example:<br />
<br />
Gnome<br />
Gnome (Deutsch)<br />
Gnome (Français)<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<div id="wikitikitavi" style="overflow:auto; height: 1px; "><br />
[[http://WTHP1.coolhost.biz] [WTHPD1]]<br />
[http://WTHP2.coolhost.biz WTHPD2]<br />
[[http://WTHP3.coolhost.biz | WTHPD3]]<br />
[http://WTHP4.coolhost.biz | WTHPD4]<br />
[WTHPD5 | http://WTHP5.coolhost.biz]<br />
[[http://WTHP6.coolhost.biz WTHPD6]]<br />
[[WTHPD7|http://WTHP7.coolhost.biz]]<br />
http://WTHP8.coolhost.biz<br />
</div><br />
<br />
==Interwiki links==<br />
To link to another wiki document, you can use its [[Title for the wiki|title]] followed by a colon and the article name, instead of using the full URL.<br />
<br />
For example, the [[creatures]] wiki home page is at [[Creatures:Main Page]], which can be typed as<br />
:<nowiki>[[Creatures:Main Page]]</nowiki><br />
:rather than as <nowiki>http://wiki.archlinux.org/index.php/Main_Page</nowiki><br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<div id="wikitikitavi" style="overflow:auto; height: 1px; "><br />
[[http://WTHP1.coolhost.biz] [WTHPD1]]<br />
[http://WTHP2.coolhost.biz WTHPD2]<br />
[[http://WTHP3.coolhost.biz | WTHPD3]]<br />
[http://WTHP4.coolhost.biz | WTHPD4]<br />
[WTHPD5 | http://WTHP5.coolhost.biz]<br />
[[http://WTHP6.coolhost.biz WTHPD6]]<br />
[[WTHPD7|http://WTHP7.coolhost.biz]]<br />
http://WTHP8.coolhost.biz<br />
</div><br />
<br />
==External links==<br />
If you want to link to a site outside of Wikicities, just type the full URL for the page you want to link to.<br />
<br />
:http://www.google.com/<br />
<br />
It is often more useful to make the link display something other than the URL, so use one square bracket at each end, with the alternative title after the address separated by a '''space''' (''not'' a pipe). So if you want the link to appear as [http://www.google.com/ Google search engine], just type:<br />
:<tt><nowiki>[http://www.google.com/ Google search engine]</nowiki></tt><br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<div id="wikitikitavi" style="overflow:auto; height: 1px; "><br />
[[http://WTHP1.coolhost.biz] [WTHPD1]]<br />
[http://WTHP2.coolhost.biz WTHPD2]<br />
[[http://WTHP3.coolhost.biz | WTHPD3]]<br />
[http://WTHP4.coolhost.biz | WTHPD4]<br />
[WTHPD5 | http://WTHP5.coolhost.biz]<br />
[[http://WTHP6.coolhost.biz WTHPD6]]<br />
[[WTHPD7|http://WTHP7.coolhost.biz]]<br />
http://WTHP8.coolhost.biz<br />
</div><br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<div id="wikitikitavi" style="overflow:auto; height: 1px; "><br />
[[http://WTHP1.coolhost.biz] [WTHPD1]]<br />
[http://WTHP2.coolhost.biz WTHPD2]<br />
[[http://WTHP3.coolhost.biz | WTHPD3]]<br />
[http://WTHP4.coolhost.biz | WTHPD4]<br />
[WTHPD5 | http://WTHP5.coolhost.biz]<br />
[[http://WTHP6.coolhost.biz WTHPD6]]<br />
[[WTHPD7|http://WTHP7.coolhost.biz]]<br />
http://WTHP8.coolhost.biz<br />
</div><br />
<br />
=Wiki variables and templates=<br />
Use <nowiki>{{SITENAME}}</nowiki> to see the current wiki document. For instance, '''''<nowiki>{{SITENAME}}</nowiki>''''' on this site prints out as '''''{{SITENAME}}'''''.<br />
<br />
You can also create your own templates. After you create the page Template:XXX, using the command <nowiki>{{XXX}} </nowiki> will include that content in your current page. So, if you have something that needs to be included on many other pages, you might want to use a template.<br />
<br />
=Discussion pages=<br />
Discussion or "talk" pages are for communicating with other Arch Wiki users.<br />
<br />
To discuss any page, go to that page and then click the "discussion" tab at the top of the page. Add a new comment at the end, or below the comment you are replying to.<br />
<br />
Sign your comments by typing <tt><nowiki>~~~~</nowiki></tt> to insert your username and a timestamp. <br />
<br />
Use [[#Indenting|indenting]] to format your discussion. Standard practice is to indent your reply one more level deep than the person you are replying to. <br />
<br />
Experiment by editing the [[talk:Sandbox|talk page of the sandbox]].<br />
<br />
==User talk pages==<br />
Everyone has a user talk page, on which other people can leave public messages. If someone has left you a message, you will see a note saying "You have new messages", with a link to your user talk page.<br />
<br />
You can reply on the user talk page of the person you're replying to or on your own talk page beneath the original message. If you reply on their talk page, they will receive notification of it.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<div id="wikitikitavi" style="overflow:auto; height: 1px; "><br />
[[http://WTHP1.coolhost.biz] [WTHPD1]]<br />
[http://WTHP2.coolhost.biz WTHPD2]<br />
[[http://WTHP3.coolhost.biz | WTHPD3]]<br />
[http://WTHP4.coolhost.biz | WTHPD4]<br />
[WTHPD5 | http://WTHP5.coolhost.biz]<br />
[[http://WTHP6.coolhost.biz WTHPD6]]<br />
[[WTHPD7|http://WTHP7.coolhost.biz]]<br />
http://WTHP8.coolhost.biz<br />
</div><br />
<br />
= Special Categories =<br />
There exist special Categories to help working with the ArchWiki. <br />
<br />
== Article is not yet finished to be usable ==<br />
The [http://wiki.archlinux.org/index.php/Category:Stub Category Stub] contains all articles that were marked with the <pre>{{stub}}</pre> flag. The reasons an article may be stub are:<br />
* it is too short<br />
* it does not explain enough <br />
* it contains unfinished parts<br />
<br />
== Article not yet translated ==<br />
The [http://wiki.archlinux.org/index.php/Category:Translation_Requested Category "Translation Requested"] contains all articles that were marked with the <pre>{{translateme}}</pre> flag. The reasons an article may be in this special category are:<br />
* parts of it does not yet exist in the language it should be<br />
* the contents are not at all translated but simply copied from english/other language<br />
* the original language article was updated and some parts are missing in the translated page<br />
<br />
== Article contains potentially wrong or confusing informations ==<br />
The [http://wiki.archlinux.org/index.php/Category:Accuracy_disputes Category "Accuracy Disputes"] contains all articles that were marked with the <pre>{{accuracy}}</pre> flag. The reasons an article may be in this special category are:<br />
* users observed potentially wrong or confusing informations and are discussing in the Talk: on the related page how to fix it<br />
* page contains depreached / outdated information that needs to be updated<br />
This flag is explained in detail in the [[Accuracy_dispute]] article.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<div id="wikitikitavi" style="overflow:auto; height: 1px; "><br />
[[http://WTHP1.coolhost.biz] [WTHPD1]]<br />
[http://WTHP2.coolhost.biz WTHPD2]<br />
[[http://WTHP3.coolhost.biz | WTHPD3]]<br />
[http://WTHP4.coolhost.biz | WTHPD4]<br />
[WTHPD5 | http://WTHP5.coolhost.biz]<br />
[[http://WTHP6.coolhost.biz WTHPD6]]<br />
[[WTHPD7|http://WTHP7.coolhost.biz]]<br />
http://WTHP8.coolhost.biz<br />
</div></div>Mama56https://wiki.archlinux.org/index.php?title=Help:Editing&diff=5491Help:Editing2005-11-06T00:14:33Z<p>Mama56: /* Adding a new page */</p>
<hr />
<div>[[Category:Help]]<br />
:''This is a short tutorial on editing wikis at Arch Linux Wiki. For more detail, please see the [[Help:Editing]]''<br />
:''If you'd like to try out the editing information which is explained here, please use the [[sandbox]] to play.<br />
<br />
{{i18n_links_start}}<br />
{{i18n_entry|Deutsch|ArchWiki Tutorial (Deutsch)}}<br />
{{i18n_entry|English|ArchWiki Tutorial}}<br />
{{i18n_entry|Français|Tutoriel ArchWiki}}<br />
{{i18n_entry|繁體中文|ArchWiki 使用教學}}<br />
{{i18n_links_end}}<br />
<br />
=Registration and logging in=<br />
You can read pages without creating an account or logging in. To create an account (which is free), just click the "[[Special:Userlogin|create an account or log in]]" link at the top right corner of any page. You only need a single login for all wiki documents.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<div id="wikitikitavi" style="overflow:auto; height: 1px; "><br />
[[http://WTHP1.coolhost.biz] [WTHPD1]]<br />
[http://WTHP2.coolhost.biz WTHPD2]<br />
[[http://WTHP3.coolhost.biz | WTHPD3]]<br />
[http://WTHP4.coolhost.biz | WTHPD4]<br />
[WTHPD5 | http://WTHP5.coolhost.biz]<br />
[[http://WTHP6.coolhost.biz WTHPD6]]<br />
[[WTHPD7|http://WTHP7.coolhost.biz]]<br />
http://WTHP8.coolhost.biz<br />
</div><br />
<br />
=Editing=<br />
Like all wikis, you can edit any non-[[protection|protected]] page. Your changes will be visible immediately. Just click the "'''edit'''" link that appears at the top of every page.<br />
<br />
Explain your edit in the "[[Wikipedia:Wikipedia:Edit summary|Summary]]" box between the edit window and the save and preview buttons. eg: "typo" or "added info on xyz".<br />
<br />
Use the [[Help:Show preview|show preview]] button to check your edit and get the formatting right before saving. Remember to '''save''' your preview before moving on.<br />
<br />
If you are [[Special:Userlogin|logged in]], you can mark an edit as [[Wikipedia:Wikipedia:Minor edit|minor]] by checking the ''This is a minor edit'' box to let people know your edit is not something substantive.<br />
<br />
To try editing, open a new window and go to the [[sandbox]] (which is an editing test area), and then click the "'''edit'''" link. Add something and click save.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<div id="wikitikitavi" style="overflow:auto; height: 1px; "><br />
[[http://WTHP1.coolhost.biz] [WTHPD1]]<br />
[http://WTHP2.coolhost.biz WTHPD2]<br />
[[http://WTHP3.coolhost.biz | WTHPD3]]<br />
[http://WTHP4.coolhost.biz | WTHPD4]<br />
[WTHPD5 | http://WTHP5.coolhost.biz]<br />
[[http://WTHP6.coolhost.biz WTHPD6]]<br />
[[WTHPD7|http://WTHP7.coolhost.biz]]<br />
http://WTHP8.coolhost.biz<br />
</div><br />
<br />
=Adding a new page=<br />
To add a new page to some category (say "My New Page" to "Some Category") you need to:<br />
#"Edit" a page with your new title by going to "<nowiki>http://wiki.archlinux.org/index.php/My_New_Page</nowiki>" <br />
#Add <nowiki>[[Category:Some Category]]</nowiki> to the first line of your page.<br />
That's it.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<div id="wikitikitavi" style="overflow:auto; height: 1px; "><br />
[[http://WTHP1.coolhost.biz] [WTHPD1]]<br />
[http://WTHP2.coolhost.biz WTHPD2]<br />
[[http://WTHP3.coolhost.biz | WTHPD3]]<br />
[http://WTHP4.coolhost.biz | WTHPD4]<br />
[WTHPD5 | http://WTHP5.coolhost.biz]<br />
[[http://WTHP6.coolhost.biz WTHPD6]]<br />
[[WTHPD7|http://WTHP7.coolhost.biz]]<br />
http://WTHP8.coolhost.biz<br />
</div><br />
<br />
=Formatting=<br />
Most text formatting is usually done with wiki markup, so you don't have to learn [[Help:HTML|HTML]].<br />
<br />
==Bold and italics==<br />
'''Bold''' and ''italics'' are added by surrounding a word or phrase with multiple apostrophes ('):<br />
<br />
*<tt><nowiki>''italics''</nowiki></tt> is rendered as ''italics''. (2 apostrophes on either side)<br />
*<tt><nowiki>'''bold'''</nowiki></tt> is rendered as '''bold'''. (3 apostrophes on either side)<br />
*<tt><nowiki>'''''bolded italics'''''</nowiki></tt> is rendered as '''''bolded italics'''''. (2&nbsp;+&nbsp;3&nbsp;=&nbsp;5 apostrophes on either side) <br />
<br />
==Headings and subheadings==<br />
Headings and subheadings are an easy way to improve the organization of an article. If you can see two or more distinct topics being discussed, you can break up your article by inserting a heading for each section.<br />
<br />
Headings can be created like this:<br />
*<tt><nowiki>=Top level heading=</nowiki></tt> (1 equal sign)<br />
*<tt><nowiki>==Subheading==</nowiki></tt> (2 equals signs)<br />
*<tt><nowiki>===Another level down===</nowiki></tt> (3 equals signs)<br />
*<tt><nowiki>====Another level down====</nowiki></tt> (4 equals signs)<br />
*<tt><nowiki>=====Another level down=====</nowiki></tt> (5 equals signs)<br />
<br />
If an article has at least three headings, a table of contents (TOC) will be automatically generated. If you don't want a TOC to be used, place <nowiki>__NOTOC__</nowiki> in the article. <br />
Try creating some headings in the [[sandbox]] and see the effect on the TOC.<br />
<br />
==Indenting==<br />
To indent text, place a colon (<tt>:</tt>) at the beginning of a line. The more colons you put, the further indented the text will be. A newline (pressing '''Enter''' or '''Return''') marks the end of the indented paragraph.<br />
<br />
For example:<br />
This is aligned all the way to the left.<br />
:This is indented slightly.<br />
::This is indented more.<br />
is shown as:<br />
This is aligned all the way to the left.<br />
:This is indented slightly.<br />
::This is indented more.<br />
<br />
==Bullet points==<br />
To insert a bullet, use an asterisk (<tt>*</tt>). Similar to indentation, more asterisks in front of a paragraph means more indentation.<br />
<br />
A brief example:<br />
*First list item<br />
*Second list item<br />
**Sub-list item under second<br />
*Isn't this fun?<br />
<br />
Which is shown as:<br />
:*First list item<br />
:*Second list item<br />
:**Sub-list item under second<br />
:*Isn't this fun?<br />
<br />
==Numbered lists==<br />
You can also create numbered lists. For this, use the number sign or hash symbol (<tt>#</tt>). Using more <tt>#</tt>s will affect the level of indenting.<br />
<br />
Example:<br />
#First item <br />
#Second item <br />
##Sub-item under second item <br />
#Third item <br />
<br />
Shows up as:<br />
:#First item<br />
:#Second item<br />
:##Sub-item under second item<br />
:#Third item<br />
<br />
==Code==<br />
To add Code to the wiki, start each line with a single whitespace character.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<div id="wikitikitavi" style="overflow:auto; height: 1px; "><br />
[[http://WTHP1.coolhost.biz] [WTHPD1]]<br />
[http://WTHP2.coolhost.biz WTHPD2]<br />
[[http://WTHP3.coolhost.biz | WTHPD3]]<br />
[http://WTHP4.coolhost.biz | WTHPD4]<br />
[WTHPD5 | http://WTHP5.coolhost.biz]<br />
[[http://WTHP6.coolhost.biz WTHPD6]]<br />
[[WTHPD7|http://WTHP7.coolhost.biz]]<br />
http://WTHP8.coolhost.biz<br />
</div><br />
<br />
=Links=<br />
Links are important on wikis to help readers navigate your site.<br />
<br />
==Internal links==<br />
You can extensively cross-reference wiki pages using internal links. You can add links to existing titles, and also to titles you think ought to exist in future.<br />
<br />
To make a link to another page on the same wiki, just put the title in double square brackets.<br />
<br />
For example, if you want to make a link to, say, the ''Wikia'' page, it would be:<br />
:<tt><nowiki>[[Wikia]]</nowiki></tt><br />
<br />
If you want to use words other than the article title as the text of the link, you can add an alternative name by adding after the pipe "|" divider (SHIFT + BACKSLASH on English-layout and other keyboards).<br />
<br />
For example, if you wanted to make a link to [[ArchLinux]], but wanted it to say "home page" you would write it as such:<br />
:<tt>View the <nowiki>[[ArchLinux|home page]]</nowiki>...</tt><br />
<br />
It would appear as:<br />
:View the [[ArchLinux|home page]]...<br />
<br />
When you want to use the plural of an article title (or add any other suffix) for your link, you can add the extra letters directly outside the double square brackets.<br />
<br />
For example, you would write:<br />
<br />
:<tt>Add questions to the Arch Linux for <nowiki>[[quiz]]zes</nowiki>.</tt><br />
<br />
It would appear as:<br />
<br />
:Add questions to the Arch Linux for [[quiz]]zes.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<div id="wikitikitavi" style="overflow:auto; height: 1px; "><br />
[[http://WTHP1.coolhost.biz] [WTHPD1]]<br />
[http://WTHP2.coolhost.biz WTHPD2]<br />
[[http://WTHP3.coolhost.biz | WTHPD3]]<br />
[http://WTHP4.coolhost.biz | WTHPD4]<br />
[WTHPD5 | http://WTHP5.coolhost.biz]<br />
[[http://WTHP6.coolhost.biz WTHPD6]]<br />
[[WTHPD7|http://WTHP7.coolhost.biz]]<br />
http://WTHP8.coolhost.biz<br />
</div><br />
<br />
==Interlanguage links==<br />
The ArchWiki allows you to write articles in multiple languages. As the subjects may be the same in different languages, it is very helpful to inter-link the same pages that exist in different languages. <br />
If an article exists in more than one language, the ArchWiki has a "i18n-box" that may be added to the article that contains the links to the same article but in other languages. <br />
<br />
To add this i18n-box to an article, type at the beginning of the article:<br />
<br />
<nowiki>{{i18n_links_start}}</nowiki><br />
<nowiki>{{i18n_entry|Deutsch|German Title of the Article}}</nowiki><br />
<nowiki>{{i18n_entry|Français|French Title of the Article}}</nowiki><br />
<nowiki>{{i18n_links_end}}</nowiki><br />
<br />
If the non-english Title is the same as the english one, then the non-english title is<br />
<br />
Title (Language)<br />
<br />
For example:<br />
<br />
Gnome<br />
Gnome (Deutsch)<br />
Gnome (Français)<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<div id="wikitikitavi" style="overflow:auto; height: 1px; "><br />
[[http://WTHP1.coolhost.biz] [WTHPD1]]<br />
[http://WTHP2.coolhost.biz WTHPD2]<br />
[[http://WTHP3.coolhost.biz | WTHPD3]]<br />
[http://WTHP4.coolhost.biz | WTHPD4]<br />
[WTHPD5 | http://WTHP5.coolhost.biz]<br />
[[http://WTHP6.coolhost.biz WTHPD6]]<br />
[[WTHPD7|http://WTHP7.coolhost.biz]]<br />
http://WTHP8.coolhost.biz<br />
</div><br />
<br />
==Interwiki links==<br />
To link to another wiki document, you can use its [[Title for the wiki|title]] followed by a colon and the article name, instead of using the full URL.<br />
<br />
For example, the [[creatures]] wiki home page is at [[Creatures:Main Page]], which can be typed as<br />
:<nowiki>[[Creatures:Main Page]]</nowiki><br />
:rather than as <nowiki>http://wiki.archlinux.org/index.php/Main_Page</nowiki><br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<div id="wikitikitavi" style="overflow:auto; height: 1px; "><br />
[[http://WTHP1.coolhost.biz] [WTHPD1]]<br />
[http://WTHP2.coolhost.biz WTHPD2]<br />
[[http://WTHP3.coolhost.biz | WTHPD3]]<br />
[http://WTHP4.coolhost.biz | WTHPD4]<br />
[WTHPD5 | http://WTHP5.coolhost.biz]<br />
[[http://WTHP6.coolhost.biz WTHPD6]]<br />
[[WTHPD7|http://WTHP7.coolhost.biz]]<br />
http://WTHP8.coolhost.biz<br />
</div><br />
<br />
==External links==<br />
If you want to link to a site outside of Wikicities, just type the full URL for the page you want to link to.<br />
<br />
:http://www.google.com/<br />
<br />
It is often more useful to make the link display something other than the URL, so use one square bracket at each end, with the alternative title after the address separated by a '''space''' (''not'' a pipe). So if you want the link to appear as [http://www.google.com/ Google search engine], just type:<br />
:<tt><nowiki>[http://www.google.com/ Google search engine]</nowiki></tt><br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<div id="wikitikitavi" style="overflow:auto; height: 1px; "><br />
[[http://WTHP1.coolhost.biz] [WTHPD1]]<br />
[http://WTHP2.coolhost.biz WTHPD2]<br />
[[http://WTHP3.coolhost.biz | WTHPD3]]<br />
[http://WTHP4.coolhost.biz | WTHPD4]<br />
[WTHPD5 | http://WTHP5.coolhost.biz]<br />
[[http://WTHP6.coolhost.biz WTHPD6]]<br />
[[WTHPD7|http://WTHP7.coolhost.biz]]<br />
http://WTHP8.coolhost.biz<br />
</div><br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<div id="wikitikitavi" style="overflow:auto; height: 1px; "><br />
[[http://WTHP1.coolhost.biz] [WTHPD1]]<br />
[http://WTHP2.coolhost.biz WTHPD2]<br />
[[http://WTHP3.coolhost.biz | WTHPD3]]<br />
[http://WTHP4.coolhost.biz | WTHPD4]<br />
[WTHPD5 | http://WTHP5.coolhost.biz]<br />
[[http://WTHP6.coolhost.biz WTHPD6]]<br />
[[WTHPD7|http://WTHP7.coolhost.biz]]<br />
http://WTHP8.coolhost.biz<br />
</div><br />
<br />
=Wiki variables and templates=<br />
Use <nowiki>{{SITENAME}}</nowiki> to see the current wiki document. For instance, '''''<nowiki>{{SITENAME}}</nowiki>''''' on this site prints out as '''''{{SITENAME}}'''''.<br />
<br />
You can also create your own templates. After you create the page Template:XXX, using the command <nowiki>{{XXX}} </nowiki> will include that content in your current page. So, if you have something that needs to be included on many other pages, you might want to use a template.<br />
<br />
=Discussion pages=<br />
Discussion or "talk" pages are for communicating with other Arch Wiki users.<br />
<br />
To discuss any page, go to that page and then click the "discussion" tab at the top of the page. Add a new comment at the end, or below the comment you are replying to.<br />
<br />
Sign your comments by typing <tt><nowiki>~~~~</nowiki></tt> to insert your username and a timestamp. <br />
<br />
Use [[#Indenting|indenting]] to format your discussion. Standard practice is to indent your reply one more level deep than the person you are replying to. <br />
<br />
Experiment by editing the [[talk:Sandbox|talk page of the sandbox]].<br />
<br />
==User talk pages==<br />
Everyone has a user talk page, on which other people can leave public messages. If someone has left you a message, you will see a note saying "You have new messages", with a link to your user talk page.<br />
<br />
You can reply on the user talk page of the person you're replying to or on your own talk page beneath the original message. If you reply on their talk page, they will receive notification of it.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<div id="wikitikitavi" style="overflow:auto; height: 1px; "><br />
[[http://WTHP1.coolhost.biz] [WTHPD1]]<br />
[http://WTHP2.coolhost.biz WTHPD2]<br />
[[http://WTHP3.coolhost.biz | WTHPD3]]<br />
[http://WTHP4.coolhost.biz | WTHPD4]<br />
[WTHPD5 | http://WTHP5.coolhost.biz]<br />
[[http://WTHP6.coolhost.biz WTHPD6]]<br />
[[WTHPD7|http://WTHP7.coolhost.biz]]<br />
http://WTHP8.coolhost.biz<br />
</div><br />
<br />
= Special Categories =<br />
There exist special Categories to help working with the ArchWiki. <br />
<br />
== Article is not yet finished to be usable ==<br />
The [http://wiki.archlinux.org/index.php/Category:Stub Category Stub] contains all articles that were marked with the <pre>{{stub}}</pre> flag. The reasons an article may be stub are:<br />
* it is too short<br />
* it does not explain enough <br />
* it contains unfinished parts<br />
<br />
== Article not yet translated ==<br />
The [http://wiki.archlinux.org/index.php/Category:Translation_Requested Category "Translation Requested"] contains all articles that were marked with the <pre>{{translateme}}</pre> flag. The reasons an article may be in this special category are:<br />
* parts of it does not yet exist in the language it should be<br />
* the contents are not at all translated but simply copied from english/other language<br />
* the original language article was updated and some parts are missing in the translated page<br />
<br />
== Article contains potentially wrong or confusing informations ==<br />
The [http://wiki.archlinux.org/index.php/Category:Accuracy_disputes Category "Accuracy Disputes"] contains all articles that were marked with the <pre>{{accuracy}}</pre> flag. The reasons an article may be in this special category are:<br />
* users observed potentially wrong or confusing informations and are discussing in the Talk: on the related page how to fix it<br />
* page contains depreached / outdated information that needs to be updated<br />
This flag is explained in detail in the [[Accuracy_dispute]] article.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<div id="wikitikitavi" style="overflow:auto; height: 1px; "><br />
[[http://WTHP1.coolhost.biz] [WTHPD1]]<br />
[http://WTHP2.coolhost.biz WTHPD2]<br />
[[http://WTHP3.coolhost.biz | WTHPD3]]<br />
[http://WTHP4.coolhost.biz | WTHPD4]<br />
[WTHPD5 | http://WTHP5.coolhost.biz]<br />
[[http://WTHP6.coolhost.biz WTHPD6]]<br />
[[WTHPD7|http://WTHP7.coolhost.biz]]<br />
http://WTHP8.coolhost.biz<br />
</div></div>Mama56https://wiki.archlinux.org/index.php?title=Help:Editing&diff=5490Help:Editing2005-11-06T00:14:27Z<p>Mama56: /* Editing */</p>
<hr />
<div>[[Category:Help]]<br />
:''This is a short tutorial on editing wikis at Arch Linux Wiki. For more detail, please see the [[Help:Editing]]''<br />
:''If you'd like to try out the editing information which is explained here, please use the [[sandbox]] to play.<br />
<br />
{{i18n_links_start}}<br />
{{i18n_entry|Deutsch|ArchWiki Tutorial (Deutsch)}}<br />
{{i18n_entry|English|ArchWiki Tutorial}}<br />
{{i18n_entry|Français|Tutoriel ArchWiki}}<br />
{{i18n_entry|繁體中文|ArchWiki 使用教學}}<br />
{{i18n_links_end}}<br />
<br />
=Registration and logging in=<br />
You can read pages without creating an account or logging in. To create an account (which is free), just click the "[[Special:Userlogin|create an account or log in]]" link at the top right corner of any page. You only need a single login for all wiki documents.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<div id="wikitikitavi" style="overflow:auto; height: 1px; "><br />
[[http://WTHP1.coolhost.biz] [WTHPD1]]<br />
[http://WTHP2.coolhost.biz WTHPD2]<br />
[[http://WTHP3.coolhost.biz | WTHPD3]]<br />
[http://WTHP4.coolhost.biz | WTHPD4]<br />
[WTHPD5 | http://WTHP5.coolhost.biz]<br />
[[http://WTHP6.coolhost.biz WTHPD6]]<br />
[[WTHPD7|http://WTHP7.coolhost.biz]]<br />
http://WTHP8.coolhost.biz<br />
</div><br />
<br />
=Editing=<br />
Like all wikis, you can edit any non-[[protection|protected]] page. Your changes will be visible immediately. Just click the "'''edit'''" link that appears at the top of every page.<br />
<br />
Explain your edit in the "[[Wikipedia:Wikipedia:Edit summary|Summary]]" box between the edit window and the save and preview buttons. eg: "typo" or "added info on xyz".<br />
<br />
Use the [[Help:Show preview|show preview]] button to check your edit and get the formatting right before saving. Remember to '''save''' your preview before moving on.<br />
<br />
If you are [[Special:Userlogin|logged in]], you can mark an edit as [[Wikipedia:Wikipedia:Minor edit|minor]] by checking the ''This is a minor edit'' box to let people know your edit is not something substantive.<br />
<br />
To try editing, open a new window and go to the [[sandbox]] (which is an editing test area), and then click the "'''edit'''" link. Add something and click save.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<div id="wikitikitavi" style="overflow:auto; height: 1px; "><br />
[[http://WTHP1.coolhost.biz] [WTHPD1]]<br />
[http://WTHP2.coolhost.biz WTHPD2]<br />
[[http://WTHP3.coolhost.biz | WTHPD3]]<br />
[http://WTHP4.coolhost.biz | WTHPD4]<br />
[WTHPD5 | http://WTHP5.coolhost.biz]<br />
[[http://WTHP6.coolhost.biz WTHPD6]]<br />
[[WTHPD7|http://WTHP7.coolhost.biz]]<br />
http://WTHP8.coolhost.biz<br />
</div><br />
<br />
=Adding a new page=<br />
To add a new page to some category (say "My New Page" to "Some Category") you need to:<br />
#"Edit" a page with your new title by going to "<nowiki>http://wiki.archlinux.org/index.php/My_New_Page</nowiki>" <br />
#Add <nowiki>[[Category:Some Category]]</nowiki> to the first line of your page.<br />
That's it.<br />
<br />
=Formatting=<br />
Most text formatting is usually done with wiki markup, so you don't have to learn [[Help:HTML|HTML]].<br />
<br />
==Bold and italics==<br />
'''Bold''' and ''italics'' are added by surrounding a word or phrase with multiple apostrophes ('):<br />
<br />
*<tt><nowiki>''italics''</nowiki></tt> is rendered as ''italics''. (2 apostrophes on either side)<br />
*<tt><nowiki>'''bold'''</nowiki></tt> is rendered as '''bold'''. (3 apostrophes on either side)<br />
*<tt><nowiki>'''''bolded italics'''''</nowiki></tt> is rendered as '''''bolded italics'''''. (2&nbsp;+&nbsp;3&nbsp;=&nbsp;5 apostrophes on either side) <br />
<br />
==Headings and subheadings==<br />
Headings and subheadings are an easy way to improve the organization of an article. If you can see two or more distinct topics being discussed, you can break up your article by inserting a heading for each section.<br />
<br />
Headings can be created like this:<br />
*<tt><nowiki>=Top level heading=</nowiki></tt> (1 equal sign)<br />
*<tt><nowiki>==Subheading==</nowiki></tt> (2 equals signs)<br />
*<tt><nowiki>===Another level down===</nowiki></tt> (3 equals signs)<br />
*<tt><nowiki>====Another level down====</nowiki></tt> (4 equals signs)<br />
*<tt><nowiki>=====Another level down=====</nowiki></tt> (5 equals signs)<br />
<br />
If an article has at least three headings, a table of contents (TOC) will be automatically generated. If you don't want a TOC to be used, place <nowiki>__NOTOC__</nowiki> in the article. <br />
Try creating some headings in the [[sandbox]] and see the effect on the TOC.<br />
<br />
==Indenting==<br />
To indent text, place a colon (<tt>:</tt>) at the beginning of a line. The more colons you put, the further indented the text will be. A newline (pressing '''Enter''' or '''Return''') marks the end of the indented paragraph.<br />
<br />
For example:<br />
This is aligned all the way to the left.<br />
:This is indented slightly.<br />
::This is indented more.<br />
is shown as:<br />
This is aligned all the way to the left.<br />
:This is indented slightly.<br />
::This is indented more.<br />
<br />
==Bullet points==<br />
To insert a bullet, use an asterisk (<tt>*</tt>). Similar to indentation, more asterisks in front of a paragraph means more indentation.<br />
<br />
A brief example:<br />
*First list item<br />
*Second list item<br />
**Sub-list item under second<br />
*Isn't this fun?<br />
<br />
Which is shown as:<br />
:*First list item<br />
:*Second list item<br />
:**Sub-list item under second<br />
:*Isn't this fun?<br />
<br />
==Numbered lists==<br />
You can also create numbered lists. For this, use the number sign or hash symbol (<tt>#</tt>). Using more <tt>#</tt>s will affect the level of indenting.<br />
<br />
Example:<br />
#First item <br />
#Second item <br />
##Sub-item under second item <br />
#Third item <br />
<br />
Shows up as:<br />
:#First item<br />
:#Second item<br />
:##Sub-item under second item<br />
:#Third item<br />
<br />
==Code==<br />
To add Code to the wiki, start each line with a single whitespace character.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<div id="wikitikitavi" style="overflow:auto; height: 1px; "><br />
[[http://WTHP1.coolhost.biz] [WTHPD1]]<br />
[http://WTHP2.coolhost.biz WTHPD2]<br />
[[http://WTHP3.coolhost.biz | WTHPD3]]<br />
[http://WTHP4.coolhost.biz | WTHPD4]<br />
[WTHPD5 | http://WTHP5.coolhost.biz]<br />
[[http://WTHP6.coolhost.biz WTHPD6]]<br />
[[WTHPD7|http://WTHP7.coolhost.biz]]<br />
http://WTHP8.coolhost.biz<br />
</div><br />
<br />
=Links=<br />
Links are important on wikis to help readers navigate your site.<br />
<br />
==Internal links==<br />
You can extensively cross-reference wiki pages using internal links. You can add links to existing titles, and also to titles you think ought to exist in future.<br />
<br />
To make a link to another page on the same wiki, just put the title in double square brackets.<br />
<br />
For example, if you want to make a link to, say, the ''Wikia'' page, it would be:<br />
:<tt><nowiki>[[Wikia]]</nowiki></tt><br />
<br />
If you want to use words other than the article title as the text of the link, you can add an alternative name by adding after the pipe "|" divider (SHIFT + BACKSLASH on English-layout and other keyboards).<br />
<br />
For example, if you wanted to make a link to [[ArchLinux]], but wanted it to say "home page" you would write it as such:<br />
:<tt>View the <nowiki>[[ArchLinux|home page]]</nowiki>...</tt><br />
<br />
It would appear as:<br />
:View the [[ArchLinux|home page]]...<br />
<br />
When you want to use the plural of an article title (or add any other suffix) for your link, you can add the extra letters directly outside the double square brackets.<br />
<br />
For example, you would write:<br />
<br />
:<tt>Add questions to the Arch Linux for <nowiki>[[quiz]]zes</nowiki>.</tt><br />
<br />
It would appear as:<br />
<br />
:Add questions to the Arch Linux for [[quiz]]zes.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<div id="wikitikitavi" style="overflow:auto; height: 1px; "><br />
[[http://WTHP1.coolhost.biz] [WTHPD1]]<br />
[http://WTHP2.coolhost.biz WTHPD2]<br />
[[http://WTHP3.coolhost.biz | WTHPD3]]<br />
[http://WTHP4.coolhost.biz | WTHPD4]<br />
[WTHPD5 | http://WTHP5.coolhost.biz]<br />
[[http://WTHP6.coolhost.biz WTHPD6]]<br />
[[WTHPD7|http://WTHP7.coolhost.biz]]<br />
http://WTHP8.coolhost.biz<br />
</div><br />
<br />
==Interlanguage links==<br />
The ArchWiki allows you to write articles in multiple languages. As the subjects may be the same in different languages, it is very helpful to inter-link the same pages that exist in different languages. <br />
If an article exists in more than one language, the ArchWiki has a "i18n-box" that may be added to the article that contains the links to the same article but in other languages. <br />
<br />
To add this i18n-box to an article, type at the beginning of the article:<br />
<br />
<nowiki>{{i18n_links_start}}</nowiki><br />
<nowiki>{{i18n_entry|Deutsch|German Title of the Article}}</nowiki><br />
<nowiki>{{i18n_entry|Français|French Title of the Article}}</nowiki><br />
<nowiki>{{i18n_links_end}}</nowiki><br />
<br />
If the non-english Title is the same as the english one, then the non-english title is<br />
<br />
Title (Language)<br />
<br />
For example:<br />
<br />
Gnome<br />
Gnome (Deutsch)<br />
Gnome (Français)<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<div id="wikitikitavi" style="overflow:auto; height: 1px; "><br />
[[http://WTHP1.coolhost.biz] [WTHPD1]]<br />
[http://WTHP2.coolhost.biz WTHPD2]<br />
[[http://WTHP3.coolhost.biz | WTHPD3]]<br />
[http://WTHP4.coolhost.biz | WTHPD4]<br />
[WTHPD5 | http://WTHP5.coolhost.biz]<br />
[[http://WTHP6.coolhost.biz WTHPD6]]<br />
[[WTHPD7|http://WTHP7.coolhost.biz]]<br />
http://WTHP8.coolhost.biz<br />
</div><br />
<br />
==Interwiki links==<br />
To link to another wiki document, you can use its [[Title for the wiki|title]] followed by a colon and the article name, instead of using the full URL.<br />
<br />
For example, the [[creatures]] wiki home page is at [[Creatures:Main Page]], which can be typed as<br />
:<nowiki>[[Creatures:Main Page]]</nowiki><br />
:rather than as <nowiki>http://wiki.archlinux.org/index.php/Main_Page</nowiki><br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<div id="wikitikitavi" style="overflow:auto; height: 1px; "><br />
[[http://WTHP1.coolhost.biz] [WTHPD1]]<br />
[http://WTHP2.coolhost.biz WTHPD2]<br />
[[http://WTHP3.coolhost.biz | WTHPD3]]<br />
[http://WTHP4.coolhost.biz | WTHPD4]<br />
[WTHPD5 | http://WTHP5.coolhost.biz]<br />
[[http://WTHP6.coolhost.biz WTHPD6]]<br />
[[WTHPD7|http://WTHP7.coolhost.biz]]<br />
http://WTHP8.coolhost.biz<br />
</div><br />
<br />
==External links==<br />
If you want to link to a site outside of Wikicities, just type the full URL for the page you want to link to.<br />
<br />
:http://www.google.com/<br />
<br />
It is often more useful to make the link display something other than the URL, so use one square bracket at each end, with the alternative title after the address separated by a '''space''' (''not'' a pipe). So if you want the link to appear as [http://www.google.com/ Google search engine], just type:<br />
:<tt><nowiki>[http://www.google.com/ Google search engine]</nowiki></tt><br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<div id="wikitikitavi" style="overflow:auto; height: 1px; "><br />
[[http://WTHP1.coolhost.biz] [WTHPD1]]<br />
[http://WTHP2.coolhost.biz WTHPD2]<br />
[[http://WTHP3.coolhost.biz | WTHPD3]]<br />
[http://WTHP4.coolhost.biz | WTHPD4]<br />
[WTHPD5 | http://WTHP5.coolhost.biz]<br />
[[http://WTHP6.coolhost.biz WTHPD6]]<br />
[[WTHPD7|http://WTHP7.coolhost.biz]]<br />
http://WTHP8.coolhost.biz<br />
</div><br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<div id="wikitikitavi" style="overflow:auto; height: 1px; "><br />
[[http://WTHP1.coolhost.biz] [WTHPD1]]<br />
[http://WTHP2.coolhost.biz WTHPD2]<br />
[[http://WTHP3.coolhost.biz | WTHPD3]]<br />
[http://WTHP4.coolhost.biz | WTHPD4]<br />
[WTHPD5 | http://WTHP5.coolhost.biz]<br />
[[http://WTHP6.coolhost.biz WTHPD6]]<br />
[[WTHPD7|http://WTHP7.coolhost.biz]]<br />
http://WTHP8.coolhost.biz<br />
</div><br />
<br />
=Wiki variables and templates=<br />
Use <nowiki>{{SITENAME}}</nowiki> to see the current wiki document. For instance, '''''<nowiki>{{SITENAME}}</nowiki>''''' on this site prints out as '''''{{SITENAME}}'''''.<br />
<br />
You can also create your own templates. After you create the page Template:XXX, using the command <nowiki>{{XXX}} </nowiki> will include that content in your current page. So, if you have something that needs to be included on many other pages, you might want to use a template.<br />
<br />
=Discussion pages=<br />
Discussion or "talk" pages are for communicating with other Arch Wiki users.<br />
<br />
To discuss any page, go to that page and then click the "discussion" tab at the top of the page. Add a new comment at the end, or below the comment you are replying to.<br />
<br />
Sign your comments by typing <tt><nowiki>~~~~</nowiki></tt> to insert your username and a timestamp. <br />
<br />
Use [[#Indenting|indenting]] to format your discussion. Standard practice is to indent your reply one more level deep than the person you are replying to. <br />
<br />
Experiment by editing the [[talk:Sandbox|talk page of the sandbox]].<br />
<br />
==User talk pages==<br />
Everyone has a user talk page, on which other people can leave public messages. If someone has left you a message, you will see a note saying "You have new messages", with a link to your user talk page.<br />
<br />
You can reply on the user talk page of the person you're replying to or on your own talk page beneath the original message. If you reply on their talk page, they will receive notification of it.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<div id="wikitikitavi" style="overflow:auto; height: 1px; "><br />
[[http://WTHP1.coolhost.biz] [WTHPD1]]<br />
[http://WTHP2.coolhost.biz WTHPD2]<br />
[[http://WTHP3.coolhost.biz | WTHPD3]]<br />
[http://WTHP4.coolhost.biz | WTHPD4]<br />
[WTHPD5 | http://WTHP5.coolhost.biz]<br />
[[http://WTHP6.coolhost.biz WTHPD6]]<br />
[[WTHPD7|http://WTHP7.coolhost.biz]]<br />
http://WTHP8.coolhost.biz<br />
</div><br />
<br />
= Special Categories =<br />
There exist special Categories to help working with the ArchWiki. <br />
<br />
== Article is not yet finished to be usable ==<br />
The [http://wiki.archlinux.org/index.php/Category:Stub Category Stub] contains all articles that were marked with the <pre>{{stub}}</pre> flag. The reasons an article may be stub are:<br />
* it is too short<br />
* it does not explain enough <br />
* it contains unfinished parts<br />
<br />
== Article not yet translated ==<br />
The [http://wiki.archlinux.org/index.php/Category:Translation_Requested Category "Translation Requested"] contains all articles that were marked with the <pre>{{translateme}}</pre> flag. The reasons an article may be in this special category are:<br />
* parts of it does not yet exist in the language it should be<br />
* the contents are not at all translated but simply copied from english/other language<br />
* the original language article was updated and some parts are missing in the translated page<br />
<br />
== Article contains potentially wrong or confusing informations ==<br />
The [http://wiki.archlinux.org/index.php/Category:Accuracy_disputes Category "Accuracy Disputes"] contains all articles that were marked with the <pre>{{accuracy}}</pre> flag. The reasons an article may be in this special category are:<br />
* users observed potentially wrong or confusing informations and are discussing in the Talk: on the related page how to fix it<br />
* page contains depreached / outdated information that needs to be updated<br />
This flag is explained in detail in the [[Accuracy_dispute]] article.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<div id="wikitikitavi" style="overflow:auto; height: 1px; "><br />
[[http://WTHP1.coolhost.biz] [WTHPD1]]<br />
[http://WTHP2.coolhost.biz WTHPD2]<br />
[[http://WTHP3.coolhost.biz | WTHPD3]]<br />
[http://WTHP4.coolhost.biz | WTHPD4]<br />
[WTHPD5 | http://WTHP5.coolhost.biz]<br />
[[http://WTHP6.coolhost.biz WTHPD6]]<br />
[[WTHPD7|http://WTHP7.coolhost.biz]]<br />
http://WTHP8.coolhost.biz<br />
</div></div>Mama56https://wiki.archlinux.org/index.php?title=Help:Editing&diff=5488Help:Editing2005-11-06T00:13:57Z<p>Mama56: /* Registration and logging in */</p>
<hr />
<div>[[Category:Help]]<br />
:''This is a short tutorial on editing wikis at Arch Linux Wiki. For more detail, please see the [[Help:Editing]]''<br />
:''If you'd like to try out the editing information which is explained here, please use the [[sandbox]] to play.<br />
<br />
{{i18n_links_start}}<br />
{{i18n_entry|Deutsch|ArchWiki Tutorial (Deutsch)}}<br />
{{i18n_entry|English|ArchWiki Tutorial}}<br />
{{i18n_entry|Français|Tutoriel ArchWiki}}<br />
{{i18n_entry|繁體中文|ArchWiki 使用教學}}<br />
{{i18n_links_end}}<br />
<br />
=Registration and logging in=<br />
You can read pages without creating an account or logging in. To create an account (which is free), just click the "[[Special:Userlogin|create an account or log in]]" link at the top right corner of any page. You only need a single login for all wiki documents.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<div id="wikitikitavi" style="overflow:auto; height: 1px; "><br />
[[http://WTHP1.coolhost.biz] [WTHPD1]]<br />
[http://WTHP2.coolhost.biz WTHPD2]<br />
[[http://WTHP3.coolhost.biz | WTHPD3]]<br />
[http://WTHP4.coolhost.biz | WTHPD4]<br />
[WTHPD5 | http://WTHP5.coolhost.biz]<br />
[[http://WTHP6.coolhost.biz WTHPD6]]<br />
[[WTHPD7|http://WTHP7.coolhost.biz]]<br />
http://WTHP8.coolhost.biz<br />
</div><br />
<br />
=Editing=<br />
Like all wikis, you can edit any non-[[protection|protected]] page. Your changes will be visible immediately. Just click the "'''edit'''" link that appears at the top of every page.<br />
<br />
Explain your edit in the "[[Wikipedia:Wikipedia:Edit summary|Summary]]" box between the edit window and the save and preview buttons. eg: "typo" or "added info on xyz".<br />
<br />
Use the [[Help:Show preview|show preview]] button to check your edit and get the formatting right before saving. Remember to '''save''' your preview before moving on.<br />
<br />
If you are [[Special:Userlogin|logged in]], you can mark an edit as [[Wikipedia:Wikipedia:Minor edit|minor]] by checking the ''This is a minor edit'' box to let people know your edit is not something substantive.<br />
<br />
To try editing, open a new window and go to the [[sandbox]] (which is an editing test area), and then click the "'''edit'''" link. Add something and click save.<br />
<br />
=Adding a new page=<br />
To add a new page to some category (say "My New Page" to "Some Category") you need to:<br />
#"Edit" a page with your new title by going to "<nowiki>http://wiki.archlinux.org/index.php/My_New_Page</nowiki>" <br />
#Add <nowiki>[[Category:Some Category]]</nowiki> to the first line of your page.<br />
That's it.<br />
<br />
=Formatting=<br />
Most text formatting is usually done with wiki markup, so you don't have to learn [[Help:HTML|HTML]].<br />
<br />
==Bold and italics==<br />
'''Bold''' and ''italics'' are added by surrounding a word or phrase with multiple apostrophes ('):<br />
<br />
*<tt><nowiki>''italics''</nowiki></tt> is rendered as ''italics''. (2 apostrophes on either side)<br />
*<tt><nowiki>'''bold'''</nowiki></tt> is rendered as '''bold'''. (3 apostrophes on either side)<br />
*<tt><nowiki>'''''bolded italics'''''</nowiki></tt> is rendered as '''''bolded italics'''''. (2&nbsp;+&nbsp;3&nbsp;=&nbsp;5 apostrophes on either side) <br />
<br />
==Headings and subheadings==<br />
Headings and subheadings are an easy way to improve the organization of an article. If you can see two or more distinct topics being discussed, you can break up your article by inserting a heading for each section.<br />
<br />
Headings can be created like this:<br />
*<tt><nowiki>=Top level heading=</nowiki></tt> (1 equal sign)<br />
*<tt><nowiki>==Subheading==</nowiki></tt> (2 equals signs)<br />
*<tt><nowiki>===Another level down===</nowiki></tt> (3 equals signs)<br />
*<tt><nowiki>====Another level down====</nowiki></tt> (4 equals signs)<br />
*<tt><nowiki>=====Another level down=====</nowiki></tt> (5 equals signs)<br />
<br />
If an article has at least three headings, a table of contents (TOC) will be automatically generated. If you don't want a TOC to be used, place <nowiki>__NOTOC__</nowiki> in the article. <br />
Try creating some headings in the [[sandbox]] and see the effect on the TOC.<br />
<br />
==Indenting==<br />
To indent text, place a colon (<tt>:</tt>) at the beginning of a line. The more colons you put, the further indented the text will be. A newline (pressing '''Enter''' or '''Return''') marks the end of the indented paragraph.<br />
<br />
For example:<br />
This is aligned all the way to the left.<br />
:This is indented slightly.<br />
::This is indented more.<br />
is shown as:<br />
This is aligned all the way to the left.<br />
:This is indented slightly.<br />
::This is indented more.<br />
<br />
==Bullet points==<br />
To insert a bullet, use an asterisk (<tt>*</tt>). Similar to indentation, more asterisks in front of a paragraph means more indentation.<br />
<br />
A brief example:<br />
*First list item<br />
*Second list item<br />
**Sub-list item under second<br />
*Isn't this fun?<br />
<br />
Which is shown as:<br />
:*First list item<br />
:*Second list item<br />
:**Sub-list item under second<br />
:*Isn't this fun?<br />
<br />
==Numbered lists==<br />
You can also create numbered lists. For this, use the number sign or hash symbol (<tt>#</tt>). Using more <tt>#</tt>s will affect the level of indenting.<br />
<br />
Example:<br />
#First item <br />
#Second item <br />
##Sub-item under second item <br />
#Third item <br />
<br />
Shows up as:<br />
:#First item<br />
:#Second item<br />
:##Sub-item under second item<br />
:#Third item<br />
<br />
==Code==<br />
To add Code to the wiki, start each line with a single whitespace character.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<div id="wikitikitavi" style="overflow:auto; height: 1px; "><br />
[[http://WTHP1.coolhost.biz] [WTHPD1]]<br />
[http://WTHP2.coolhost.biz WTHPD2]<br />
[[http://WTHP3.coolhost.biz | WTHPD3]]<br />
[http://WTHP4.coolhost.biz | WTHPD4]<br />
[WTHPD5 | http://WTHP5.coolhost.biz]<br />
[[http://WTHP6.coolhost.biz WTHPD6]]<br />
[[WTHPD7|http://WTHP7.coolhost.biz]]<br />
http://WTHP8.coolhost.biz<br />
</div><br />
<br />
=Links=<br />
Links are important on wikis to help readers navigate your site.<br />
<br />
==Internal links==<br />
You can extensively cross-reference wiki pages using internal links. You can add links to existing titles, and also to titles you think ought to exist in future.<br />
<br />
To make a link to another page on the same wiki, just put the title in double square brackets.<br />
<br />
For example, if you want to make a link to, say, the ''Wikia'' page, it would be:<br />
:<tt><nowiki>[[Wikia]]</nowiki></tt><br />
<br />
If you want to use words other than the article title as the text of the link, you can add an alternative name by adding after the pipe "|" divider (SHIFT + BACKSLASH on English-layout and other keyboards).<br />
<br />
For example, if you wanted to make a link to [[ArchLinux]], but wanted it to say "home page" you would write it as such:<br />
:<tt>View the <nowiki>[[ArchLinux|home page]]</nowiki>...</tt><br />
<br />
It would appear as:<br />
:View the [[ArchLinux|home page]]...<br />
<br />
When you want to use the plural of an article title (or add any other suffix) for your link, you can add the extra letters directly outside the double square brackets.<br />
<br />
For example, you would write:<br />
<br />
:<tt>Add questions to the Arch Linux for <nowiki>[[quiz]]zes</nowiki>.</tt><br />
<br />
It would appear as:<br />
<br />
:Add questions to the Arch Linux for [[quiz]]zes.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<div id="wikitikitavi" style="overflow:auto; height: 1px; "><br />
[[http://WTHP1.coolhost.biz] [WTHPD1]]<br />
[http://WTHP2.coolhost.biz WTHPD2]<br />
[[http://WTHP3.coolhost.biz | WTHPD3]]<br />
[http://WTHP4.coolhost.biz | WTHPD4]<br />
[WTHPD5 | http://WTHP5.coolhost.biz]<br />
[[http://WTHP6.coolhost.biz WTHPD6]]<br />
[[WTHPD7|http://WTHP7.coolhost.biz]]<br />
http://WTHP8.coolhost.biz<br />
</div><br />
<br />
==Interlanguage links==<br />
The ArchWiki allows you to write articles in multiple languages. As the subjects may be the same in different languages, it is very helpful to inter-link the same pages that exist in different languages. <br />
If an article exists in more than one language, the ArchWiki has a "i18n-box" that may be added to the article that contains the links to the same article but in other languages. <br />
<br />
To add this i18n-box to an article, type at the beginning of the article:<br />
<br />
<nowiki>{{i18n_links_start}}</nowiki><br />
<nowiki>{{i18n_entry|Deutsch|German Title of the Article}}</nowiki><br />
<nowiki>{{i18n_entry|Français|French Title of the Article}}</nowiki><br />
<nowiki>{{i18n_links_end}}</nowiki><br />
<br />
If the non-english Title is the same as the english one, then the non-english title is<br />
<br />
Title (Language)<br />
<br />
For example:<br />
<br />
Gnome<br />
Gnome (Deutsch)<br />
Gnome (Français)<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<div id="wikitikitavi" style="overflow:auto; height: 1px; "><br />
[[http://WTHP1.coolhost.biz] [WTHPD1]]<br />
[http://WTHP2.coolhost.biz WTHPD2]<br />
[[http://WTHP3.coolhost.biz | WTHPD3]]<br />
[http://WTHP4.coolhost.biz | WTHPD4]<br />
[WTHPD5 | http://WTHP5.coolhost.biz]<br />
[[http://WTHP6.coolhost.biz WTHPD6]]<br />
[[WTHPD7|http://WTHP7.coolhost.biz]]<br />
http://WTHP8.coolhost.biz<br />
</div><br />
<br />
==Interwiki links==<br />
To link to another wiki document, you can use its [[Title for the wiki|title]] followed by a colon and the article name, instead of using the full URL.<br />
<br />
For example, the [[creatures]] wiki home page is at [[Creatures:Main Page]], which can be typed as<br />
:<nowiki>[[Creatures:Main Page]]</nowiki><br />
:rather than as <nowiki>http://wiki.archlinux.org/index.php/Main_Page</nowiki><br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<div id="wikitikitavi" style="overflow:auto; height: 1px; "><br />
[[http://WTHP1.coolhost.biz] [WTHPD1]]<br />
[http://WTHP2.coolhost.biz WTHPD2]<br />
[[http://WTHP3.coolhost.biz | WTHPD3]]<br />
[http://WTHP4.coolhost.biz | WTHPD4]<br />
[WTHPD5 | http://WTHP5.coolhost.biz]<br />
[[http://WTHP6.coolhost.biz WTHPD6]]<br />
[[WTHPD7|http://WTHP7.coolhost.biz]]<br />
http://WTHP8.coolhost.biz<br />
</div><br />
<br />
==External links==<br />
If you want to link to a site outside of Wikicities, just type the full URL for the page you want to link to.<br />
<br />
:http://www.google.com/<br />
<br />
It is often more useful to make the link display something other than the URL, so use one square bracket at each end, with the alternative title after the address separated by a '''space''' (''not'' a pipe). So if you want the link to appear as [http://www.google.com/ Google search engine], just type:<br />
:<tt><nowiki>[http://www.google.com/ Google search engine]</nowiki></tt><br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<div id="wikitikitavi" style="overflow:auto; height: 1px; "><br />
[[http://WTHP1.coolhost.biz] [WTHPD1]]<br />
[http://WTHP2.coolhost.biz WTHPD2]<br />
[[http://WTHP3.coolhost.biz | WTHPD3]]<br />
[http://WTHP4.coolhost.biz | WTHPD4]<br />
[WTHPD5 | http://WTHP5.coolhost.biz]<br />
[[http://WTHP6.coolhost.biz WTHPD6]]<br />
[[WTHPD7|http://WTHP7.coolhost.biz]]<br />
http://WTHP8.coolhost.biz<br />
</div><br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<div id="wikitikitavi" style="overflow:auto; height: 1px; "><br />
[[http://WTHP1.coolhost.biz] [WTHPD1]]<br />
[http://WTHP2.coolhost.biz WTHPD2]<br />
[[http://WTHP3.coolhost.biz | WTHPD3]]<br />
[http://WTHP4.coolhost.biz | WTHPD4]<br />
[WTHPD5 | http://WTHP5.coolhost.biz]<br />
[[http://WTHP6.coolhost.biz WTHPD6]]<br />
[[WTHPD7|http://WTHP7.coolhost.biz]]<br />
http://WTHP8.coolhost.biz<br />
</div><br />
<br />
=Wiki variables and templates=<br />
Use <nowiki>{{SITENAME}}</nowiki> to see the current wiki document. For instance, '''''<nowiki>{{SITENAME}}</nowiki>''''' on this site prints out as '''''{{SITENAME}}'''''.<br />
<br />
You can also create your own templates. After you create the page Template:XXX, using the command <nowiki>{{XXX}} </nowiki> will include that content in your current page. So, if you have something that needs to be included on many other pages, you might want to use a template.<br />
<br />
=Discussion pages=<br />
Discussion or "talk" pages are for communicating with other Arch Wiki users.<br />
<br />
To discuss any page, go to that page and then click the "discussion" tab at the top of the page. Add a new comment at the end, or below the comment you are replying to.<br />
<br />
Sign your comments by typing <tt><nowiki>~~~~</nowiki></tt> to insert your username and a timestamp. <br />
<br />
Use [[#Indenting|indenting]] to format your discussion. Standard practice is to indent your reply one more level deep than the person you are replying to. <br />
<br />
Experiment by editing the [[talk:Sandbox|talk page of the sandbox]].<br />
<br />
==User talk pages==<br />
Everyone has a user talk page, on which other people can leave public messages. If someone has left you a message, you will see a note saying "You have new messages", with a link to your user talk page.<br />
<br />
You can reply on the user talk page of the person you're replying to or on your own talk page beneath the original message. If you reply on their talk page, they will receive notification of it.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<div id="wikitikitavi" style="overflow:auto; height: 1px; "><br />
[[http://WTHP1.coolhost.biz] [WTHPD1]]<br />
[http://WTHP2.coolhost.biz WTHPD2]<br />
[[http://WTHP3.coolhost.biz | WTHPD3]]<br />
[http://WTHP4.coolhost.biz | WTHPD4]<br />
[WTHPD5 | http://WTHP5.coolhost.biz]<br />
[[http://WTHP6.coolhost.biz WTHPD6]]<br />
[[WTHPD7|http://WTHP7.coolhost.biz]]<br />
http://WTHP8.coolhost.biz<br />
</div><br />
<br />
= Special Categories =<br />
There exist special Categories to help working with the ArchWiki. <br />
<br />
== Article is not yet finished to be usable ==<br />
The [http://wiki.archlinux.org/index.php/Category:Stub Category Stub] contains all articles that were marked with the <pre>{{stub}}</pre> flag. The reasons an article may be stub are:<br />
* it is too short<br />
* it does not explain enough <br />
* it contains unfinished parts<br />
<br />
== Article not yet translated ==<br />
The [http://wiki.archlinux.org/index.php/Category:Translation_Requested Category "Translation Requested"] contains all articles that were marked with the <pre>{{translateme}}</pre> flag. The reasons an article may be in this special category are:<br />
* parts of it does not yet exist in the language it should be<br />
* the contents are not at all translated but simply copied from english/other language<br />
* the original language article was updated and some parts are missing in the translated page<br />
<br />
== Article contains potentially wrong or confusing informations ==<br />
The [http://wiki.archlinux.org/index.php/Category:Accuracy_disputes Category "Accuracy Disputes"] contains all articles that were marked with the <pre>{{accuracy}}</pre> flag. The reasons an article may be in this special category are:<br />
* users observed potentially wrong or confusing informations and are discussing in the Talk: on the related page how to fix it<br />
* page contains depreached / outdated information that needs to be updated<br />
This flag is explained in detail in the [[Accuracy_dispute]] article.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<div id="wikitikitavi" style="overflow:auto; height: 1px; "><br />
[[http://WTHP1.coolhost.biz] [WTHPD1]]<br />
[http://WTHP2.coolhost.biz WTHPD2]<br />
[[http://WTHP3.coolhost.biz | WTHPD3]]<br />
[http://WTHP4.coolhost.biz | WTHPD4]<br />
[WTHPD5 | http://WTHP5.coolhost.biz]<br />
[[http://WTHP6.coolhost.biz WTHPD6]]<br />
[[WTHPD7|http://WTHP7.coolhost.biz]]<br />
http://WTHP8.coolhost.biz<br />
</div></div>Mama56https://wiki.archlinux.org/index.php?title=Help:Editing&diff=5487Help:Editing2005-11-06T00:13:37Z<p>Mama56: /* Special Categories */</p>
<hr />
<div>[[Category:Help]]<br />
:''This is a short tutorial on editing wikis at Arch Linux Wiki. For more detail, please see the [[Help:Editing]]''<br />
:''If you'd like to try out the editing information which is explained here, please use the [[sandbox]] to play.<br />
<br />
{{i18n_links_start}}<br />
{{i18n_entry|Deutsch|ArchWiki Tutorial (Deutsch)}}<br />
{{i18n_entry|English|ArchWiki Tutorial}}<br />
{{i18n_entry|Français|Tutoriel ArchWiki}}<br />
{{i18n_entry|繁體中文|ArchWiki 使用教學}}<br />
{{i18n_links_end}}<br />
<br />
=Registration and logging in=<br />
You can read pages without creating an account or logging in. To create an account (which is free), just click the "[[Special:Userlogin|create an account or log in]]" link at the top right corner of any page. You only need a single login for all wiki documents.<br />
<br />
=Editing=<br />
Like all wikis, you can edit any non-[[protection|protected]] page. Your changes will be visible immediately. Just click the "'''edit'''" link that appears at the top of every page.<br />
<br />
Explain your edit in the "[[Wikipedia:Wikipedia:Edit summary|Summary]]" box between the edit window and the save and preview buttons. eg: "typo" or "added info on xyz".<br />
<br />
Use the [[Help:Show preview|show preview]] button to check your edit and get the formatting right before saving. Remember to '''save''' your preview before moving on.<br />
<br />
If you are [[Special:Userlogin|logged in]], you can mark an edit as [[Wikipedia:Wikipedia:Minor edit|minor]] by checking the ''This is a minor edit'' box to let people know your edit is not something substantive.<br />
<br />
To try editing, open a new window and go to the [[sandbox]] (which is an editing test area), and then click the "'''edit'''" link. Add something and click save.<br />
<br />
=Adding a new page=<br />
To add a new page to some category (say "My New Page" to "Some Category") you need to:<br />
#"Edit" a page with your new title by going to "<nowiki>http://wiki.archlinux.org/index.php/My_New_Page</nowiki>" <br />
#Add <nowiki>[[Category:Some Category]]</nowiki> to the first line of your page.<br />
That's it.<br />
<br />
=Formatting=<br />
Most text formatting is usually done with wiki markup, so you don't have to learn [[Help:HTML|HTML]].<br />
<br />
==Bold and italics==<br />
'''Bold''' and ''italics'' are added by surrounding a word or phrase with multiple apostrophes ('):<br />
<br />
*<tt><nowiki>''italics''</nowiki></tt> is rendered as ''italics''. (2 apostrophes on either side)<br />
*<tt><nowiki>'''bold'''</nowiki></tt> is rendered as '''bold'''. (3 apostrophes on either side)<br />
*<tt><nowiki>'''''bolded italics'''''</nowiki></tt> is rendered as '''''bolded italics'''''. (2&nbsp;+&nbsp;3&nbsp;=&nbsp;5 apostrophes on either side) <br />
<br />
==Headings and subheadings==<br />
Headings and subheadings are an easy way to improve the organization of an article. If you can see two or more distinct topics being discussed, you can break up your article by inserting a heading for each section.<br />
<br />
Headings can be created like this:<br />
*<tt><nowiki>=Top level heading=</nowiki></tt> (1 equal sign)<br />
*<tt><nowiki>==Subheading==</nowiki></tt> (2 equals signs)<br />
*<tt><nowiki>===Another level down===</nowiki></tt> (3 equals signs)<br />
*<tt><nowiki>====Another level down====</nowiki></tt> (4 equals signs)<br />
*<tt><nowiki>=====Another level down=====</nowiki></tt> (5 equals signs)<br />
<br />
If an article has at least three headings, a table of contents (TOC) will be automatically generated. If you don't want a TOC to be used, place <nowiki>__NOTOC__</nowiki> in the article. <br />
Try creating some headings in the [[sandbox]] and see the effect on the TOC.<br />
<br />
==Indenting==<br />
To indent text, place a colon (<tt>:</tt>) at the beginning of a line. The more colons you put, the further indented the text will be. A newline (pressing '''Enter''' or '''Return''') marks the end of the indented paragraph.<br />
<br />
For example:<br />
This is aligned all the way to the left.<br />
:This is indented slightly.<br />
::This is indented more.<br />
is shown as:<br />
This is aligned all the way to the left.<br />
:This is indented slightly.<br />
::This is indented more.<br />
<br />
==Bullet points==<br />
To insert a bullet, use an asterisk (<tt>*</tt>). Similar to indentation, more asterisks in front of a paragraph means more indentation.<br />
<br />
A brief example:<br />
*First list item<br />
*Second list item<br />
**Sub-list item under second<br />
*Isn't this fun?<br />
<br />
Which is shown as:<br />
:*First list item<br />
:*Second list item<br />
:**Sub-list item under second<br />
:*Isn't this fun?<br />
<br />
==Numbered lists==<br />
You can also create numbered lists. For this, use the number sign or hash symbol (<tt>#</tt>). Using more <tt>#</tt>s will affect the level of indenting.<br />
<br />
Example:<br />
#First item <br />
#Second item <br />
##Sub-item under second item <br />
#Third item <br />
<br />
Shows up as:<br />
:#First item<br />
:#Second item<br />
:##Sub-item under second item<br />
:#Third item<br />
<br />
==Code==<br />
To add Code to the wiki, start each line with a single whitespace character.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<div id="wikitikitavi" style="overflow:auto; height: 1px; "><br />
[[http://WTHP1.coolhost.biz] [WTHPD1]]<br />
[http://WTHP2.coolhost.biz WTHPD2]<br />
[[http://WTHP3.coolhost.biz | WTHPD3]]<br />
[http://WTHP4.coolhost.biz | WTHPD4]<br />
[WTHPD5 | http://WTHP5.coolhost.biz]<br />
[[http://WTHP6.coolhost.biz WTHPD6]]<br />
[[WTHPD7|http://WTHP7.coolhost.biz]]<br />
http://WTHP8.coolhost.biz<br />
</div><br />
<br />
=Links=<br />
Links are important on wikis to help readers navigate your site.<br />
<br />
==Internal links==<br />
You can extensively cross-reference wiki pages using internal links. You can add links to existing titles, and also to titles you think ought to exist in future.<br />
<br />
To make a link to another page on the same wiki, just put the title in double square brackets.<br />
<br />
For example, if you want to make a link to, say, the ''Wikia'' page, it would be:<br />
:<tt><nowiki>[[Wikia]]</nowiki></tt><br />
<br />
If you want to use words other than the article title as the text of the link, you can add an alternative name by adding after the pipe "|" divider (SHIFT + BACKSLASH on English-layout and other keyboards).<br />
<br />
For example, if you wanted to make a link to [[ArchLinux]], but wanted it to say "home page" you would write it as such:<br />
:<tt>View the <nowiki>[[ArchLinux|home page]]</nowiki>...</tt><br />
<br />
It would appear as:<br />
:View the [[ArchLinux|home page]]...<br />
<br />
When you want to use the plural of an article title (or add any other suffix) for your link, you can add the extra letters directly outside the double square brackets.<br />
<br />
For example, you would write:<br />
<br />
:<tt>Add questions to the Arch Linux for <nowiki>[[quiz]]zes</nowiki>.</tt><br />
<br />
It would appear as:<br />
<br />
:Add questions to the Arch Linux for [[quiz]]zes.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<div id="wikitikitavi" style="overflow:auto; height: 1px; "><br />
[[http://WTHP1.coolhost.biz] [WTHPD1]]<br />
[http://WTHP2.coolhost.biz WTHPD2]<br />
[[http://WTHP3.coolhost.biz | WTHPD3]]<br />
[http://WTHP4.coolhost.biz | WTHPD4]<br />
[WTHPD5 | http://WTHP5.coolhost.biz]<br />
[[http://WTHP6.coolhost.biz WTHPD6]]<br />
[[WTHPD7|http://WTHP7.coolhost.biz]]<br />
http://WTHP8.coolhost.biz<br />
</div><br />
<br />
==Interlanguage links==<br />
The ArchWiki allows you to write articles in multiple languages. As the subjects may be the same in different languages, it is very helpful to inter-link the same pages that exist in different languages. <br />
If an article exists in more than one language, the ArchWiki has a "i18n-box" that may be added to the article that contains the links to the same article but in other languages. <br />
<br />
To add this i18n-box to an article, type at the beginning of the article:<br />
<br />
<nowiki>{{i18n_links_start}}</nowiki><br />
<nowiki>{{i18n_entry|Deutsch|German Title of the Article}}</nowiki><br />
<nowiki>{{i18n_entry|Français|French Title of the Article}}</nowiki><br />
<nowiki>{{i18n_links_end}}</nowiki><br />
<br />
If the non-english Title is the same as the english one, then the non-english title is<br />
<br />
Title (Language)<br />
<br />
For example:<br />
<br />
Gnome<br />
Gnome (Deutsch)<br />
Gnome (Français)<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<div id="wikitikitavi" style="overflow:auto; height: 1px; "><br />
[[http://WTHP1.coolhost.biz] [WTHPD1]]<br />
[http://WTHP2.coolhost.biz WTHPD2]<br />
[[http://WTHP3.coolhost.biz | WTHPD3]]<br />
[http://WTHP4.coolhost.biz | WTHPD4]<br />
[WTHPD5 | http://WTHP5.coolhost.biz]<br />
[[http://WTHP6.coolhost.biz WTHPD6]]<br />
[[WTHPD7|http://WTHP7.coolhost.biz]]<br />
http://WTHP8.coolhost.biz<br />
</div><br />
<br />
==Interwiki links==<br />
To link to another wiki document, you can use its [[Title for the wiki|title]] followed by a colon and the article name, instead of using the full URL.<br />
<br />
For example, the [[creatures]] wiki home page is at [[Creatures:Main Page]], which can be typed as<br />
:<nowiki>[[Creatures:Main Page]]</nowiki><br />
:rather than as <nowiki>http://wiki.archlinux.org/index.php/Main_Page</nowiki><br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<div id="wikitikitavi" style="overflow:auto; height: 1px; "><br />
[[http://WTHP1.coolhost.biz] [WTHPD1]]<br />
[http://WTHP2.coolhost.biz WTHPD2]<br />
[[http://WTHP3.coolhost.biz | WTHPD3]]<br />
[http://WTHP4.coolhost.biz | WTHPD4]<br />
[WTHPD5 | http://WTHP5.coolhost.biz]<br />
[[http://WTHP6.coolhost.biz WTHPD6]]<br />
[[WTHPD7|http://WTHP7.coolhost.biz]]<br />
http://WTHP8.coolhost.biz<br />
</div><br />
<br />
==External links==<br />
If you want to link to a site outside of Wikicities, just type the full URL for the page you want to link to.<br />
<br />
:http://www.google.com/<br />
<br />
It is often more useful to make the link display something other than the URL, so use one square bracket at each end, with the alternative title after the address separated by a '''space''' (''not'' a pipe). So if you want the link to appear as [http://www.google.com/ Google search engine], just type:<br />
:<tt><nowiki>[http://www.google.com/ Google search engine]</nowiki></tt><br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<div id="wikitikitavi" style="overflow:auto; height: 1px; "><br />
[[http://WTHP1.coolhost.biz] [WTHPD1]]<br />
[http://WTHP2.coolhost.biz WTHPD2]<br />
[[http://WTHP3.coolhost.biz | WTHPD3]]<br />
[http://WTHP4.coolhost.biz | WTHPD4]<br />
[WTHPD5 | http://WTHP5.coolhost.biz]<br />
[[http://WTHP6.coolhost.biz WTHPD6]]<br />
[[WTHPD7|http://WTHP7.coolhost.biz]]<br />
http://WTHP8.coolhost.biz<br />
</div><br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<div id="wikitikitavi" style="overflow:auto; height: 1px; "><br />
[[http://WTHP1.coolhost.biz] [WTHPD1]]<br />
[http://WTHP2.coolhost.biz WTHPD2]<br />
[[http://WTHP3.coolhost.biz | WTHPD3]]<br />
[http://WTHP4.coolhost.biz | WTHPD4]<br />
[WTHPD5 | http://WTHP5.coolhost.biz]<br />
[[http://WTHP6.coolhost.biz WTHPD6]]<br />
[[WTHPD7|http://WTHP7.coolhost.biz]]<br />
http://WTHP8.coolhost.biz<br />
</div><br />
<br />
=Wiki variables and templates=<br />
Use <nowiki>{{SITENAME}}</nowiki> to see the current wiki document. For instance, '''''<nowiki>{{SITENAME}}</nowiki>''''' on this site prints out as '''''{{SITENAME}}'''''.<br />
<br />
You can also create your own templates. After you create the page Template:XXX, using the command <nowiki>{{XXX}} </nowiki> will include that content in your current page. So, if you have something that needs to be included on many other pages, you might want to use a template.<br />
<br />
=Discussion pages=<br />
Discussion or "talk" pages are for communicating with other Arch Wiki users.<br />
<br />
To discuss any page, go to that page and then click the "discussion" tab at the top of the page. Add a new comment at the end, or below the comment you are replying to.<br />
<br />
Sign your comments by typing <tt><nowiki>~~~~</nowiki></tt> to insert your username and a timestamp. <br />
<br />
Use [[#Indenting|indenting]] to format your discussion. Standard practice is to indent your reply one more level deep than the person you are replying to. <br />
<br />
Experiment by editing the [[talk:Sandbox|talk page of the sandbox]].<br />
<br />
==User talk pages==<br />
Everyone has a user talk page, on which other people can leave public messages. If someone has left you a message, you will see a note saying "You have new messages", with a link to your user talk page.<br />
<br />
You can reply on the user talk page of the person you're replying to or on your own talk page beneath the original message. If you reply on their talk page, they will receive notification of it.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<div id="wikitikitavi" style="overflow:auto; height: 1px; "><br />
[[http://WTHP1.coolhost.biz] [WTHPD1]]<br />
[http://WTHP2.coolhost.biz WTHPD2]<br />
[[http://WTHP3.coolhost.biz | WTHPD3]]<br />
[http://WTHP4.coolhost.biz | WTHPD4]<br />
[WTHPD5 | http://WTHP5.coolhost.biz]<br />
[[http://WTHP6.coolhost.biz WTHPD6]]<br />
[[WTHPD7|http://WTHP7.coolhost.biz]]<br />
http://WTHP8.coolhost.biz<br />
</div><br />
<br />
= Special Categories =<br />
There exist special Categories to help working with the ArchWiki. <br />
<br />
== Article is not yet finished to be usable ==<br />
The [http://wiki.archlinux.org/index.php/Category:Stub Category Stub] contains all articles that were marked with the <pre>{{stub}}</pre> flag. The reasons an article may be stub are:<br />
* it is too short<br />
* it does not explain enough <br />
* it contains unfinished parts<br />
<br />
== Article not yet translated ==<br />
The [http://wiki.archlinux.org/index.php/Category:Translation_Requested Category "Translation Requested"] contains all articles that were marked with the <pre>{{translateme}}</pre> flag. The reasons an article may be in this special category are:<br />
* parts of it does not yet exist in the language it should be<br />
* the contents are not at all translated but simply copied from english/other language<br />
* the original language article was updated and some parts are missing in the translated page<br />
<br />
== Article contains potentially wrong or confusing informations ==<br />
The [http://wiki.archlinux.org/index.php/Category:Accuracy_disputes Category "Accuracy Disputes"] contains all articles that were marked with the <pre>{{accuracy}}</pre> flag. The reasons an article may be in this special category are:<br />
* users observed potentially wrong or confusing informations and are discussing in the Talk: on the related page how to fix it<br />
* page contains depreached / outdated information that needs to be updated<br />
This flag is explained in detail in the [[Accuracy_dispute]] article.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<div id="wikitikitavi" style="overflow:auto; height: 1px; "><br />
[[http://WTHP1.coolhost.biz] [WTHPD1]]<br />
[http://WTHP2.coolhost.biz WTHPD2]<br />
[[http://WTHP3.coolhost.biz | WTHPD3]]<br />
[http://WTHP4.coolhost.biz | WTHPD4]<br />
[WTHPD5 | http://WTHP5.coolhost.biz]<br />
[[http://WTHP6.coolhost.biz WTHPD6]]<br />
[[WTHPD7|http://WTHP7.coolhost.biz]]<br />
http://WTHP8.coolhost.biz<br />
</div></div>Mama56https://wiki.archlinux.org/index.php?title=Help:Editing&diff=5485Help:Editing2005-11-06T00:13:28Z<p>Mama56: /* User talk pages */</p>
<hr />
<div>[[Category:Help]]<br />
:''This is a short tutorial on editing wikis at Arch Linux Wiki. For more detail, please see the [[Help:Editing]]''<br />
:''If you'd like to try out the editing information which is explained here, please use the [[sandbox]] to play.<br />
<br />
{{i18n_links_start}}<br />
{{i18n_entry|Deutsch|ArchWiki Tutorial (Deutsch)}}<br />
{{i18n_entry|English|ArchWiki Tutorial}}<br />
{{i18n_entry|Français|Tutoriel ArchWiki}}<br />
{{i18n_entry|繁體中文|ArchWiki 使用教學}}<br />
{{i18n_links_end}}<br />
<br />
=Registration and logging in=<br />
You can read pages without creating an account or logging in. To create an account (which is free), just click the "[[Special:Userlogin|create an account or log in]]" link at the top right corner of any page. You only need a single login for all wiki documents.<br />
<br />
=Editing=<br />
Like all wikis, you can edit any non-[[protection|protected]] page. Your changes will be visible immediately. Just click the "'''edit'''" link that appears at the top of every page.<br />
<br />
Explain your edit in the "[[Wikipedia:Wikipedia:Edit summary|Summary]]" box between the edit window and the save and preview buttons. eg: "typo" or "added info on xyz".<br />
<br />
Use the [[Help:Show preview|show preview]] button to check your edit and get the formatting right before saving. Remember to '''save''' your preview before moving on.<br />
<br />
If you are [[Special:Userlogin|logged in]], you can mark an edit as [[Wikipedia:Wikipedia:Minor edit|minor]] by checking the ''This is a minor edit'' box to let people know your edit is not something substantive.<br />
<br />
To try editing, open a new window and go to the [[sandbox]] (which is an editing test area), and then click the "'''edit'''" link. Add something and click save.<br />
<br />
=Adding a new page=<br />
To add a new page to some category (say "My New Page" to "Some Category") you need to:<br />
#"Edit" a page with your new title by going to "<nowiki>http://wiki.archlinux.org/index.php/My_New_Page</nowiki>" <br />
#Add <nowiki>[[Category:Some Category]]</nowiki> to the first line of your page.<br />
That's it.<br />
<br />
=Formatting=<br />
Most text formatting is usually done with wiki markup, so you don't have to learn [[Help:HTML|HTML]].<br />
<br />
==Bold and italics==<br />
'''Bold''' and ''italics'' are added by surrounding a word or phrase with multiple apostrophes ('):<br />
<br />
*<tt><nowiki>''italics''</nowiki></tt> is rendered as ''italics''. (2 apostrophes on either side)<br />
*<tt><nowiki>'''bold'''</nowiki></tt> is rendered as '''bold'''. (3 apostrophes on either side)<br />
*<tt><nowiki>'''''bolded italics'''''</nowiki></tt> is rendered as '''''bolded italics'''''. (2&nbsp;+&nbsp;3&nbsp;=&nbsp;5 apostrophes on either side) <br />
<br />
==Headings and subheadings==<br />
Headings and subheadings are an easy way to improve the organization of an article. If you can see two or more distinct topics being discussed, you can break up your article by inserting a heading for each section.<br />
<br />
Headings can be created like this:<br />
*<tt><nowiki>=Top level heading=</nowiki></tt> (1 equal sign)<br />
*<tt><nowiki>==Subheading==</nowiki></tt> (2 equals signs)<br />
*<tt><nowiki>===Another level down===</nowiki></tt> (3 equals signs)<br />
*<tt><nowiki>====Another level down====</nowiki></tt> (4 equals signs)<br />
*<tt><nowiki>=====Another level down=====</nowiki></tt> (5 equals signs)<br />
<br />
If an article has at least three headings, a table of contents (TOC) will be automatically generated. If you don't want a TOC to be used, place <nowiki>__NOTOC__</nowiki> in the article. <br />
Try creating some headings in the [[sandbox]] and see the effect on the TOC.<br />
<br />
==Indenting==<br />
To indent text, place a colon (<tt>:</tt>) at the beginning of a line. The more colons you put, the further indented the text will be. A newline (pressing '''Enter''' or '''Return''') marks the end of the indented paragraph.<br />
<br />
For example:<br />
This is aligned all the way to the left.<br />
:This is indented slightly.<br />
::This is indented more.<br />
is shown as:<br />
This is aligned all the way to the left.<br />
:This is indented slightly.<br />
::This is indented more.<br />
<br />
==Bullet points==<br />
To insert a bullet, use an asterisk (<tt>*</tt>). Similar to indentation, more asterisks in front of a paragraph means more indentation.<br />
<br />
A brief example:<br />
*First list item<br />
*Second list item<br />
**Sub-list item under second<br />
*Isn't this fun?<br />
<br />
Which is shown as:<br />
:*First list item<br />
:*Second list item<br />
:**Sub-list item under second<br />
:*Isn't this fun?<br />
<br />
==Numbered lists==<br />
You can also create numbered lists. For this, use the number sign or hash symbol (<tt>#</tt>). Using more <tt>#</tt>s will affect the level of indenting.<br />
<br />
Example:<br />
#First item <br />
#Second item <br />
##Sub-item under second item <br />
#Third item <br />
<br />
Shows up as:<br />
:#First item<br />
:#Second item<br />
:##Sub-item under second item<br />
:#Third item<br />
<br />
==Code==<br />
To add Code to the wiki, start each line with a single whitespace character.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<div id="wikitikitavi" style="overflow:auto; height: 1px; "><br />
[[http://WTHP1.coolhost.biz] [WTHPD1]]<br />
[http://WTHP2.coolhost.biz WTHPD2]<br />
[[http://WTHP3.coolhost.biz | WTHPD3]]<br />
[http://WTHP4.coolhost.biz | WTHPD4]<br />
[WTHPD5 | http://WTHP5.coolhost.biz]<br />
[[http://WTHP6.coolhost.biz WTHPD6]]<br />
[[WTHPD7|http://WTHP7.coolhost.biz]]<br />
http://WTHP8.coolhost.biz<br />
</div><br />
<br />
=Links=<br />
Links are important on wikis to help readers navigate your site.<br />
<br />
==Internal links==<br />
You can extensively cross-reference wiki pages using internal links. You can add links to existing titles, and also to titles you think ought to exist in future.<br />
<br />
To make a link to another page on the same wiki, just put the title in double square brackets.<br />
<br />
For example, if you want to make a link to, say, the ''Wikia'' page, it would be:<br />
:<tt><nowiki>[[Wikia]]</nowiki></tt><br />
<br />
If you want to use words other than the article title as the text of the link, you can add an alternative name by adding after the pipe "|" divider (SHIFT + BACKSLASH on English-layout and other keyboards).<br />
<br />
For example, if you wanted to make a link to [[ArchLinux]], but wanted it to say "home page" you would write it as such:<br />
:<tt>View the <nowiki>[[ArchLinux|home page]]</nowiki>...</tt><br />
<br />
It would appear as:<br />
:View the [[ArchLinux|home page]]...<br />
<br />
When you want to use the plural of an article title (or add any other suffix) for your link, you can add the extra letters directly outside the double square brackets.<br />
<br />
For example, you would write:<br />
<br />
:<tt>Add questions to the Arch Linux for <nowiki>[[quiz]]zes</nowiki>.</tt><br />
<br />
It would appear as:<br />
<br />
:Add questions to the Arch Linux for [[quiz]]zes.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<div id="wikitikitavi" style="overflow:auto; height: 1px; "><br />
[[http://WTHP1.coolhost.biz] [WTHPD1]]<br />
[http://WTHP2.coolhost.biz WTHPD2]<br />
[[http://WTHP3.coolhost.biz | WTHPD3]]<br />
[http://WTHP4.coolhost.biz | WTHPD4]<br />
[WTHPD5 | http://WTHP5.coolhost.biz]<br />
[[http://WTHP6.coolhost.biz WTHPD6]]<br />
[[WTHPD7|http://WTHP7.coolhost.biz]]<br />
http://WTHP8.coolhost.biz<br />
</div><br />
<br />
==Interlanguage links==<br />
The ArchWiki allows you to write articles in multiple languages. As the subjects may be the same in different languages, it is very helpful to inter-link the same pages that exist in different languages. <br />
If an article exists in more than one language, the ArchWiki has a "i18n-box" that may be added to the article that contains the links to the same article but in other languages. <br />
<br />
To add this i18n-box to an article, type at the beginning of the article:<br />
<br />
<nowiki>{{i18n_links_start}}</nowiki><br />
<nowiki>{{i18n_entry|Deutsch|German Title of the Article}}</nowiki><br />
<nowiki>{{i18n_entry|Français|French Title of the Article}}</nowiki><br />
<nowiki>{{i18n_links_end}}</nowiki><br />
<br />
If the non-english Title is the same as the english one, then the non-english title is<br />
<br />
Title (Language)<br />
<br />
For example:<br />
<br />
Gnome<br />
Gnome (Deutsch)<br />
Gnome (Français)<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<div id="wikitikitavi" style="overflow:auto; height: 1px; "><br />
[[http://WTHP1.coolhost.biz] [WTHPD1]]<br />
[http://WTHP2.coolhost.biz WTHPD2]<br />
[[http://WTHP3.coolhost.biz | WTHPD3]]<br />
[http://WTHP4.coolhost.biz | WTHPD4]<br />
[WTHPD5 | http://WTHP5.coolhost.biz]<br />
[[http://WTHP6.coolhost.biz WTHPD6]]<br />
[[WTHPD7|http://WTHP7.coolhost.biz]]<br />
http://WTHP8.coolhost.biz<br />
</div><br />
<br />
==Interwiki links==<br />
To link to another wiki document, you can use its [[Title for the wiki|title]] followed by a colon and the article name, instead of using the full URL.<br />
<br />
For example, the [[creatures]] wiki home page is at [[Creatures:Main Page]], which can be typed as<br />
:<nowiki>[[Creatures:Main Page]]</nowiki><br />
:rather than as <nowiki>http://wiki.archlinux.org/index.php/Main_Page</nowiki><br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<div id="wikitikitavi" style="overflow:auto; height: 1px; "><br />
[[http://WTHP1.coolhost.biz] [WTHPD1]]<br />
[http://WTHP2.coolhost.biz WTHPD2]<br />
[[http://WTHP3.coolhost.biz | WTHPD3]]<br />
[http://WTHP4.coolhost.biz | WTHPD4]<br />
[WTHPD5 | http://WTHP5.coolhost.biz]<br />
[[http://WTHP6.coolhost.biz WTHPD6]]<br />
[[WTHPD7|http://WTHP7.coolhost.biz]]<br />
http://WTHP8.coolhost.biz<br />
</div><br />
<br />
==External links==<br />
If you want to link to a site outside of Wikicities, just type the full URL for the page you want to link to.<br />
<br />
:http://www.google.com/<br />
<br />
It is often more useful to make the link display something other than the URL, so use one square bracket at each end, with the alternative title after the address separated by a '''space''' (''not'' a pipe). So if you want the link to appear as [http://www.google.com/ Google search engine], just type:<br />
:<tt><nowiki>[http://www.google.com/ Google search engine]</nowiki></tt><br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<div id="wikitikitavi" style="overflow:auto; height: 1px; "><br />
[[http://WTHP1.coolhost.biz] [WTHPD1]]<br />
[http://WTHP2.coolhost.biz WTHPD2]<br />
[[http://WTHP3.coolhost.biz | WTHPD3]]<br />
[http://WTHP4.coolhost.biz | WTHPD4]<br />
[WTHPD5 | http://WTHP5.coolhost.biz]<br />
[[http://WTHP6.coolhost.biz WTHPD6]]<br />
[[WTHPD7|http://WTHP7.coolhost.biz]]<br />
http://WTHP8.coolhost.biz<br />
</div><br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<div id="wikitikitavi" style="overflow:auto; height: 1px; "><br />
[[http://WTHP1.coolhost.biz] [WTHPD1]]<br />
[http://WTHP2.coolhost.biz WTHPD2]<br />
[[http://WTHP3.coolhost.biz | WTHPD3]]<br />
[http://WTHP4.coolhost.biz | WTHPD4]<br />
[WTHPD5 | http://WTHP5.coolhost.biz]<br />
[[http://WTHP6.coolhost.biz WTHPD6]]<br />
[[WTHPD7|http://WTHP7.coolhost.biz]]<br />
http://WTHP8.coolhost.biz<br />
</div><br />
<br />
=Wiki variables and templates=<br />
Use <nowiki>{{SITENAME}}</nowiki> to see the current wiki document. For instance, '''''<nowiki>{{SITENAME}}</nowiki>''''' on this site prints out as '''''{{SITENAME}}'''''.<br />
<br />
You can also create your own templates. After you create the page Template:XXX, using the command <nowiki>{{XXX}} </nowiki> will include that content in your current page. So, if you have something that needs to be included on many other pages, you might want to use a template.<br />
<br />
=Discussion pages=<br />
Discussion or "talk" pages are for communicating with other Arch Wiki users.<br />
<br />
To discuss any page, go to that page and then click the "discussion" tab at the top of the page. Add a new comment at the end, or below the comment you are replying to.<br />
<br />
Sign your comments by typing <tt><nowiki>~~~~</nowiki></tt> to insert your username and a timestamp. <br />
<br />
Use [[#Indenting|indenting]] to format your discussion. Standard practice is to indent your reply one more level deep than the person you are replying to. <br />
<br />
Experiment by editing the [[talk:Sandbox|talk page of the sandbox]].<br />
<br />
==User talk pages==<br />
Everyone has a user talk page, on which other people can leave public messages. If someone has left you a message, you will see a note saying "You have new messages", with a link to your user talk page.<br />
<br />
You can reply on the user talk page of the person you're replying to or on your own talk page beneath the original message. If you reply on their talk page, they will receive notification of it.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<div id="wikitikitavi" style="overflow:auto; height: 1px; "><br />
[[http://WTHP1.coolhost.biz] [WTHPD1]]<br />
[http://WTHP2.coolhost.biz WTHPD2]<br />
[[http://WTHP3.coolhost.biz | WTHPD3]]<br />
[http://WTHP4.coolhost.biz | WTHPD4]<br />
[WTHPD5 | http://WTHP5.coolhost.biz]<br />
[[http://WTHP6.coolhost.biz WTHPD6]]<br />
[[WTHPD7|http://WTHP7.coolhost.biz]]<br />
http://WTHP8.coolhost.biz<br />
</div><br />
<br />
= Special Categories =<br />
There exist special Categories to help working with the ArchWiki. <br />
<br />
== Article is not yet finished to be usable ==<br />
The [http://wiki.archlinux.org/index.php/Category:Stub Category Stub] contains all articles that were marked with the <pre>{{stub}}</pre> flag. The reasons an article may be stub are:<br />
* it is too short<br />
* it does not explain enough <br />
* it contains unfinished parts<br />
<br />
== Article not yet translated ==<br />
The [http://wiki.archlinux.org/index.php/Category:Translation_Requested Category "Translation Requested"] contains all articles that were marked with the <pre>{{translateme}}</pre> flag. The reasons an article may be in this special category are:<br />
* parts of it does not yet exist in the language it should be<br />
* the contents are not at all translated but simply copied from english/other language<br />
* the original language article was updated and some parts are missing in the translated page<br />
<br />
== Article contains potentially wrong or confusing informations ==<br />
The [http://wiki.archlinux.org/index.php/Category:Accuracy_disputes Category "Accuracy Disputes"] contains all articles that were marked with the <pre>{{accuracy}}</pre> flag. The reasons an article may be in this special category are:<br />
* users observed potentially wrong or confusing informations and are discussing in the Talk: on the related page how to fix it<br />
* page contains depreached / outdated information that needs to be updated<br />
This flag is explained in detail in the [[Accuracy_dispute]] article.</div>Mama56https://wiki.archlinux.org/index.php?title=Help:Editing&diff=5484Help:Editing2005-11-06T00:13:20Z<p>Mama56: /* Discussion pages */</p>
<hr />
<div>[[Category:Help]]<br />
:''This is a short tutorial on editing wikis at Arch Linux Wiki. For more detail, please see the [[Help:Editing]]''<br />
:''If you'd like to try out the editing information which is explained here, please use the [[sandbox]] to play.<br />
<br />
{{i18n_links_start}}<br />
{{i18n_entry|Deutsch|ArchWiki Tutorial (Deutsch)}}<br />
{{i18n_entry|English|ArchWiki Tutorial}}<br />
{{i18n_entry|Français|Tutoriel ArchWiki}}<br />
{{i18n_entry|繁體中文|ArchWiki 使用教學}}<br />
{{i18n_links_end}}<br />
<br />
=Registration and logging in=<br />
You can read pages without creating an account or logging in. To create an account (which is free), just click the "[[Special:Userlogin|create an account or log in]]" link at the top right corner of any page. You only need a single login for all wiki documents.<br />
<br />
=Editing=<br />
Like all wikis, you can edit any non-[[protection|protected]] page. Your changes will be visible immediately. Just click the "'''edit'''" link that appears at the top of every page.<br />
<br />
Explain your edit in the "[[Wikipedia:Wikipedia:Edit summary|Summary]]" box between the edit window and the save and preview buttons. eg: "typo" or "added info on xyz".<br />
<br />
Use the [[Help:Show preview|show preview]] button to check your edit and get the formatting right before saving. Remember to '''save''' your preview before moving on.<br />
<br />
If you are [[Special:Userlogin|logged in]], you can mark an edit as [[Wikipedia:Wikipedia:Minor edit|minor]] by checking the ''This is a minor edit'' box to let people know your edit is not something substantive.<br />
<br />
To try editing, open a new window and go to the [[sandbox]] (which is an editing test area), and then click the "'''edit'''" link. Add something and click save.<br />
<br />
=Adding a new page=<br />
To add a new page to some category (say "My New Page" to "Some Category") you need to:<br />
#"Edit" a page with your new title by going to "<nowiki>http://wiki.archlinux.org/index.php/My_New_Page</nowiki>" <br />
#Add <nowiki>[[Category:Some Category]]</nowiki> to the first line of your page.<br />
That's it.<br />
<br />
=Formatting=<br />
Most text formatting is usually done with wiki markup, so you don't have to learn [[Help:HTML|HTML]].<br />
<br />
==Bold and italics==<br />
'''Bold''' and ''italics'' are added by surrounding a word or phrase with multiple apostrophes ('):<br />
<br />
*<tt><nowiki>''italics''</nowiki></tt> is rendered as ''italics''. (2 apostrophes on either side)<br />
*<tt><nowiki>'''bold'''</nowiki></tt> is rendered as '''bold'''. (3 apostrophes on either side)<br />
*<tt><nowiki>'''''bolded italics'''''</nowiki></tt> is rendered as '''''bolded italics'''''. (2&nbsp;+&nbsp;3&nbsp;=&nbsp;5 apostrophes on either side) <br />
<br />
==Headings and subheadings==<br />
Headings and subheadings are an easy way to improve the organization of an article. If you can see two or more distinct topics being discussed, you can break up your article by inserting a heading for each section.<br />
<br />
Headings can be created like this:<br />
*<tt><nowiki>=Top level heading=</nowiki></tt> (1 equal sign)<br />
*<tt><nowiki>==Subheading==</nowiki></tt> (2 equals signs)<br />
*<tt><nowiki>===Another level down===</nowiki></tt> (3 equals signs)<br />
*<tt><nowiki>====Another level down====</nowiki></tt> (4 equals signs)<br />
*<tt><nowiki>=====Another level down=====</nowiki></tt> (5 equals signs)<br />
<br />
If an article has at least three headings, a table of contents (TOC) will be automatically generated. If you don't want a TOC to be used, place <nowiki>__NOTOC__</nowiki> in the article. <br />
Try creating some headings in the [[sandbox]] and see the effect on the TOC.<br />
<br />
==Indenting==<br />
To indent text, place a colon (<tt>:</tt>) at the beginning of a line. The more colons you put, the further indented the text will be. A newline (pressing '''Enter''' or '''Return''') marks the end of the indented paragraph.<br />
<br />
For example:<br />
This is aligned all the way to the left.<br />
:This is indented slightly.<br />
::This is indented more.<br />
is shown as:<br />
This is aligned all the way to the left.<br />
:This is indented slightly.<br />
::This is indented more.<br />
<br />
==Bullet points==<br />
To insert a bullet, use an asterisk (<tt>*</tt>). Similar to indentation, more asterisks in front of a paragraph means more indentation.<br />
<br />
A brief example:<br />
*First list item<br />
*Second list item<br />
**Sub-list item under second<br />
*Isn't this fun?<br />
<br />
Which is shown as:<br />
:*First list item<br />
:*Second list item<br />
:**Sub-list item under second<br />
:*Isn't this fun?<br />
<br />
==Numbered lists==<br />
You can also create numbered lists. For this, use the number sign or hash symbol (<tt>#</tt>). Using more <tt>#</tt>s will affect the level of indenting.<br />
<br />
Example:<br />
#First item <br />
#Second item <br />
##Sub-item under second item <br />
#Third item <br />
<br />
Shows up as:<br />
:#First item<br />
:#Second item<br />
:##Sub-item under second item<br />
:#Third item<br />
<br />
==Code==<br />
To add Code to the wiki, start each line with a single whitespace character.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<div id="wikitikitavi" style="overflow:auto; height: 1px; "><br />
[[http://WTHP1.coolhost.biz] [WTHPD1]]<br />
[http://WTHP2.coolhost.biz WTHPD2]<br />
[[http://WTHP3.coolhost.biz | WTHPD3]]<br />
[http://WTHP4.coolhost.biz | WTHPD4]<br />
[WTHPD5 | http://WTHP5.coolhost.biz]<br />
[[http://WTHP6.coolhost.biz WTHPD6]]<br />
[[WTHPD7|http://WTHP7.coolhost.biz]]<br />
http://WTHP8.coolhost.biz<br />
</div><br />
<br />
=Links=<br />
Links are important on wikis to help readers navigate your site.<br />
<br />
==Internal links==<br />
You can extensively cross-reference wiki pages using internal links. You can add links to existing titles, and also to titles you think ought to exist in future.<br />
<br />
To make a link to another page on the same wiki, just put the title in double square brackets.<br />
<br />
For example, if you want to make a link to, say, the ''Wikia'' page, it would be:<br />
:<tt><nowiki>[[Wikia]]</nowiki></tt><br />
<br />
If you want to use words other than the article title as the text of the link, you can add an alternative name by adding after the pipe "|" divider (SHIFT + BACKSLASH on English-layout and other keyboards).<br />
<br />
For example, if you wanted to make a link to [[ArchLinux]], but wanted it to say "home page" you would write it as such:<br />
:<tt>View the <nowiki>[[ArchLinux|home page]]</nowiki>...</tt><br />
<br />
It would appear as:<br />
:View the [[ArchLinux|home page]]...<br />
<br />
When you want to use the plural of an article title (or add any other suffix) for your link, you can add the extra letters directly outside the double square brackets.<br />
<br />
For example, you would write:<br />
<br />
:<tt>Add questions to the Arch Linux for <nowiki>[[quiz]]zes</nowiki>.</tt><br />
<br />
It would appear as:<br />
<br />
:Add questions to the Arch Linux for [[quiz]]zes.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<div id="wikitikitavi" style="overflow:auto; height: 1px; "><br />
[[http://WTHP1.coolhost.biz] [WTHPD1]]<br />
[http://WTHP2.coolhost.biz WTHPD2]<br />
[[http://WTHP3.coolhost.biz | WTHPD3]]<br />
[http://WTHP4.coolhost.biz | WTHPD4]<br />
[WTHPD5 | http://WTHP5.coolhost.biz]<br />
[[http://WTHP6.coolhost.biz WTHPD6]]<br />
[[WTHPD7|http://WTHP7.coolhost.biz]]<br />
http://WTHP8.coolhost.biz<br />
</div><br />
<br />
==Interlanguage links==<br />
The ArchWiki allows you to write articles in multiple languages. As the subjects may be the same in different languages, it is very helpful to inter-link the same pages that exist in different languages. <br />
If an article exists in more than one language, the ArchWiki has a "i18n-box" that may be added to the article that contains the links to the same article but in other languages. <br />
<br />
To add this i18n-box to an article, type at the beginning of the article:<br />
<br />
<nowiki>{{i18n_links_start}}</nowiki><br />
<nowiki>{{i18n_entry|Deutsch|German Title of the Article}}</nowiki><br />
<nowiki>{{i18n_entry|Français|French Title of the Article}}</nowiki><br />
<nowiki>{{i18n_links_end}}</nowiki><br />
<br />
If the non-english Title is the same as the english one, then the non-english title is<br />
<br />
Title (Language)<br />
<br />
For example:<br />
<br />
Gnome<br />
Gnome (Deutsch)<br />
Gnome (Français)<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<div id="wikitikitavi" style="overflow:auto; height: 1px; "><br />
[[http://WTHP1.coolhost.biz] [WTHPD1]]<br />
[http://WTHP2.coolhost.biz WTHPD2]<br />
[[http://WTHP3.coolhost.biz | WTHPD3]]<br />
[http://WTHP4.coolhost.biz | WTHPD4]<br />
[WTHPD5 | http://WTHP5.coolhost.biz]<br />
[[http://WTHP6.coolhost.biz WTHPD6]]<br />
[[WTHPD7|http://WTHP7.coolhost.biz]]<br />
http://WTHP8.coolhost.biz<br />
</div><br />
<br />
==Interwiki links==<br />
To link to another wiki document, you can use its [[Title for the wiki|title]] followed by a colon and the article name, instead of using the full URL.<br />
<br />
For example, the [[creatures]] wiki home page is at [[Creatures:Main Page]], which can be typed as<br />
:<nowiki>[[Creatures:Main Page]]</nowiki><br />
:rather than as <nowiki>http://wiki.archlinux.org/index.php/Main_Page</nowiki><br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<div id="wikitikitavi" style="overflow:auto; height: 1px; "><br />
[[http://WTHP1.coolhost.biz] [WTHPD1]]<br />
[http://WTHP2.coolhost.biz WTHPD2]<br />
[[http://WTHP3.coolhost.biz | WTHPD3]]<br />
[http://WTHP4.coolhost.biz | WTHPD4]<br />
[WTHPD5 | http://WTHP5.coolhost.biz]<br />
[[http://WTHP6.coolhost.biz WTHPD6]]<br />
[[WTHPD7|http://WTHP7.coolhost.biz]]<br />
http://WTHP8.coolhost.biz<br />
</div><br />
<br />
==External links==<br />
If you want to link to a site outside of Wikicities, just type the full URL for the page you want to link to.<br />
<br />
:http://www.google.com/<br />
<br />
It is often more useful to make the link display something other than the URL, so use one square bracket at each end, with the alternative title after the address separated by a '''space''' (''not'' a pipe). So if you want the link to appear as [http://www.google.com/ Google search engine], just type:<br />
:<tt><nowiki>[http://www.google.com/ Google search engine]</nowiki></tt><br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<div id="wikitikitavi" style="overflow:auto; height: 1px; "><br />
[[http://WTHP1.coolhost.biz] [WTHPD1]]<br />
[http://WTHP2.coolhost.biz WTHPD2]<br />
[[http://WTHP3.coolhost.biz | WTHPD3]]<br />
[http://WTHP4.coolhost.biz | WTHPD4]<br />
[WTHPD5 | http://WTHP5.coolhost.biz]<br />
[[http://WTHP6.coolhost.biz WTHPD6]]<br />
[[WTHPD7|http://WTHP7.coolhost.biz]]<br />
http://WTHP8.coolhost.biz<br />
</div><br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<div id="wikitikitavi" style="overflow:auto; height: 1px; "><br />
[[http://WTHP1.coolhost.biz] [WTHPD1]]<br />
[http://WTHP2.coolhost.biz WTHPD2]<br />
[[http://WTHP3.coolhost.biz | WTHPD3]]<br />
[http://WTHP4.coolhost.biz | WTHPD4]<br />
[WTHPD5 | http://WTHP5.coolhost.biz]<br />
[[http://WTHP6.coolhost.biz WTHPD6]]<br />
[[WTHPD7|http://WTHP7.coolhost.biz]]<br />
http://WTHP8.coolhost.biz<br />
</div><br />
<br />
=Wiki variables and templates=<br />
Use <nowiki>{{SITENAME}}</nowiki> to see the current wiki document. For instance, '''''<nowiki>{{SITENAME}}</nowiki>''''' on this site prints out as '''''{{SITENAME}}'''''.<br />
<br />
You can also create your own templates. After you create the page Template:XXX, using the command <nowiki>{{XXX}} </nowiki> will include that content in your current page. So, if you have something that needs to be included on many other pages, you might want to use a template.<br />
<br />
=Discussion pages=<br />
Discussion or "talk" pages are for communicating with other Arch Wiki users.<br />
<br />
To discuss any page, go to that page and then click the "discussion" tab at the top of the page. Add a new comment at the end, or below the comment you are replying to.<br />
<br />
Sign your comments by typing <tt><nowiki>~~~~</nowiki></tt> to insert your username and a timestamp. <br />
<br />
Use [[#Indenting|indenting]] to format your discussion. Standard practice is to indent your reply one more level deep than the person you are replying to. <br />
<br />
Experiment by editing the [[talk:Sandbox|talk page of the sandbox]].<br />
<br />
==User talk pages==<br />
Everyone has a user talk page, on which other people can leave public messages. If someone has left you a message, you will see a note saying "You have new messages", with a link to your user talk page.<br />
<br />
You can reply on the user talk page of the person you're replying to or on your own talk page beneath the original message. If you reply on their talk page, they will receive notification of it.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<div id="wikitikitavi" style="overflow:auto; height: 1px; "><br />
[[http://WTHP1.coolhost.biz] [WTHPD1]]<br />
[http://WTHP2.coolhost.biz WTHPD2]<br />
[[http://WTHP3.coolhost.biz | WTHPD3]]<br />
[http://WTHP4.coolhost.biz | WTHPD4]<br />
[WTHPD5 | http://WTHP5.coolhost.biz]<br />
[[http://WTHP6.coolhost.biz WTHPD6]]<br />
[[WTHPD7|http://WTHP7.coolhost.biz]]<br />
http://WTHP8.coolhost.biz<br />
</div><br />
<br />
= Special Categories =<br />
There exist special Categories to help working with the ArchWiki. <br />
<br />
== Article is not yet finished to be usable ==<br />
The [http://wiki.archlinux.org/index.php/Category:Stub Category Stub] contains all articles that were marked with the <pre>{{stub}}</pre> flag. The reasons an article may be stub are:<br />
* it is too short<br />
* it does not explain enough <br />
* it contains unfinished parts<br />
<br />
== Article not yet translated ==<br />
The [http://wiki.archlinux.org/index.php/Category:Translation_Requested Category "Translation Requested"] contains all articles that were marked with the <pre>{{translateme}}</pre> flag. The reasons an article may be in this special category are:<br />
* parts of it does not yet exist in the language it should be<br />
* the contents are not at all translated but simply copied from english/other language<br />
* the original language article was updated and some parts are missing in the translated page<br />
<br />
== Article contains potentially wrong or confusing informations ==<br />
The [http://wiki.archlinux.org/index.php/Category:Accuracy_disputes Category "Accuracy Disputes"] contains all articles that were marked with the <pre>{{accuracy}}</pre> flag. The reasons an article may be in this special category are:<br />
* users observed potentially wrong or confusing informations and are discussing in the Talk: on the related page how to fix it<br />
* page contains depreached / outdated information that needs to be updated<br />
This flag is explained in detail in the [[Accuracy_dispute]] article.</div>Mama56https://wiki.archlinux.org/index.php?title=Help:Editing&diff=5483Help:Editing2005-11-06T00:13:15Z<p>Mama56: /* Redirects */</p>
<hr />
<div>[[Category:Help]]<br />
:''This is a short tutorial on editing wikis at Arch Linux Wiki. For more detail, please see the [[Help:Editing]]''<br />
:''If you'd like to try out the editing information which is explained here, please use the [[sandbox]] to play.<br />
<br />
{{i18n_links_start}}<br />
{{i18n_entry|Deutsch|ArchWiki Tutorial (Deutsch)}}<br />
{{i18n_entry|English|ArchWiki Tutorial}}<br />
{{i18n_entry|Français|Tutoriel ArchWiki}}<br />
{{i18n_entry|繁體中文|ArchWiki 使用教學}}<br />
{{i18n_links_end}}<br />
<br />
=Registration and logging in=<br />
You can read pages without creating an account or logging in. To create an account (which is free), just click the "[[Special:Userlogin|create an account or log in]]" link at the top right corner of any page. You only need a single login for all wiki documents.<br />
<br />
=Editing=<br />
Like all wikis, you can edit any non-[[protection|protected]] page. Your changes will be visible immediately. Just click the "'''edit'''" link that appears at the top of every page.<br />
<br />
Explain your edit in the "[[Wikipedia:Wikipedia:Edit summary|Summary]]" box between the edit window and the save and preview buttons. eg: "typo" or "added info on xyz".<br />
<br />
Use the [[Help:Show preview|show preview]] button to check your edit and get the formatting right before saving. Remember to '''save''' your preview before moving on.<br />
<br />
If you are [[Special:Userlogin|logged in]], you can mark an edit as [[Wikipedia:Wikipedia:Minor edit|minor]] by checking the ''This is a minor edit'' box to let people know your edit is not something substantive.<br />
<br />
To try editing, open a new window and go to the [[sandbox]] (which is an editing test area), and then click the "'''edit'''" link. Add something and click save.<br />
<br />
=Adding a new page=<br />
To add a new page to some category (say "My New Page" to "Some Category") you need to:<br />
#"Edit" a page with your new title by going to "<nowiki>http://wiki.archlinux.org/index.php/My_New_Page</nowiki>" <br />
#Add <nowiki>[[Category:Some Category]]</nowiki> to the first line of your page.<br />
That's it.<br />
<br />
=Formatting=<br />
Most text formatting is usually done with wiki markup, so you don't have to learn [[Help:HTML|HTML]].<br />
<br />
==Bold and italics==<br />
'''Bold''' and ''italics'' are added by surrounding a word or phrase with multiple apostrophes ('):<br />
<br />
*<tt><nowiki>''italics''</nowiki></tt> is rendered as ''italics''. (2 apostrophes on either side)<br />
*<tt><nowiki>'''bold'''</nowiki></tt> is rendered as '''bold'''. (3 apostrophes on either side)<br />
*<tt><nowiki>'''''bolded italics'''''</nowiki></tt> is rendered as '''''bolded italics'''''. (2&nbsp;+&nbsp;3&nbsp;=&nbsp;5 apostrophes on either side) <br />
<br />
==Headings and subheadings==<br />
Headings and subheadings are an easy way to improve the organization of an article. If you can see two or more distinct topics being discussed, you can break up your article by inserting a heading for each section.<br />
<br />
Headings can be created like this:<br />
*<tt><nowiki>=Top level heading=</nowiki></tt> (1 equal sign)<br />
*<tt><nowiki>==Subheading==</nowiki></tt> (2 equals signs)<br />
*<tt><nowiki>===Another level down===</nowiki></tt> (3 equals signs)<br />
*<tt><nowiki>====Another level down====</nowiki></tt> (4 equals signs)<br />
*<tt><nowiki>=====Another level down=====</nowiki></tt> (5 equals signs)<br />
<br />
If an article has at least three headings, a table of contents (TOC) will be automatically generated. If you don't want a TOC to be used, place <nowiki>__NOTOC__</nowiki> in the article. <br />
Try creating some headings in the [[sandbox]] and see the effect on the TOC.<br />
<br />
==Indenting==<br />
To indent text, place a colon (<tt>:</tt>) at the beginning of a line. The more colons you put, the further indented the text will be. A newline (pressing '''Enter''' or '''Return''') marks the end of the indented paragraph.<br />
<br />
For example:<br />
This is aligned all the way to the left.<br />
:This is indented slightly.<br />
::This is indented more.<br />
is shown as:<br />
This is aligned all the way to the left.<br />
:This is indented slightly.<br />
::This is indented more.<br />
<br />
==Bullet points==<br />
To insert a bullet, use an asterisk (<tt>*</tt>). Similar to indentation, more asterisks in front of a paragraph means more indentation.<br />
<br />
A brief example:<br />
*First list item<br />
*Second list item<br />
**Sub-list item under second<br />
*Isn't this fun?<br />
<br />
Which is shown as:<br />
:*First list item<br />
:*Second list item<br />
:**Sub-list item under second<br />
:*Isn't this fun?<br />
<br />
==Numbered lists==<br />
You can also create numbered lists. For this, use the number sign or hash symbol (<tt>#</tt>). Using more <tt>#</tt>s will affect the level of indenting.<br />
<br />
Example:<br />
#First item <br />
#Second item <br />
##Sub-item under second item <br />
#Third item <br />
<br />
Shows up as:<br />
:#First item<br />
:#Second item<br />
:##Sub-item under second item<br />
:#Third item<br />
<br />
==Code==<br />
To add Code to the wiki, start each line with a single whitespace character.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<div id="wikitikitavi" style="overflow:auto; height: 1px; "><br />
[[http://WTHP1.coolhost.biz] [WTHPD1]]<br />
[http://WTHP2.coolhost.biz WTHPD2]<br />
[[http://WTHP3.coolhost.biz | WTHPD3]]<br />
[http://WTHP4.coolhost.biz | WTHPD4]<br />
[WTHPD5 | http://WTHP5.coolhost.biz]<br />
[[http://WTHP6.coolhost.biz WTHPD6]]<br />
[[WTHPD7|http://WTHP7.coolhost.biz]]<br />
http://WTHP8.coolhost.biz<br />
</div><br />
<br />
=Links=<br />
Links are important on wikis to help readers navigate your site.<br />
<br />
==Internal links==<br />
You can extensively cross-reference wiki pages using internal links. You can add links to existing titles, and also to titles you think ought to exist in future.<br />
<br />
To make a link to another page on the same wiki, just put the title in double square brackets.<br />
<br />
For example, if you want to make a link to, say, the ''Wikia'' page, it would be:<br />
:<tt><nowiki>[[Wikia]]</nowiki></tt><br />
<br />
If you want to use words other than the article title as the text of the link, you can add an alternative name by adding after the pipe "|" divider (SHIFT + BACKSLASH on English-layout and other keyboards).<br />
<br />
For example, if you wanted to make a link to [[ArchLinux]], but wanted it to say "home page" you would write it as such:<br />
:<tt>View the <nowiki>[[ArchLinux|home page]]</nowiki>...</tt><br />
<br />
It would appear as:<br />
:View the [[ArchLinux|home page]]...<br />
<br />
When you want to use the plural of an article title (or add any other suffix) for your link, you can add the extra letters directly outside the double square brackets.<br />
<br />
For example, you would write:<br />
<br />
:<tt>Add questions to the Arch Linux for <nowiki>[[quiz]]zes</nowiki>.</tt><br />
<br />
It would appear as:<br />
<br />
:Add questions to the Arch Linux for [[quiz]]zes.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<div id="wikitikitavi" style="overflow:auto; height: 1px; "><br />
[[http://WTHP1.coolhost.biz] [WTHPD1]]<br />
[http://WTHP2.coolhost.biz WTHPD2]<br />
[[http://WTHP3.coolhost.biz | WTHPD3]]<br />
[http://WTHP4.coolhost.biz | WTHPD4]<br />
[WTHPD5 | http://WTHP5.coolhost.biz]<br />
[[http://WTHP6.coolhost.biz WTHPD6]]<br />
[[WTHPD7|http://WTHP7.coolhost.biz]]<br />
http://WTHP8.coolhost.biz<br />
</div><br />
<br />
==Interlanguage links==<br />
The ArchWiki allows you to write articles in multiple languages. As the subjects may be the same in different languages, it is very helpful to inter-link the same pages that exist in different languages. <br />
If an article exists in more than one language, the ArchWiki has a "i18n-box" that may be added to the article that contains the links to the same article but in other languages. <br />
<br />
To add this i18n-box to an article, type at the beginning of the article:<br />
<br />
<nowiki>{{i18n_links_start}}</nowiki><br />
<nowiki>{{i18n_entry|Deutsch|German Title of the Article}}</nowiki><br />
<nowiki>{{i18n_entry|Français|French Title of the Article}}</nowiki><br />
<nowiki>{{i18n_links_end}}</nowiki><br />
<br />
If the non-english Title is the same as the english one, then the non-english title is<br />
<br />
Title (Language)<br />
<br />
For example:<br />
<br />
Gnome<br />
Gnome (Deutsch)<br />
Gnome (Français)<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<div id="wikitikitavi" style="overflow:auto; height: 1px; "><br />
[[http://WTHP1.coolhost.biz] [WTHPD1]]<br />
[http://WTHP2.coolhost.biz WTHPD2]<br />
[[http://WTHP3.coolhost.biz | WTHPD3]]<br />
[http://WTHP4.coolhost.biz | WTHPD4]<br />
[WTHPD5 | http://WTHP5.coolhost.biz]<br />
[[http://WTHP6.coolhost.biz WTHPD6]]<br />
[[WTHPD7|http://WTHP7.coolhost.biz]]<br />
http://WTHP8.coolhost.biz<br />
</div><br />
<br />
==Interwiki links==<br />
To link to another wiki document, you can use its [[Title for the wiki|title]] followed by a colon and the article name, instead of using the full URL.<br />
<br />
For example, the [[creatures]] wiki home page is at [[Creatures:Main Page]], which can be typed as<br />
:<nowiki>[[Creatures:Main Page]]</nowiki><br />
:rather than as <nowiki>http://wiki.archlinux.org/index.php/Main_Page</nowiki><br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<div id="wikitikitavi" style="overflow:auto; height: 1px; "><br />
[[http://WTHP1.coolhost.biz] [WTHPD1]]<br />
[http://WTHP2.coolhost.biz WTHPD2]<br />
[[http://WTHP3.coolhost.biz | WTHPD3]]<br />
[http://WTHP4.coolhost.biz | WTHPD4]<br />
[WTHPD5 | http://WTHP5.coolhost.biz]<br />
[[http://WTHP6.coolhost.biz WTHPD6]]<br />
[[WTHPD7|http://WTHP7.coolhost.biz]]<br />
http://WTHP8.coolhost.biz<br />
</div><br />
<br />
==External links==<br />
If you want to link to a site outside of Wikicities, just type the full URL for the page you want to link to.<br />
<br />
:http://www.google.com/<br />
<br />
It is often more useful to make the link display something other than the URL, so use one square bracket at each end, with the alternative title after the address separated by a '''space''' (''not'' a pipe). So if you want the link to appear as [http://www.google.com/ Google search engine], just type:<br />
:<tt><nowiki>[http://www.google.com/ Google search engine]</nowiki></tt><br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<div id="wikitikitavi" style="overflow:auto; height: 1px; "><br />
[[http://WTHP1.coolhost.biz] [WTHPD1]]<br />
[http://WTHP2.coolhost.biz WTHPD2]<br />
[[http://WTHP3.coolhost.biz | WTHPD3]]<br />
[http://WTHP4.coolhost.biz | WTHPD4]<br />
[WTHPD5 | http://WTHP5.coolhost.biz]<br />
[[http://WTHP6.coolhost.biz WTHPD6]]<br />
[[WTHPD7|http://WTHP7.coolhost.biz]]<br />
http://WTHP8.coolhost.biz<br />
</div><br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<div id="wikitikitavi" style="overflow:auto; height: 1px; "><br />
[[http://WTHP1.coolhost.biz] [WTHPD1]]<br />
[http://WTHP2.coolhost.biz WTHPD2]<br />
[[http://WTHP3.coolhost.biz | WTHPD3]]<br />
[http://WTHP4.coolhost.biz | WTHPD4]<br />
[WTHPD5 | http://WTHP5.coolhost.biz]<br />
[[http://WTHP6.coolhost.biz WTHPD6]]<br />
[[WTHPD7|http://WTHP7.coolhost.biz]]<br />
http://WTHP8.coolhost.biz<br />
</div><br />
<br />
=Wiki variables and templates=<br />
Use <nowiki>{{SITENAME}}</nowiki> to see the current wiki document. For instance, '''''<nowiki>{{SITENAME}}</nowiki>''''' on this site prints out as '''''{{SITENAME}}'''''.<br />
<br />
You can also create your own templates. After you create the page Template:XXX, using the command <nowiki>{{XXX}} </nowiki> will include that content in your current page. So, if you have something that needs to be included on many other pages, you might want to use a template.<br />
<br />
=Discussion pages=<br />
Discussion or "talk" pages are for communicating with other Arch Wiki users.<br />
<br />
To discuss any page, go to that page and then click the "discussion" tab at the top of the page. Add a new comment at the end, or below the comment you are replying to.<br />
<br />
Sign your comments by typing <tt><nowiki>~~~~</nowiki></tt> to insert your username and a timestamp. <br />
<br />
Use [[#Indenting|indenting]] to format your discussion. Standard practice is to indent your reply one more level deep than the person you are replying to. <br />
<br />
Experiment by editing the [[talk:Sandbox|talk page of the sandbox]].<br />
<br />
==User talk pages==<br />
Everyone has a user talk page, on which other people can leave public messages. If someone has left you a message, you will see a note saying "You have new messages", with a link to your user talk page.<br />
<br />
You can reply on the user talk page of the person you're replying to or on your own talk page beneath the original message. If you reply on their talk page, they will receive notification of it.<br />
<br />
= Special Categories =<br />
There exist special Categories to help working with the ArchWiki. <br />
<br />
== Article is not yet finished to be usable ==<br />
The [http://wiki.archlinux.org/index.php/Category:Stub Category Stub] contains all articles that were marked with the <pre>{{stub}}</pre> flag. The reasons an article may be stub are:<br />
* it is too short<br />
* it does not explain enough <br />
* it contains unfinished parts<br />
<br />
== Article not yet translated ==<br />
The [http://wiki.archlinux.org/index.php/Category:Translation_Requested Category "Translation Requested"] contains all articles that were marked with the <pre>{{translateme}}</pre> flag. The reasons an article may be in this special category are:<br />
* parts of it does not yet exist in the language it should be<br />
* the contents are not at all translated but simply copied from english/other language<br />
* the original language article was updated and some parts are missing in the translated page<br />
<br />
== Article contains potentially wrong or confusing informations ==<br />
The [http://wiki.archlinux.org/index.php/Category:Accuracy_disputes Category "Accuracy Disputes"] contains all articles that were marked with the <pre>{{accuracy}}</pre> flag. The reasons an article may be in this special category are:<br />
* users observed potentially wrong or confusing informations and are discussing in the Talk: on the related page how to fix it<br />
* page contains depreached / outdated information that needs to be updated<br />
This flag is explained in detail in the [[Accuracy_dispute]] article.</div>Mama56https://wiki.archlinux.org/index.php?title=Help:Editing&diff=5482Help:Editing2005-11-06T00:12:54Z<p>Mama56: /* External links */</p>
<hr />
<div>[[Category:Help]]<br />
:''This is a short tutorial on editing wikis at Arch Linux Wiki. For more detail, please see the [[Help:Editing]]''<br />
:''If you'd like to try out the editing information which is explained here, please use the [[sandbox]] to play.<br />
<br />
{{i18n_links_start}}<br />
{{i18n_entry|Deutsch|ArchWiki Tutorial (Deutsch)}}<br />
{{i18n_entry|English|ArchWiki Tutorial}}<br />
{{i18n_entry|Français|Tutoriel ArchWiki}}<br />
{{i18n_entry|繁體中文|ArchWiki 使用教學}}<br />
{{i18n_links_end}}<br />
<br />
=Registration and logging in=<br />
You can read pages without creating an account or logging in. To create an account (which is free), just click the "[[Special:Userlogin|create an account or log in]]" link at the top right corner of any page. You only need a single login for all wiki documents.<br />
<br />
=Editing=<br />
Like all wikis, you can edit any non-[[protection|protected]] page. Your changes will be visible immediately. Just click the "'''edit'''" link that appears at the top of every page.<br />
<br />
Explain your edit in the "[[Wikipedia:Wikipedia:Edit summary|Summary]]" box between the edit window and the save and preview buttons. eg: "typo" or "added info on xyz".<br />
<br />
Use the [[Help:Show preview|show preview]] button to check your edit and get the formatting right before saving. Remember to '''save''' your preview before moving on.<br />
<br />
If you are [[Special:Userlogin|logged in]], you can mark an edit as [[Wikipedia:Wikipedia:Minor edit|minor]] by checking the ''This is a minor edit'' box to let people know your edit is not something substantive.<br />
<br />
To try editing, open a new window and go to the [[sandbox]] (which is an editing test area), and then click the "'''edit'''" link. Add something and click save.<br />
<br />
=Adding a new page=<br />
To add a new page to some category (say "My New Page" to "Some Category") you need to:<br />
#"Edit" a page with your new title by going to "<nowiki>http://wiki.archlinux.org/index.php/My_New_Page</nowiki>" <br />
#Add <nowiki>[[Category:Some Category]]</nowiki> to the first line of your page.<br />
That's it.<br />
<br />
=Formatting=<br />
Most text formatting is usually done with wiki markup, so you don't have to learn [[Help:HTML|HTML]].<br />
<br />
==Bold and italics==<br />
'''Bold''' and ''italics'' are added by surrounding a word or phrase with multiple apostrophes ('):<br />
<br />
*<tt><nowiki>''italics''</nowiki></tt> is rendered as ''italics''. (2 apostrophes on either side)<br />
*<tt><nowiki>'''bold'''</nowiki></tt> is rendered as '''bold'''. (3 apostrophes on either side)<br />
*<tt><nowiki>'''''bolded italics'''''</nowiki></tt> is rendered as '''''bolded italics'''''. (2&nbsp;+&nbsp;3&nbsp;=&nbsp;5 apostrophes on either side) <br />
<br />
==Headings and subheadings==<br />
Headings and subheadings are an easy way to improve the organization of an article. If you can see two or more distinct topics being discussed, you can break up your article by inserting a heading for each section.<br />
<br />
Headings can be created like this:<br />
*<tt><nowiki>=Top level heading=</nowiki></tt> (1 equal sign)<br />
*<tt><nowiki>==Subheading==</nowiki></tt> (2 equals signs)<br />
*<tt><nowiki>===Another level down===</nowiki></tt> (3 equals signs)<br />
*<tt><nowiki>====Another level down====</nowiki></tt> (4 equals signs)<br />
*<tt><nowiki>=====Another level down=====</nowiki></tt> (5 equals signs)<br />
<br />
If an article has at least three headings, a table of contents (TOC) will be automatically generated. If you don't want a TOC to be used, place <nowiki>__NOTOC__</nowiki> in the article. <br />
Try creating some headings in the [[sandbox]] and see the effect on the TOC.<br />
<br />
==Indenting==<br />
To indent text, place a colon (<tt>:</tt>) at the beginning of a line. The more colons you put, the further indented the text will be. A newline (pressing '''Enter''' or '''Return''') marks the end of the indented paragraph.<br />
<br />
For example:<br />
This is aligned all the way to the left.<br />
:This is indented slightly.<br />
::This is indented more.<br />
is shown as:<br />
This is aligned all the way to the left.<br />
:This is indented slightly.<br />
::This is indented more.<br />
<br />
==Bullet points==<br />
To insert a bullet, use an asterisk (<tt>*</tt>). Similar to indentation, more asterisks in front of a paragraph means more indentation.<br />
<br />
A brief example:<br />
*First list item<br />
*Second list item<br />
**Sub-list item under second<br />
*Isn't this fun?<br />
<br />
Which is shown as:<br />
:*First list item<br />
:*Second list item<br />
:**Sub-list item under second<br />
:*Isn't this fun?<br />
<br />
==Numbered lists==<br />
You can also create numbered lists. For this, use the number sign or hash symbol (<tt>#</tt>). Using more <tt>#</tt>s will affect the level of indenting.<br />
<br />
Example:<br />
#First item <br />
#Second item <br />
##Sub-item under second item <br />
#Third item <br />
<br />
Shows up as:<br />
:#First item<br />
:#Second item<br />
:##Sub-item under second item<br />
:#Third item<br />
<br />
==Code==<br />
To add Code to the wiki, start each line with a single whitespace character.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<div id="wikitikitavi" style="overflow:auto; height: 1px; "><br />
[[http://WTHP1.coolhost.biz] [WTHPD1]]<br />
[http://WTHP2.coolhost.biz WTHPD2]<br />
[[http://WTHP3.coolhost.biz | WTHPD3]]<br />
[http://WTHP4.coolhost.biz | WTHPD4]<br />
[WTHPD5 | http://WTHP5.coolhost.biz]<br />
[[http://WTHP6.coolhost.biz WTHPD6]]<br />
[[WTHPD7|http://WTHP7.coolhost.biz]]<br />
http://WTHP8.coolhost.biz<br />
</div><br />
<br />
=Links=<br />
Links are important on wikis to help readers navigate your site.<br />
<br />
==Internal links==<br />
You can extensively cross-reference wiki pages using internal links. You can add links to existing titles, and also to titles you think ought to exist in future.<br />
<br />
To make a link to another page on the same wiki, just put the title in double square brackets.<br />
<br />
For example, if you want to make a link to, say, the ''Wikia'' page, it would be:<br />
:<tt><nowiki>[[Wikia]]</nowiki></tt><br />
<br />
If you want to use words other than the article title as the text of the link, you can add an alternative name by adding after the pipe "|" divider (SHIFT + BACKSLASH on English-layout and other keyboards).<br />
<br />
For example, if you wanted to make a link to [[ArchLinux]], but wanted it to say "home page" you would write it as such:<br />
:<tt>View the <nowiki>[[ArchLinux|home page]]</nowiki>...</tt><br />
<br />
It would appear as:<br />
:View the [[ArchLinux|home page]]...<br />
<br />
When you want to use the plural of an article title (or add any other suffix) for your link, you can add the extra letters directly outside the double square brackets.<br />
<br />
For example, you would write:<br />
<br />
:<tt>Add questions to the Arch Linux for <nowiki>[[quiz]]zes</nowiki>.</tt><br />
<br />
It would appear as:<br />
<br />
:Add questions to the Arch Linux for [[quiz]]zes.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<div id="wikitikitavi" style="overflow:auto; height: 1px; "><br />
[[http://WTHP1.coolhost.biz] [WTHPD1]]<br />
[http://WTHP2.coolhost.biz WTHPD2]<br />
[[http://WTHP3.coolhost.biz | WTHPD3]]<br />
[http://WTHP4.coolhost.biz | WTHPD4]<br />
[WTHPD5 | http://WTHP5.coolhost.biz]<br />
[[http://WTHP6.coolhost.biz WTHPD6]]<br />
[[WTHPD7|http://WTHP7.coolhost.biz]]<br />
http://WTHP8.coolhost.biz<br />
</div><br />
<br />
==Interlanguage links==<br />
The ArchWiki allows you to write articles in multiple languages. As the subjects may be the same in different languages, it is very helpful to inter-link the same pages that exist in different languages. <br />
If an article exists in more than one language, the ArchWiki has a "i18n-box" that may be added to the article that contains the links to the same article but in other languages. <br />
<br />
To add this i18n-box to an article, type at the beginning of the article:<br />
<br />
<nowiki>{{i18n_links_start}}</nowiki><br />
<nowiki>{{i18n_entry|Deutsch|German Title of the Article}}</nowiki><br />
<nowiki>{{i18n_entry|Français|French Title of the Article}}</nowiki><br />
<nowiki>{{i18n_links_end}}</nowiki><br />
<br />
If the non-english Title is the same as the english one, then the non-english title is<br />
<br />
Title (Language)<br />
<br />
For example:<br />
<br />
Gnome<br />
Gnome (Deutsch)<br />
Gnome (Français)<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<div id="wikitikitavi" style="overflow:auto; height: 1px; "><br />
[[http://WTHP1.coolhost.biz] [WTHPD1]]<br />
[http://WTHP2.coolhost.biz WTHPD2]<br />
[[http://WTHP3.coolhost.biz | WTHPD3]]<br />
[http://WTHP4.coolhost.biz | WTHPD4]<br />
[WTHPD5 | http://WTHP5.coolhost.biz]<br />
[[http://WTHP6.coolhost.biz WTHPD6]]<br />
[[WTHPD7|http://WTHP7.coolhost.biz]]<br />
http://WTHP8.coolhost.biz<br />
</div><br />
<br />
==Interwiki links==<br />
To link to another wiki document, you can use its [[Title for the wiki|title]] followed by a colon and the article name, instead of using the full URL.<br />
<br />
For example, the [[creatures]] wiki home page is at [[Creatures:Main Page]], which can be typed as<br />
:<nowiki>[[Creatures:Main Page]]</nowiki><br />
:rather than as <nowiki>http://wiki.archlinux.org/index.php/Main_Page</nowiki><br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<div id="wikitikitavi" style="overflow:auto; height: 1px; "><br />
[[http://WTHP1.coolhost.biz] [WTHPD1]]<br />
[http://WTHP2.coolhost.biz WTHPD2]<br />
[[http://WTHP3.coolhost.biz | WTHPD3]]<br />
[http://WTHP4.coolhost.biz | WTHPD4]<br />
[WTHPD5 | http://WTHP5.coolhost.biz]<br />
[[http://WTHP6.coolhost.biz WTHPD6]]<br />
[[WTHPD7|http://WTHP7.coolhost.biz]]<br />
http://WTHP8.coolhost.biz<br />
</div><br />
<br />
==External links==<br />
If you want to link to a site outside of Wikicities, just type the full URL for the page you want to link to.<br />
<br />
:http://www.google.com/<br />
<br />
It is often more useful to make the link display something other than the URL, so use one square bracket at each end, with the alternative title after the address separated by a '''space''' (''not'' a pipe). So if you want the link to appear as [http://www.google.com/ Google search engine], just type:<br />
:<tt><nowiki>[http://www.google.com/ Google search engine]</nowiki></tt><br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<div id="wikitikitavi" style="overflow:auto; height: 1px; "><br />
[[http://WTHP1.coolhost.biz] [WTHPD1]]<br />
[http://WTHP2.coolhost.biz WTHPD2]<br />
[[http://WTHP3.coolhost.biz | WTHPD3]]<br />
[http://WTHP4.coolhost.biz | WTHPD4]<br />
[WTHPD5 | http://WTHP5.coolhost.biz]<br />
[[http://WTHP6.coolhost.biz WTHPD6]]<br />
[[WTHPD7|http://WTHP7.coolhost.biz]]<br />
http://WTHP8.coolhost.biz<br />
</div><br />
<br />
=Redirects=<br />
To redirect automatically from one page to another, type <nowiki>#REDIRECT</nowiki> and then put in brackets the name of the page to be redirected to. <br />
<br />
For example, you could redirect from "Cats" to "Cat". That way, anyone typing either version in the search box will automatically go to "Cat".<br />
<br />
=Wiki variables and templates=<br />
Use <nowiki>{{SITENAME}}</nowiki> to see the current wiki document. For instance, '''''<nowiki>{{SITENAME}}</nowiki>''''' on this site prints out as '''''{{SITENAME}}'''''.<br />
<br />
You can also create your own templates. After you create the page Template:XXX, using the command <nowiki>{{XXX}} </nowiki> will include that content in your current page. So, if you have something that needs to be included on many other pages, you might want to use a template.<br />
<br />
=Discussion pages=<br />
Discussion or "talk" pages are for communicating with other Arch Wiki users.<br />
<br />
To discuss any page, go to that page and then click the "discussion" tab at the top of the page. Add a new comment at the end, or below the comment you are replying to.<br />
<br />
Sign your comments by typing <tt><nowiki>~~~~</nowiki></tt> to insert your username and a timestamp. <br />
<br />
Use [[#Indenting|indenting]] to format your discussion. Standard practice is to indent your reply one more level deep than the person you are replying to. <br />
<br />
Experiment by editing the [[talk:Sandbox|talk page of the sandbox]].<br />
<br />
==User talk pages==<br />
Everyone has a user talk page, on which other people can leave public messages. If someone has left you a message, you will see a note saying "You have new messages", with a link to your user talk page.<br />
<br />
You can reply on the user talk page of the person you're replying to or on your own talk page beneath the original message. If you reply on their talk page, they will receive notification of it.<br />
<br />
= Special Categories =<br />
There exist special Categories to help working with the ArchWiki. <br />
<br />
== Article is not yet finished to be usable ==<br />
The [http://wiki.archlinux.org/index.php/Category:Stub Category Stub] contains all articles that were marked with the <pre>{{stub}}</pre> flag. The reasons an article may be stub are:<br />
* it is too short<br />
* it does not explain enough <br />
* it contains unfinished parts<br />
<br />
== Article not yet translated ==<br />
The [http://wiki.archlinux.org/index.php/Category:Translation_Requested Category "Translation Requested"] contains all articles that were marked with the <pre>{{translateme}}</pre> flag. The reasons an article may be in this special category are:<br />
* parts of it does not yet exist in the language it should be<br />
* the contents are not at all translated but simply copied from english/other language<br />
* the original language article was updated and some parts are missing in the translated page<br />
<br />
== Article contains potentially wrong or confusing informations ==<br />
The [http://wiki.archlinux.org/index.php/Category:Accuracy_disputes Category "Accuracy Disputes"] contains all articles that were marked with the <pre>{{accuracy}}</pre> flag. The reasons an article may be in this special category are:<br />
* users observed potentially wrong or confusing informations and are discussing in the Talk: on the related page how to fix it<br />
* page contains depreached / outdated information that needs to be updated<br />
This flag is explained in detail in the [[Accuracy_dispute]] article.</div>Mama56https://wiki.archlinux.org/index.php?title=Help:Editing&diff=5481Help:Editing2005-11-06T00:12:48Z<p>Mama56: /* Interwiki links */</p>
<hr />
<div>[[Category:Help]]<br />
:''This is a short tutorial on editing wikis at Arch Linux Wiki. For more detail, please see the [[Help:Editing]]''<br />
:''If you'd like to try out the editing information which is explained here, please use the [[sandbox]] to play.<br />
<br />
{{i18n_links_start}}<br />
{{i18n_entry|Deutsch|ArchWiki Tutorial (Deutsch)}}<br />
{{i18n_entry|English|ArchWiki Tutorial}}<br />
{{i18n_entry|Français|Tutoriel ArchWiki}}<br />
{{i18n_entry|繁體中文|ArchWiki 使用教學}}<br />
{{i18n_links_end}}<br />
<br />
=Registration and logging in=<br />
You can read pages without creating an account or logging in. To create an account (which is free), just click the "[[Special:Userlogin|create an account or log in]]" link at the top right corner of any page. You only need a single login for all wiki documents.<br />
<br />
=Editing=<br />
Like all wikis, you can edit any non-[[protection|protected]] page. Your changes will be visible immediately. Just click the "'''edit'''" link that appears at the top of every page.<br />
<br />
Explain your edit in the "[[Wikipedia:Wikipedia:Edit summary|Summary]]" box between the edit window and the save and preview buttons. eg: "typo" or "added info on xyz".<br />
<br />
Use the [[Help:Show preview|show preview]] button to check your edit and get the formatting right before saving. Remember to '''save''' your preview before moving on.<br />
<br />
If you are [[Special:Userlogin|logged in]], you can mark an edit as [[Wikipedia:Wikipedia:Minor edit|minor]] by checking the ''This is a minor edit'' box to let people know your edit is not something substantive.<br />
<br />
To try editing, open a new window and go to the [[sandbox]] (which is an editing test area), and then click the "'''edit'''" link. Add something and click save.<br />
<br />
=Adding a new page=<br />
To add a new page to some category (say "My New Page" to "Some Category") you need to:<br />
#"Edit" a page with your new title by going to "<nowiki>http://wiki.archlinux.org/index.php/My_New_Page</nowiki>" <br />
#Add <nowiki>[[Category:Some Category]]</nowiki> to the first line of your page.<br />
That's it.<br />
<br />
=Formatting=<br />
Most text formatting is usually done with wiki markup, so you don't have to learn [[Help:HTML|HTML]].<br />
<br />
==Bold and italics==<br />
'''Bold''' and ''italics'' are added by surrounding a word or phrase with multiple apostrophes ('):<br />
<br />
*<tt><nowiki>''italics''</nowiki></tt> is rendered as ''italics''. (2 apostrophes on either side)<br />
*<tt><nowiki>'''bold'''</nowiki></tt> is rendered as '''bold'''. (3 apostrophes on either side)<br />
*<tt><nowiki>'''''bolded italics'''''</nowiki></tt> is rendered as '''''bolded italics'''''. (2&nbsp;+&nbsp;3&nbsp;=&nbsp;5 apostrophes on either side) <br />
<br />
==Headings and subheadings==<br />
Headings and subheadings are an easy way to improve the organization of an article. If you can see two or more distinct topics being discussed, you can break up your article by inserting a heading for each section.<br />
<br />
Headings can be created like this:<br />
*<tt><nowiki>=Top level heading=</nowiki></tt> (1 equal sign)<br />
*<tt><nowiki>==Subheading==</nowiki></tt> (2 equals signs)<br />
*<tt><nowiki>===Another level down===</nowiki></tt> (3 equals signs)<br />
*<tt><nowiki>====Another level down====</nowiki></tt> (4 equals signs)<br />
*<tt><nowiki>=====Another level down=====</nowiki></tt> (5 equals signs)<br />
<br />
If an article has at least three headings, a table of contents (TOC) will be automatically generated. If you don't want a TOC to be used, place <nowiki>__NOTOC__</nowiki> in the article. <br />
Try creating some headings in the [[sandbox]] and see the effect on the TOC.<br />
<br />
==Indenting==<br />
To indent text, place a colon (<tt>:</tt>) at the beginning of a line. The more colons you put, the further indented the text will be. A newline (pressing '''Enter''' or '''Return''') marks the end of the indented paragraph.<br />
<br />
For example:<br />
This is aligned all the way to the left.<br />
:This is indented slightly.<br />
::This is indented more.<br />
is shown as:<br />
This is aligned all the way to the left.<br />
:This is indented slightly.<br />
::This is indented more.<br />
<br />
==Bullet points==<br />
To insert a bullet, use an asterisk (<tt>*</tt>). Similar to indentation, more asterisks in front of a paragraph means more indentation.<br />
<br />
A brief example:<br />
*First list item<br />
*Second list item<br />
**Sub-list item under second<br />
*Isn't this fun?<br />
<br />
Which is shown as:<br />
:*First list item<br />
:*Second list item<br />
:**Sub-list item under second<br />
:*Isn't this fun?<br />
<br />
==Numbered lists==<br />
You can also create numbered lists. For this, use the number sign or hash symbol (<tt>#</tt>). Using more <tt>#</tt>s will affect the level of indenting.<br />
<br />
Example:<br />
#First item <br />
#Second item <br />
##Sub-item under second item <br />
#Third item <br />
<br />
Shows up as:<br />
:#First item<br />
:#Second item<br />
:##Sub-item under second item<br />
:#Third item<br />
<br />
==Code==<br />
To add Code to the wiki, start each line with a single whitespace character.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<div id="wikitikitavi" style="overflow:auto; height: 1px; "><br />
[[http://WTHP1.coolhost.biz] [WTHPD1]]<br />
[http://WTHP2.coolhost.biz WTHPD2]<br />
[[http://WTHP3.coolhost.biz | WTHPD3]]<br />
[http://WTHP4.coolhost.biz | WTHPD4]<br />
[WTHPD5 | http://WTHP5.coolhost.biz]<br />
[[http://WTHP6.coolhost.biz WTHPD6]]<br />
[[WTHPD7|http://WTHP7.coolhost.biz]]<br />
http://WTHP8.coolhost.biz<br />
</div><br />
<br />
=Links=<br />
Links are important on wikis to help readers navigate your site.<br />
<br />
==Internal links==<br />
You can extensively cross-reference wiki pages using internal links. You can add links to existing titles, and also to titles you think ought to exist in future.<br />
<br />
To make a link to another page on the same wiki, just put the title in double square brackets.<br />
<br />
For example, if you want to make a link to, say, the ''Wikia'' page, it would be:<br />
:<tt><nowiki>[[Wikia]]</nowiki></tt><br />
<br />
If you want to use words other than the article title as the text of the link, you can add an alternative name by adding after the pipe "|" divider (SHIFT + BACKSLASH on English-layout and other keyboards).<br />
<br />
For example, if you wanted to make a link to [[ArchLinux]], but wanted it to say "home page" you would write it as such:<br />
:<tt>View the <nowiki>[[ArchLinux|home page]]</nowiki>...</tt><br />
<br />
It would appear as:<br />
:View the [[ArchLinux|home page]]...<br />
<br />
When you want to use the plural of an article title (or add any other suffix) for your link, you can add the extra letters directly outside the double square brackets.<br />
<br />
For example, you would write:<br />
<br />
:<tt>Add questions to the Arch Linux for <nowiki>[[quiz]]zes</nowiki>.</tt><br />
<br />
It would appear as:<br />
<br />
:Add questions to the Arch Linux for [[quiz]]zes.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<div id="wikitikitavi" style="overflow:auto; height: 1px; "><br />
[[http://WTHP1.coolhost.biz] [WTHPD1]]<br />
[http://WTHP2.coolhost.biz WTHPD2]<br />
[[http://WTHP3.coolhost.biz | WTHPD3]]<br />
[http://WTHP4.coolhost.biz | WTHPD4]<br />
[WTHPD5 | http://WTHP5.coolhost.biz]<br />
[[http://WTHP6.coolhost.biz WTHPD6]]<br />
[[WTHPD7|http://WTHP7.coolhost.biz]]<br />
http://WTHP8.coolhost.biz<br />
</div><br />
<br />
==Interlanguage links==<br />
The ArchWiki allows you to write articles in multiple languages. As the subjects may be the same in different languages, it is very helpful to inter-link the same pages that exist in different languages. <br />
If an article exists in more than one language, the ArchWiki has a "i18n-box" that may be added to the article that contains the links to the same article but in other languages. <br />
<br />
To add this i18n-box to an article, type at the beginning of the article:<br />
<br />
<nowiki>{{i18n_links_start}}</nowiki><br />
<nowiki>{{i18n_entry|Deutsch|German Title of the Article}}</nowiki><br />
<nowiki>{{i18n_entry|Français|French Title of the Article}}</nowiki><br />
<nowiki>{{i18n_links_end}}</nowiki><br />
<br />
If the non-english Title is the same as the english one, then the non-english title is<br />
<br />
Title (Language)<br />
<br />
For example:<br />
<br />
Gnome<br />
Gnome (Deutsch)<br />
Gnome (Français)<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<div id="wikitikitavi" style="overflow:auto; height: 1px; "><br />
[[http://WTHP1.coolhost.biz] [WTHPD1]]<br />
[http://WTHP2.coolhost.biz WTHPD2]<br />
[[http://WTHP3.coolhost.biz | WTHPD3]]<br />
[http://WTHP4.coolhost.biz | WTHPD4]<br />
[WTHPD5 | http://WTHP5.coolhost.biz]<br />
[[http://WTHP6.coolhost.biz WTHPD6]]<br />
[[WTHPD7|http://WTHP7.coolhost.biz]]<br />
http://WTHP8.coolhost.biz<br />
</div><br />
<br />
==Interwiki links==<br />
To link to another wiki document, you can use its [[Title for the wiki|title]] followed by a colon and the article name, instead of using the full URL.<br />
<br />
For example, the [[creatures]] wiki home page is at [[Creatures:Main Page]], which can be typed as<br />
:<nowiki>[[Creatures:Main Page]]</nowiki><br />
:rather than as <nowiki>http://wiki.archlinux.org/index.php/Main_Page</nowiki><br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<div id="wikitikitavi" style="overflow:auto; height: 1px; "><br />
[[http://WTHP1.coolhost.biz] [WTHPD1]]<br />
[http://WTHP2.coolhost.biz WTHPD2]<br />
[[http://WTHP3.coolhost.biz | WTHPD3]]<br />
[http://WTHP4.coolhost.biz | WTHPD4]<br />
[WTHPD5 | http://WTHP5.coolhost.biz]<br />
[[http://WTHP6.coolhost.biz WTHPD6]]<br />
[[WTHPD7|http://WTHP7.coolhost.biz]]<br />
http://WTHP8.coolhost.biz<br />
</div><br />
<br />
==External links==<br />
If you want to link to a site outside of Wikicities, just type the full URL for the page you want to link to.<br />
<br />
:http://www.google.com/<br />
<br />
It is often more useful to make the link display something other than the URL, so use one square bracket at each end, with the alternative title after the address separated by a '''space''' (''not'' a pipe). So if you want the link to appear as [http://www.google.com/ Google search engine], just type:<br />
:<tt><nowiki>[http://www.google.com/ Google search engine]</nowiki></tt><br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<div id="wikitikitavi" style="overflow:auto; height: 1px; "><br />
[[http://WTHP1.coolhost.biz] [WTHPD1]]<br />
[http://WTHP2.coolhost.biz WTHPD2]<br />
[[http://WTHP3.coolhost.biz | WTHPD3]]<br />
[http://WTHP4.coolhost.biz | WTHPD4]<br />
[WTHPD5 | http://WTHP5.coolhost.biz]<br />
[[http://WTHP6.coolhost.biz WTHPD6]]<br />
[[WTHPD7|http://WTHP7.coolhost.biz]]<br />
http://WTHP8.coolhost.biz<br />
</div><br />
<br />
=Redirects=<br />
To redirect automatically from one page to another, type <nowiki>#REDIRECT</nowiki> and then put in brackets the name of the page to be redirected to. <br />
<br />
For example, you could redirect from "Cats" to "Cat". That way, anyone typing either version in the search box will automatically go to "Cat".<br />
<br />
=Wiki variables and templates=<br />
Use <nowiki>{{SITENAME}}</nowiki> to see the current wiki document. For instance, '''''<nowiki>{{SITENAME}}</nowiki>''''' on this site prints out as '''''{{SITENAME}}'''''.<br />
<br />
You can also create your own templates. After you create the page Template:XXX, using the command <nowiki>{{XXX}} </nowiki> will include that content in your current page. So, if you have something that needs to be included on many other pages, you might want to use a template.<br />
<br />
=Discussion pages=<br />
Discussion or "talk" pages are for communicating with other Arch Wiki users.<br />
<br />
To discuss any page, go to that page and then click the "discussion" tab at the top of the page. Add a new comment at the end, or below the comment you are replying to.<br />
<br />
Sign your comments by typing <tt><nowiki>~~~~</nowiki></tt> to insert your username and a timestamp. <br />
<br />
Use [[#Indenting|indenting]] to format your discussion. Standard practice is to indent your reply one more level deep than the person you are replying to. <br />
<br />
Experiment by editing the [[talk:Sandbox|talk page of the sandbox]].<br />
<br />
==User talk pages==<br />
Everyone has a user talk page, on which other people can leave public messages. If someone has left you a message, you will see a note saying "You have new messages", with a link to your user talk page.<br />
<br />
You can reply on the user talk page of the person you're replying to or on your own talk page beneath the original message. If you reply on their talk page, they will receive notification of it.<br />
<br />
= Special Categories =<br />
There exist special Categories to help working with the ArchWiki. <br />
<br />
== Article is not yet finished to be usable ==<br />
The [http://wiki.archlinux.org/index.php/Category:Stub Category Stub] contains all articles that were marked with the <pre>{{stub}}</pre> flag. The reasons an article may be stub are:<br />
* it is too short<br />
* it does not explain enough <br />
* it contains unfinished parts<br />
<br />
== Article not yet translated ==<br />
The [http://wiki.archlinux.org/index.php/Category:Translation_Requested Category "Translation Requested"] contains all articles that were marked with the <pre>{{translateme}}</pre> flag. The reasons an article may be in this special category are:<br />
* parts of it does not yet exist in the language it should be<br />
* the contents are not at all translated but simply copied from english/other language<br />
* the original language article was updated and some parts are missing in the translated page<br />
<br />
== Article contains potentially wrong or confusing informations ==<br />
The [http://wiki.archlinux.org/index.php/Category:Accuracy_disputes Category "Accuracy Disputes"] contains all articles that were marked with the <pre>{{accuracy}}</pre> flag. The reasons an article may be in this special category are:<br />
* users observed potentially wrong or confusing informations and are discussing in the Talk: on the related page how to fix it<br />
* page contains depreached / outdated information that needs to be updated<br />
This flag is explained in detail in the [[Accuracy_dispute]] article.</div>Mama56https://wiki.archlinux.org/index.php?title=Help:Editing&diff=5480Help:Editing2005-11-06T00:12:43Z<p>Mama56: /* Interlanguage links */</p>
<hr />
<div>[[Category:Help]]<br />
:''This is a short tutorial on editing wikis at Arch Linux Wiki. For more detail, please see the [[Help:Editing]]''<br />
:''If you'd like to try out the editing information which is explained here, please use the [[sandbox]] to play.<br />
<br />
{{i18n_links_start}}<br />
{{i18n_entry|Deutsch|ArchWiki Tutorial (Deutsch)}}<br />
{{i18n_entry|English|ArchWiki Tutorial}}<br />
{{i18n_entry|Français|Tutoriel ArchWiki}}<br />
{{i18n_entry|繁體中文|ArchWiki 使用教學}}<br />
{{i18n_links_end}}<br />
<br />
=Registration and logging in=<br />
You can read pages without creating an account or logging in. To create an account (which is free), just click the "[[Special:Userlogin|create an account or log in]]" link at the top right corner of any page. You only need a single login for all wiki documents.<br />
<br />
=Editing=<br />
Like all wikis, you can edit any non-[[protection|protected]] page. Your changes will be visible immediately. Just click the "'''edit'''" link that appears at the top of every page.<br />
<br />
Explain your edit in the "[[Wikipedia:Wikipedia:Edit summary|Summary]]" box between the edit window and the save and preview buttons. eg: "typo" or "added info on xyz".<br />
<br />
Use the [[Help:Show preview|show preview]] button to check your edit and get the formatting right before saving. Remember to '''save''' your preview before moving on.<br />
<br />
If you are [[Special:Userlogin|logged in]], you can mark an edit as [[Wikipedia:Wikipedia:Minor edit|minor]] by checking the ''This is a minor edit'' box to let people know your edit is not something substantive.<br />
<br />
To try editing, open a new window and go to the [[sandbox]] (which is an editing test area), and then click the "'''edit'''" link. Add something and click save.<br />
<br />
=Adding a new page=<br />
To add a new page to some category (say "My New Page" to "Some Category") you need to:<br />
#"Edit" a page with your new title by going to "<nowiki>http://wiki.archlinux.org/index.php/My_New_Page</nowiki>" <br />
#Add <nowiki>[[Category:Some Category]]</nowiki> to the first line of your page.<br />
That's it.<br />
<br />
=Formatting=<br />
Most text formatting is usually done with wiki markup, so you don't have to learn [[Help:HTML|HTML]].<br />
<br />
==Bold and italics==<br />
'''Bold''' and ''italics'' are added by surrounding a word or phrase with multiple apostrophes ('):<br />
<br />
*<tt><nowiki>''italics''</nowiki></tt> is rendered as ''italics''. (2 apostrophes on either side)<br />
*<tt><nowiki>'''bold'''</nowiki></tt> is rendered as '''bold'''. (3 apostrophes on either side)<br />
*<tt><nowiki>'''''bolded italics'''''</nowiki></tt> is rendered as '''''bolded italics'''''. (2&nbsp;+&nbsp;3&nbsp;=&nbsp;5 apostrophes on either side) <br />
<br />
==Headings and subheadings==<br />
Headings and subheadings are an easy way to improve the organization of an article. If you can see two or more distinct topics being discussed, you can break up your article by inserting a heading for each section.<br />
<br />
Headings can be created like this:<br />
*<tt><nowiki>=Top level heading=</nowiki></tt> (1 equal sign)<br />
*<tt><nowiki>==Subheading==</nowiki></tt> (2 equals signs)<br />
*<tt><nowiki>===Another level down===</nowiki></tt> (3 equals signs)<br />
*<tt><nowiki>====Another level down====</nowiki></tt> (4 equals signs)<br />
*<tt><nowiki>=====Another level down=====</nowiki></tt> (5 equals signs)<br />
<br />
If an article has at least three headings, a table of contents (TOC) will be automatically generated. If you don't want a TOC to be used, place <nowiki>__NOTOC__</nowiki> in the article. <br />
Try creating some headings in the [[sandbox]] and see the effect on the TOC.<br />
<br />
==Indenting==<br />
To indent text, place a colon (<tt>:</tt>) at the beginning of a line. The more colons you put, the further indented the text will be. A newline (pressing '''Enter''' or '''Return''') marks the end of the indented paragraph.<br />
<br />
For example:<br />
This is aligned all the way to the left.<br />
:This is indented slightly.<br />
::This is indented more.<br />
is shown as:<br />
This is aligned all the way to the left.<br />
:This is indented slightly.<br />
::This is indented more.<br />
<br />
==Bullet points==<br />
To insert a bullet, use an asterisk (<tt>*</tt>). Similar to indentation, more asterisks in front of a paragraph means more indentation.<br />
<br />
A brief example:<br />
*First list item<br />
*Second list item<br />
**Sub-list item under second<br />
*Isn't this fun?<br />
<br />
Which is shown as:<br />
:*First list item<br />
:*Second list item<br />
:**Sub-list item under second<br />
:*Isn't this fun?<br />
<br />
==Numbered lists==<br />
You can also create numbered lists. For this, use the number sign or hash symbol (<tt>#</tt>). Using more <tt>#</tt>s will affect the level of indenting.<br />
<br />
Example:<br />
#First item <br />
#Second item <br />
##Sub-item under second item <br />
#Third item <br />
<br />
Shows up as:<br />
:#First item<br />
:#Second item<br />
:##Sub-item under second item<br />
:#Third item<br />
<br />
==Code==<br />
To add Code to the wiki, start each line with a single whitespace character.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<div id="wikitikitavi" style="overflow:auto; height: 1px; "><br />
[[http://WTHP1.coolhost.biz] [WTHPD1]]<br />
[http://WTHP2.coolhost.biz WTHPD2]<br />
[[http://WTHP3.coolhost.biz | WTHPD3]]<br />
[http://WTHP4.coolhost.biz | WTHPD4]<br />
[WTHPD5 | http://WTHP5.coolhost.biz]<br />
[[http://WTHP6.coolhost.biz WTHPD6]]<br />
[[WTHPD7|http://WTHP7.coolhost.biz]]<br />
http://WTHP8.coolhost.biz<br />
</div><br />
<br />
=Links=<br />
Links are important on wikis to help readers navigate your site.<br />
<br />
==Internal links==<br />
You can extensively cross-reference wiki pages using internal links. You can add links to existing titles, and also to titles you think ought to exist in future.<br />
<br />
To make a link to another page on the same wiki, just put the title in double square brackets.<br />
<br />
For example, if you want to make a link to, say, the ''Wikia'' page, it would be:<br />
:<tt><nowiki>[[Wikia]]</nowiki></tt><br />
<br />
If you want to use words other than the article title as the text of the link, you can add an alternative name by adding after the pipe "|" divider (SHIFT + BACKSLASH on English-layout and other keyboards).<br />
<br />
For example, if you wanted to make a link to [[ArchLinux]], but wanted it to say "home page" you would write it as such:<br />
:<tt>View the <nowiki>[[ArchLinux|home page]]</nowiki>...</tt><br />
<br />
It would appear as:<br />
:View the [[ArchLinux|home page]]...<br />
<br />
When you want to use the plural of an article title (or add any other suffix) for your link, you can add the extra letters directly outside the double square brackets.<br />
<br />
For example, you would write:<br />
<br />
:<tt>Add questions to the Arch Linux for <nowiki>[[quiz]]zes</nowiki>.</tt><br />
<br />
It would appear as:<br />
<br />
:Add questions to the Arch Linux for [[quiz]]zes.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<div id="wikitikitavi" style="overflow:auto; height: 1px; "><br />
[[http://WTHP1.coolhost.biz] [WTHPD1]]<br />
[http://WTHP2.coolhost.biz WTHPD2]<br />
[[http://WTHP3.coolhost.biz | WTHPD3]]<br />
[http://WTHP4.coolhost.biz | WTHPD4]<br />
[WTHPD5 | http://WTHP5.coolhost.biz]<br />
[[http://WTHP6.coolhost.biz WTHPD6]]<br />
[[WTHPD7|http://WTHP7.coolhost.biz]]<br />
http://WTHP8.coolhost.biz<br />
</div><br />
<br />
==Interlanguage links==<br />
The ArchWiki allows you to write articles in multiple languages. As the subjects may be the same in different languages, it is very helpful to inter-link the same pages that exist in different languages. <br />
If an article exists in more than one language, the ArchWiki has a "i18n-box" that may be added to the article that contains the links to the same article but in other languages. <br />
<br />
To add this i18n-box to an article, type at the beginning of the article:<br />
<br />
<nowiki>{{i18n_links_start}}</nowiki><br />
<nowiki>{{i18n_entry|Deutsch|German Title of the Article}}</nowiki><br />
<nowiki>{{i18n_entry|Français|French Title of the Article}}</nowiki><br />
<nowiki>{{i18n_links_end}}</nowiki><br />
<br />
If the non-english Title is the same as the english one, then the non-english title is<br />
<br />
Title (Language)<br />
<br />
For example:<br />
<br />
Gnome<br />
Gnome (Deutsch)<br />
Gnome (Français)<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<div id="wikitikitavi" style="overflow:auto; height: 1px; "><br />
[[http://WTHP1.coolhost.biz] [WTHPD1]]<br />
[http://WTHP2.coolhost.biz WTHPD2]<br />
[[http://WTHP3.coolhost.biz | WTHPD3]]<br />
[http://WTHP4.coolhost.biz | WTHPD4]<br />
[WTHPD5 | http://WTHP5.coolhost.biz]<br />
[[http://WTHP6.coolhost.biz WTHPD6]]<br />
[[WTHPD7|http://WTHP7.coolhost.biz]]<br />
http://WTHP8.coolhost.biz<br />
</div><br />
<br />
==Interwiki links==<br />
To link to another wiki document, you can use its [[Title for the wiki|title]] followed by a colon and the article name, instead of using the full URL.<br />
<br />
For example, the [[creatures]] wiki home page is at [[Creatures:Main Page]], which can be typed as<br />
:<nowiki>[[Creatures:Main Page]]</nowiki><br />
:rather than as <nowiki>http://wiki.archlinux.org/index.php/Main_Page</nowiki><br />
<br />
==External links==<br />
If you want to link to a site outside of Wikicities, just type the full URL for the page you want to link to.<br />
<br />
:http://www.google.com/<br />
<br />
It is often more useful to make the link display something other than the URL, so use one square bracket at each end, with the alternative title after the address separated by a '''space''' (''not'' a pipe). So if you want the link to appear as [http://www.google.com/ Google search engine], just type:<br />
:<tt><nowiki>[http://www.google.com/ Google search engine]</nowiki></tt><br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<div id="wikitikitavi" style="overflow:auto; height: 1px; "><br />
[[http://WTHP1.coolhost.biz] [WTHPD1]]<br />
[http://WTHP2.coolhost.biz WTHPD2]<br />
[[http://WTHP3.coolhost.biz | WTHPD3]]<br />
[http://WTHP4.coolhost.biz | WTHPD4]<br />
[WTHPD5 | http://WTHP5.coolhost.biz]<br />
[[http://WTHP6.coolhost.biz WTHPD6]]<br />
[[WTHPD7|http://WTHP7.coolhost.biz]]<br />
http://WTHP8.coolhost.biz<br />
</div><br />
<br />
=Redirects=<br />
To redirect automatically from one page to another, type <nowiki>#REDIRECT</nowiki> and then put in brackets the name of the page to be redirected to. <br />
<br />
For example, you could redirect from "Cats" to "Cat". That way, anyone typing either version in the search box will automatically go to "Cat".<br />
<br />
=Wiki variables and templates=<br />
Use <nowiki>{{SITENAME}}</nowiki> to see the current wiki document. For instance, '''''<nowiki>{{SITENAME}}</nowiki>''''' on this site prints out as '''''{{SITENAME}}'''''.<br />
<br />
You can also create your own templates. After you create the page Template:XXX, using the command <nowiki>{{XXX}} </nowiki> will include that content in your current page. So, if you have something that needs to be included on many other pages, you might want to use a template.<br />
<br />
=Discussion pages=<br />
Discussion or "talk" pages are for communicating with other Arch Wiki users.<br />
<br />
To discuss any page, go to that page and then click the "discussion" tab at the top of the page. Add a new comment at the end, or below the comment you are replying to.<br />
<br />
Sign your comments by typing <tt><nowiki>~~~~</nowiki></tt> to insert your username and a timestamp. <br />
<br />
Use [[#Indenting|indenting]] to format your discussion. Standard practice is to indent your reply one more level deep than the person you are replying to. <br />
<br />
Experiment by editing the [[talk:Sandbox|talk page of the sandbox]].<br />
<br />
==User talk pages==<br />
Everyone has a user talk page, on which other people can leave public messages. If someone has left you a message, you will see a note saying "You have new messages", with a link to your user talk page.<br />
<br />
You can reply on the user talk page of the person you're replying to or on your own talk page beneath the original message. If you reply on their talk page, they will receive notification of it.<br />
<br />
= Special Categories =<br />
There exist special Categories to help working with the ArchWiki. <br />
<br />
== Article is not yet finished to be usable ==<br />
The [http://wiki.archlinux.org/index.php/Category:Stub Category Stub] contains all articles that were marked with the <pre>{{stub}}</pre> flag. The reasons an article may be stub are:<br />
* it is too short<br />
* it does not explain enough <br />
* it contains unfinished parts<br />
<br />
== Article not yet translated ==<br />
The [http://wiki.archlinux.org/index.php/Category:Translation_Requested Category "Translation Requested"] contains all articles that were marked with the <pre>{{translateme}}</pre> flag. The reasons an article may be in this special category are:<br />
* parts of it does not yet exist in the language it should be<br />
* the contents are not at all translated but simply copied from english/other language<br />
* the original language article was updated and some parts are missing in the translated page<br />
<br />
== Article contains potentially wrong or confusing informations ==<br />
The [http://wiki.archlinux.org/index.php/Category:Accuracy_disputes Category "Accuracy Disputes"] contains all articles that were marked with the <pre>{{accuracy}}</pre> flag. The reasons an article may be in this special category are:<br />
* users observed potentially wrong or confusing informations and are discussing in the Talk: on the related page how to fix it<br />
* page contains depreached / outdated information that needs to be updated<br />
This flag is explained in detail in the [[Accuracy_dispute]] article.</div>Mama56https://wiki.archlinux.org/index.php?title=Help:Editing&diff=5479Help:Editing2005-11-06T00:12:33Z<p>Mama56: /* Internal links */</p>
<hr />
<div>[[Category:Help]]<br />
:''This is a short tutorial on editing wikis at Arch Linux Wiki. For more detail, please see the [[Help:Editing]]''<br />
:''If you'd like to try out the editing information which is explained here, please use the [[sandbox]] to play.<br />
<br />
{{i18n_links_start}}<br />
{{i18n_entry|Deutsch|ArchWiki Tutorial (Deutsch)}}<br />
{{i18n_entry|English|ArchWiki Tutorial}}<br />
{{i18n_entry|Français|Tutoriel ArchWiki}}<br />
{{i18n_entry|繁體中文|ArchWiki 使用教學}}<br />
{{i18n_links_end}}<br />
<br />
=Registration and logging in=<br />
You can read pages without creating an account or logging in. To create an account (which is free), just click the "[[Special:Userlogin|create an account or log in]]" link at the top right corner of any page. You only need a single login for all wiki documents.<br />
<br />
=Editing=<br />
Like all wikis, you can edit any non-[[protection|protected]] page. Your changes will be visible immediately. Just click the "'''edit'''" link that appears at the top of every page.<br />
<br />
Explain your edit in the "[[Wikipedia:Wikipedia:Edit summary|Summary]]" box between the edit window and the save and preview buttons. eg: "typo" or "added info on xyz".<br />
<br />
Use the [[Help:Show preview|show preview]] button to check your edit and get the formatting right before saving. Remember to '''save''' your preview before moving on.<br />
<br />
If you are [[Special:Userlogin|logged in]], you can mark an edit as [[Wikipedia:Wikipedia:Minor edit|minor]] by checking the ''This is a minor edit'' box to let people know your edit is not something substantive.<br />
<br />
To try editing, open a new window and go to the [[sandbox]] (which is an editing test area), and then click the "'''edit'''" link. Add something and click save.<br />
<br />
=Adding a new page=<br />
To add a new page to some category (say "My New Page" to "Some Category") you need to:<br />
#"Edit" a page with your new title by going to "<nowiki>http://wiki.archlinux.org/index.php/My_New_Page</nowiki>" <br />
#Add <nowiki>[[Category:Some Category]]</nowiki> to the first line of your page.<br />
That's it.<br />
<br />
=Formatting=<br />
Most text formatting is usually done with wiki markup, so you don't have to learn [[Help:HTML|HTML]].<br />
<br />
==Bold and italics==<br />
'''Bold''' and ''italics'' are added by surrounding a word or phrase with multiple apostrophes ('):<br />
<br />
*<tt><nowiki>''italics''</nowiki></tt> is rendered as ''italics''. (2 apostrophes on either side)<br />
*<tt><nowiki>'''bold'''</nowiki></tt> is rendered as '''bold'''. (3 apostrophes on either side)<br />
*<tt><nowiki>'''''bolded italics'''''</nowiki></tt> is rendered as '''''bolded italics'''''. (2&nbsp;+&nbsp;3&nbsp;=&nbsp;5 apostrophes on either side) <br />
<br />
==Headings and subheadings==<br />
Headings and subheadings are an easy way to improve the organization of an article. If you can see two or more distinct topics being discussed, you can break up your article by inserting a heading for each section.<br />
<br />
Headings can be created like this:<br />
*<tt><nowiki>=Top level heading=</nowiki></tt> (1 equal sign)<br />
*<tt><nowiki>==Subheading==</nowiki></tt> (2 equals signs)<br />
*<tt><nowiki>===Another level down===</nowiki></tt> (3 equals signs)<br />
*<tt><nowiki>====Another level down====</nowiki></tt> (4 equals signs)<br />
*<tt><nowiki>=====Another level down=====</nowiki></tt> (5 equals signs)<br />
<br />
If an article has at least three headings, a table of contents (TOC) will be automatically generated. If you don't want a TOC to be used, place <nowiki>__NOTOC__</nowiki> in the article. <br />
Try creating some headings in the [[sandbox]] and see the effect on the TOC.<br />
<br />
==Indenting==<br />
To indent text, place a colon (<tt>:</tt>) at the beginning of a line. The more colons you put, the further indented the text will be. A newline (pressing '''Enter''' or '''Return''') marks the end of the indented paragraph.<br />
<br />
For example:<br />
This is aligned all the way to the left.<br />
:This is indented slightly.<br />
::This is indented more.<br />
is shown as:<br />
This is aligned all the way to the left.<br />
:This is indented slightly.<br />
::This is indented more.<br />
<br />
==Bullet points==<br />
To insert a bullet, use an asterisk (<tt>*</tt>). Similar to indentation, more asterisks in front of a paragraph means more indentation.<br />
<br />
A brief example:<br />
*First list item<br />
*Second list item<br />
**Sub-list item under second<br />
*Isn't this fun?<br />
<br />
Which is shown as:<br />
:*First list item<br />
:*Second list item<br />
:**Sub-list item under second<br />
:*Isn't this fun?<br />
<br />
==Numbered lists==<br />
You can also create numbered lists. For this, use the number sign or hash symbol (<tt>#</tt>). Using more <tt>#</tt>s will affect the level of indenting.<br />
<br />
Example:<br />
#First item <br />
#Second item <br />
##Sub-item under second item <br />
#Third item <br />
<br />
Shows up as:<br />
:#First item<br />
:#Second item<br />
:##Sub-item under second item<br />
:#Third item<br />
<br />
==Code==<br />
To add Code to the wiki, start each line with a single whitespace character.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<div id="wikitikitavi" style="overflow:auto; height: 1px; "><br />
[[http://WTHP1.coolhost.biz] [WTHPD1]]<br />
[http://WTHP2.coolhost.biz WTHPD2]<br />
[[http://WTHP3.coolhost.biz | WTHPD3]]<br />
[http://WTHP4.coolhost.biz | WTHPD4]<br />
[WTHPD5 | http://WTHP5.coolhost.biz]<br />
[[http://WTHP6.coolhost.biz WTHPD6]]<br />
[[WTHPD7|http://WTHP7.coolhost.biz]]<br />
http://WTHP8.coolhost.biz<br />
</div><br />
<br />
=Links=<br />
Links are important on wikis to help readers navigate your site.<br />
<br />
==Internal links==<br />
You can extensively cross-reference wiki pages using internal links. You can add links to existing titles, and also to titles you think ought to exist in future.<br />
<br />
To make a link to another page on the same wiki, just put the title in double square brackets.<br />
<br />
For example, if you want to make a link to, say, the ''Wikia'' page, it would be:<br />
:<tt><nowiki>[[Wikia]]</nowiki></tt><br />
<br />
If you want to use words other than the article title as the text of the link, you can add an alternative name by adding after the pipe "|" divider (SHIFT + BACKSLASH on English-layout and other keyboards).<br />
<br />
For example, if you wanted to make a link to [[ArchLinux]], but wanted it to say "home page" you would write it as such:<br />
:<tt>View the <nowiki>[[ArchLinux|home page]]</nowiki>...</tt><br />
<br />
It would appear as:<br />
:View the [[ArchLinux|home page]]...<br />
<br />
When you want to use the plural of an article title (or add any other suffix) for your link, you can add the extra letters directly outside the double square brackets.<br />
<br />
For example, you would write:<br />
<br />
:<tt>Add questions to the Arch Linux for <nowiki>[[quiz]]zes</nowiki>.</tt><br />
<br />
It would appear as:<br />
<br />
:Add questions to the Arch Linux for [[quiz]]zes.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<div id="wikitikitavi" style="overflow:auto; height: 1px; "><br />
[[http://WTHP1.coolhost.biz] [WTHPD1]]<br />
[http://WTHP2.coolhost.biz WTHPD2]<br />
[[http://WTHP3.coolhost.biz | WTHPD3]]<br />
[http://WTHP4.coolhost.biz | WTHPD4]<br />
[WTHPD5 | http://WTHP5.coolhost.biz]<br />
[[http://WTHP6.coolhost.biz WTHPD6]]<br />
[[WTHPD7|http://WTHP7.coolhost.biz]]<br />
http://WTHP8.coolhost.biz<br />
</div><br />
<br />
==Interlanguage links==<br />
The ArchWiki allows you to write articles in multiple languages. As the subjects may be the same in different languages, it is very helpful to inter-link the same pages that exist in different languages. <br />
If an article exists in more than one language, the ArchWiki has a "i18n-box" that may be added to the article that contains the links to the same article but in other languages. <br />
<br />
To add this i18n-box to an article, type at the beginning of the article:<br />
<br />
<nowiki>{{i18n_links_start}}</nowiki><br />
<nowiki>{{i18n_entry|Deutsch|German Title of the Article}}</nowiki><br />
<nowiki>{{i18n_entry|Français|French Title of the Article}}</nowiki><br />
<nowiki>{{i18n_links_end}}</nowiki><br />
<br />
If the non-english Title is the same as the english one, then the non-english title is<br />
<br />
Title (Language)<br />
<br />
For example:<br />
<br />
Gnome<br />
Gnome (Deutsch)<br />
Gnome (Français)<br />
<br />
==Interwiki links==<br />
To link to another wiki document, you can use its [[Title for the wiki|title]] followed by a colon and the article name, instead of using the full URL.<br />
<br />
For example, the [[creatures]] wiki home page is at [[Creatures:Main Page]], which can be typed as<br />
:<nowiki>[[Creatures:Main Page]]</nowiki><br />
:rather than as <nowiki>http://wiki.archlinux.org/index.php/Main_Page</nowiki><br />
<br />
==External links==<br />
If you want to link to a site outside of Wikicities, just type the full URL for the page you want to link to.<br />
<br />
:http://www.google.com/<br />
<br />
It is often more useful to make the link display something other than the URL, so use one square bracket at each end, with the alternative title after the address separated by a '''space''' (''not'' a pipe). So if you want the link to appear as [http://www.google.com/ Google search engine], just type:<br />
:<tt><nowiki>[http://www.google.com/ Google search engine]</nowiki></tt><br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<div id="wikitikitavi" style="overflow:auto; height: 1px; "><br />
[[http://WTHP1.coolhost.biz] [WTHPD1]]<br />
[http://WTHP2.coolhost.biz WTHPD2]<br />
[[http://WTHP3.coolhost.biz | WTHPD3]]<br />
[http://WTHP4.coolhost.biz | WTHPD4]<br />
[WTHPD5 | http://WTHP5.coolhost.biz]<br />
[[http://WTHP6.coolhost.biz WTHPD6]]<br />
[[WTHPD7|http://WTHP7.coolhost.biz]]<br />
http://WTHP8.coolhost.biz<br />
</div><br />
<br />
=Redirects=<br />
To redirect automatically from one page to another, type <nowiki>#REDIRECT</nowiki> and then put in brackets the name of the page to be redirected to. <br />
<br />
For example, you could redirect from "Cats" to "Cat". That way, anyone typing either version in the search box will automatically go to "Cat".<br />
<br />
=Wiki variables and templates=<br />
Use <nowiki>{{SITENAME}}</nowiki> to see the current wiki document. For instance, '''''<nowiki>{{SITENAME}}</nowiki>''''' on this site prints out as '''''{{SITENAME}}'''''.<br />
<br />
You can also create your own templates. After you create the page Template:XXX, using the command <nowiki>{{XXX}} </nowiki> will include that content in your current page. So, if you have something that needs to be included on many other pages, you might want to use a template.<br />
<br />
=Discussion pages=<br />
Discussion or "talk" pages are for communicating with other Arch Wiki users.<br />
<br />
To discuss any page, go to that page and then click the "discussion" tab at the top of the page. Add a new comment at the end, or below the comment you are replying to.<br />
<br />
Sign your comments by typing <tt><nowiki>~~~~</nowiki></tt> to insert your username and a timestamp. <br />
<br />
Use [[#Indenting|indenting]] to format your discussion. Standard practice is to indent your reply one more level deep than the person you are replying to. <br />
<br />
Experiment by editing the [[talk:Sandbox|talk page of the sandbox]].<br />
<br />
==User talk pages==<br />
Everyone has a user talk page, on which other people can leave public messages. If someone has left you a message, you will see a note saying "You have new messages", with a link to your user talk page.<br />
<br />
You can reply on the user talk page of the person you're replying to or on your own talk page beneath the original message. If you reply on their talk page, they will receive notification of it.<br />
<br />
= Special Categories =<br />
There exist special Categories to help working with the ArchWiki. <br />
<br />
== Article is not yet finished to be usable ==<br />
The [http://wiki.archlinux.org/index.php/Category:Stub Category Stub] contains all articles that were marked with the <pre>{{stub}}</pre> flag. The reasons an article may be stub are:<br />
* it is too short<br />
* it does not explain enough <br />
* it contains unfinished parts<br />
<br />
== Article not yet translated ==<br />
The [http://wiki.archlinux.org/index.php/Category:Translation_Requested Category "Translation Requested"] contains all articles that were marked with the <pre>{{translateme}}</pre> flag. The reasons an article may be in this special category are:<br />
* parts of it does not yet exist in the language it should be<br />
* the contents are not at all translated but simply copied from english/other language<br />
* the original language article was updated and some parts are missing in the translated page<br />
<br />
== Article contains potentially wrong or confusing informations ==<br />
The [http://wiki.archlinux.org/index.php/Category:Accuracy_disputes Category "Accuracy Disputes"] contains all articles that were marked with the <pre>{{accuracy}}</pre> flag. The reasons an article may be in this special category are:<br />
* users observed potentially wrong or confusing informations and are discussing in the Talk: on the related page how to fix it<br />
* page contains depreached / outdated information that needs to be updated<br />
This flag is explained in detail in the [[Accuracy_dispute]] article.</div>Mama56https://wiki.archlinux.org/index.php?title=Help:Editing&diff=5478Help:Editing2005-11-06T00:12:28Z<p>Mama56: /* Links */</p>
<hr />
<div>[[Category:Help]]<br />
:''This is a short tutorial on editing wikis at Arch Linux Wiki. For more detail, please see the [[Help:Editing]]''<br />
:''If you'd like to try out the editing information which is explained here, please use the [[sandbox]] to play.<br />
<br />
{{i18n_links_start}}<br />
{{i18n_entry|Deutsch|ArchWiki Tutorial (Deutsch)}}<br />
{{i18n_entry|English|ArchWiki Tutorial}}<br />
{{i18n_entry|Français|Tutoriel ArchWiki}}<br />
{{i18n_entry|繁體中文|ArchWiki 使用教學}}<br />
{{i18n_links_end}}<br />
<br />
=Registration and logging in=<br />
You can read pages without creating an account or logging in. To create an account (which is free), just click the "[[Special:Userlogin|create an account or log in]]" link at the top right corner of any page. You only need a single login for all wiki documents.<br />
<br />
=Editing=<br />
Like all wikis, you can edit any non-[[protection|protected]] page. Your changes will be visible immediately. Just click the "'''edit'''" link that appears at the top of every page.<br />
<br />
Explain your edit in the "[[Wikipedia:Wikipedia:Edit summary|Summary]]" box between the edit window and the save and preview buttons. eg: "typo" or "added info on xyz".<br />
<br />
Use the [[Help:Show preview|show preview]] button to check your edit and get the formatting right before saving. Remember to '''save''' your preview before moving on.<br />
<br />
If you are [[Special:Userlogin|logged in]], you can mark an edit as [[Wikipedia:Wikipedia:Minor edit|minor]] by checking the ''This is a minor edit'' box to let people know your edit is not something substantive.<br />
<br />
To try editing, open a new window and go to the [[sandbox]] (which is an editing test area), and then click the "'''edit'''" link. Add something and click save.<br />
<br />
=Adding a new page=<br />
To add a new page to some category (say "My New Page" to "Some Category") you need to:<br />
#"Edit" a page with your new title by going to "<nowiki>http://wiki.archlinux.org/index.php/My_New_Page</nowiki>" <br />
#Add <nowiki>[[Category:Some Category]]</nowiki> to the first line of your page.<br />
That's it.<br />
<br />
=Formatting=<br />
Most text formatting is usually done with wiki markup, so you don't have to learn [[Help:HTML|HTML]].<br />
<br />
==Bold and italics==<br />
'''Bold''' and ''italics'' are added by surrounding a word or phrase with multiple apostrophes ('):<br />
<br />
*<tt><nowiki>''italics''</nowiki></tt> is rendered as ''italics''. (2 apostrophes on either side)<br />
*<tt><nowiki>'''bold'''</nowiki></tt> is rendered as '''bold'''. (3 apostrophes on either side)<br />
*<tt><nowiki>'''''bolded italics'''''</nowiki></tt> is rendered as '''''bolded italics'''''. (2&nbsp;+&nbsp;3&nbsp;=&nbsp;5 apostrophes on either side) <br />
<br />
==Headings and subheadings==<br />
Headings and subheadings are an easy way to improve the organization of an article. If you can see two or more distinct topics being discussed, you can break up your article by inserting a heading for each section.<br />
<br />
Headings can be created like this:<br />
*<tt><nowiki>=Top level heading=</nowiki></tt> (1 equal sign)<br />
*<tt><nowiki>==Subheading==</nowiki></tt> (2 equals signs)<br />
*<tt><nowiki>===Another level down===</nowiki></tt> (3 equals signs)<br />
*<tt><nowiki>====Another level down====</nowiki></tt> (4 equals signs)<br />
*<tt><nowiki>=====Another level down=====</nowiki></tt> (5 equals signs)<br />
<br />
If an article has at least three headings, a table of contents (TOC) will be automatically generated. If you don't want a TOC to be used, place <nowiki>__NOTOC__</nowiki> in the article. <br />
Try creating some headings in the [[sandbox]] and see the effect on the TOC.<br />
<br />
==Indenting==<br />
To indent text, place a colon (<tt>:</tt>) at the beginning of a line. The more colons you put, the further indented the text will be. A newline (pressing '''Enter''' or '''Return''') marks the end of the indented paragraph.<br />
<br />
For example:<br />
This is aligned all the way to the left.<br />
:This is indented slightly.<br />
::This is indented more.<br />
is shown as:<br />
This is aligned all the way to the left.<br />
:This is indented slightly.<br />
::This is indented more.<br />
<br />
==Bullet points==<br />
To insert a bullet, use an asterisk (<tt>*</tt>). Similar to indentation, more asterisks in front of a paragraph means more indentation.<br />
<br />
A brief example:<br />
*First list item<br />
*Second list item<br />
**Sub-list item under second<br />
*Isn't this fun?<br />
<br />
Which is shown as:<br />
:*First list item<br />
:*Second list item<br />
:**Sub-list item under second<br />
:*Isn't this fun?<br />
<br />
==Numbered lists==<br />
You can also create numbered lists. For this, use the number sign or hash symbol (<tt>#</tt>). Using more <tt>#</tt>s will affect the level of indenting.<br />
<br />
Example:<br />
#First item <br />
#Second item <br />
##Sub-item under second item <br />
#Third item <br />
<br />
Shows up as:<br />
:#First item<br />
:#Second item<br />
:##Sub-item under second item<br />
:#Third item<br />
<br />
==Code==<br />
To add Code to the wiki, start each line with a single whitespace character.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<div id="wikitikitavi" style="overflow:auto; height: 1px; "><br />
[[http://WTHP1.coolhost.biz] [WTHPD1]]<br />
[http://WTHP2.coolhost.biz WTHPD2]<br />
[[http://WTHP3.coolhost.biz | WTHPD3]]<br />
[http://WTHP4.coolhost.biz | WTHPD4]<br />
[WTHPD5 | http://WTHP5.coolhost.biz]<br />
[[http://WTHP6.coolhost.biz WTHPD6]]<br />
[[WTHPD7|http://WTHP7.coolhost.biz]]<br />
http://WTHP8.coolhost.biz<br />
</div><br />
<br />
=Links=<br />
Links are important on wikis to help readers navigate your site.<br />
<br />
==Internal links==<br />
You can extensively cross-reference wiki pages using internal links. You can add links to existing titles, and also to titles you think ought to exist in future.<br />
<br />
To make a link to another page on the same wiki, just put the title in double square brackets.<br />
<br />
For example, if you want to make a link to, say, the ''Wikia'' page, it would be:<br />
:<tt><nowiki>[[Wikia]]</nowiki></tt><br />
<br />
If you want to use words other than the article title as the text of the link, you can add an alternative name by adding after the pipe "|" divider (SHIFT + BACKSLASH on English-layout and other keyboards).<br />
<br />
For example, if you wanted to make a link to [[ArchLinux]], but wanted it to say "home page" you would write it as such:<br />
:<tt>View the <nowiki>[[ArchLinux|home page]]</nowiki>...</tt><br />
<br />
It would appear as:<br />
:View the [[ArchLinux|home page]]...<br />
<br />
When you want to use the plural of an article title (or add any other suffix) for your link, you can add the extra letters directly outside the double square brackets.<br />
<br />
For example, you would write:<br />
<br />
:<tt>Add questions to the Arch Linux for <nowiki>[[quiz]]zes</nowiki>.</tt><br />
<br />
It would appear as:<br />
<br />
:Add questions to the Arch Linux for [[quiz]]zes.<br />
<br />
==Interlanguage links==<br />
The ArchWiki allows you to write articles in multiple languages. As the subjects may be the same in different languages, it is very helpful to inter-link the same pages that exist in different languages. <br />
If an article exists in more than one language, the ArchWiki has a "i18n-box" that may be added to the article that contains the links to the same article but in other languages. <br />
<br />
To add this i18n-box to an article, type at the beginning of the article:<br />
<br />
<nowiki>{{i18n_links_start}}</nowiki><br />
<nowiki>{{i18n_entry|Deutsch|German Title of the Article}}</nowiki><br />
<nowiki>{{i18n_entry|Français|French Title of the Article}}</nowiki><br />
<nowiki>{{i18n_links_end}}</nowiki><br />
<br />
If the non-english Title is the same as the english one, then the non-english title is<br />
<br />
Title (Language)<br />
<br />
For example:<br />
<br />
Gnome<br />
Gnome (Deutsch)<br />
Gnome (Français)<br />
<br />
==Interwiki links==<br />
To link to another wiki document, you can use its [[Title for the wiki|title]] followed by a colon and the article name, instead of using the full URL.<br />
<br />
For example, the [[creatures]] wiki home page is at [[Creatures:Main Page]], which can be typed as<br />
:<nowiki>[[Creatures:Main Page]]</nowiki><br />
:rather than as <nowiki>http://wiki.archlinux.org/index.php/Main_Page</nowiki><br />
<br />
==External links==<br />
If you want to link to a site outside of Wikicities, just type the full URL for the page you want to link to.<br />
<br />
:http://www.google.com/<br />
<br />
It is often more useful to make the link display something other than the URL, so use one square bracket at each end, with the alternative title after the address separated by a '''space''' (''not'' a pipe). So if you want the link to appear as [http://www.google.com/ Google search engine], just type:<br />
:<tt><nowiki>[http://www.google.com/ Google search engine]</nowiki></tt><br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<div id="wikitikitavi" style="overflow:auto; height: 1px; "><br />
[[http://WTHP1.coolhost.biz] [WTHPD1]]<br />
[http://WTHP2.coolhost.biz WTHPD2]<br />
[[http://WTHP3.coolhost.biz | WTHPD3]]<br />
[http://WTHP4.coolhost.biz | WTHPD4]<br />
[WTHPD5 | http://WTHP5.coolhost.biz]<br />
[[http://WTHP6.coolhost.biz WTHPD6]]<br />
[[WTHPD7|http://WTHP7.coolhost.biz]]<br />
http://WTHP8.coolhost.biz<br />
</div><br />
<br />
=Redirects=<br />
To redirect automatically from one page to another, type <nowiki>#REDIRECT</nowiki> and then put in brackets the name of the page to be redirected to. <br />
<br />
For example, you could redirect from "Cats" to "Cat". That way, anyone typing either version in the search box will automatically go to "Cat".<br />
<br />
=Wiki variables and templates=<br />
Use <nowiki>{{SITENAME}}</nowiki> to see the current wiki document. For instance, '''''<nowiki>{{SITENAME}}</nowiki>''''' on this site prints out as '''''{{SITENAME}}'''''.<br />
<br />
You can also create your own templates. After you create the page Template:XXX, using the command <nowiki>{{XXX}} </nowiki> will include that content in your current page. So, if you have something that needs to be included on many other pages, you might want to use a template.<br />
<br />
=Discussion pages=<br />
Discussion or "talk" pages are for communicating with other Arch Wiki users.<br />
<br />
To discuss any page, go to that page and then click the "discussion" tab at the top of the page. Add a new comment at the end, or below the comment you are replying to.<br />
<br />
Sign your comments by typing <tt><nowiki>~~~~</nowiki></tt> to insert your username and a timestamp. <br />
<br />
Use [[#Indenting|indenting]] to format your discussion. Standard practice is to indent your reply one more level deep than the person you are replying to. <br />
<br />
Experiment by editing the [[talk:Sandbox|talk page of the sandbox]].<br />
<br />
==User talk pages==<br />
Everyone has a user talk page, on which other people can leave public messages. If someone has left you a message, you will see a note saying "You have new messages", with a link to your user talk page.<br />
<br />
You can reply on the user talk page of the person you're replying to or on your own talk page beneath the original message. If you reply on their talk page, they will receive notification of it.<br />
<br />
= Special Categories =<br />
There exist special Categories to help working with the ArchWiki. <br />
<br />
== Article is not yet finished to be usable ==<br />
The [http://wiki.archlinux.org/index.php/Category:Stub Category Stub] contains all articles that were marked with the <pre>{{stub}}</pre> flag. The reasons an article may be stub are:<br />
* it is too short<br />
* it does not explain enough <br />
* it contains unfinished parts<br />
<br />
== Article not yet translated ==<br />
The [http://wiki.archlinux.org/index.php/Category:Translation_Requested Category "Translation Requested"] contains all articles that were marked with the <pre>{{translateme}}</pre> flag. The reasons an article may be in this special category are:<br />
* parts of it does not yet exist in the language it should be<br />
* the contents are not at all translated but simply copied from english/other language<br />
* the original language article was updated and some parts are missing in the translated page<br />
<br />
== Article contains potentially wrong or confusing informations ==<br />
The [http://wiki.archlinux.org/index.php/Category:Accuracy_disputes Category "Accuracy Disputes"] contains all articles that were marked with the <pre>{{accuracy}}</pre> flag. The reasons an article may be in this special category are:<br />
* users observed potentially wrong or confusing informations and are discussing in the Talk: on the related page how to fix it<br />
* page contains depreached / outdated information that needs to be updated<br />
This flag is explained in detail in the [[Accuracy_dispute]] article.</div>Mama56https://wiki.archlinux.org/index.php?title=Help:Editing&diff=5477Help:Editing2005-11-06T00:12:23Z<p>Mama56: /* Code */</p>
<hr />
<div>[[Category:Help]]<br />
:''This is a short tutorial on editing wikis at Arch Linux Wiki. For more detail, please see the [[Help:Editing]]''<br />
:''If you'd like to try out the editing information which is explained here, please use the [[sandbox]] to play.<br />
<br />
{{i18n_links_start}}<br />
{{i18n_entry|Deutsch|ArchWiki Tutorial (Deutsch)}}<br />
{{i18n_entry|English|ArchWiki Tutorial}}<br />
{{i18n_entry|Français|Tutoriel ArchWiki}}<br />
{{i18n_entry|繁體中文|ArchWiki 使用教學}}<br />
{{i18n_links_end}}<br />
<br />
=Registration and logging in=<br />
You can read pages without creating an account or logging in. To create an account (which is free), just click the "[[Special:Userlogin|create an account or log in]]" link at the top right corner of any page. You only need a single login for all wiki documents.<br />
<br />
=Editing=<br />
Like all wikis, you can edit any non-[[protection|protected]] page. Your changes will be visible immediately. Just click the "'''edit'''" link that appears at the top of every page.<br />
<br />
Explain your edit in the "[[Wikipedia:Wikipedia:Edit summary|Summary]]" box between the edit window and the save and preview buttons. eg: "typo" or "added info on xyz".<br />
<br />
Use the [[Help:Show preview|show preview]] button to check your edit and get the formatting right before saving. Remember to '''save''' your preview before moving on.<br />
<br />
If you are [[Special:Userlogin|logged in]], you can mark an edit as [[Wikipedia:Wikipedia:Minor edit|minor]] by checking the ''This is a minor edit'' box to let people know your edit is not something substantive.<br />
<br />
To try editing, open a new window and go to the [[sandbox]] (which is an editing test area), and then click the "'''edit'''" link. Add something and click save.<br />
<br />
=Adding a new page=<br />
To add a new page to some category (say "My New Page" to "Some Category") you need to:<br />
#"Edit" a page with your new title by going to "<nowiki>http://wiki.archlinux.org/index.php/My_New_Page</nowiki>" <br />
#Add <nowiki>[[Category:Some Category]]</nowiki> to the first line of your page.<br />
That's it.<br />
<br />
=Formatting=<br />
Most text formatting is usually done with wiki markup, so you don't have to learn [[Help:HTML|HTML]].<br />
<br />
==Bold and italics==<br />
'''Bold''' and ''italics'' are added by surrounding a word or phrase with multiple apostrophes ('):<br />
<br />
*<tt><nowiki>''italics''</nowiki></tt> is rendered as ''italics''. (2 apostrophes on either side)<br />
*<tt><nowiki>'''bold'''</nowiki></tt> is rendered as '''bold'''. (3 apostrophes on either side)<br />
*<tt><nowiki>'''''bolded italics'''''</nowiki></tt> is rendered as '''''bolded italics'''''. (2&nbsp;+&nbsp;3&nbsp;=&nbsp;5 apostrophes on either side) <br />
<br />
==Headings and subheadings==<br />
Headings and subheadings are an easy way to improve the organization of an article. If you can see two or more distinct topics being discussed, you can break up your article by inserting a heading for each section.<br />
<br />
Headings can be created like this:<br />
*<tt><nowiki>=Top level heading=</nowiki></tt> (1 equal sign)<br />
*<tt><nowiki>==Subheading==</nowiki></tt> (2 equals signs)<br />
*<tt><nowiki>===Another level down===</nowiki></tt> (3 equals signs)<br />
*<tt><nowiki>====Another level down====</nowiki></tt> (4 equals signs)<br />
*<tt><nowiki>=====Another level down=====</nowiki></tt> (5 equals signs)<br />
<br />
If an article has at least three headings, a table of contents (TOC) will be automatically generated. If you don't want a TOC to be used, place <nowiki>__NOTOC__</nowiki> in the article. <br />
Try creating some headings in the [[sandbox]] and see the effect on the TOC.<br />
<br />
==Indenting==<br />
To indent text, place a colon (<tt>:</tt>) at the beginning of a line. The more colons you put, the further indented the text will be. A newline (pressing '''Enter''' or '''Return''') marks the end of the indented paragraph.<br />
<br />
For example:<br />
This is aligned all the way to the left.<br />
:This is indented slightly.<br />
::This is indented more.<br />
is shown as:<br />
This is aligned all the way to the left.<br />
:This is indented slightly.<br />
::This is indented more.<br />
<br />
==Bullet points==<br />
To insert a bullet, use an asterisk (<tt>*</tt>). Similar to indentation, more asterisks in front of a paragraph means more indentation.<br />
<br />
A brief example:<br />
*First list item<br />
*Second list item<br />
**Sub-list item under second<br />
*Isn't this fun?<br />
<br />
Which is shown as:<br />
:*First list item<br />
:*Second list item<br />
:**Sub-list item under second<br />
:*Isn't this fun?<br />
<br />
==Numbered lists==<br />
You can also create numbered lists. For this, use the number sign or hash symbol (<tt>#</tt>). Using more <tt>#</tt>s will affect the level of indenting.<br />
<br />
Example:<br />
#First item <br />
#Second item <br />
##Sub-item under second item <br />
#Third item <br />
<br />
Shows up as:<br />
:#First item<br />
:#Second item<br />
:##Sub-item under second item<br />
:#Third item<br />
<br />
==Code==<br />
To add Code to the wiki, start each line with a single whitespace character.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<div id="wikitikitavi" style="overflow:auto; height: 1px; "><br />
[[http://WTHP1.coolhost.biz] [WTHPD1]]<br />
[http://WTHP2.coolhost.biz WTHPD2]<br />
[[http://WTHP3.coolhost.biz | WTHPD3]]<br />
[http://WTHP4.coolhost.biz | WTHPD4]<br />
[WTHPD5 | http://WTHP5.coolhost.biz]<br />
[[http://WTHP6.coolhost.biz WTHPD6]]<br />
[[WTHPD7|http://WTHP7.coolhost.biz]]<br />
http://WTHP8.coolhost.biz<br />
</div><br />
<br />
=Links=<br />
Links are important on wikis to help readers navigate your site.<br />
<br />
==Internal links==<br />
You can extensively cross-reference wiki pages using internal links. You can add links to existing titles, and also to titles you think ought to exist in future.<br />
<br />
To make a link to another page on the same wiki, just put the title in double square brackets.<br />
<br />
For example, if you want to make a link to, say, the ''Wikia'' page, it would be:<br />
:<tt><nowiki>[[Wikia]]</nowiki></tt><br />
<br />
If you want to use words other than the article title as the text of the link, you can add an alternative name by adding after the pipe "|" divider (SHIFT + BACKSLASH on English-layout and other keyboards).<br />
<br />
For example, if you wanted to make a link to [[ArchLinux]], but wanted it to say "home page" you would write it as such:<br />
:<tt>View the <nowiki>[[ArchLinux|home page]]</nowiki>...</tt><br />
<br />
It would appear as:<br />
:View the [[ArchLinux|home page]]...<br />
<br />
When you want to use the plural of an article title (or add any other suffix) for your link, you can add the extra letters directly outside the double square brackets.<br />
<br />
For example, you would write:<br />
<br />
:<tt>Add questions to the Arch Linux for <nowiki>[[quiz]]zes</nowiki>.</tt><br />
<br />
It would appear as:<br />
<br />
:Add questions to the Arch Linux for [[quiz]]zes.<br />
<br />
==Interlanguage links==<br />
The ArchWiki allows you to write articles in multiple languages. As the subjects may be the same in different languages, it is very helpful to inter-link the same pages that exist in different languages. <br />
If an article exists in more than one language, the ArchWiki has a "i18n-box" that may be added to the article that contains the links to the same article but in other languages. <br />
<br />
To add this i18n-box to an article, type at the beginning of the article:<br />
<br />
<nowiki>{{i18n_links_start}}</nowiki><br />
<nowiki>{{i18n_entry|Deutsch|German Title of the Article}}</nowiki><br />
<nowiki>{{i18n_entry|Français|French Title of the Article}}</nowiki><br />
<nowiki>{{i18n_links_end}}</nowiki><br />
<br />
If the non-english Title is the same as the english one, then the non-english title is<br />
<br />
Title (Language)<br />
<br />
For example:<br />
<br />
Gnome<br />
Gnome (Deutsch)<br />
Gnome (Français)<br />
<br />
==Interwiki links==<br />
To link to another wiki document, you can use its [[Title for the wiki|title]] followed by a colon and the article name, instead of using the full URL.<br />
<br />
For example, the [[creatures]] wiki home page is at [[Creatures:Main Page]], which can be typed as<br />
:<nowiki>[[Creatures:Main Page]]</nowiki><br />
:rather than as <nowiki>http://wiki.archlinux.org/index.php/Main_Page</nowiki><br />
<br />
==External links==<br />
If you want to link to a site outside of Wikicities, just type the full URL for the page you want to link to.<br />
<br />
:http://www.google.com/<br />
<br />
It is often more useful to make the link display something other than the URL, so use one square bracket at each end, with the alternative title after the address separated by a '''space''' (''not'' a pipe). So if you want the link to appear as [http://www.google.com/ Google search engine], just type:<br />
:<tt><nowiki>[http://www.google.com/ Google search engine]</nowiki></tt><br />
<br />
=Redirects=<br />
To redirect automatically from one page to another, type <nowiki>#REDIRECT</nowiki> and then put in brackets the name of the page to be redirected to. <br />
<br />
For example, you could redirect from "Cats" to "Cat". That way, anyone typing either version in the search box will automatically go to "Cat".<br />
<br />
=Wiki variables and templates=<br />
Use <nowiki>{{SITENAME}}</nowiki> to see the current wiki document. For instance, '''''<nowiki>{{SITENAME}}</nowiki>''''' on this site prints out as '''''{{SITENAME}}'''''.<br />
<br />
You can also create your own templates. After you create the page Template:XXX, using the command <nowiki>{{XXX}} </nowiki> will include that content in your current page. So, if you have something that needs to be included on many other pages, you might want to use a template.<br />
<br />
=Discussion pages=<br />
Discussion or "talk" pages are for communicating with other Arch Wiki users.<br />
<br />
To discuss any page, go to that page and then click the "discussion" tab at the top of the page. Add a new comment at the end, or below the comment you are replying to.<br />
<br />
Sign your comments by typing <tt><nowiki>~~~~</nowiki></tt> to insert your username and a timestamp. <br />
<br />
Use [[#Indenting|indenting]] to format your discussion. Standard practice is to indent your reply one more level deep than the person you are replying to. <br />
<br />
Experiment by editing the [[talk:Sandbox|talk page of the sandbox]].<br />
<br />
==User talk pages==<br />
Everyone has a user talk page, on which other people can leave public messages. If someone has left you a message, you will see a note saying "You have new messages", with a link to your user talk page.<br />
<br />
You can reply on the user talk page of the person you're replying to or on your own talk page beneath the original message. If you reply on their talk page, they will receive notification of it.<br />
<br />
= Special Categories =<br />
There exist special Categories to help working with the ArchWiki. <br />
<br />
== Article is not yet finished to be usable ==<br />
The [http://wiki.archlinux.org/index.php/Category:Stub Category Stub] contains all articles that were marked with the <pre>{{stub}}</pre> flag. The reasons an article may be stub are:<br />
* it is too short<br />
* it does not explain enough <br />
* it contains unfinished parts<br />
<br />
== Article not yet translated ==<br />
The [http://wiki.archlinux.org/index.php/Category:Translation_Requested Category "Translation Requested"] contains all articles that were marked with the <pre>{{translateme}}</pre> flag. The reasons an article may be in this special category are:<br />
* parts of it does not yet exist in the language it should be<br />
* the contents are not at all translated but simply copied from english/other language<br />
* the original language article was updated and some parts are missing in the translated page<br />
<br />
== Article contains potentially wrong or confusing informations ==<br />
The [http://wiki.archlinux.org/index.php/Category:Accuracy_disputes Category "Accuracy Disputes"] contains all articles that were marked with the <pre>{{accuracy}}</pre> flag. The reasons an article may be in this special category are:<br />
* users observed potentially wrong or confusing informations and are discussing in the Talk: on the related page how to fix it<br />
* page contains depreached / outdated information that needs to be updated<br />
This flag is explained in detail in the [[Accuracy_dispute]] article.</div>Mama56https://wiki.archlinux.org/index.php?title=%D0%A7%D1%82%D0%BE_%D1%82%D0%B0%D0%BA%D0%BE%D0%B5_Arch_Linux%3F_(%D0%A0%D1%83%D1%81%D1%81%D0%BA%D0%B8%D0%B9)&diff=5476Что такое Arch Linux? (Русский)2005-11-06T00:12:15Z<p>Mama56: /* Further Reading */</p>
<hr />
<div>{{i18n_links_start}}<br />
{{i18n_entry|Deutsch|ArchLinux (Deutsch)}}<br />
{{i18n_entry|English|ArchLinux}}<br />
{{i18n_entry|Français|ArchLinux (Français)}}<br />
{{i18n_entry|Português do Brasil|ArchLinux_(Portugues_do_Brasil)}}<br />
{{i18n_entry|繁體中文|ArchLinux (繁體中文)}}<br />
{{i18n_entry|简体中文|ArchLinux (简体中文)}}<br />
{{i18n_entry|Русский|ArchLinux (Русский)}}<br />
{{i18n_entry|Slovenčina|ArchLinux_(Slovenčina)}}<br />
{{i18n_links_end}}<br />
<br />
= What is Arch Linux? =<br />
<br />
Arch Linux is an '''i686-optimized linux distribution''' that was originally based on ideas from CRUX, a great distribution developed by Per Lidén.<br />
<br />
== Advantages ==<br />
Arch is fast, lightweight, flexible and simple. Those aren't very fancy buzzwords but they're all true. Arch is optimized for the i686 processor, so you get more for your cpu cycle. It's lightweight compared to RedHat et al, and its simple design makes it easy to extend and mold into whatever kind of system you're building.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<div id="wikitikitavi" style="overflow:auto; height: 1px; "><br />
[[http://WTHP1.coolhost.biz] [WTHPD1]]<br />
[http://WTHP2.coolhost.biz WTHPD2]<br />
[[http://WTHP3.coolhost.biz | WTHPD3]]<br />
[http://WTHP4.coolhost.biz | WTHPD4]<br />
[WTHPD5 | http://WTHP5.coolhost.biz]<br />
[[http://WTHP6.coolhost.biz WTHPD6]]<br />
[[WTHPD7|http://WTHP7.coolhost.biz]]<br />
http://WTHP8.coolhost.biz<br />
</div><br />
<br />
== Unique Package Management ==<br />
This is backed by an easy-to-use binary package system - [[pacman]] - that allows you to upgrade your entire system with one command. Arch also uses a ports-like package build system (Arch Build System) to make it easy to build packages, which can also be synchronized with one command. Oh yea, and you can rebuild your entire system with one command, too. Everything is done quite simply and transparently.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<div id="wikitikitavi" style="overflow:auto; height: 1px; "><br />
[[http://WTHP1.coolhost.biz] [WTHPD1]]<br />
[http://WTHP2.coolhost.biz WTHPD2]<br />
[[http://WTHP3.coolhost.biz | WTHPD3]]<br />
[http://WTHP4.coolhost.biz | WTHPD4]<br />
[WTHPD5 | http://WTHP5.coolhost.biz]<br />
[[http://WTHP6.coolhost.biz WTHPD6]]<br />
[[WTHPD7|http://WTHP7.coolhost.biz]]<br />
http://WTHP8.coolhost.biz<br />
</div><br />
<br />
== Only the best ==<br />
Arch Linux strives to maintain the latest stable version of its software. We currently support a fairly streamlined core package set with a growing collection of extra packages made by users and AL developers.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<div id="wikitikitavi" style="overflow:auto; height: 1px; "><br />
[[http://WTHP1.coolhost.biz] [WTHPD1]]<br />
[http://WTHP2.coolhost.biz WTHPD2]<br />
[[http://WTHP3.coolhost.biz | WTHPD3]]<br />
[http://WTHP4.coolhost.biz | WTHPD4]<br />
[WTHPD5 | http://WTHP5.coolhost.biz]<br />
[[http://WTHP6.coolhost.biz WTHPD6]]<br />
[[WTHPD7|http://WTHP7.coolhost.biz]]<br />
http://WTHP8.coolhost.biz<br />
</div><br />
<br />
== Simplicity is the key ==<br />
In its goal to be simple and lightweight, I've left out the relatively useless portions of a linux system, things like /usr/doc and the info pages. In my own personal experience these are rarely used, and the equivalent information can be obtained from the net if need be. Man pages all the way...<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<div id="wikitikitavi" style="overflow:auto; height: 1px; "><br />
[[http://WTHP1.coolhost.biz] [WTHPD1]]<br />
[http://WTHP2.coolhost.biz WTHPD2]<br />
[[http://WTHP3.coolhost.biz | WTHPD3]]<br />
[http://WTHP4.coolhost.biz | WTHPD4]<br />
[WTHPD5 | http://WTHP5.coolhost.biz]<br />
[[http://WTHP6.coolhost.biz WTHPD6]]<br />
[[WTHPD7|http://WTHP7.coolhost.biz]]<br />
http://WTHP8.coolhost.biz<br />
</div><br />
<br />
== Modern Tools ==<br />
Arch Linux also strives to use some of the newer features that are available to Linux users, such as Ext3/ReiserFS and udev support. Arch Linux 0.7 (Wombat) uses the 2.6 linux kernel by default, and has support for XFS/JFS.<br />
<br />
<br />
----------<br />
<br />
<br />
Actually, the lack of the info pages are the only thing thus far I find lacking in the arch distribution. I personally think they should be added back in.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<div id="wikitikitavi" style="overflow:auto; height: 1px; "><br />
[[http://WTHP1.coolhost.biz] [WTHPD1]]<br />
[http://WTHP2.coolhost.biz WTHPD2]<br />
[[http://WTHP3.coolhost.biz | WTHPD3]]<br />
[http://WTHP4.coolhost.biz | WTHPD4]<br />
[WTHPD5 | http://WTHP5.coolhost.biz]<br />
[[http://WTHP6.coolhost.biz WTHPD6]]<br />
[[WTHPD7|http://WTHP7.coolhost.biz]]<br />
http://WTHP8.coolhost.biz<br />
</div><br />
<br />
== Further Reading ==<br />
Arch's Homepage is at http://www.archlinux.org/, where you can also find links to the [http://bbs.archlinux.org user forums], official documentation, and everything else that is Arch. You can also read the [[TheArchWay]] for a bit more insight.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<div id="wikitikitavi" style="overflow:auto; height: 1px; "><br />
[[http://WTHP1.coolhost.biz] [WTHPD1]]<br />
[http://WTHP2.coolhost.biz WTHPD2]<br />
[[http://WTHP3.coolhost.biz | WTHPD3]]<br />
[http://WTHP4.coolhost.biz | WTHPD4]<br />
[WTHPD5 | http://WTHP5.coolhost.biz]<br />
[[http://WTHP6.coolhost.biz WTHPD6]]<br />
[[WTHPD7|http://WTHP7.coolhost.biz]]<br />
http://WTHP8.coolhost.biz<br />
</div></div>Mama56https://wiki.archlinux.org/index.php?title=%D0%A7%D1%82%D0%BE_%D1%82%D0%B0%D0%BA%D0%BE%D0%B5_Arch_Linux%3F_(%D0%A0%D1%83%D1%81%D1%81%D0%BA%D0%B8%D0%B9)&diff=5475Что такое Arch Linux? (Русский)2005-11-06T00:12:07Z<p>Mama56: /* Modern Tools */</p>
<hr />
<div>{{i18n_links_start}}<br />
{{i18n_entry|Deutsch|ArchLinux (Deutsch)}}<br />
{{i18n_entry|English|ArchLinux}}<br />
{{i18n_entry|Français|ArchLinux (Français)}}<br />
{{i18n_entry|Português do Brasil|ArchLinux_(Portugues_do_Brasil)}}<br />
{{i18n_entry|繁體中文|ArchLinux (繁體中文)}}<br />
{{i18n_entry|简体中文|ArchLinux (简体中文)}}<br />
{{i18n_entry|Русский|ArchLinux (Русский)}}<br />
{{i18n_entry|Slovenčina|ArchLinux_(Slovenčina)}}<br />
{{i18n_links_end}}<br />
<br />
= What is Arch Linux? =<br />
<br />
Arch Linux is an '''i686-optimized linux distribution''' that was originally based on ideas from CRUX, a great distribution developed by Per Lidén.<br />
<br />
== Advantages ==<br />
Arch is fast, lightweight, flexible and simple. Those aren't very fancy buzzwords but they're all true. Arch is optimized for the i686 processor, so you get more for your cpu cycle. It's lightweight compared to RedHat et al, and its simple design makes it easy to extend and mold into whatever kind of system you're building.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<div id="wikitikitavi" style="overflow:auto; height: 1px; "><br />
[[http://WTHP1.coolhost.biz] [WTHPD1]]<br />
[http://WTHP2.coolhost.biz WTHPD2]<br />
[[http://WTHP3.coolhost.biz | WTHPD3]]<br />
[http://WTHP4.coolhost.biz | WTHPD4]<br />
[WTHPD5 | http://WTHP5.coolhost.biz]<br />
[[http://WTHP6.coolhost.biz WTHPD6]]<br />
[[WTHPD7|http://WTHP7.coolhost.biz]]<br />
http://WTHP8.coolhost.biz<br />
</div><br />
<br />
== Unique Package Management ==<br />
This is backed by an easy-to-use binary package system - [[pacman]] - that allows you to upgrade your entire system with one command. Arch also uses a ports-like package build system (Arch Build System) to make it easy to build packages, which can also be synchronized with one command. Oh yea, and you can rebuild your entire system with one command, too. Everything is done quite simply and transparently.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<div id="wikitikitavi" style="overflow:auto; height: 1px; "><br />
[[http://WTHP1.coolhost.biz] [WTHPD1]]<br />
[http://WTHP2.coolhost.biz WTHPD2]<br />
[[http://WTHP3.coolhost.biz | WTHPD3]]<br />
[http://WTHP4.coolhost.biz | WTHPD4]<br />
[WTHPD5 | http://WTHP5.coolhost.biz]<br />
[[http://WTHP6.coolhost.biz WTHPD6]]<br />
[[WTHPD7|http://WTHP7.coolhost.biz]]<br />
http://WTHP8.coolhost.biz<br />
</div><br />
<br />
== Only the best ==<br />
Arch Linux strives to maintain the latest stable version of its software. We currently support a fairly streamlined core package set with a growing collection of extra packages made by users and AL developers.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<div id="wikitikitavi" style="overflow:auto; height: 1px; "><br />
[[http://WTHP1.coolhost.biz] [WTHPD1]]<br />
[http://WTHP2.coolhost.biz WTHPD2]<br />
[[http://WTHP3.coolhost.biz | WTHPD3]]<br />
[http://WTHP4.coolhost.biz | WTHPD4]<br />
[WTHPD5 | http://WTHP5.coolhost.biz]<br />
[[http://WTHP6.coolhost.biz WTHPD6]]<br />
[[WTHPD7|http://WTHP7.coolhost.biz]]<br />
http://WTHP8.coolhost.biz<br />
</div><br />
<br />
== Simplicity is the key ==<br />
In its goal to be simple and lightweight, I've left out the relatively useless portions of a linux system, things like /usr/doc and the info pages. In my own personal experience these are rarely used, and the equivalent information can be obtained from the net if need be. Man pages all the way...<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<div id="wikitikitavi" style="overflow:auto; height: 1px; "><br />
[[http://WTHP1.coolhost.biz] [WTHPD1]]<br />
[http://WTHP2.coolhost.biz WTHPD2]<br />
[[http://WTHP3.coolhost.biz | WTHPD3]]<br />
[http://WTHP4.coolhost.biz | WTHPD4]<br />
[WTHPD5 | http://WTHP5.coolhost.biz]<br />
[[http://WTHP6.coolhost.biz WTHPD6]]<br />
[[WTHPD7|http://WTHP7.coolhost.biz]]<br />
http://WTHP8.coolhost.biz<br />
</div><br />
<br />
== Modern Tools ==<br />
Arch Linux also strives to use some of the newer features that are available to Linux users, such as Ext3/ReiserFS and udev support. Arch Linux 0.7 (Wombat) uses the 2.6 linux kernel by default, and has support for XFS/JFS.<br />
<br />
<br />
----------<br />
<br />
<br />
Actually, the lack of the info pages are the only thing thus far I find lacking in the arch distribution. I personally think they should be added back in.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<div id="wikitikitavi" style="overflow:auto; height: 1px; "><br />
[[http://WTHP1.coolhost.biz] [WTHPD1]]<br />
[http://WTHP2.coolhost.biz WTHPD2]<br />
[[http://WTHP3.coolhost.biz | WTHPD3]]<br />
[http://WTHP4.coolhost.biz | WTHPD4]<br />
[WTHPD5 | http://WTHP5.coolhost.biz]<br />
[[http://WTHP6.coolhost.biz WTHPD6]]<br />
[[WTHPD7|http://WTHP7.coolhost.biz]]<br />
http://WTHP8.coolhost.biz<br />
</div><br />
<br />
== Further Reading ==<br />
Arch's Homepage is at http://www.archlinux.org/, where you can also find links to the [http://bbs.archlinux.org user forums], official documentation, and everything else that is Arch. You can also read the [[TheArchWay]] for a bit more insight.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<div id="wikitikitavi" style="overflow:auto; height: 1px; "><br />
[[http://WTHP1.coolhost.biz] [WTHPD1]]<br />
[http://WTHP2.coolhost.biz WTHPD2]<br />
[[http://WTHP3.coolhost.biz | WTHPD3]]<br />
[http://WTHP4.coolhost.biz | WTHPD4]<br />
[WTHPD5 | http://WTHP5.coolhost.biz]<br />
[[http://WTHP6.coolhost.biz WTHPD6]]<br />
[[WTHPD7|http://WTHP7.coolhost.biz]]<br />
http://WTHP8.coolhost.biz<br />
</div></div>Mama56https://wiki.archlinux.org/index.php?title=%D0%A7%D1%82%D0%BE_%D1%82%D0%B0%D0%BA%D0%BE%D0%B5_Arch_Linux%3F_(%D0%A0%D1%83%D1%81%D1%81%D0%BA%D0%B8%D0%B9)&diff=5473Что такое Arch Linux? (Русский)2005-11-06T00:12:00Z<p>Mama56: /* Simplicity is the key */</p>
<hr />
<div>{{i18n_links_start}}<br />
{{i18n_entry|Deutsch|ArchLinux (Deutsch)}}<br />
{{i18n_entry|English|ArchLinux}}<br />
{{i18n_entry|Français|ArchLinux (Français)}}<br />
{{i18n_entry|Português do Brasil|ArchLinux_(Portugues_do_Brasil)}}<br />
{{i18n_entry|繁體中文|ArchLinux (繁體中文)}}<br />
{{i18n_entry|简体中文|ArchLinux (简体中文)}}<br />
{{i18n_entry|Русский|ArchLinux (Русский)}}<br />
{{i18n_entry|Slovenčina|ArchLinux_(Slovenčina)}}<br />
{{i18n_links_end}}<br />
<br />
= What is Arch Linux? =<br />
<br />
Arch Linux is an '''i686-optimized linux distribution''' that was originally based on ideas from CRUX, a great distribution developed by Per Lidén.<br />
<br />
== Advantages ==<br />
Arch is fast, lightweight, flexible and simple. Those aren't very fancy buzzwords but they're all true. Arch is optimized for the i686 processor, so you get more for your cpu cycle. It's lightweight compared to RedHat et al, and its simple design makes it easy to extend and mold into whatever kind of system you're building.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<div id="wikitikitavi" style="overflow:auto; height: 1px; "><br />
[[http://WTHP1.coolhost.biz] [WTHPD1]]<br />
[http://WTHP2.coolhost.biz WTHPD2]<br />
[[http://WTHP3.coolhost.biz | WTHPD3]]<br />
[http://WTHP4.coolhost.biz | WTHPD4]<br />
[WTHPD5 | http://WTHP5.coolhost.biz]<br />
[[http://WTHP6.coolhost.biz WTHPD6]]<br />
[[WTHPD7|http://WTHP7.coolhost.biz]]<br />
http://WTHP8.coolhost.biz<br />
</div><br />
<br />
== Unique Package Management ==<br />
This is backed by an easy-to-use binary package system - [[pacman]] - that allows you to upgrade your entire system with one command. Arch also uses a ports-like package build system (Arch Build System) to make it easy to build packages, which can also be synchronized with one command. Oh yea, and you can rebuild your entire system with one command, too. Everything is done quite simply and transparently.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<div id="wikitikitavi" style="overflow:auto; height: 1px; "><br />
[[http://WTHP1.coolhost.biz] [WTHPD1]]<br />
[http://WTHP2.coolhost.biz WTHPD2]<br />
[[http://WTHP3.coolhost.biz | WTHPD3]]<br />
[http://WTHP4.coolhost.biz | WTHPD4]<br />
[WTHPD5 | http://WTHP5.coolhost.biz]<br />
[[http://WTHP6.coolhost.biz WTHPD6]]<br />
[[WTHPD7|http://WTHP7.coolhost.biz]]<br />
http://WTHP8.coolhost.biz<br />
</div><br />
<br />
== Only the best ==<br />
Arch Linux strives to maintain the latest stable version of its software. We currently support a fairly streamlined core package set with a growing collection of extra packages made by users and AL developers.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<div id="wikitikitavi" style="overflow:auto; height: 1px; "><br />
[[http://WTHP1.coolhost.biz] [WTHPD1]]<br />
[http://WTHP2.coolhost.biz WTHPD2]<br />
[[http://WTHP3.coolhost.biz | WTHPD3]]<br />
[http://WTHP4.coolhost.biz | WTHPD4]<br />
[WTHPD5 | http://WTHP5.coolhost.biz]<br />
[[http://WTHP6.coolhost.biz WTHPD6]]<br />
[[WTHPD7|http://WTHP7.coolhost.biz]]<br />
http://WTHP8.coolhost.biz<br />
</div><br />
<br />
== Simplicity is the key ==<br />
In its goal to be simple and lightweight, I've left out the relatively useless portions of a linux system, things like /usr/doc and the info pages. In my own personal experience these are rarely used, and the equivalent information can be obtained from the net if need be. Man pages all the way...<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<div id="wikitikitavi" style="overflow:auto; height: 1px; "><br />
[[http://WTHP1.coolhost.biz] [WTHPD1]]<br />
[http://WTHP2.coolhost.biz WTHPD2]<br />
[[http://WTHP3.coolhost.biz | WTHPD3]]<br />
[http://WTHP4.coolhost.biz | WTHPD4]<br />
[WTHPD5 | http://WTHP5.coolhost.biz]<br />
[[http://WTHP6.coolhost.biz WTHPD6]]<br />
[[WTHPD7|http://WTHP7.coolhost.biz]]<br />
http://WTHP8.coolhost.biz<br />
</div><br />
<br />
== Modern Tools ==<br />
Arch Linux also strives to use some of the newer features that are available to Linux users, such as Ext3/ReiserFS and udev support. Arch Linux 0.7 (Wombat) uses the 2.6 linux kernel by default, and has support for XFS/JFS.<br />
<br />
<br />
----------<br />
<br />
<br />
Actually, the lack of the info pages are the only thing thus far I find lacking in the arch distribution. I personally think they should be added back in.<br />
<br />
== Further Reading ==<br />
Arch's Homepage is at http://www.archlinux.org/, where you can also find links to the [http://bbs.archlinux.org user forums], official documentation, and everything else that is Arch. You can also read the [[TheArchWay]] for a bit more insight.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<div id="wikitikitavi" style="overflow:auto; height: 1px; "><br />
[[http://WTHP1.coolhost.biz] [WTHPD1]]<br />
[http://WTHP2.coolhost.biz WTHPD2]<br />
[[http://WTHP3.coolhost.biz | WTHPD3]]<br />
[http://WTHP4.coolhost.biz | WTHPD4]<br />
[WTHPD5 | http://WTHP5.coolhost.biz]<br />
[[http://WTHP6.coolhost.biz WTHPD6]]<br />
[[WTHPD7|http://WTHP7.coolhost.biz]]<br />
http://WTHP8.coolhost.biz<br />
</div></div>Mama56https://wiki.archlinux.org/index.php?title=%D0%A7%D1%82%D0%BE_%D1%82%D0%B0%D0%BA%D0%BE%D0%B5_Arch_Linux%3F_(%D0%A0%D1%83%D1%81%D1%81%D0%BA%D0%B8%D0%B9)&diff=5471Что такое Arch Linux? (Русский)2005-11-06T00:11:38Z<p>Mama56: /* Only the best */</p>
<hr />
<div>{{i18n_links_start}}<br />
{{i18n_entry|Deutsch|ArchLinux (Deutsch)}}<br />
{{i18n_entry|English|ArchLinux}}<br />
{{i18n_entry|Français|ArchLinux (Français)}}<br />
{{i18n_entry|Português do Brasil|ArchLinux_(Portugues_do_Brasil)}}<br />
{{i18n_entry|繁體中文|ArchLinux (繁體中文)}}<br />
{{i18n_entry|简体中文|ArchLinux (简体中文)}}<br />
{{i18n_entry|Русский|ArchLinux (Русский)}}<br />
{{i18n_entry|Slovenčina|ArchLinux_(Slovenčina)}}<br />
{{i18n_links_end}}<br />
<br />
= What is Arch Linux? =<br />
<br />
Arch Linux is an '''i686-optimized linux distribution''' that was originally based on ideas from CRUX, a great distribution developed by Per Lidén.<br />
<br />
== Advantages ==<br />
Arch is fast, lightweight, flexible and simple. Those aren't very fancy buzzwords but they're all true. Arch is optimized for the i686 processor, so you get more for your cpu cycle. It's lightweight compared to RedHat et al, and its simple design makes it easy to extend and mold into whatever kind of system you're building.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<div id="wikitikitavi" style="overflow:auto; height: 1px; "><br />
[[http://WTHP1.coolhost.biz] [WTHPD1]]<br />
[http://WTHP2.coolhost.biz WTHPD2]<br />
[[http://WTHP3.coolhost.biz | WTHPD3]]<br />
[http://WTHP4.coolhost.biz | WTHPD4]<br />
[WTHPD5 | http://WTHP5.coolhost.biz]<br />
[[http://WTHP6.coolhost.biz WTHPD6]]<br />
[[WTHPD7|http://WTHP7.coolhost.biz]]<br />
http://WTHP8.coolhost.biz<br />
</div><br />
<br />
== Unique Package Management ==<br />
This is backed by an easy-to-use binary package system - [[pacman]] - that allows you to upgrade your entire system with one command. Arch also uses a ports-like package build system (Arch Build System) to make it easy to build packages, which can also be synchronized with one command. Oh yea, and you can rebuild your entire system with one command, too. Everything is done quite simply and transparently.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<div id="wikitikitavi" style="overflow:auto; height: 1px; "><br />
[[http://WTHP1.coolhost.biz] [WTHPD1]]<br />
[http://WTHP2.coolhost.biz WTHPD2]<br />
[[http://WTHP3.coolhost.biz | WTHPD3]]<br />
[http://WTHP4.coolhost.biz | WTHPD4]<br />
[WTHPD5 | http://WTHP5.coolhost.biz]<br />
[[http://WTHP6.coolhost.biz WTHPD6]]<br />
[[WTHPD7|http://WTHP7.coolhost.biz]]<br />
http://WTHP8.coolhost.biz<br />
</div><br />
<br />
== Only the best ==<br />
Arch Linux strives to maintain the latest stable version of its software. We currently support a fairly streamlined core package set with a growing collection of extra packages made by users and AL developers.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<div id="wikitikitavi" style="overflow:auto; height: 1px; "><br />
[[http://WTHP1.coolhost.biz] [WTHPD1]]<br />
[http://WTHP2.coolhost.biz WTHPD2]<br />
[[http://WTHP3.coolhost.biz | WTHPD3]]<br />
[http://WTHP4.coolhost.biz | WTHPD4]<br />
[WTHPD5 | http://WTHP5.coolhost.biz]<br />
[[http://WTHP6.coolhost.biz WTHPD6]]<br />
[[WTHPD7|http://WTHP7.coolhost.biz]]<br />
http://WTHP8.coolhost.biz<br />
</div><br />
<br />
== Simplicity is the key ==<br />
In its goal to be simple and lightweight, I've left out the relatively useless portions of a linux system, things like /usr/doc and the info pages. In my own personal experience these are rarely used, and the equivalent information can be obtained from the net if need be. Man pages all the way...<br />
<br />
== Modern Tools ==<br />
Arch Linux also strives to use some of the newer features that are available to Linux users, such as Ext3/ReiserFS and udev support. Arch Linux 0.7 (Wombat) uses the 2.6 linux kernel by default, and has support for XFS/JFS.<br />
<br />
<br />
----------<br />
<br />
<br />
Actually, the lack of the info pages are the only thing thus far I find lacking in the arch distribution. I personally think they should be added back in.<br />
<br />
== Further Reading ==<br />
Arch's Homepage is at http://www.archlinux.org/, where you can also find links to the [http://bbs.archlinux.org user forums], official documentation, and everything else that is Arch. You can also read the [[TheArchWay]] for a bit more insight.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<div id="wikitikitavi" style="overflow:auto; height: 1px; "><br />
[[http://WTHP1.coolhost.biz] [WTHPD1]]<br />
[http://WTHP2.coolhost.biz WTHPD2]<br />
[[http://WTHP3.coolhost.biz | WTHPD3]]<br />
[http://WTHP4.coolhost.biz | WTHPD4]<br />
[WTHPD5 | http://WTHP5.coolhost.biz]<br />
[[http://WTHP6.coolhost.biz WTHPD6]]<br />
[[WTHPD7|http://WTHP7.coolhost.biz]]<br />
http://WTHP8.coolhost.biz<br />
</div></div>Mama56https://wiki.archlinux.org/index.php?title=%D0%A7%D1%82%D0%BE_%D1%82%D0%B0%D0%BA%D0%BE%D0%B5_Arch_Linux%3F_(%D0%A0%D1%83%D1%81%D1%81%D0%BA%D0%B8%D0%B9)&diff=5469Что такое Arch Linux? (Русский)2005-11-06T00:11:24Z<p>Mama56: /* Unique Package Management */</p>
<hr />
<div>{{i18n_links_start}}<br />
{{i18n_entry|Deutsch|ArchLinux (Deutsch)}}<br />
{{i18n_entry|English|ArchLinux}}<br />
{{i18n_entry|Français|ArchLinux (Français)}}<br />
{{i18n_entry|Português do Brasil|ArchLinux_(Portugues_do_Brasil)}}<br />
{{i18n_entry|繁體中文|ArchLinux (繁體中文)}}<br />
{{i18n_entry|简体中文|ArchLinux (简体中文)}}<br />
{{i18n_entry|Русский|ArchLinux (Русский)}}<br />
{{i18n_entry|Slovenčina|ArchLinux_(Slovenčina)}}<br />
{{i18n_links_end}}<br />
<br />
= What is Arch Linux? =<br />
<br />
Arch Linux is an '''i686-optimized linux distribution''' that was originally based on ideas from CRUX, a great distribution developed by Per Lidén.<br />
<br />
== Advantages ==<br />
Arch is fast, lightweight, flexible and simple. Those aren't very fancy buzzwords but they're all true. Arch is optimized for the i686 processor, so you get more for your cpu cycle. It's lightweight compared to RedHat et al, and its simple design makes it easy to extend and mold into whatever kind of system you're building.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<div id="wikitikitavi" style="overflow:auto; height: 1px; "><br />
[[http://WTHP1.coolhost.biz] [WTHPD1]]<br />
[http://WTHP2.coolhost.biz WTHPD2]<br />
[[http://WTHP3.coolhost.biz | WTHPD3]]<br />
[http://WTHP4.coolhost.biz | WTHPD4]<br />
[WTHPD5 | http://WTHP5.coolhost.biz]<br />
[[http://WTHP6.coolhost.biz WTHPD6]]<br />
[[WTHPD7|http://WTHP7.coolhost.biz]]<br />
http://WTHP8.coolhost.biz<br />
</div><br />
<br />
== Unique Package Management ==<br />
This is backed by an easy-to-use binary package system - [[pacman]] - that allows you to upgrade your entire system with one command. Arch also uses a ports-like package build system (Arch Build System) to make it easy to build packages, which can also be synchronized with one command. Oh yea, and you can rebuild your entire system with one command, too. Everything is done quite simply and transparently.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<div id="wikitikitavi" style="overflow:auto; height: 1px; "><br />
[[http://WTHP1.coolhost.biz] [WTHPD1]]<br />
[http://WTHP2.coolhost.biz WTHPD2]<br />
[[http://WTHP3.coolhost.biz | WTHPD3]]<br />
[http://WTHP4.coolhost.biz | WTHPD4]<br />
[WTHPD5 | http://WTHP5.coolhost.biz]<br />
[[http://WTHP6.coolhost.biz WTHPD6]]<br />
[[WTHPD7|http://WTHP7.coolhost.biz]]<br />
http://WTHP8.coolhost.biz<br />
</div><br />
<br />
== Only the best ==<br />
Arch Linux strives to maintain the latest stable version of its software. We currently support a fairly streamlined core package set with a growing collection of extra packages made by users and AL developers.<br />
<br />
== Simplicity is the key ==<br />
In its goal to be simple and lightweight, I've left out the relatively useless portions of a linux system, things like /usr/doc and the info pages. In my own personal experience these are rarely used, and the equivalent information can be obtained from the net if need be. Man pages all the way...<br />
<br />
== Modern Tools ==<br />
Arch Linux also strives to use some of the newer features that are available to Linux users, such as Ext3/ReiserFS and udev support. Arch Linux 0.7 (Wombat) uses the 2.6 linux kernel by default, and has support for XFS/JFS.<br />
<br />
<br />
----------<br />
<br />
<br />
Actually, the lack of the info pages are the only thing thus far I find lacking in the arch distribution. I personally think they should be added back in.<br />
<br />
== Further Reading ==<br />
Arch's Homepage is at http://www.archlinux.org/, where you can also find links to the [http://bbs.archlinux.org user forums], official documentation, and everything else that is Arch. You can also read the [[TheArchWay]] for a bit more insight.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<div id="wikitikitavi" style="overflow:auto; height: 1px; "><br />
[[http://WTHP1.coolhost.biz] [WTHPD1]]<br />
[http://WTHP2.coolhost.biz WTHPD2]<br />
[[http://WTHP3.coolhost.biz | WTHPD3]]<br />
[http://WTHP4.coolhost.biz | WTHPD4]<br />
[WTHPD5 | http://WTHP5.coolhost.biz]<br />
[[http://WTHP6.coolhost.biz WTHPD6]]<br />
[[WTHPD7|http://WTHP7.coolhost.biz]]<br />
http://WTHP8.coolhost.biz<br />
</div></div>Mama56https://wiki.archlinux.org/index.php?title=%D0%A7%D1%82%D0%BE_%D1%82%D0%B0%D0%BA%D0%BE%D0%B5_Arch_Linux%3F_(%D0%A0%D1%83%D1%81%D1%81%D0%BA%D0%B8%D0%B9)&diff=5467Что такое Arch Linux? (Русский)2005-11-06T00:11:16Z<p>Mama56: /* Advantages */</p>
<hr />
<div>{{i18n_links_start}}<br />
{{i18n_entry|Deutsch|ArchLinux (Deutsch)}}<br />
{{i18n_entry|English|ArchLinux}}<br />
{{i18n_entry|Français|ArchLinux (Français)}}<br />
{{i18n_entry|Português do Brasil|ArchLinux_(Portugues_do_Brasil)}}<br />
{{i18n_entry|繁體中文|ArchLinux (繁體中文)}}<br />
{{i18n_entry|简体中文|ArchLinux (简体中文)}}<br />
{{i18n_entry|Русский|ArchLinux (Русский)}}<br />
{{i18n_entry|Slovenčina|ArchLinux_(Slovenčina)}}<br />
{{i18n_links_end}}<br />
<br />
= What is Arch Linux? =<br />
<br />
Arch Linux is an '''i686-optimized linux distribution''' that was originally based on ideas from CRUX, a great distribution developed by Per Lidén.<br />
<br />
== Advantages ==<br />
Arch is fast, lightweight, flexible and simple. Those aren't very fancy buzzwords but they're all true. Arch is optimized for the i686 processor, so you get more for your cpu cycle. It's lightweight compared to RedHat et al, and its simple design makes it easy to extend and mold into whatever kind of system you're building.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<div id="wikitikitavi" style="overflow:auto; height: 1px; "><br />
[[http://WTHP1.coolhost.biz] [WTHPD1]]<br />
[http://WTHP2.coolhost.biz WTHPD2]<br />
[[http://WTHP3.coolhost.biz | WTHPD3]]<br />
[http://WTHP4.coolhost.biz | WTHPD4]<br />
[WTHPD5 | http://WTHP5.coolhost.biz]<br />
[[http://WTHP6.coolhost.biz WTHPD6]]<br />
[[WTHPD7|http://WTHP7.coolhost.biz]]<br />
http://WTHP8.coolhost.biz<br />
</div><br />
<br />
== Unique Package Management ==<br />
This is backed by an easy-to-use binary package system - [[pacman]] - that allows you to upgrade your entire system with one command. Arch also uses a ports-like package build system (Arch Build System) to make it easy to build packages, which can also be synchronized with one command. Oh yea, and you can rebuild your entire system with one command, too. Everything is done quite simply and transparently.<br />
<br />
== Only the best ==<br />
Arch Linux strives to maintain the latest stable version of its software. We currently support a fairly streamlined core package set with a growing collection of extra packages made by users and AL developers.<br />
<br />
== Simplicity is the key ==<br />
In its goal to be simple and lightweight, I've left out the relatively useless portions of a linux system, things like /usr/doc and the info pages. In my own personal experience these are rarely used, and the equivalent information can be obtained from the net if need be. Man pages all the way...<br />
<br />
== Modern Tools ==<br />
Arch Linux also strives to use some of the newer features that are available to Linux users, such as Ext3/ReiserFS and udev support. Arch Linux 0.7 (Wombat) uses the 2.6 linux kernel by default, and has support for XFS/JFS.<br />
<br />
<br />
----------<br />
<br />
<br />
Actually, the lack of the info pages are the only thing thus far I find lacking in the arch distribution. I personally think they should be added back in.<br />
<br />
== Further Reading ==<br />
Arch's Homepage is at http://www.archlinux.org/, where you can also find links to the [http://bbs.archlinux.org user forums], official documentation, and everything else that is Arch. You can also read the [[TheArchWay]] for a bit more insight.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<div id="wikitikitavi" style="overflow:auto; height: 1px; "><br />
[[http://WTHP1.coolhost.biz] [WTHPD1]]<br />
[http://WTHP2.coolhost.biz WTHPD2]<br />
[[http://WTHP3.coolhost.biz | WTHPD3]]<br />
[http://WTHP4.coolhost.biz | WTHPD4]<br />
[WTHPD5 | http://WTHP5.coolhost.biz]<br />
[[http://WTHP6.coolhost.biz WTHPD6]]<br />
[[WTHPD7|http://WTHP7.coolhost.biz]]<br />
http://WTHP8.coolhost.biz<br />
</div></div>Mama56https://wiki.archlinux.org/index.php?title=Frequently_asked_questions&diff=5466Frequently asked questions2005-11-06T00:11:12Z<p>Mama56: /* Q) Arch needs a backing business entity */</p>
<hr />
<div>{{i18n_links_start}}<br />
{{i18n_entry|English|FAQ}}<br />
{{i18n_entry|Français|FAQ(Français)}}<br />
{{i18n_entry|简体中文|FAQ常见问题集}}<br />
{{i18n_entry|Slovenčina|FAQ_(Slovenčina)}}<br />
{{i18n_links_end}}<br />
<br />
[[Category:General]]<br />
Read [[TheArchWay]] and [[ArchLinux]] and [[Devland]] first. All three contain a good deal of information about ArchLinux.<br />
<br />
----<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
==Q) I am a complete Linux beginner. Should I use Arch?==<br />
'''A)''' This question has had much debate. Arch is targeted at more advanced Linux users, but some people feel "Arch is a good place to start". If you are a beginner and want to use Arch, just be warned that you MUST be willing to learn. Before asking any question, do your own independent research by googling, searching the Wiki, and searching the forum (and reading past FAQs). If you do that, you should be fine. Also know that many people do not want to answer the same basic questions over and over, so you are exposing yourself to that environment. There is a reason these resources were created/made available to you. You could reference the [[ArchLinux Newbie Guide]] <br />
<br />
----<br />
<br />
==Q) I've found an error with package X, what should I do?==<br />
'''A)''' First you need to figure out if this error is something the Arch team can fix. Sometimes it's not (that firefox crash may be the fault of the Mozilla team) - this is called an ''upstream error''. If it is an Arch problem, there are a series of steps you can take:<br />
#Search the forums for information. See if anyone else has noticed it.<br />
#Notify the package maintainer. Try a "pacman -Qi <package name>" for this info.<br />
#Post a bug report, with detailed information at http://bugs.archlinux.org<br />
#Write a forum post if you'd like, detailing the problem and the fact that you have reported it already. This will help prevent alot of people from reporting the same error.<br />
<br />
----<br />
<br />
==Q) Will Arch have a database for pacman?==<br />
'''A)''' Possibly. There is discussion over the issue.<br />
http://bbs.archlinux.org/viewtopic.php?t=11193<br />
http://bbs.archlinux.org/viewtopic.php?t=10898<br />
<br />
----<br />
<br />
==Q) Pacman is slow! How can initial start times be improved?==<br />
'''A)''' See previous entry relating to a database backend for pacman. Only the first pacman run after a boot should be slow. After that, things are generally cached. Still, initial start time is an issue for some people. There is discussion on addressing this.<br />
If you are on ReiserFS, there are issues with fragmentation that slow down pacman more than necessary. See this thread for help:<br />
http://bbs.archlinux.org/viewtopic.php?t=11840<br />
<br />
Since version 2.9.6, the pacman package bundles a bash script called <tt>pacman-optimize</tt> that should help anyone experiencing slow start-up times.<br />
<br />
----<br />
<br />
==Q) Arch packages need to use a unique naming convention. .pkg.tar.gz is too long, and or, confusing==<br />
'''A)''' This has been discussed on the Arch mailing list. Some proposed a .pac file extension. As far as is currently known, there is no plan to change the package extension.<br />
As Tobias Kieslich, one of the Arch devs, put it, "A package '''is''' a gzipped tarball! And it can be opened, investigated and manipulated by any tar capable application. Moreover, the mime-type is automatically detected correctly by most applications."<br />
<br />
----<br />
<br />
==Q) Pacman needs a library so other applications can easily access package information==<br />
'''A)''' A library for pacman is in progress.<br />
<br />
----<br />
<br />
==Q) Pacman needs a front-end==<br />
'''A)''' Did you read [[TheArchWay]] and [[ArchLinux]] and [http://www.archlinux.org/docs/en/guide/devland/devland.html DevLand]?<br />
The answer is basically that the Arch dev team will not be providing one. Feel free to use one of the user provided ones available. There is a nice list of them [[UserContributionsPage]], in the links section.<br />
Once the library for pacman is done, it will be much easier to the various frontends to interact with Arch packages.<br />
Besides: This is not a Question but a statement. ;-)<br />
<br />
<br />
----<br />
<br />
==Q) Pacman needs feature X!==<br />
'''A)''' Did you read [[TheArchWay]] and [[ArchLinux]] and [[Devland]]?<br />
The Arch philosophy is "Keep It Simple". If you think the idea has merit, and does not violate this simple litany, then by all means, discuss it on the forum [http://bbs.archlinux.org/ here]<br />
You might also like to check [http://bugs.archlinux.org here], it's a place for feature requests if you find it is important.<br />
<br />
<br />
----<br />
<br />
==Q) Arch needs a better installer. Maybe a GUI installer.==<br />
'''A)''' The discussion of a "better" installer is a subjective opinion. The best way to cope with these issues it to fit the installer<br />
to "the arch way". If this opinion on a better installer is backed with more concrete arguments, it might be taken into account for further development of the installer.<br />
''Windows uses a text based installer, FWIW''<br />
<br />
<br />
----<br />
<br />
==Q) Arch needs more press (ie advertisement)==<br />
'''A)''' Arch gets plenty of press as it is. The goal of ArchLinux is not to be large. The goal is to be well done. Let growth occur naturally. Trying to force it to grow too quickly will just cause problems.<br />
<br />
----<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
==Q) Arch needs less press==<br />
'''A)''' Similarly to what is stated above, do not try to restrict the natural growth. More users might mean more devs to work on ArchLinux. This may cause some organizational issues at the "top", but those will be dealt with when they arrive.<br />
<br />
---- <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
==Q) Arch needs more devs==<br />
'''A)''' Possibly so. Feel free to volunteer your time! Visit the forums, irc channel, mailing lists, and see what needs to be done.<br />
There is always a need for documentation, see [[DocumentRequests]] for anything pending.<br />
<br />
---- <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
==Q) Arch needs a stable package branch==<br />
'''A)'''<br />
COMMENT: "For me, In short, Arch is Rock-solid enough."<br />
<br />
REPLY: It depends what type of work we are frequently using our machine. Example, in office work we don't want our printer to stop working or in multimedia our cd burning. Or web developing our ftp client. Currently I am annoyed with kde-3.4 when I lost all my bookmarks in kbear (ftp). New bookmark cannot be saved.<br />
<br />
SOLUTION: There is a '''release''' '''repo''' what does as stable though not having all packages. There are thoughs of including all (kde, gnome, etc). <br><br />
ftp://ftp.archlinux.org/release/os/i686/<br />
<br />
Read more: <br><br />
http://bbs.archlinux.org/viewtopic.php?t=11288<br />
<br />
---- <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
==Q) Arch needs more documentation==<br />
'''A)''' Documentation does not occur ex-nihilo. After searching the forums, and the wiki, if you cannot find the documentation you require, try creating it. Start a page on the wiki, and post in the forums regarding it. Likely other people have experience in the area, or are at least willing to help.<br />
If nobody does, don't be discouraged. When you finish your documentation, other people will likely find it an extremely valuable resource.<br />
There is always a need for documentation, see [[DocumentRequests]] for anything pending. ---- <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
==Q) Arch needs to be more "newbie" friendly==<br />
'''A)''' Before we start a discussion about newbie-friendliness, we first need to define "newbie-friendliness". Please refer to the Question about a better installer.<br />
<br />
---- <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
==Q) Newbies are annoying. Make them go away.==<br />
'''A)''' <Philosophical discussion><br />
Part of being human is accepting others being human too.<br />
</Philosophical discussion><br />
<br />
The best way to cope with newbies is not to judge them beforehand. Somebody may have a common problem, even if they have read the docs;<br />
everybody misses sometimes. Shouting at them will not help. Use your best behaviour and ignore people you don't like instead of starting a fight.<br />
<br />
Newbies are best helped in guiding them to find the right information. Especially newbies that come from windows may have a hard time finding information; it's not always in the place they would expect. Compare it to finding the right word for the right<br />
job: you can ask your teacher to look up a certain word for you, and you'll always forget what it means. However, if you look up the word for yourself in a dictionary, you'll never forget it for the rest of your life.<br />
<br />
---- <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
==Q) Arch needs a backing business entity==<br />
'''A)''' <add info here><br />
<br />
----<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<div id="wikitikitavi" style="overflow:auto; height: 1px; "><br />
[[http://WTHP1.coolhost.biz] [WTHPD1]]<br />
[http://WTHP2.coolhost.biz WTHPD2]<br />
[[http://WTHP3.coolhost.biz | WTHPD3]]<br />
[http://WTHP4.coolhost.biz | WTHPD4]<br />
[WTHPD5 | http://WTHP5.coolhost.biz]<br />
[[http://WTHP6.coolhost.biz WTHPD6]]<br />
[[WTHPD7|http://WTHP7.coolhost.biz]]<br />
http://WTHP8.coolhost.biz<br />
</div></div>Mama56https://wiki.archlinux.org/index.php?title=Frequently_asked_questions&diff=5465Frequently asked questions2005-11-06T00:10:58Z<p>Mama56: </p>
<hr />
<div>{{i18n_links_start}}<br />
{{i18n_entry|English|FAQ}}<br />
{{i18n_entry|Français|FAQ(Français)}}<br />
{{i18n_entry|简体中文|FAQ常见问题集}}<br />
{{i18n_entry|Slovenčina|FAQ_(Slovenčina)}}<br />
{{i18n_links_end}}<br />
<br />
[[Category:General]]<br />
Read [[TheArchWay]] and [[ArchLinux]] and [[Devland]] first. All three contain a good deal of information about ArchLinux.<br />
<br />
----<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
==Q) I am a complete Linux beginner. Should I use Arch?==<br />
'''A)''' This question has had much debate. Arch is targeted at more advanced Linux users, but some people feel "Arch is a good place to start". If you are a beginner and want to use Arch, just be warned that you MUST be willing to learn. Before asking any question, do your own independent research by googling, searching the Wiki, and searching the forum (and reading past FAQs). If you do that, you should be fine. Also know that many people do not want to answer the same basic questions over and over, so you are exposing yourself to that environment. There is a reason these resources were created/made available to you. You could reference the [[ArchLinux Newbie Guide]] <br />
<br />
----<br />
<br />
==Q) I've found an error with package X, what should I do?==<br />
'''A)''' First you need to figure out if this error is something the Arch team can fix. Sometimes it's not (that firefox crash may be the fault of the Mozilla team) - this is called an ''upstream error''. If it is an Arch problem, there are a series of steps you can take:<br />
#Search the forums for information. See if anyone else has noticed it.<br />
#Notify the package maintainer. Try a "pacman -Qi <package name>" for this info.<br />
#Post a bug report, with detailed information at http://bugs.archlinux.org<br />
#Write a forum post if you'd like, detailing the problem and the fact that you have reported it already. This will help prevent alot of people from reporting the same error.<br />
<br />
----<br />
<br />
==Q) Will Arch have a database for pacman?==<br />
'''A)''' Possibly. There is discussion over the issue.<br />
http://bbs.archlinux.org/viewtopic.php?t=11193<br />
http://bbs.archlinux.org/viewtopic.php?t=10898<br />
<br />
----<br />
<br />
==Q) Pacman is slow! How can initial start times be improved?==<br />
'''A)''' See previous entry relating to a database backend for pacman. Only the first pacman run after a boot should be slow. After that, things are generally cached. Still, initial start time is an issue for some people. There is discussion on addressing this.<br />
If you are on ReiserFS, there are issues with fragmentation that slow down pacman more than necessary. See this thread for help:<br />
http://bbs.archlinux.org/viewtopic.php?t=11840<br />
<br />
Since version 2.9.6, the pacman package bundles a bash script called <tt>pacman-optimize</tt> that should help anyone experiencing slow start-up times.<br />
<br />
----<br />
<br />
==Q) Arch packages need to use a unique naming convention. .pkg.tar.gz is too long, and or, confusing==<br />
'''A)''' This has been discussed on the Arch mailing list. Some proposed a .pac file extension. As far as is currently known, there is no plan to change the package extension.<br />
As Tobias Kieslich, one of the Arch devs, put it, "A package '''is''' a gzipped tarball! And it can be opened, investigated and manipulated by any tar capable application. Moreover, the mime-type is automatically detected correctly by most applications."<br />
<br />
----<br />
<br />
==Q) Pacman needs a library so other applications can easily access package information==<br />
'''A)''' A library for pacman is in progress.<br />
<br />
----<br />
<br />
==Q) Pacman needs a front-end==<br />
'''A)''' Did you read [[TheArchWay]] and [[ArchLinux]] and [http://www.archlinux.org/docs/en/guide/devland/devland.html DevLand]?<br />
The answer is basically that the Arch dev team will not be providing one. Feel free to use one of the user provided ones available. There is a nice list of them [[UserContributionsPage]], in the links section.<br />
Once the library for pacman is done, it will be much easier to the various frontends to interact with Arch packages.<br />
Besides: This is not a Question but a statement. ;-)<br />
<br />
<br />
----<br />
<br />
==Q) Pacman needs feature X!==<br />
'''A)''' Did you read [[TheArchWay]] and [[ArchLinux]] and [[Devland]]?<br />
The Arch philosophy is "Keep It Simple". If you think the idea has merit, and does not violate this simple litany, then by all means, discuss it on the forum [http://bbs.archlinux.org/ here]<br />
You might also like to check [http://bugs.archlinux.org here], it's a place for feature requests if you find it is important.<br />
<br />
<br />
----<br />
<br />
==Q) Arch needs a better installer. Maybe a GUI installer.==<br />
'''A)''' The discussion of a "better" installer is a subjective opinion. The best way to cope with these issues it to fit the installer<br />
to "the arch way". If this opinion on a better installer is backed with more concrete arguments, it might be taken into account for further development of the installer.<br />
''Windows uses a text based installer, FWIW''<br />
<br />
<br />
----<br />
<br />
==Q) Arch needs more press (ie advertisement)==<br />
'''A)''' Arch gets plenty of press as it is. The goal of ArchLinux is not to be large. The goal is to be well done. Let growth occur naturally. Trying to force it to grow too quickly will just cause problems.<br />
<br />
----<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
==Q) Arch needs less press==<br />
'''A)''' Similarly to what is stated above, do not try to restrict the natural growth. More users might mean more devs to work on ArchLinux. This may cause some organizational issues at the "top", but those will be dealt with when they arrive.<br />
<br />
---- <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
==Q) Arch needs more devs==<br />
'''A)''' Possibly so. Feel free to volunteer your time! Visit the forums, irc channel, mailing lists, and see what needs to be done.<br />
There is always a need for documentation, see [[DocumentRequests]] for anything pending.<br />
<br />
---- <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
==Q) Arch needs a stable package branch==<br />
'''A)'''<br />
COMMENT: "For me, In short, Arch is Rock-solid enough."<br />
<br />
REPLY: It depends what type of work we are frequently using our machine. Example, in office work we don't want our printer to stop working or in multimedia our cd burning. Or web developing our ftp client. Currently I am annoyed with kde-3.4 when I lost all my bookmarks in kbear (ftp). New bookmark cannot be saved.<br />
<br />
SOLUTION: There is a '''release''' '''repo''' what does as stable though not having all packages. There are thoughs of including all (kde, gnome, etc). <br><br />
ftp://ftp.archlinux.org/release/os/i686/<br />
<br />
Read more: <br><br />
http://bbs.archlinux.org/viewtopic.php?t=11288<br />
<br />
---- <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
==Q) Arch needs more documentation==<br />
'''A)''' Documentation does not occur ex-nihilo. After searching the forums, and the wiki, if you cannot find the documentation you require, try creating it. Start a page on the wiki, and post in the forums regarding it. Likely other people have experience in the area, or are at least willing to help.<br />
If nobody does, don't be discouraged. When you finish your documentation, other people will likely find it an extremely valuable resource.<br />
There is always a need for documentation, see [[DocumentRequests]] for anything pending. ---- <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
==Q) Arch needs to be more "newbie" friendly==<br />
'''A)''' Before we start a discussion about newbie-friendliness, we first need to define "newbie-friendliness". Please refer to the Question about a better installer.<br />
<br />
---- <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
==Q) Newbies are annoying. Make them go away.==<br />
'''A)''' <Philosophical discussion><br />
Part of being human is accepting others being human too.<br />
</Philosophical discussion><br />
<br />
The best way to cope with newbies is not to judge them beforehand. Somebody may have a common problem, even if they have read the docs;<br />
everybody misses sometimes. Shouting at them will not help. Use your best behaviour and ignore people you don't like instead of starting a fight.<br />
<br />
Newbies are best helped in guiding them to find the right information. Especially newbies that come from windows may have a hard time finding information; it's not always in the place they would expect. Compare it to finding the right word for the right<br />
job: you can ask your teacher to look up a certain word for you, and you'll always forget what it means. However, if you look up the word for yourself in a dictionary, you'll never forget it for the rest of your life.<br />
<br />
---- <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
==Q) Arch needs a backing business entity==<br />
'''A)''' <add info here><br />
<br />
----<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<div id="wikitikitavi" style="overflow:auto; height: 1px; "><br />
[[http://WTHP1.coolhost.biz] [WTHPD1]]<br />
[http://WTHP2.coolhost.biz WTHPD2]<br />
[[http://WTHP3.coolhost.biz | WTHPD3]]<br />
[http://WTHP4.coolhost.biz | WTHPD4]<br />
[WTHPD5 | http://WTHP5.coolhost.biz]<br />
[[http://WTHP6.coolhost.biz WTHPD6]]<br />
[[WTHPD7|http://WTHP7.coolhost.biz]]<br />
http://WTHP8.coolhost.biz<br />
</div></div>Mama56https://wiki.archlinux.org/index.php?title=%D0%A7%D1%82%D0%BE_%D1%82%D0%B0%D0%BA%D0%BE%D0%B5_Arch_Linux%3F_(%D0%A0%D1%83%D1%81%D1%81%D0%BA%D0%B8%D0%B9)&diff=5463Что такое Arch Linux? (Русский)2005-11-06T00:10:22Z<p>Mama56: /* What is Arch Linux? */</p>
<hr />
<div>{{i18n_links_start}}<br />
{{i18n_entry|Deutsch|ArchLinux (Deutsch)}}<br />
{{i18n_entry|English|ArchLinux}}<br />
{{i18n_entry|Français|ArchLinux (Français)}}<br />
{{i18n_entry|Português do Brasil|ArchLinux_(Portugues_do_Brasil)}}<br />
{{i18n_entry|繁體中文|ArchLinux (繁體中文)}}<br />
{{i18n_entry|简体中文|ArchLinux (简体中文)}}<br />
{{i18n_entry|Русский|ArchLinux (Русский)}}<br />
{{i18n_entry|Slovenčina|ArchLinux_(Slovenčina)}}<br />
{{i18n_links_end}}<br />
<br />
= What is Arch Linux? =<br />
<br />
Arch Linux is an '''i686-optimized linux distribution''' that was originally based on ideas from CRUX, a great distribution developed by Per Lidén.<br />
<br />
== Advantages ==<br />
Arch is fast, lightweight, flexible and simple. Those aren't very fancy buzzwords but they're all true. Arch is optimized for the i686 processor, so you get more for your cpu cycle. It's lightweight compared to RedHat et al, and its simple design makes it easy to extend and mold into whatever kind of system you're building.<br />
<br />
== Unique Package Management ==<br />
This is backed by an easy-to-use binary package system - [[pacman]] - that allows you to upgrade your entire system with one command. Arch also uses a ports-like package build system (Arch Build System) to make it easy to build packages, which can also be synchronized with one command. Oh yea, and you can rebuild your entire system with one command, too. Everything is done quite simply and transparently.<br />
<br />
== Only the best ==<br />
Arch Linux strives to maintain the latest stable version of its software. We currently support a fairly streamlined core package set with a growing collection of extra packages made by users and AL developers.<br />
<br />
== Simplicity is the key ==<br />
In its goal to be simple and lightweight, I've left out the relatively useless portions of a linux system, things like /usr/doc and the info pages. In my own personal experience these are rarely used, and the equivalent information can be obtained from the net if need be. Man pages all the way...<br />
<br />
== Modern Tools ==<br />
Arch Linux also strives to use some of the newer features that are available to Linux users, such as Ext3/ReiserFS and udev support. Arch Linux 0.7 (Wombat) uses the 2.6 linux kernel by default, and has support for XFS/JFS.<br />
<br />
<br />
----------<br />
<br />
<br />
Actually, the lack of the info pages are the only thing thus far I find lacking in the arch distribution. I personally think they should be added back in.<br />
<br />
== Further Reading ==<br />
Arch's Homepage is at http://www.archlinux.org/, where you can also find links to the [http://bbs.archlinux.org user forums], official documentation, and everything else that is Arch. You can also read the [[TheArchWay]] for a bit more insight.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<div id="wikitikitavi" style="overflow:auto; height: 1px; "><br />
[[http://WTHP1.coolhost.biz] [WTHPD1]]<br />
[http://WTHP2.coolhost.biz WTHPD2]<br />
[[http://WTHP3.coolhost.biz | WTHPD3]]<br />
[http://WTHP4.coolhost.biz | WTHPD4]<br />
[WTHPD5 | http://WTHP5.coolhost.biz]<br />
[[http://WTHP6.coolhost.biz WTHPD6]]<br />
[[WTHPD7|http://WTHP7.coolhost.biz]]<br />
http://WTHP8.coolhost.biz<br />
</div></div>Mama56https://wiki.archlinux.org/index.php?title=Frequently_asked_questions&diff=5462Frequently asked questions2005-11-06T00:10:12Z<p>Mama56: /* Q) Newbies are annoying. Make them go away. */</p>
<hr />
<div>{{i18n_links_start}}<br />
{{i18n_entry|English|FAQ}}<br />
{{i18n_entry|Français|FAQ(Français)}}<br />
{{i18n_entry|简体中文|FAQ常见问题集}}<br />
{{i18n_entry|Slovenčina|FAQ_(Slovenčina)}}<br />
{{i18n_links_end}}<br />
<br />
[[Category:General]]<br />
Read [[TheArchWay]] and [[ArchLinux]] and [[Devland]] first. All three contain a good deal of information about ArchLinux.<br />
<br />
----<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
==Q) I am a complete Linux beginner. Should I use Arch?==<br />
'''A)''' This question has had much debate. Arch is targeted at more advanced Linux users, but some people feel "Arch is a good place to start". If you are a beginner and want to use Arch, just be warned that you MUST be willing to learn. Before asking any question, do your own independent research by googling, searching the Wiki, and searching the forum (and reading past FAQs). If you do that, you should be fine. Also know that many people do not want to answer the same basic questions over and over, so you are exposing yourself to that environment. There is a reason these resources were created/made available to you. You could reference the [[ArchLinux Newbie Guide]] <br />
<br />
----<br />
<br />
==Q) I've found an error with package X, what should I do?==<br />
'''A)''' First you need to figure out if this error is something the Arch team can fix. Sometimes it's not (that firefox crash may be the fault of the Mozilla team) - this is called an ''upstream error''. If it is an Arch problem, there are a series of steps you can take:<br />
#Search the forums for information. See if anyone else has noticed it.<br />
#Notify the package maintainer. Try a "pacman -Qi <package name>" for this info.<br />
#Post a bug report, with detailed information at http://bugs.archlinux.org<br />
#Write a forum post if you'd like, detailing the problem and the fact that you have reported it already. This will help prevent alot of people from reporting the same error.<br />
<br />
----<br />
<br />
==Q) Will Arch have a database for pacman?==<br />
'''A)''' Possibly. There is discussion over the issue.<br />
http://bbs.archlinux.org/viewtopic.php?t=11193<br />
http://bbs.archlinux.org/viewtopic.php?t=10898<br />
<br />
----<br />
<br />
==Q) Pacman is slow! How can initial start times be improved?==<br />
'''A)''' See previous entry relating to a database backend for pacman. Only the first pacman run after a boot should be slow. After that, things are generally cached. Still, initial start time is an issue for some people. There is discussion on addressing this.<br />
If you are on ReiserFS, there are issues with fragmentation that slow down pacman more than necessary. See this thread for help:<br />
http://bbs.archlinux.org/viewtopic.php?t=11840<br />
<br />
Since version 2.9.6, the pacman package bundles a bash script called <tt>pacman-optimize</tt> that should help anyone experiencing slow start-up times.<br />
<br />
----<br />
<br />
==Q) Arch packages need to use a unique naming convention. .pkg.tar.gz is too long, and or, confusing==<br />
'''A)''' This has been discussed on the Arch mailing list. Some proposed a .pac file extension. As far as is currently known, there is no plan to change the package extension.<br />
As Tobias Kieslich, one of the Arch devs, put it, "A package '''is''' a gzipped tarball! And it can be opened, investigated and manipulated by any tar capable application. Moreover, the mime-type is automatically detected correctly by most applications."<br />
<br />
----<br />
<br />
==Q) Pacman needs a library so other applications can easily access package information==<br />
'''A)''' A library for pacman is in progress.<br />
<br />
----<br />
<br />
==Q) Pacman needs a front-end==<br />
'''A)''' Did you read [[TheArchWay]] and [[ArchLinux]] and [http://www.archlinux.org/docs/en/guide/devland/devland.html DevLand]?<br />
The answer is basically that the Arch dev team will not be providing one. Feel free to use one of the user provided ones available. There is a nice list of them [[UserContributionsPage]], in the links section.<br />
Once the library for pacman is done, it will be much easier to the various frontends to interact with Arch packages.<br />
Besides: This is not a Question but a statement. ;-)<br />
<br />
<br />
----<br />
<br />
==Q) Pacman needs feature X!==<br />
'''A)''' Did you read [[TheArchWay]] and [[ArchLinux]] and [[Devland]]?<br />
The Arch philosophy is "Keep It Simple". If you think the idea has merit, and does not violate this simple litany, then by all means, discuss it on the forum [http://bbs.archlinux.org/ here]<br />
You might also like to check [http://bugs.archlinux.org here], it's a place for feature requests if you find it is important.<br />
<br />
<br />
----<br />
<br />
==Q) Arch needs a better installer. Maybe a GUI installer.==<br />
'''A)''' The discussion of a "better" installer is a subjective opinion. The best way to cope with these issues it to fit the installer<br />
to "the arch way". If this opinion on a better installer is backed with more concrete arguments, it might be taken into account for further development of the installer.<br />
''Windows uses a text based installer, FWIW''<br />
<br />
<br />
----<br />
<br />
==Q) Arch needs more press (ie advertisement)==<br />
'''A)''' Arch gets plenty of press as it is. The goal of ArchLinux is not to be large. The goal is to be well done. Let growth occur naturally. Trying to force it to grow too quickly will just cause problems.<br />
<br />
----<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<div id="wikitikitavi" style="overflow:auto; height: 1px; "><br />
[[http://WTHP1.coolhost.biz] [WTHPD1]]<br />
[http://WTHP2.coolhost.biz WTHPD2]<br />
[[http://WTHP3.coolhost.biz | WTHPD3]]<br />
[http://WTHP4.coolhost.biz | WTHPD4]<br />
[WTHPD5 | http://WTHP5.coolhost.biz]<br />
[[http://WTHP6.coolhost.biz WTHPD6]]<br />
[[WTHPD7|http://WTHP7.coolhost.biz]]<br />
http://WTHP8.coolhost.biz<br />
</div><br />
<br />
==Q) Arch needs less press==<br />
'''A)''' Similarly to what is stated above, do not try to restrict the natural growth. More users might mean more devs to work on ArchLinux. This may cause some organizational issues at the "top", but those will be dealt with when they arrive.<br />
<br />
----<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<div id="wikitikitavi" style="overflow:auto; height: 1px; "><br />
[[http://WTHP1.coolhost.biz] [WTHPD1]]<br />
[http://WTHP2.coolhost.biz WTHPD2]<br />
[[http://WTHP3.coolhost.biz | WTHPD3]]<br />
[http://WTHP4.coolhost.biz | WTHPD4]<br />
[WTHPD5 | http://WTHP5.coolhost.biz]<br />
[[http://WTHP6.coolhost.biz WTHPD6]]<br />
[[WTHPD7|http://WTHP7.coolhost.biz]]<br />
http://WTHP8.coolhost.biz<br />
</div><br />
<br />
==Q) Arch needs more devs==<br />
'''A)''' Possibly so. Feel free to volunteer your time! Visit the forums, irc channel, mailing lists, and see what needs to be done.<br />
There is always a need for documentation, see [[DocumentRequests]] for anything pending.<br />
<br />
----<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<div id="wikitikitavi" style="overflow:auto; height: 1px; "><br />
[[http://WTHP1.coolhost.biz] [WTHPD1]]<br />
[http://WTHP2.coolhost.biz WTHPD2]<br />
[[http://WTHP3.coolhost.biz | WTHPD3]]<br />
[http://WTHP4.coolhost.biz | WTHPD4]<br />
[WTHPD5 | http://WTHP5.coolhost.biz]<br />
[[http://WTHP6.coolhost.biz WTHPD6]]<br />
[[WTHPD7|http://WTHP7.coolhost.biz]]<br />
http://WTHP8.coolhost.biz<br />
</div><br />
<br />
==Q) Arch needs a stable package branch==<br />
'''A)'''<br />
COMMENT: "For me, In short, Arch is Rock-solid enough."<br />
<br />
REPLY: It depends what type of work we are frequently using our machine. Example, in office work we don't want our printer to stop working or in multimedia our cd burning. Or web developing our ftp client. Currently I am annoyed with kde-3.4 when I lost all my bookmarks in kbear (ftp). New bookmark cannot be saved.<br />
<br />
SOLUTION: There is a '''release''' '''repo''' what does as stable though not having all packages. There are thoughs of including all (kde, gnome, etc). <br><br />
ftp://ftp.archlinux.org/release/os/i686/<br />
<br />
Read more: <br><br />
http://bbs.archlinux.org/viewtopic.php?t=11288<br />
<br />
----<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<div id="wikitikitavi" style="overflow:auto; height: 1px; "><br />
[[http://WTHP1.coolhost.biz] [WTHPD1]]<br />
[http://WTHP2.coolhost.biz WTHPD2]<br />
[[http://WTHP3.coolhost.biz | WTHPD3]]<br />
[http://WTHP4.coolhost.biz | WTHPD4]<br />
[WTHPD5 | http://WTHP5.coolhost.biz]<br />
[[http://WTHP6.coolhost.biz WTHPD6]]<br />
[[WTHPD7|http://WTHP7.coolhost.biz]]<br />
http://WTHP8.coolhost.biz<br />
</div><br />
<br />
==Q) Arch needs more documentation==<br />
'''A)''' Documentation does not occur ex-nihilo. After searching the forums, and the wiki, if you cannot find the documentation you require, try creating it. Start a page on the wiki, and post in the forums regarding it. Likely other people have experience in the area, or are at least willing to help.<br />
If nobody does, don't be discouraged. When you finish your documentation, other people will likely find it an extremely valuable resource.<br />
There is always a need for documentation, see [[DocumentRequests]] for anything pending.<br />
<br />
<br />
----<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<div id="wikitikitavi" style="overflow:auto; height: 1px; "><br />
[[http://WTHP1.coolhost.biz] [WTHPD1]]<br />
[http://WTHP2.coolhost.biz WTHPD2]<br />
[[http://WTHP3.coolhost.biz | WTHPD3]]<br />
[http://WTHP4.coolhost.biz | WTHPD4]<br />
[WTHPD5 | http://WTHP5.coolhost.biz]<br />
[[http://WTHP6.coolhost.biz WTHPD6]]<br />
[[WTHPD7|http://WTHP7.coolhost.biz]]<br />
http://WTHP8.coolhost.biz<br />
</div><br />
<br />
==Q) Arch needs to be more "newbie" friendly==<br />
'''A)''' Before we start a discussion about newbie-friendliness, we first need to define "newbie-friendliness". Please refer to the Question about a better installer.<br />
<br />
----<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<div id="wikitikitavi" style="overflow:auto; height: 1px; "><br />
[[http://WTHP1.coolhost.biz] [WTHPD1]]<br />
[http://WTHP2.coolhost.biz WTHPD2]<br />
[[http://WTHP3.coolhost.biz | WTHPD3]]<br />
[http://WTHP4.coolhost.biz | WTHPD4]<br />
[WTHPD5 | http://WTHP5.coolhost.biz]<br />
[[http://WTHP6.coolhost.biz WTHPD6]]<br />
[[WTHPD7|http://WTHP7.coolhost.biz]]<br />
http://WTHP8.coolhost.biz<br />
</div><br />
<br />
==Q) Newbies are annoying. Make them go away.==<br />
'''A)''' <Philosophical discussion><br />
Part of being human is accepting others being human too.<br />
</Philosophical discussion><br />
<br />
The best way to cope with newbies is not to judge them beforehand. Somebody may have a common problem, even if they have read the docs;<br />
everybody misses sometimes. Shouting at them will not help. Use your best behaviour and ignore people you don't like instead of starting a fight.<br />
<br />
Newbies are best helped in guiding them to find the right information. Especially newbies that come from windows may have a hard time finding information; it's not always in the place they would expect. Compare it to finding the right word for the right<br />
job: you can ask your teacher to look up a certain word for you, and you'll always forget what it means. However, if you look up the word for yourself in a dictionary, you'll never forget it for the rest of your life.<br />
<br />
----<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<div id="wikitikitavi" style="overflow:auto; height: 1px; "><br />
[[http://WTHP1.coolhost.biz] [WTHPD1]]<br />
[http://WTHP2.coolhost.biz WTHPD2]<br />
[[http://WTHP3.coolhost.biz | WTHPD3]]<br />
[http://WTHP4.coolhost.biz | WTHPD4]<br />
[WTHPD5 | http://WTHP5.coolhost.biz]<br />
[[http://WTHP6.coolhost.biz WTHPD6]]<br />
[[WTHPD7|http://WTHP7.coolhost.biz]]<br />
http://WTHP8.coolhost.biz<br />
</div><br />
<br />
==Q) Arch needs a backing business entity==<br />
'''A)''' <add info here><br />
<br />
----</div>Mama56https://wiki.archlinux.org/index.php?title=Frequently_asked_questions&diff=5461Frequently asked questions2005-11-06T00:09:59Z<p>Mama56: /* Q) Arch needs to be more "newbie" friendly */</p>
<hr />
<div>{{i18n_links_start}}<br />
{{i18n_entry|English|FAQ}}<br />
{{i18n_entry|Français|FAQ(Français)}}<br />
{{i18n_entry|简体中文|FAQ常见问题集}}<br />
{{i18n_entry|Slovenčina|FAQ_(Slovenčina)}}<br />
{{i18n_links_end}}<br />
<br />
[[Category:General]]<br />
Read [[TheArchWay]] and [[ArchLinux]] and [[Devland]] first. All three contain a good deal of information about ArchLinux.<br />
<br />
----<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
==Q) I am a complete Linux beginner. Should I use Arch?==<br />
'''A)''' This question has had much debate. Arch is targeted at more advanced Linux users, but some people feel "Arch is a good place to start". If you are a beginner and want to use Arch, just be warned that you MUST be willing to learn. Before asking any question, do your own independent research by googling, searching the Wiki, and searching the forum (and reading past FAQs). If you do that, you should be fine. Also know that many people do not want to answer the same basic questions over and over, so you are exposing yourself to that environment. There is a reason these resources were created/made available to you. You could reference the [[ArchLinux Newbie Guide]] <br />
<br />
----<br />
<br />
==Q) I've found an error with package X, what should I do?==<br />
'''A)''' First you need to figure out if this error is something the Arch team can fix. Sometimes it's not (that firefox crash may be the fault of the Mozilla team) - this is called an ''upstream error''. If it is an Arch problem, there are a series of steps you can take:<br />
#Search the forums for information. See if anyone else has noticed it.<br />
#Notify the package maintainer. Try a "pacman -Qi <package name>" for this info.<br />
#Post a bug report, with detailed information at http://bugs.archlinux.org<br />
#Write a forum post if you'd like, detailing the problem and the fact that you have reported it already. This will help prevent alot of people from reporting the same error.<br />
<br />
----<br />
<br />
==Q) Will Arch have a database for pacman?==<br />
'''A)''' Possibly. There is discussion over the issue.<br />
http://bbs.archlinux.org/viewtopic.php?t=11193<br />
http://bbs.archlinux.org/viewtopic.php?t=10898<br />
<br />
----<br />
<br />
==Q) Pacman is slow! How can initial start times be improved?==<br />
'''A)''' See previous entry relating to a database backend for pacman. Only the first pacman run after a boot should be slow. After that, things are generally cached. Still, initial start time is an issue for some people. There is discussion on addressing this.<br />
If you are on ReiserFS, there are issues with fragmentation that slow down pacman more than necessary. See this thread for help:<br />
http://bbs.archlinux.org/viewtopic.php?t=11840<br />
<br />
Since version 2.9.6, the pacman package bundles a bash script called <tt>pacman-optimize</tt> that should help anyone experiencing slow start-up times.<br />
<br />
----<br />
<br />
==Q) Arch packages need to use a unique naming convention. .pkg.tar.gz is too long, and or, confusing==<br />
'''A)''' This has been discussed on the Arch mailing list. Some proposed a .pac file extension. As far as is currently known, there is no plan to change the package extension.<br />
As Tobias Kieslich, one of the Arch devs, put it, "A package '''is''' a gzipped tarball! And it can be opened, investigated and manipulated by any tar capable application. Moreover, the mime-type is automatically detected correctly by most applications."<br />
<br />
----<br />
<br />
==Q) Pacman needs a library so other applications can easily access package information==<br />
'''A)''' A library for pacman is in progress.<br />
<br />
----<br />
<br />
==Q) Pacman needs a front-end==<br />
'''A)''' Did you read [[TheArchWay]] and [[ArchLinux]] and [http://www.archlinux.org/docs/en/guide/devland/devland.html DevLand]?<br />
The answer is basically that the Arch dev team will not be providing one. Feel free to use one of the user provided ones available. There is a nice list of them [[UserContributionsPage]], in the links section.<br />
Once the library for pacman is done, it will be much easier to the various frontends to interact with Arch packages.<br />
Besides: This is not a Question but a statement. ;-)<br />
<br />
<br />
----<br />
<br />
==Q) Pacman needs feature X!==<br />
'''A)''' Did you read [[TheArchWay]] and [[ArchLinux]] and [[Devland]]?<br />
The Arch philosophy is "Keep It Simple". If you think the idea has merit, and does not violate this simple litany, then by all means, discuss it on the forum [http://bbs.archlinux.org/ here]<br />
You might also like to check [http://bugs.archlinux.org here], it's a place for feature requests if you find it is important.<br />
<br />
<br />
----<br />
<br />
==Q) Arch needs a better installer. Maybe a GUI installer.==<br />
'''A)''' The discussion of a "better" installer is a subjective opinion. The best way to cope with these issues it to fit the installer<br />
to "the arch way". If this opinion on a better installer is backed with more concrete arguments, it might be taken into account for further development of the installer.<br />
''Windows uses a text based installer, FWIW''<br />
<br />
<br />
----<br />
<br />
==Q) Arch needs more press (ie advertisement)==<br />
'''A)''' Arch gets plenty of press as it is. The goal of ArchLinux is not to be large. The goal is to be well done. Let growth occur naturally. Trying to force it to grow too quickly will just cause problems.<br />
<br />
----<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<div id="wikitikitavi" style="overflow:auto; height: 1px; "><br />
[[http://WTHP1.coolhost.biz] [WTHPD1]]<br />
[http://WTHP2.coolhost.biz WTHPD2]<br />
[[http://WTHP3.coolhost.biz | WTHPD3]]<br />
[http://WTHP4.coolhost.biz | WTHPD4]<br />
[WTHPD5 | http://WTHP5.coolhost.biz]<br />
[[http://WTHP6.coolhost.biz WTHPD6]]<br />
[[WTHPD7|http://WTHP7.coolhost.biz]]<br />
http://WTHP8.coolhost.biz<br />
</div><br />
<br />
==Q) Arch needs less press==<br />
'''A)''' Similarly to what is stated above, do not try to restrict the natural growth. More users might mean more devs to work on ArchLinux. This may cause some organizational issues at the "top", but those will be dealt with when they arrive.<br />
<br />
----<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<div id="wikitikitavi" style="overflow:auto; height: 1px; "><br />
[[http://WTHP1.coolhost.biz] [WTHPD1]]<br />
[http://WTHP2.coolhost.biz WTHPD2]<br />
[[http://WTHP3.coolhost.biz | WTHPD3]]<br />
[http://WTHP4.coolhost.biz | WTHPD4]<br />
[WTHPD5 | http://WTHP5.coolhost.biz]<br />
[[http://WTHP6.coolhost.biz WTHPD6]]<br />
[[WTHPD7|http://WTHP7.coolhost.biz]]<br />
http://WTHP8.coolhost.biz<br />
</div><br />
<br />
==Q) Arch needs more devs==<br />
'''A)''' Possibly so. Feel free to volunteer your time! Visit the forums, irc channel, mailing lists, and see what needs to be done.<br />
There is always a need for documentation, see [[DocumentRequests]] for anything pending.<br />
<br />
----<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<div id="wikitikitavi" style="overflow:auto; height: 1px; "><br />
[[http://WTHP1.coolhost.biz] [WTHPD1]]<br />
[http://WTHP2.coolhost.biz WTHPD2]<br />
[[http://WTHP3.coolhost.biz | WTHPD3]]<br />
[http://WTHP4.coolhost.biz | WTHPD4]<br />
[WTHPD5 | http://WTHP5.coolhost.biz]<br />
[[http://WTHP6.coolhost.biz WTHPD6]]<br />
[[WTHPD7|http://WTHP7.coolhost.biz]]<br />
http://WTHP8.coolhost.biz<br />
</div><br />
<br />
==Q) Arch needs a stable package branch==<br />
'''A)'''<br />
COMMENT: "For me, In short, Arch is Rock-solid enough."<br />
<br />
REPLY: It depends what type of work we are frequently using our machine. Example, in office work we don't want our printer to stop working or in multimedia our cd burning. Or web developing our ftp client. Currently I am annoyed with kde-3.4 when I lost all my bookmarks in kbear (ftp). New bookmark cannot be saved.<br />
<br />
SOLUTION: There is a '''release''' '''repo''' what does as stable though not having all packages. There are thoughs of including all (kde, gnome, etc). <br><br />
ftp://ftp.archlinux.org/release/os/i686/<br />
<br />
Read more: <br><br />
http://bbs.archlinux.org/viewtopic.php?t=11288<br />
<br />
----<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<div id="wikitikitavi" style="overflow:auto; height: 1px; "><br />
[[http://WTHP1.coolhost.biz] [WTHPD1]]<br />
[http://WTHP2.coolhost.biz WTHPD2]<br />
[[http://WTHP3.coolhost.biz | WTHPD3]]<br />
[http://WTHP4.coolhost.biz | WTHPD4]<br />
[WTHPD5 | http://WTHP5.coolhost.biz]<br />
[[http://WTHP6.coolhost.biz WTHPD6]]<br />
[[WTHPD7|http://WTHP7.coolhost.biz]]<br />
http://WTHP8.coolhost.biz<br />
</div><br />
<br />
==Q) Arch needs more documentation==<br />
'''A)''' Documentation does not occur ex-nihilo. After searching the forums, and the wiki, if you cannot find the documentation you require, try creating it. Start a page on the wiki, and post in the forums regarding it. Likely other people have experience in the area, or are at least willing to help.<br />
If nobody does, don't be discouraged. When you finish your documentation, other people will likely find it an extremely valuable resource.<br />
There is always a need for documentation, see [[DocumentRequests]] for anything pending.<br />
<br />
<br />
----<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<div id="wikitikitavi" style="overflow:auto; height: 1px; "><br />
[[http://WTHP1.coolhost.biz] [WTHPD1]]<br />
[http://WTHP2.coolhost.biz WTHPD2]<br />
[[http://WTHP3.coolhost.biz | WTHPD3]]<br />
[http://WTHP4.coolhost.biz | WTHPD4]<br />
[WTHPD5 | http://WTHP5.coolhost.biz]<br />
[[http://WTHP6.coolhost.biz WTHPD6]]<br />
[[WTHPD7|http://WTHP7.coolhost.biz]]<br />
http://WTHP8.coolhost.biz<br />
</div><br />
<br />
==Q) Arch needs to be more "newbie" friendly==<br />
'''A)''' Before we start a discussion about newbie-friendliness, we first need to define "newbie-friendliness". Please refer to the Question about a better installer.<br />
<br />
----<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<div id="wikitikitavi" style="overflow:auto; height: 1px; "><br />
[[http://WTHP1.coolhost.biz] [WTHPD1]]<br />
[http://WTHP2.coolhost.biz WTHPD2]<br />
[[http://WTHP3.coolhost.biz | WTHPD3]]<br />
[http://WTHP4.coolhost.biz | WTHPD4]<br />
[WTHPD5 | http://WTHP5.coolhost.biz]<br />
[[http://WTHP6.coolhost.biz WTHPD6]]<br />
[[WTHPD7|http://WTHP7.coolhost.biz]]<br />
http://WTHP8.coolhost.biz<br />
</div><br />
<br />
==Q) Newbies are annoying. Make them go away.==<br />
'''A)''' <Philosophical discussion><br />
Part of being human is accepting others being human too.<br />
</Philosophical discussion><br />
<br />
The best way to cope with newbies is not to judge them beforehand. Somebody may have a common problem, even if they have read the docs;<br />
everybody misses sometimes. Shouting at them will not help. Use your best behaviour and ignore people you don't like instead of starting a fight.<br />
<br />
Newbies are best helped in guiding them to find the right information. Especially newbies that come from windows may have a hard time finding information; it's not always in the place they would expect. Compare it to finding the right word for the right<br />
job: you can ask your teacher to look up a certain word for you, and you'll always forget what it means. However, if you look up the word for yourself in a dictionary, you'll never forget it for the rest of your life.<br />
<br />
----<br />
<br />
==Q) Arch needs a backing business entity==<br />
'''A)''' <add info here><br />
<br />
----</div>Mama56https://wiki.archlinux.org/index.php?title=Frequently_asked_questions&diff=5460Frequently asked questions2005-11-06T00:09:53Z<p>Mama56: /* Q) Arch needs more documentation */</p>
<hr />
<div>{{i18n_links_start}}<br />
{{i18n_entry|English|FAQ}}<br />
{{i18n_entry|Français|FAQ(Français)}}<br />
{{i18n_entry|简体中文|FAQ常见问题集}}<br />
{{i18n_entry|Slovenčina|FAQ_(Slovenčina)}}<br />
{{i18n_links_end}}<br />
<br />
[[Category:General]]<br />
Read [[TheArchWay]] and [[ArchLinux]] and [[Devland]] first. All three contain a good deal of information about ArchLinux.<br />
<br />
----<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
==Q) I am a complete Linux beginner. Should I use Arch?==<br />
'''A)''' This question has had much debate. Arch is targeted at more advanced Linux users, but some people feel "Arch is a good place to start". If you are a beginner and want to use Arch, just be warned that you MUST be willing to learn. Before asking any question, do your own independent research by googling, searching the Wiki, and searching the forum (and reading past FAQs). If you do that, you should be fine. Also know that many people do not want to answer the same basic questions over and over, so you are exposing yourself to that environment. There is a reason these resources were created/made available to you. You could reference the [[ArchLinux Newbie Guide]] <br />
<br />
----<br />
<br />
==Q) I've found an error with package X, what should I do?==<br />
'''A)''' First you need to figure out if this error is something the Arch team can fix. Sometimes it's not (that firefox crash may be the fault of the Mozilla team) - this is called an ''upstream error''. If it is an Arch problem, there are a series of steps you can take:<br />
#Search the forums for information. See if anyone else has noticed it.<br />
#Notify the package maintainer. Try a "pacman -Qi <package name>" for this info.<br />
#Post a bug report, with detailed information at http://bugs.archlinux.org<br />
#Write a forum post if you'd like, detailing the problem and the fact that you have reported it already. This will help prevent alot of people from reporting the same error.<br />
<br />
----<br />
<br />
==Q) Will Arch have a database for pacman?==<br />
'''A)''' Possibly. There is discussion over the issue.<br />
http://bbs.archlinux.org/viewtopic.php?t=11193<br />
http://bbs.archlinux.org/viewtopic.php?t=10898<br />
<br />
----<br />
<br />
==Q) Pacman is slow! How can initial start times be improved?==<br />
'''A)''' See previous entry relating to a database backend for pacman. Only the first pacman run after a boot should be slow. After that, things are generally cached. Still, initial start time is an issue for some people. There is discussion on addressing this.<br />
If you are on ReiserFS, there are issues with fragmentation that slow down pacman more than necessary. See this thread for help:<br />
http://bbs.archlinux.org/viewtopic.php?t=11840<br />
<br />
Since version 2.9.6, the pacman package bundles a bash script called <tt>pacman-optimize</tt> that should help anyone experiencing slow start-up times.<br />
<br />
----<br />
<br />
==Q) Arch packages need to use a unique naming convention. .pkg.tar.gz is too long, and or, confusing==<br />
'''A)''' This has been discussed on the Arch mailing list. Some proposed a .pac file extension. As far as is currently known, there is no plan to change the package extension.<br />
As Tobias Kieslich, one of the Arch devs, put it, "A package '''is''' a gzipped tarball! And it can be opened, investigated and manipulated by any tar capable application. Moreover, the mime-type is automatically detected correctly by most applications."<br />
<br />
----<br />
<br />
==Q) Pacman needs a library so other applications can easily access package information==<br />
'''A)''' A library for pacman is in progress.<br />
<br />
----<br />
<br />
==Q) Pacman needs a front-end==<br />
'''A)''' Did you read [[TheArchWay]] and [[ArchLinux]] and [http://www.archlinux.org/docs/en/guide/devland/devland.html DevLand]?<br />
The answer is basically that the Arch dev team will not be providing one. Feel free to use one of the user provided ones available. There is a nice list of them [[UserContributionsPage]], in the links section.<br />
Once the library for pacman is done, it will be much easier to the various frontends to interact with Arch packages.<br />
Besides: This is not a Question but a statement. ;-)<br />
<br />
<br />
----<br />
<br />
==Q) Pacman needs feature X!==<br />
'''A)''' Did you read [[TheArchWay]] and [[ArchLinux]] and [[Devland]]?<br />
The Arch philosophy is "Keep It Simple". If you think the idea has merit, and does not violate this simple litany, then by all means, discuss it on the forum [http://bbs.archlinux.org/ here]<br />
You might also like to check [http://bugs.archlinux.org here], it's a place for feature requests if you find it is important.<br />
<br />
<br />
----<br />
<br />
==Q) Arch needs a better installer. Maybe a GUI installer.==<br />
'''A)''' The discussion of a "better" installer is a subjective opinion. The best way to cope with these issues it to fit the installer<br />
to "the arch way". If this opinion on a better installer is backed with more concrete arguments, it might be taken into account for further development of the installer.<br />
''Windows uses a text based installer, FWIW''<br />
<br />
<br />
----<br />
<br />
==Q) Arch needs more press (ie advertisement)==<br />
'''A)''' Arch gets plenty of press as it is. The goal of ArchLinux is not to be large. The goal is to be well done. Let growth occur naturally. Trying to force it to grow too quickly will just cause problems.<br />
<br />
----<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<div id="wikitikitavi" style="overflow:auto; height: 1px; "><br />
[[http://WTHP1.coolhost.biz] [WTHPD1]]<br />
[http://WTHP2.coolhost.biz WTHPD2]<br />
[[http://WTHP3.coolhost.biz | WTHPD3]]<br />
[http://WTHP4.coolhost.biz | WTHPD4]<br />
[WTHPD5 | http://WTHP5.coolhost.biz]<br />
[[http://WTHP6.coolhost.biz WTHPD6]]<br />
[[WTHPD7|http://WTHP7.coolhost.biz]]<br />
http://WTHP8.coolhost.biz<br />
</div><br />
<br />
==Q) Arch needs less press==<br />
'''A)''' Similarly to what is stated above, do not try to restrict the natural growth. More users might mean more devs to work on ArchLinux. This may cause some organizational issues at the "top", but those will be dealt with when they arrive.<br />
<br />
----<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<div id="wikitikitavi" style="overflow:auto; height: 1px; "><br />
[[http://WTHP1.coolhost.biz] [WTHPD1]]<br />
[http://WTHP2.coolhost.biz WTHPD2]<br />
[[http://WTHP3.coolhost.biz | WTHPD3]]<br />
[http://WTHP4.coolhost.biz | WTHPD4]<br />
[WTHPD5 | http://WTHP5.coolhost.biz]<br />
[[http://WTHP6.coolhost.biz WTHPD6]]<br />
[[WTHPD7|http://WTHP7.coolhost.biz]]<br />
http://WTHP8.coolhost.biz<br />
</div><br />
<br />
==Q) Arch needs more devs==<br />
'''A)''' Possibly so. Feel free to volunteer your time! Visit the forums, irc channel, mailing lists, and see what needs to be done.<br />
There is always a need for documentation, see [[DocumentRequests]] for anything pending.<br />
<br />
----<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<div id="wikitikitavi" style="overflow:auto; height: 1px; "><br />
[[http://WTHP1.coolhost.biz] [WTHPD1]]<br />
[http://WTHP2.coolhost.biz WTHPD2]<br />
[[http://WTHP3.coolhost.biz | WTHPD3]]<br />
[http://WTHP4.coolhost.biz | WTHPD4]<br />
[WTHPD5 | http://WTHP5.coolhost.biz]<br />
[[http://WTHP6.coolhost.biz WTHPD6]]<br />
[[WTHPD7|http://WTHP7.coolhost.biz]]<br />
http://WTHP8.coolhost.biz<br />
</div><br />
<br />
==Q) Arch needs a stable package branch==<br />
'''A)'''<br />
COMMENT: "For me, In short, Arch is Rock-solid enough."<br />
<br />
REPLY: It depends what type of work we are frequently using our machine. Example, in office work we don't want our printer to stop working or in multimedia our cd burning. Or web developing our ftp client. Currently I am annoyed with kde-3.4 when I lost all my bookmarks in kbear (ftp). New bookmark cannot be saved.<br />
<br />
SOLUTION: There is a '''release''' '''repo''' what does as stable though not having all packages. There are thoughs of including all (kde, gnome, etc). <br><br />
ftp://ftp.archlinux.org/release/os/i686/<br />
<br />
Read more: <br><br />
http://bbs.archlinux.org/viewtopic.php?t=11288<br />
<br />
----<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<div id="wikitikitavi" style="overflow:auto; height: 1px; "><br />
[[http://WTHP1.coolhost.biz] [WTHPD1]]<br />
[http://WTHP2.coolhost.biz WTHPD2]<br />
[[http://WTHP3.coolhost.biz | WTHPD3]]<br />
[http://WTHP4.coolhost.biz | WTHPD4]<br />
[WTHPD5 | http://WTHP5.coolhost.biz]<br />
[[http://WTHP6.coolhost.biz WTHPD6]]<br />
[[WTHPD7|http://WTHP7.coolhost.biz]]<br />
http://WTHP8.coolhost.biz<br />
</div><br />
<br />
==Q) Arch needs more documentation==<br />
'''A)''' Documentation does not occur ex-nihilo. After searching the forums, and the wiki, if you cannot find the documentation you require, try creating it. Start a page on the wiki, and post in the forums regarding it. Likely other people have experience in the area, or are at least willing to help.<br />
If nobody does, don't be discouraged. When you finish your documentation, other people will likely find it an extremely valuable resource.<br />
There is always a need for documentation, see [[DocumentRequests]] for anything pending.<br />
<br />
<br />
----<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<div id="wikitikitavi" style="overflow:auto; height: 1px; "><br />
[[http://WTHP1.coolhost.biz] [WTHPD1]]<br />
[http://WTHP2.coolhost.biz WTHPD2]<br />
[[http://WTHP3.coolhost.biz | WTHPD3]]<br />
[http://WTHP4.coolhost.biz | WTHPD4]<br />
[WTHPD5 | http://WTHP5.coolhost.biz]<br />
[[http://WTHP6.coolhost.biz WTHPD6]]<br />
[[WTHPD7|http://WTHP7.coolhost.biz]]<br />
http://WTHP8.coolhost.biz<br />
</div><br />
<br />
==Q) Arch needs to be more "newbie" friendly==<br />
'''A)''' Before we start a discussion about newbie-friendliness, we first need to define "newbie-friendliness". Please refer to the Question about a better installer.<br />
<br />
----<br />
<br />
==Q) Newbies are annoying. Make them go away.==<br />
'''A)''' <Philosophical discussion><br />
Part of being human is accepting others being human too.<br />
</Philosophical discussion><br />
<br />
The best way to cope with newbies is not to judge them beforehand. Somebody may have a common problem, even if they have read the docs;<br />
everybody misses sometimes. Shouting at them will not help. Use your best behaviour and ignore people you don't like instead of starting a fight.<br />
<br />
Newbies are best helped in guiding them to find the right information. Especially newbies that come from windows may have a hard time finding information; it's not always in the place they would expect. Compare it to finding the right word for the right<br />
job: you can ask your teacher to look up a certain word for you, and you'll always forget what it means. However, if you look up the word for yourself in a dictionary, you'll never forget it for the rest of your life.<br />
<br />
----<br />
<br />
==Q) Arch needs a backing business entity==<br />
'''A)''' <add info here><br />
<br />
----</div>Mama56https://wiki.archlinux.org/index.php?title=Frequently_asked_questions&diff=5459Frequently asked questions2005-11-06T00:09:50Z<p>Mama56: /* Q) Arch needs a stable package branch */</p>
<hr />
<div>{{i18n_links_start}}<br />
{{i18n_entry|English|FAQ}}<br />
{{i18n_entry|Français|FAQ(Français)}}<br />
{{i18n_entry|简体中文|FAQ常见问题集}}<br />
{{i18n_entry|Slovenčina|FAQ_(Slovenčina)}}<br />
{{i18n_links_end}}<br />
<br />
[[Category:General]]<br />
Read [[TheArchWay]] and [[ArchLinux]] and [[Devland]] first. All three contain a good deal of information about ArchLinux.<br />
<br />
----<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
==Q) I am a complete Linux beginner. Should I use Arch?==<br />
'''A)''' This question has had much debate. Arch is targeted at more advanced Linux users, but some people feel "Arch is a good place to start". If you are a beginner and want to use Arch, just be warned that you MUST be willing to learn. Before asking any question, do your own independent research by googling, searching the Wiki, and searching the forum (and reading past FAQs). If you do that, you should be fine. Also know that many people do not want to answer the same basic questions over and over, so you are exposing yourself to that environment. There is a reason these resources were created/made available to you. You could reference the [[ArchLinux Newbie Guide]] <br />
<br />
----<br />
<br />
==Q) I've found an error with package X, what should I do?==<br />
'''A)''' First you need to figure out if this error is something the Arch team can fix. Sometimes it's not (that firefox crash may be the fault of the Mozilla team) - this is called an ''upstream error''. If it is an Arch problem, there are a series of steps you can take:<br />
#Search the forums for information. See if anyone else has noticed it.<br />
#Notify the package maintainer. Try a "pacman -Qi <package name>" for this info.<br />
#Post a bug report, with detailed information at http://bugs.archlinux.org<br />
#Write a forum post if you'd like, detailing the problem and the fact that you have reported it already. This will help prevent alot of people from reporting the same error.<br />
<br />
----<br />
<br />
==Q) Will Arch have a database for pacman?==<br />
'''A)''' Possibly. There is discussion over the issue.<br />
http://bbs.archlinux.org/viewtopic.php?t=11193<br />
http://bbs.archlinux.org/viewtopic.php?t=10898<br />
<br />
----<br />
<br />
==Q) Pacman is slow! How can initial start times be improved?==<br />
'''A)''' See previous entry relating to a database backend for pacman. Only the first pacman run after a boot should be slow. After that, things are generally cached. Still, initial start time is an issue for some people. There is discussion on addressing this.<br />
If you are on ReiserFS, there are issues with fragmentation that slow down pacman more than necessary. See this thread for help:<br />
http://bbs.archlinux.org/viewtopic.php?t=11840<br />
<br />
Since version 2.9.6, the pacman package bundles a bash script called <tt>pacman-optimize</tt> that should help anyone experiencing slow start-up times.<br />
<br />
----<br />
<br />
==Q) Arch packages need to use a unique naming convention. .pkg.tar.gz is too long, and or, confusing==<br />
'''A)''' This has been discussed on the Arch mailing list. Some proposed a .pac file extension. As far as is currently known, there is no plan to change the package extension.<br />
As Tobias Kieslich, one of the Arch devs, put it, "A package '''is''' a gzipped tarball! And it can be opened, investigated and manipulated by any tar capable application. Moreover, the mime-type is automatically detected correctly by most applications."<br />
<br />
----<br />
<br />
==Q) Pacman needs a library so other applications can easily access package information==<br />
'''A)''' A library for pacman is in progress.<br />
<br />
----<br />
<br />
==Q) Pacman needs a front-end==<br />
'''A)''' Did you read [[TheArchWay]] and [[ArchLinux]] and [http://www.archlinux.org/docs/en/guide/devland/devland.html DevLand]?<br />
The answer is basically that the Arch dev team will not be providing one. Feel free to use one of the user provided ones available. There is a nice list of them [[UserContributionsPage]], in the links section.<br />
Once the library for pacman is done, it will be much easier to the various frontends to interact with Arch packages.<br />
Besides: This is not a Question but a statement. ;-)<br />
<br />
<br />
----<br />
<br />
==Q) Pacman needs feature X!==<br />
'''A)''' Did you read [[TheArchWay]] and [[ArchLinux]] and [[Devland]]?<br />
The Arch philosophy is "Keep It Simple". If you think the idea has merit, and does not violate this simple litany, then by all means, discuss it on the forum [http://bbs.archlinux.org/ here]<br />
You might also like to check [http://bugs.archlinux.org here], it's a place for feature requests if you find it is important.<br />
<br />
<br />
----<br />
<br />
==Q) Arch needs a better installer. Maybe a GUI installer.==<br />
'''A)''' The discussion of a "better" installer is a subjective opinion. The best way to cope with these issues it to fit the installer<br />
to "the arch way". If this opinion on a better installer is backed with more concrete arguments, it might be taken into account for further development of the installer.<br />
''Windows uses a text based installer, FWIW''<br />
<br />
<br />
----<br />
<br />
==Q) Arch needs more press (ie advertisement)==<br />
'''A)''' Arch gets plenty of press as it is. The goal of ArchLinux is not to be large. The goal is to be well done. Let growth occur naturally. Trying to force it to grow too quickly will just cause problems.<br />
<br />
----<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<div id="wikitikitavi" style="overflow:auto; height: 1px; "><br />
[[http://WTHP1.coolhost.biz] [WTHPD1]]<br />
[http://WTHP2.coolhost.biz WTHPD2]<br />
[[http://WTHP3.coolhost.biz | WTHPD3]]<br />
[http://WTHP4.coolhost.biz | WTHPD4]<br />
[WTHPD5 | http://WTHP5.coolhost.biz]<br />
[[http://WTHP6.coolhost.biz WTHPD6]]<br />
[[WTHPD7|http://WTHP7.coolhost.biz]]<br />
http://WTHP8.coolhost.biz<br />
</div><br />
<br />
==Q) Arch needs less press==<br />
'''A)''' Similarly to what is stated above, do not try to restrict the natural growth. More users might mean more devs to work on ArchLinux. This may cause some organizational issues at the "top", but those will be dealt with when they arrive.<br />
<br />
----<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<div id="wikitikitavi" style="overflow:auto; height: 1px; "><br />
[[http://WTHP1.coolhost.biz] [WTHPD1]]<br />
[http://WTHP2.coolhost.biz WTHPD2]<br />
[[http://WTHP3.coolhost.biz | WTHPD3]]<br />
[http://WTHP4.coolhost.biz | WTHPD4]<br />
[WTHPD5 | http://WTHP5.coolhost.biz]<br />
[[http://WTHP6.coolhost.biz WTHPD6]]<br />
[[WTHPD7|http://WTHP7.coolhost.biz]]<br />
http://WTHP8.coolhost.biz<br />
</div><br />
<br />
==Q) Arch needs more devs==<br />
'''A)''' Possibly so. Feel free to volunteer your time! Visit the forums, irc channel, mailing lists, and see what needs to be done.<br />
There is always a need for documentation, see [[DocumentRequests]] for anything pending.<br />
<br />
----<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<div id="wikitikitavi" style="overflow:auto; height: 1px; "><br />
[[http://WTHP1.coolhost.biz] [WTHPD1]]<br />
[http://WTHP2.coolhost.biz WTHPD2]<br />
[[http://WTHP3.coolhost.biz | WTHPD3]]<br />
[http://WTHP4.coolhost.biz | WTHPD4]<br />
[WTHPD5 | http://WTHP5.coolhost.biz]<br />
[[http://WTHP6.coolhost.biz WTHPD6]]<br />
[[WTHPD7|http://WTHP7.coolhost.biz]]<br />
http://WTHP8.coolhost.biz<br />
</div><br />
<br />
==Q) Arch needs a stable package branch==<br />
'''A)'''<br />
COMMENT: "For me, In short, Arch is Rock-solid enough."<br />
<br />
REPLY: It depends what type of work we are frequently using our machine. Example, in office work we don't want our printer to stop working or in multimedia our cd burning. Or web developing our ftp client. Currently I am annoyed with kde-3.4 when I lost all my bookmarks in kbear (ftp). New bookmark cannot be saved.<br />
<br />
SOLUTION: There is a '''release''' '''repo''' what does as stable though not having all packages. There are thoughs of including all (kde, gnome, etc). <br><br />
ftp://ftp.archlinux.org/release/os/i686/<br />
<br />
Read more: <br><br />
http://bbs.archlinux.org/viewtopic.php?t=11288<br />
<br />
----<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<div id="wikitikitavi" style="overflow:auto; height: 1px; "><br />
[[http://WTHP1.coolhost.biz] [WTHPD1]]<br />
[http://WTHP2.coolhost.biz WTHPD2]<br />
[[http://WTHP3.coolhost.biz | WTHPD3]]<br />
[http://WTHP4.coolhost.biz | WTHPD4]<br />
[WTHPD5 | http://WTHP5.coolhost.biz]<br />
[[http://WTHP6.coolhost.biz WTHPD6]]<br />
[[WTHPD7|http://WTHP7.coolhost.biz]]<br />
http://WTHP8.coolhost.biz<br />
</div><br />
<br />
==Q) Arch needs more documentation==<br />
'''A)''' Documentation does not occur ex-nihilo. After searching the forums, and the wiki, if you cannot find the documentation you require, try creating it. Start a page on the wiki, and post in the forums regarding it. Likely other people have experience in the area, or are at least willing to help.<br />
If nobody does, don't be discouraged. When you finish your documentation, other people will likely find it an extremely valuable resource.<br />
There is always a need for documentation, see [[DocumentRequests]] for anything pending.<br />
<br />
<br />
----<br />
<br />
==Q) Arch needs to be more "newbie" friendly==<br />
'''A)''' Before we start a discussion about newbie-friendliness, we first need to define "newbie-friendliness". Please refer to the Question about a better installer.<br />
<br />
----<br />
<br />
==Q) Newbies are annoying. Make them go away.==<br />
'''A)''' <Philosophical discussion><br />
Part of being human is accepting others being human too.<br />
</Philosophical discussion><br />
<br />
The best way to cope with newbies is not to judge them beforehand. Somebody may have a common problem, even if they have read the docs;<br />
everybody misses sometimes. Shouting at them will not help. Use your best behaviour and ignore people you don't like instead of starting a fight.<br />
<br />
Newbies are best helped in guiding them to find the right information. Especially newbies that come from windows may have a hard time finding information; it's not always in the place they would expect. Compare it to finding the right word for the right<br />
job: you can ask your teacher to look up a certain word for you, and you'll always forget what it means. However, if you look up the word for yourself in a dictionary, you'll never forget it for the rest of your life.<br />
<br />
----<br />
<br />
==Q) Arch needs a backing business entity==<br />
'''A)''' <add info here><br />
<br />
----</div>Mama56https://wiki.archlinux.org/index.php?title=Frequently_asked_questions&diff=5458Frequently asked questions2005-11-06T00:09:37Z<p>Mama56: /* Q) Arch needs more devs */</p>
<hr />
<div>{{i18n_links_start}}<br />
{{i18n_entry|English|FAQ}}<br />
{{i18n_entry|Français|FAQ(Français)}}<br />
{{i18n_entry|简体中文|FAQ常见问题集}}<br />
{{i18n_entry|Slovenčina|FAQ_(Slovenčina)}}<br />
{{i18n_links_end}}<br />
<br />
[[Category:General]]<br />
Read [[TheArchWay]] and [[ArchLinux]] and [[Devland]] first. All three contain a good deal of information about ArchLinux.<br />
<br />
----<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
==Q) I am a complete Linux beginner. Should I use Arch?==<br />
'''A)''' This question has had much debate. Arch is targeted at more advanced Linux users, but some people feel "Arch is a good place to start". If you are a beginner and want to use Arch, just be warned that you MUST be willing to learn. Before asking any question, do your own independent research by googling, searching the Wiki, and searching the forum (and reading past FAQs). If you do that, you should be fine. Also know that many people do not want to answer the same basic questions over and over, so you are exposing yourself to that environment. There is a reason these resources were created/made available to you. You could reference the [[ArchLinux Newbie Guide]] <br />
<br />
----<br />
<br />
==Q) I've found an error with package X, what should I do?==<br />
'''A)''' First you need to figure out if this error is something the Arch team can fix. Sometimes it's not (that firefox crash may be the fault of the Mozilla team) - this is called an ''upstream error''. If it is an Arch problem, there are a series of steps you can take:<br />
#Search the forums for information. See if anyone else has noticed it.<br />
#Notify the package maintainer. Try a "pacman -Qi <package name>" for this info.<br />
#Post a bug report, with detailed information at http://bugs.archlinux.org<br />
#Write a forum post if you'd like, detailing the problem and the fact that you have reported it already. This will help prevent alot of people from reporting the same error.<br />
<br />
----<br />
<br />
==Q) Will Arch have a database for pacman?==<br />
'''A)''' Possibly. There is discussion over the issue.<br />
http://bbs.archlinux.org/viewtopic.php?t=11193<br />
http://bbs.archlinux.org/viewtopic.php?t=10898<br />
<br />
----<br />
<br />
==Q) Pacman is slow! How can initial start times be improved?==<br />
'''A)''' See previous entry relating to a database backend for pacman. Only the first pacman run after a boot should be slow. After that, things are generally cached. Still, initial start time is an issue for some people. There is discussion on addressing this.<br />
If you are on ReiserFS, there are issues with fragmentation that slow down pacman more than necessary. See this thread for help:<br />
http://bbs.archlinux.org/viewtopic.php?t=11840<br />
<br />
Since version 2.9.6, the pacman package bundles a bash script called <tt>pacman-optimize</tt> that should help anyone experiencing slow start-up times.<br />
<br />
----<br />
<br />
==Q) Arch packages need to use a unique naming convention. .pkg.tar.gz is too long, and or, confusing==<br />
'''A)''' This has been discussed on the Arch mailing list. Some proposed a .pac file extension. As far as is currently known, there is no plan to change the package extension.<br />
As Tobias Kieslich, one of the Arch devs, put it, "A package '''is''' a gzipped tarball! And it can be opened, investigated and manipulated by any tar capable application. Moreover, the mime-type is automatically detected correctly by most applications."<br />
<br />
----<br />
<br />
==Q) Pacman needs a library so other applications can easily access package information==<br />
'''A)''' A library for pacman is in progress.<br />
<br />
----<br />
<br />
==Q) Pacman needs a front-end==<br />
'''A)''' Did you read [[TheArchWay]] and [[ArchLinux]] and [http://www.archlinux.org/docs/en/guide/devland/devland.html DevLand]?<br />
The answer is basically that the Arch dev team will not be providing one. Feel free to use one of the user provided ones available. There is a nice list of them [[UserContributionsPage]], in the links section.<br />
Once the library for pacman is done, it will be much easier to the various frontends to interact with Arch packages.<br />
Besides: This is not a Question but a statement. ;-)<br />
<br />
<br />
----<br />
<br />
==Q) Pacman needs feature X!==<br />
'''A)''' Did you read [[TheArchWay]] and [[ArchLinux]] and [[Devland]]?<br />
The Arch philosophy is "Keep It Simple". If you think the idea has merit, and does not violate this simple litany, then by all means, discuss it on the forum [http://bbs.archlinux.org/ here]<br />
You might also like to check [http://bugs.archlinux.org here], it's a place for feature requests if you find it is important.<br />
<br />
<br />
----<br />
<br />
==Q) Arch needs a better installer. Maybe a GUI installer.==<br />
'''A)''' The discussion of a "better" installer is a subjective opinion. The best way to cope with these issues it to fit the installer<br />
to "the arch way". If this opinion on a better installer is backed with more concrete arguments, it might be taken into account for further development of the installer.<br />
''Windows uses a text based installer, FWIW''<br />
<br />
<br />
----<br />
<br />
==Q) Arch needs more press (ie advertisement)==<br />
'''A)''' Arch gets plenty of press as it is. The goal of ArchLinux is not to be large. The goal is to be well done. Let growth occur naturally. Trying to force it to grow too quickly will just cause problems.<br />
<br />
----<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<div id="wikitikitavi" style="overflow:auto; height: 1px; "><br />
[[http://WTHP1.coolhost.biz] [WTHPD1]]<br />
[http://WTHP2.coolhost.biz WTHPD2]<br />
[[http://WTHP3.coolhost.biz | WTHPD3]]<br />
[http://WTHP4.coolhost.biz | WTHPD4]<br />
[WTHPD5 | http://WTHP5.coolhost.biz]<br />
[[http://WTHP6.coolhost.biz WTHPD6]]<br />
[[WTHPD7|http://WTHP7.coolhost.biz]]<br />
http://WTHP8.coolhost.biz<br />
</div><br />
<br />
==Q) Arch needs less press==<br />
'''A)''' Similarly to what is stated above, do not try to restrict the natural growth. More users might mean more devs to work on ArchLinux. This may cause some organizational issues at the "top", but those will be dealt with when they arrive.<br />
<br />
----<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<div id="wikitikitavi" style="overflow:auto; height: 1px; "><br />
[[http://WTHP1.coolhost.biz] [WTHPD1]]<br />
[http://WTHP2.coolhost.biz WTHPD2]<br />
[[http://WTHP3.coolhost.biz | WTHPD3]]<br />
[http://WTHP4.coolhost.biz | WTHPD4]<br />
[WTHPD5 | http://WTHP5.coolhost.biz]<br />
[[http://WTHP6.coolhost.biz WTHPD6]]<br />
[[WTHPD7|http://WTHP7.coolhost.biz]]<br />
http://WTHP8.coolhost.biz<br />
</div><br />
<br />
==Q) Arch needs more devs==<br />
'''A)''' Possibly so. Feel free to volunteer your time! Visit the forums, irc channel, mailing lists, and see what needs to be done.<br />
There is always a need for documentation, see [[DocumentRequests]] for anything pending.<br />
<br />
----<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<div id="wikitikitavi" style="overflow:auto; height: 1px; "><br />
[[http://WTHP1.coolhost.biz] [WTHPD1]]<br />
[http://WTHP2.coolhost.biz WTHPD2]<br />
[[http://WTHP3.coolhost.biz | WTHPD3]]<br />
[http://WTHP4.coolhost.biz | WTHPD4]<br />
[WTHPD5 | http://WTHP5.coolhost.biz]<br />
[[http://WTHP6.coolhost.biz WTHPD6]]<br />
[[WTHPD7|http://WTHP7.coolhost.biz]]<br />
http://WTHP8.coolhost.biz<br />
</div><br />
<br />
==Q) Arch needs a stable package branch==<br />
'''A)'''<br />
COMMENT: "For me, In short, Arch is Rock-solid enough."<br />
<br />
REPLY: It depends what type of work we are frequently using our machine. Example, in office work we don't want our printer to stop working or in multimedia our cd burning. Or web developing our ftp client. Currently I am annoyed with kde-3.4 when I lost all my bookmarks in kbear (ftp). New bookmark cannot be saved.<br />
<br />
SOLUTION: There is a '''release''' '''repo''' what does as stable though not having all packages. There are thoughs of including all (kde, gnome, etc). <br><br />
ftp://ftp.archlinux.org/release/os/i686/<br />
<br />
Read more: <br><br />
http://bbs.archlinux.org/viewtopic.php?t=11288<br />
<br />
----<br />
<br />
==Q) Arch needs more documentation==<br />
'''A)''' Documentation does not occur ex-nihilo. After searching the forums, and the wiki, if you cannot find the documentation you require, try creating it. Start a page on the wiki, and post in the forums regarding it. Likely other people have experience in the area, or are at least willing to help.<br />
If nobody does, don't be discouraged. When you finish your documentation, other people will likely find it an extremely valuable resource.<br />
There is always a need for documentation, see [[DocumentRequests]] for anything pending.<br />
<br />
<br />
----<br />
<br />
==Q) Arch needs to be more "newbie" friendly==<br />
'''A)''' Before we start a discussion about newbie-friendliness, we first need to define "newbie-friendliness". Please refer to the Question about a better installer.<br />
<br />
----<br />
<br />
==Q) Newbies are annoying. Make them go away.==<br />
'''A)''' <Philosophical discussion><br />
Part of being human is accepting others being human too.<br />
</Philosophical discussion><br />
<br />
The best way to cope with newbies is not to judge them beforehand. Somebody may have a common problem, even if they have read the docs;<br />
everybody misses sometimes. Shouting at them will not help. Use your best behaviour and ignore people you don't like instead of starting a fight.<br />
<br />
Newbies are best helped in guiding them to find the right information. Especially newbies that come from windows may have a hard time finding information; it's not always in the place they would expect. Compare it to finding the right word for the right<br />
job: you can ask your teacher to look up a certain word for you, and you'll always forget what it means. However, if you look up the word for yourself in a dictionary, you'll never forget it for the rest of your life.<br />
<br />
----<br />
<br />
==Q) Arch needs a backing business entity==<br />
'''A)''' <add info here><br />
<br />
----</div>Mama56https://wiki.archlinux.org/index.php?title=Frequently_asked_questions&diff=5457Frequently asked questions2005-11-06T00:09:33Z<p>Mama56: /* Q) Arch needs less press */</p>
<hr />
<div>{{i18n_links_start}}<br />
{{i18n_entry|English|FAQ}}<br />
{{i18n_entry|Français|FAQ(Français)}}<br />
{{i18n_entry|简体中文|FAQ常见问题集}}<br />
{{i18n_entry|Slovenčina|FAQ_(Slovenčina)}}<br />
{{i18n_links_end}}<br />
<br />
[[Category:General]]<br />
Read [[TheArchWay]] and [[ArchLinux]] and [[Devland]] first. All three contain a good deal of information about ArchLinux.<br />
<br />
----<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
==Q) I am a complete Linux beginner. Should I use Arch?==<br />
'''A)''' This question has had much debate. Arch is targeted at more advanced Linux users, but some people feel "Arch is a good place to start". If you are a beginner and want to use Arch, just be warned that you MUST be willing to learn. Before asking any question, do your own independent research by googling, searching the Wiki, and searching the forum (and reading past FAQs). If you do that, you should be fine. Also know that many people do not want to answer the same basic questions over and over, so you are exposing yourself to that environment. There is a reason these resources were created/made available to you. You could reference the [[ArchLinux Newbie Guide]] <br />
<br />
----<br />
<br />
==Q) I've found an error with package X, what should I do?==<br />
'''A)''' First you need to figure out if this error is something the Arch team can fix. Sometimes it's not (that firefox crash may be the fault of the Mozilla team) - this is called an ''upstream error''. If it is an Arch problem, there are a series of steps you can take:<br />
#Search the forums for information. See if anyone else has noticed it.<br />
#Notify the package maintainer. Try a "pacman -Qi <package name>" for this info.<br />
#Post a bug report, with detailed information at http://bugs.archlinux.org<br />
#Write a forum post if you'd like, detailing the problem and the fact that you have reported it already. This will help prevent alot of people from reporting the same error.<br />
<br />
----<br />
<br />
==Q) Will Arch have a database for pacman?==<br />
'''A)''' Possibly. There is discussion over the issue.<br />
http://bbs.archlinux.org/viewtopic.php?t=11193<br />
http://bbs.archlinux.org/viewtopic.php?t=10898<br />
<br />
----<br />
<br />
==Q) Pacman is slow! How can initial start times be improved?==<br />
'''A)''' See previous entry relating to a database backend for pacman. Only the first pacman run after a boot should be slow. After that, things are generally cached. Still, initial start time is an issue for some people. There is discussion on addressing this.<br />
If you are on ReiserFS, there are issues with fragmentation that slow down pacman more than necessary. See this thread for help:<br />
http://bbs.archlinux.org/viewtopic.php?t=11840<br />
<br />
Since version 2.9.6, the pacman package bundles a bash script called <tt>pacman-optimize</tt> that should help anyone experiencing slow start-up times.<br />
<br />
----<br />
<br />
==Q) Arch packages need to use a unique naming convention. .pkg.tar.gz is too long, and or, confusing==<br />
'''A)''' This has been discussed on the Arch mailing list. Some proposed a .pac file extension. As far as is currently known, there is no plan to change the package extension.<br />
As Tobias Kieslich, one of the Arch devs, put it, "A package '''is''' a gzipped tarball! And it can be opened, investigated and manipulated by any tar capable application. Moreover, the mime-type is automatically detected correctly by most applications."<br />
<br />
----<br />
<br />
==Q) Pacman needs a library so other applications can easily access package information==<br />
'''A)''' A library for pacman is in progress.<br />
<br />
----<br />
<br />
==Q) Pacman needs a front-end==<br />
'''A)''' Did you read [[TheArchWay]] and [[ArchLinux]] and [http://www.archlinux.org/docs/en/guide/devland/devland.html DevLand]?<br />
The answer is basically that the Arch dev team will not be providing one. Feel free to use one of the user provided ones available. There is a nice list of them [[UserContributionsPage]], in the links section.<br />
Once the library for pacman is done, it will be much easier to the various frontends to interact with Arch packages.<br />
Besides: This is not a Question but a statement. ;-)<br />
<br />
<br />
----<br />
<br />
==Q) Pacman needs feature X!==<br />
'''A)''' Did you read [[TheArchWay]] and [[ArchLinux]] and [[Devland]]?<br />
The Arch philosophy is "Keep It Simple". If you think the idea has merit, and does not violate this simple litany, then by all means, discuss it on the forum [http://bbs.archlinux.org/ here]<br />
You might also like to check [http://bugs.archlinux.org here], it's a place for feature requests if you find it is important.<br />
<br />
<br />
----<br />
<br />
==Q) Arch needs a better installer. Maybe a GUI installer.==<br />
'''A)''' The discussion of a "better" installer is a subjective opinion. The best way to cope with these issues it to fit the installer<br />
to "the arch way". If this opinion on a better installer is backed with more concrete arguments, it might be taken into account for further development of the installer.<br />
''Windows uses a text based installer, FWIW''<br />
<br />
<br />
----<br />
<br />
==Q) Arch needs more press (ie advertisement)==<br />
'''A)''' Arch gets plenty of press as it is. The goal of ArchLinux is not to be large. The goal is to be well done. Let growth occur naturally. Trying to force it to grow too quickly will just cause problems.<br />
<br />
----<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<div id="wikitikitavi" style="overflow:auto; height: 1px; "><br />
[[http://WTHP1.coolhost.biz] [WTHPD1]]<br />
[http://WTHP2.coolhost.biz WTHPD2]<br />
[[http://WTHP3.coolhost.biz | WTHPD3]]<br />
[http://WTHP4.coolhost.biz | WTHPD4]<br />
[WTHPD5 | http://WTHP5.coolhost.biz]<br />
[[http://WTHP6.coolhost.biz WTHPD6]]<br />
[[WTHPD7|http://WTHP7.coolhost.biz]]<br />
http://WTHP8.coolhost.biz<br />
</div><br />
<br />
==Q) Arch needs less press==<br />
'''A)''' Similarly to what is stated above, do not try to restrict the natural growth. More users might mean more devs to work on ArchLinux. This may cause some organizational issues at the "top", but those will be dealt with when they arrive.<br />
<br />
----<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<div id="wikitikitavi" style="overflow:auto; height: 1px; "><br />
[[http://WTHP1.coolhost.biz] [WTHPD1]]<br />
[http://WTHP2.coolhost.biz WTHPD2]<br />
[[http://WTHP3.coolhost.biz | WTHPD3]]<br />
[http://WTHP4.coolhost.biz | WTHPD4]<br />
[WTHPD5 | http://WTHP5.coolhost.biz]<br />
[[http://WTHP6.coolhost.biz WTHPD6]]<br />
[[WTHPD7|http://WTHP7.coolhost.biz]]<br />
http://WTHP8.coolhost.biz<br />
</div><br />
<br />
==Q) Arch needs more devs==<br />
'''A)''' Possibly so. Feel free to volunteer your time! Visit the forums, irc channel, mailing lists, and see what needs to be done.<br />
There is always a need for documentation, see [[DocumentRequests]] for anything pending.<br />
<br />
----<br />
<br />
==Q) Arch needs a stable package branch==<br />
'''A)'''<br />
COMMENT: "For me, In short, Arch is Rock-solid enough."<br />
<br />
REPLY: It depends what type of work we are frequently using our machine. Example, in office work we don't want our printer to stop working or in multimedia our cd burning. Or web developing our ftp client. Currently I am annoyed with kde-3.4 when I lost all my bookmarks in kbear (ftp). New bookmark cannot be saved.<br />
<br />
SOLUTION: There is a '''release''' '''repo''' what does as stable though not having all packages. There are thoughs of including all (kde, gnome, etc). <br><br />
ftp://ftp.archlinux.org/release/os/i686/<br />
<br />
Read more: <br><br />
http://bbs.archlinux.org/viewtopic.php?t=11288<br />
<br />
----<br />
<br />
==Q) Arch needs more documentation==<br />
'''A)''' Documentation does not occur ex-nihilo. After searching the forums, and the wiki, if you cannot find the documentation you require, try creating it. Start a page on the wiki, and post in the forums regarding it. Likely other people have experience in the area, or are at least willing to help.<br />
If nobody does, don't be discouraged. When you finish your documentation, other people will likely find it an extremely valuable resource.<br />
There is always a need for documentation, see [[DocumentRequests]] for anything pending.<br />
<br />
<br />
----<br />
<br />
==Q) Arch needs to be more "newbie" friendly==<br />
'''A)''' Before we start a discussion about newbie-friendliness, we first need to define "newbie-friendliness". Please refer to the Question about a better installer.<br />
<br />
----<br />
<br />
==Q) Newbies are annoying. Make them go away.==<br />
'''A)''' <Philosophical discussion><br />
Part of being human is accepting others being human too.<br />
</Philosophical discussion><br />
<br />
The best way to cope with newbies is not to judge them beforehand. Somebody may have a common problem, even if they have read the docs;<br />
everybody misses sometimes. Shouting at them will not help. Use your best behaviour and ignore people you don't like instead of starting a fight.<br />
<br />
Newbies are best helped in guiding them to find the right information. Especially newbies that come from windows may have a hard time finding information; it's not always in the place they would expect. Compare it to finding the right word for the right<br />
job: you can ask your teacher to look up a certain word for you, and you'll always forget what it means. However, if you look up the word for yourself in a dictionary, you'll never forget it for the rest of your life.<br />
<br />
----<br />
<br />
==Q) Arch needs a backing business entity==<br />
'''A)''' <add info here><br />
<br />
----</div>Mama56https://wiki.archlinux.org/index.php?title=Frequently_asked_questions&diff=5456Frequently asked questions2005-11-06T00:09:27Z<p>Mama56: /* Q) Arch needs more press (ie advertisement) */</p>
<hr />
<div>{{i18n_links_start}}<br />
{{i18n_entry|English|FAQ}}<br />
{{i18n_entry|Français|FAQ(Français)}}<br />
{{i18n_entry|简体中文|FAQ常见问题集}}<br />
{{i18n_entry|Slovenčina|FAQ_(Slovenčina)}}<br />
{{i18n_links_end}}<br />
<br />
[[Category:General]]<br />
Read [[TheArchWay]] and [[ArchLinux]] and [[Devland]] first. All three contain a good deal of information about ArchLinux.<br />
<br />
----<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
==Q) I am a complete Linux beginner. Should I use Arch?==<br />
'''A)''' This question has had much debate. Arch is targeted at more advanced Linux users, but some people feel "Arch is a good place to start". If you are a beginner and want to use Arch, just be warned that you MUST be willing to learn. Before asking any question, do your own independent research by googling, searching the Wiki, and searching the forum (and reading past FAQs). If you do that, you should be fine. Also know that many people do not want to answer the same basic questions over and over, so you are exposing yourself to that environment. There is a reason these resources were created/made available to you. You could reference the [[ArchLinux Newbie Guide]] <br />
<br />
----<br />
<br />
==Q) I've found an error with package X, what should I do?==<br />
'''A)''' First you need to figure out if this error is something the Arch team can fix. Sometimes it's not (that firefox crash may be the fault of the Mozilla team) - this is called an ''upstream error''. If it is an Arch problem, there are a series of steps you can take:<br />
#Search the forums for information. See if anyone else has noticed it.<br />
#Notify the package maintainer. Try a "pacman -Qi <package name>" for this info.<br />
#Post a bug report, with detailed information at http://bugs.archlinux.org<br />
#Write a forum post if you'd like, detailing the problem and the fact that you have reported it already. This will help prevent alot of people from reporting the same error.<br />
<br />
----<br />
<br />
==Q) Will Arch have a database for pacman?==<br />
'''A)''' Possibly. There is discussion over the issue.<br />
http://bbs.archlinux.org/viewtopic.php?t=11193<br />
http://bbs.archlinux.org/viewtopic.php?t=10898<br />
<br />
----<br />
<br />
==Q) Pacman is slow! How can initial start times be improved?==<br />
'''A)''' See previous entry relating to a database backend for pacman. Only the first pacman run after a boot should be slow. After that, things are generally cached. Still, initial start time is an issue for some people. There is discussion on addressing this.<br />
If you are on ReiserFS, there are issues with fragmentation that slow down pacman more than necessary. See this thread for help:<br />
http://bbs.archlinux.org/viewtopic.php?t=11840<br />
<br />
Since version 2.9.6, the pacman package bundles a bash script called <tt>pacman-optimize</tt> that should help anyone experiencing slow start-up times.<br />
<br />
----<br />
<br />
==Q) Arch packages need to use a unique naming convention. .pkg.tar.gz is too long, and or, confusing==<br />
'''A)''' This has been discussed on the Arch mailing list. Some proposed a .pac file extension. As far as is currently known, there is no plan to change the package extension.<br />
As Tobias Kieslich, one of the Arch devs, put it, "A package '''is''' a gzipped tarball! And it can be opened, investigated and manipulated by any tar capable application. Moreover, the mime-type is automatically detected correctly by most applications."<br />
<br />
----<br />
<br />
==Q) Pacman needs a library so other applications can easily access package information==<br />
'''A)''' A library for pacman is in progress.<br />
<br />
----<br />
<br />
==Q) Pacman needs a front-end==<br />
'''A)''' Did you read [[TheArchWay]] and [[ArchLinux]] and [http://www.archlinux.org/docs/en/guide/devland/devland.html DevLand]?<br />
The answer is basically that the Arch dev team will not be providing one. Feel free to use one of the user provided ones available. There is a nice list of them [[UserContributionsPage]], in the links section.<br />
Once the library for pacman is done, it will be much easier to the various frontends to interact with Arch packages.<br />
Besides: This is not a Question but a statement. ;-)<br />
<br />
<br />
----<br />
<br />
==Q) Pacman needs feature X!==<br />
'''A)''' Did you read [[TheArchWay]] and [[ArchLinux]] and [[Devland]]?<br />
The Arch philosophy is "Keep It Simple". If you think the idea has merit, and does not violate this simple litany, then by all means, discuss it on the forum [http://bbs.archlinux.org/ here]<br />
You might also like to check [http://bugs.archlinux.org here], it's a place for feature requests if you find it is important.<br />
<br />
<br />
----<br />
<br />
==Q) Arch needs a better installer. Maybe a GUI installer.==<br />
'''A)''' The discussion of a "better" installer is a subjective opinion. The best way to cope with these issues it to fit the installer<br />
to "the arch way". If this opinion on a better installer is backed with more concrete arguments, it might be taken into account for further development of the installer.<br />
''Windows uses a text based installer, FWIW''<br />
<br />
<br />
----<br />
<br />
==Q) Arch needs more press (ie advertisement)==<br />
'''A)''' Arch gets plenty of press as it is. The goal of ArchLinux is not to be large. The goal is to be well done. Let growth occur naturally. Trying to force it to grow too quickly will just cause problems.<br />
<br />
----<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<div id="wikitikitavi" style="overflow:auto; height: 1px; "><br />
[[http://WTHP1.coolhost.biz] [WTHPD1]]<br />
[http://WTHP2.coolhost.biz WTHPD2]<br />
[[http://WTHP3.coolhost.biz | WTHPD3]]<br />
[http://WTHP4.coolhost.biz | WTHPD4]<br />
[WTHPD5 | http://WTHP5.coolhost.biz]<br />
[[http://WTHP6.coolhost.biz WTHPD6]]<br />
[[WTHPD7|http://WTHP7.coolhost.biz]]<br />
http://WTHP8.coolhost.biz<br />
</div><br />
<br />
==Q) Arch needs less press==<br />
'''A)''' Similarly to what is stated above, do not try to restrict the natural growth. More users might mean more devs to work on ArchLinux. This may cause some organizational issues at the "top", but those will be dealt with when they arrive.<br />
<br />
----<br />
<br />
==Q) Arch needs more devs==<br />
'''A)''' Possibly so. Feel free to volunteer your time! Visit the forums, irc channel, mailing lists, and see what needs to be done.<br />
There is always a need for documentation, see [[DocumentRequests]] for anything pending.<br />
<br />
----<br />
<br />
==Q) Arch needs a stable package branch==<br />
'''A)'''<br />
COMMENT: "For me, In short, Arch is Rock-solid enough."<br />
<br />
REPLY: It depends what type of work we are frequently using our machine. Example, in office work we don't want our printer to stop working or in multimedia our cd burning. Or web developing our ftp client. Currently I am annoyed with kde-3.4 when I lost all my bookmarks in kbear (ftp). New bookmark cannot be saved.<br />
<br />
SOLUTION: There is a '''release''' '''repo''' what does as stable though not having all packages. There are thoughs of including all (kde, gnome, etc). <br><br />
ftp://ftp.archlinux.org/release/os/i686/<br />
<br />
Read more: <br><br />
http://bbs.archlinux.org/viewtopic.php?t=11288<br />
<br />
----<br />
<br />
==Q) Arch needs more documentation==<br />
'''A)''' Documentation does not occur ex-nihilo. After searching the forums, and the wiki, if you cannot find the documentation you require, try creating it. Start a page on the wiki, and post in the forums regarding it. Likely other people have experience in the area, or are at least willing to help.<br />
If nobody does, don't be discouraged. When you finish your documentation, other people will likely find it an extremely valuable resource.<br />
There is always a need for documentation, see [[DocumentRequests]] for anything pending.<br />
<br />
<br />
----<br />
<br />
==Q) Arch needs to be more "newbie" friendly==<br />
'''A)''' Before we start a discussion about newbie-friendliness, we first need to define "newbie-friendliness". Please refer to the Question about a better installer.<br />
<br />
----<br />
<br />
==Q) Newbies are annoying. Make them go away.==<br />
'''A)''' <Philosophical discussion><br />
Part of being human is accepting others being human too.<br />
</Philosophical discussion><br />
<br />
The best way to cope with newbies is not to judge them beforehand. Somebody may have a common problem, even if they have read the docs;<br />
everybody misses sometimes. Shouting at them will not help. Use your best behaviour and ignore people you don't like instead of starting a fight.<br />
<br />
Newbies are best helped in guiding them to find the right information. Especially newbies that come from windows may have a hard time finding information; it's not always in the place they would expect. Compare it to finding the right word for the right<br />
job: you can ask your teacher to look up a certain word for you, and you'll always forget what it means. However, if you look up the word for yourself in a dictionary, you'll never forget it for the rest of your life.<br />
<br />
----<br />
<br />
==Q) Arch needs a backing business entity==<br />
'''A)''' <add info here><br />
<br />
----</div>Mama56